Transportation memo, Writing Assignmnet

profileNablol
transportation_and_health.zip

Readings, Transportation and health/Assignment.docx

Based on class discussion and readings, develop your own working definition of health and wellness. Also consider the various health frameworks presented in class (or others) and how they can guide us in including health considerations within transportation. You can expand upon or contract those ideas already presented, but you must be able to articulate and defend your position. This definition will be used to guide your thinking in the subsequent sections.

1. What is health?

2. What are the ways transportation impacts health?

3. What can we do to improve it?

4. Theories/frameworks related to health and well being

As we wrap up this section, I would like you to reflect on this and write a short essay that addresses the following:

· What are the key concepts that you believe should be included/considered into a working definition of health and how does this agree or differ from others (from the readings)?

· How does a broader and more inclusive definition of health and well-being help and/or hinder our move to integrate health into transportation practice?

· How does your definition fit with the various theories of health: socio-economic model, the precautionary principle, sustainable production, a life course approach or others?

· Make a (brief) case for why health and wellness are important to the transportation field.

· Conclude your essay by giving some insight to where you think the most fruitful areas in transportation are for the integration of health concepts and how your definition and framework can contribute.

Your essay should be approximately 3-5 pages (+/-), have a minimum of 11pt font, 1.5 spaces and 1” margins. You are encouraged to cite the readings and outside materials in your essay. All sources should be referenced in a bibliography (does not count toward page length). List your sources in either footnote or endnote format.

Readings, Transportation and health/At the Intersection.pdf

AT THE INTERSECTION OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND TRANSPORTATION:

n many neighborhoods, kids are bused to school because the main route to school is not safe for

walking. In others, the community is designed so the only way to get to essential services like health

care is to drive a car, if you have one. Likewise, in some communities, the nearby supermarket sits

across a busy, 4-lane road with little attention concerning the needs of pedestrians to get there.

This lack of attention to how we build our supporting community structures often translates into

neighborhoods that lack bike paths and parks; that are too far from offices, schools, and shopping

centers to walk; and that are inaccessible by public transportation. We also know that the health

of people in many of our nation’s communities is suffering, with many US residents growing

more sedentary and at greater risk for preventable diseases such as heart disease, stroke, and diabetes. The

convergence of these 2 problems—poor community design and a rising rate of preventable diseases—creates

an important opportunity to improve our health as we redesign our communities for the next century.

A healthy community is one that promotes healthy people by ensuring access to safe and nutritious foods;

safe places to walk, run, or bike; clean air and water; adequate and accessible health care systems; and other

healthy enablers. One of these healthy enablers is our transportation system. Current

research demonstrates that how we build our transportation systems, how and on what

modality we use them, and how we get people and things from one place to another

affects our health. Enduring a long, tedious commute causes stress, which can exacer-

bate heart disease and our mental state and increases our risk of experiencing a traffic

incident. In neighborhoods without a grocery store nearby, residents do not have access

to nutritious foods, and people lacking access to preventive health services put them-

selves at risk by missing critical screening exams because of poor access to medical care

services. Living near a superhighway, port, or a bus or train depot exposes people to

increased levels of toxic air pollutants, and many of these same vehicle emissions

contribute to global warming.

What’sthefix? We need a comprehensive commitment to build transportation

networks that serve our need to get from one place to another in a way that enhances our

health while optimizing the trade-offs from our transportation and development needs. Our communities

would benefit from a system that enables all residents access to affordable and secure housing, nutritious food,

clean air and water, mass transportation, safe sidewalks, streets, and playgrounds, health services and opportu-

nities for social networking.

The federal transportation bill, the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient, Transportation Equity: A Legacy

for Users (SAFETEA-LU), a nearly $300 billion federal investment in transportation infrastructure, is due to

be reauthorized in 2009. Its reauthorization presents an opportunity to promote health as a critical considera-

tion in transportation policies, to enforce and expand on existing provisions that promote health and safety,

and to reform the US transportation system to meet today’s demands. Let’s work together as a public health

community to ensure that we take this opportunity and run with it.

Georges C. Benjamin, MD, FACP, FACEP (E) , isexecutivedirectoroftheAmericanPublicHealthAssociation.

IPREFACE

Promoting Healthy Transportation Policy :: 1

INTRODUCTION

The US transportation system consists of a complex array of roads, highways, bridges, ferries, ports, public transit, and bike and walking paths that allow people and goods to get from one place to another. These systems, along with their design and construction, help shape communities and affect the health of the people who live, work, and play in them.

The front pages of newspapers across the country regularly feature stories about gas prices, traffic jams, truck and car crashes, long commutes, congestion, the rise of asthma and obesity, and climate change. Most people—young and old, parents and grandparents, factory workers and CEOs, mayors and senators—are worried and thinking, “What needs to be done to alleviate the stress of today and prepare for the generations to come?”

Transportation and Community Design

Affect Human Health

For the past 50 years, roadways and communities have been designed and built to favor automobile use. In the beginning, the combustion engine and the creation of the highway system had a significant positive impact on public health. They allowed for the movement of waste away from the population centers and connected communities. Over the years, however, the transportation system has changed. The use of rail to move goods has diminished. Communities began to be developed away from town centers and public transit. As a result, suburbia and sprawl were created. Sprawling communities are characterized by dispersed popula- tions, a rigid disconnect between homes and services, lack of a town or city center, and a network of roads that lack access and connectivity.1

Research shows that land-use planning, including transportation decisions, directly and indirectly affects human health by influencing a wide range of environmental factors, physical factors, and social factors. These types of factors are often described as the social determinants of health.2,3 Although the positive effects of mo- bility on health are substantial, the negative effects are also profound and costly. How transportation looks and is shaped in suburbia compared with rural communities and urban centers varies across the country; however, they are all affected by federal and local transportation policy.

Transforming Transportation Policy to Promote Public Health and Safety

The current federal surface transportation bill—the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient, Transportation Equity: A Legacy for Users (SAFETEA-LU)—will come before Congress for reauthorization in 2009. The reauthorization

Everyday Ways that Transportation Affects Health

Livinginasuburban,sprawlingcommunity limitstheopportunitiestoincorporatephysi- calactivityintodailylife.Residentsmust drivetowork,school,andservices.Lackof physicalactivityisariskfactorforobesity, whichcanleadtoahostofchronicdiseases.

Citydwellersgetadequateexercisebecause walkingisgenerallyhowtheygettoandfrom places,includingpublictransportation.

Highwaysandtransportationdepotssuch asportsandbusstationsareoftenlocated nearlower-incomecommunities.Residents livinginthesecommunitiesareexposedtoair pollutantsandoftensufferfromhigherrates of lungcancer,asthma,andotherrespiratory illness.

Thetransitdisadvantaged,thosewithout accesstotransportation,sometimesgowithout neededhealthcaresimplybecausetheyhaveno wayofgettingtoandfromahealthcarefacility.

Childrenwholivewheretheycanwalkor bikesafelytoschoolaregenerallyhappierand healthier.

Trafficsafetylaws,suchassafetybelts, speeding,anddrunkdrivingenforcement, havehelpedagreatdealtodecreasetraffic incidents.

1

provides a tremendous opportunity to promote transportation policies that improve human health and safety (referred to throughout this report ashealthytransportationpolicy), to enforce and expand on existing provisions that promote health, and to reform the US transportation system to meet 21ST century demands.

Transforming the current system to achieve transportation policy that helps to improve public health and safety will require a convergence of many disciplines, such as public health, planning, engineering, and environmental studies. Because of the significant effect of the built environment on health and the direct effect that trans- portation decisions have on land-use and community design, public health practitioners have a critical role to play to achieve this transformation. This report, AttheIntersectionofPublicHealthandTransportation:Promoting HealthyTransportationPolicy, is intended for the public health community. It provides evidence-based infor- mation about how transportation policy and practice affect public health. It describes federal transportation policy and how to smartly use our transportation dollars to move commerce and people from place to place while building healthier communities. Finally, it introduces Transportation for America (T4America), a national grassroots coalition working to transform national transportation policy.

The Connection Between Public Health, Land Use and Transportation

The built environment—defined as the human-made features of our communities such as buildings, public resources (libraries, clinics, and schools), land-use patterns and the transportation system—has a direct impact on human health.4–7 In many ways, it has improved our quality of life, but it can also contribute to unhealthy, harmful outcomes. Current transportation and related land-use policies favor a society that is auto dependent. Such a dependency is costly not only to the pocketbook but also to the safety and well-being of all residents.

Studies show that communities designed with dense residential areas, mixed use neighborhoods (residential combined with commercial use), and connected streets and paths enjoy better health.1 Residents living in these communities are more physically active, enjoy more social interaction, develop social capital, and have improved mental health. Many existing transportation and related land-use decisions affect the health and safety of our citizens in a harmful way, specifically by reducing opportunities for physical activity, polluting the air (which also contributes to the climate crisis), increasing likelihood of traffic incidents, and exacerbating poverty and inequity.4,5,8–10

Mental health, noise pollution, and water quality are also affected by transportation and land-use decisions.11

Negative health outcomes can be associated with the stress of living near a major roadway and with dangerous road crossings. Motor vehicles are a major source of noise pollution. Runoff from roadways contains many pollutants—sediment, bacteria, heavy metals, and petroleum hydrocarbons—that then find their way into ponds, lakes, and streams, and eventually the drinking water system. Further, as a result of sprawl and the movement of many families to the suburbs (for more space and affordable housing), many people have long

2 :: AT THE INTERSECTION OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND TRANSPORTATION

commutes to work. Long driving commutes are associated with stress-related health effects and physical ailments such as back pain and heart disease.

Physical Activity

Obesity in the United States is climbing at alarming rates. In fact, obesity is the nation’s fastest rising public health problem. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 16% of children are obese (12 million are overweight) and the majority of adults (66%) are overweight or obese.12 Overweight children are more likely to become obese adults. Obesity rates are highest among blacks, Hispanics, and low-income households.12 Obesity and inactivity lead to many other chronic diseases as well as high blood pressure, heart disease, osteoarthritis, cancer, stroke, and diabetes.12

Unfortunately, the opportunity to be physically active is being essentially engineered out of daily life. Communities are spread out with limited connectivity to other communities or services; there is often no walking/biking or public transit that allows people to get to home, school, work, or play safely.1 Auto-oriented communities are directly linked to low rates of physical activity.7

The cost of obesity and inactivity to society is enormous and growing. In 2004, the total cost (including health care and loss of wages) of being obese or overweight was estimated at $117 billion,14 and physical inactivity’s health care tab runs up to $76 billion per year.15

Safety

Traffic injuries and fatalities (from motor crashes as well as bike and pedestrian accidents) are also an enormous public health problem. In 2005, they were the leading cause of death for people ages 5 to 34 in the United States and the leading cause of injury-related death among all ages.16 Over the past 2 decades, US traffic fatalities have averaged approximately 43,000 annually, with approximately 2.5 million people injured on our roads every year.17 In addition to loss of life, traffic crashes costs about $164 billion annually in property damage and injuries.18

The amount of time people spend on the road, and the number of drivers, has increased dramatically over the years. People drive longer distances in 1 trip (e.g., longer commutes), which increases the likeli- hood of a traffic incident simply because more people are on the roads.17

The way that roads and highways have been designed and built for the past 60 years also contributes to traffic safety. Roads and highways are often designed and built to increase and accommodate the demand for transport; they are designed for fast and easy travel with multiple lanes, no sidewalks, and distant and minimal crosswalks. Safety is of particular concern to pedestrians and bicyclists in sprawling neigh- borhoods where there is a lack of safe routes to walk and bike.19

Promoting Healthy Transportation Policy :: 3

Improvements in Motor Vehicle and Passenger Safety Have Come a Long Way Despiteanincreasingnumberoftrafficinci- dents,tremendousimprovementsintraffic safetyhavebeenmade.Publichealthhas workedtointroducedrinkinganddrivingpre- ventionprogramsandyoungdriversafetypro- gramsandinterventions,toensurethe passageofsafetybelt laws,toimprovechild passengersafety,andtopromotethedesignof safervehicles.Thepublichealthcommunity, alongwithitsmanypartners, includingthe NationalHighwayTrafficandSafetyAdmin- istration,willcontinuetoworktoimprove trafficsafetyintothe21ST century.

Motorcycle safety is also a growing issue. The number of motorcycles on US roads has grown rapidly over the past decade, and deaths from crashes have grown even faster.20 Motorcycles account for 13% of crash fatalities.20

Air Quality

Air pollution is associated with several health issues, including asthma and respiratory illness, heart disease, and cancer. Like obesity, asthma is a major public health problem in the United States.21 More than 32 million people in the United States have been diagnosed with asthma at some time. Of the 22 million people who currently have asthma, 12 million have had an asthma episode or attack in the past year.22 Four thousand people die each year from asthma-related causes, and asthma is a contributing factor for another 7,000 deaths every year.22 Asthma prevalence among children increased an average 4.3% per year from 1980–1996.21 Each year, asthma accounts for 14 million days of missed school days by children.23 Asthma is seen more often among children, women and girls, African Americans, Puerto Ricans, people in the Northeast, and those living below the federal poverty level, and those with particular work-related exposures. 23

The US cost of health issues associated with poor air quality from transportation is between $40 billion and $64 billion per year.24

Living, working, going to school, or playing near major roadways in- creases the risk of asthma as well as other health conditions, such as cancer, respiratory illness, and heart disease.25–27 Communities lo- cated near heavily traveled highways have a disproportionately higher rate of lung cancer.27 Air pollutants, in- cluding carbon monoxide, nitrogen oxides, and particulate matter (which is found primarily in diesel exhaust), are found along high traffic roads.27 According to the US Census Bureau, 36 million people live within 300 feet of a 4-lane highway, railroad, or airport.28

Moreover, carbon dioxide is a greenhouse gas and the biggest human activity–related contributor to global climate change.29 In addition to the obesity epidemic, climate change is one of the most important public health issues of the 21ST century. Transportation is one of the largest contributors to greenhouse gas emissions in the United States, and emissions from transportation make up one third of carbon dioxide emissions.30 The US transportation sector accounts for 10% of the energy-producing greenhouse gas emissions worldwide. If left unchecked, these emissions could increase to 80% above current levels by 2060.31

Social and Health Inequities

At the core of public health service is the goal of achieving equal health for all—a goal that is particularly important for those most vulnerable: the poor, the elderly, children, disabled individuals, and underserved minorities. In the United States, for the leading health indicators, the burden of disease and premature death is highest among these vulnerable populations.33 The reasons for these health disparities are frequently attributed to by their lower socioeconomic status. Often they are the result of life-long exposures to meager, and sometimes toxic and

4 :: AT THE INTERSECTION OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND TRANSPORTATION

A Community Group Takes Action Against Air Pollution “The Dirty Diesel Campaign”

In2000,aWestHarlemenvironmentalactivist groupcalledWEACTandseveralnorthern Manhattanresidentsfiledacomplaintwith theUSDepartmentofTransportation(DOT) againsttheMetropolitanTransitAuthority (MTA)becausesixofsevendieselbusdepots arelocatedinnorthernManhattan.Diesel exhaustisaharmfulairpollutantthatis associatedwithlungcancer.AstudybytheUS EnvironmentalProtectionAgencyfoundair pollutantlevelsasmuchas200%greater thanallowablestandards.BackinMay1997, WEACTlaunchedapublicawarenesscam- paignurgingMTAtousenaturalgasandclean fuelbuses.

USDOTrespondedtothecomplaintby chargingtheMTAwith“violatingcivil rights ofresidents”andconcludedMTAmustcon- siderenvironmental justiceprincipalsinlo- catingdepots.Today,WEACTisworkingto makeMTAaccountableandadheretoDOTs mandatethroughtheuseofnaturalgasand cleanfuelbuses.20

unsafe, living conditions. Many of the health concerns caused by these living conditions are exacerbated by a de- creased capacity to improve health, such as poor access to safe recreational areas, high-quality education, and gainful employment. Inadequate or poorly planned transportation systems further exacerbate the problem.

Increased access to health care reduces health disparities. However, health care alone cannot eliminate the burden of poor health and health disparities—improving and prevent- ing unhealthy living conditions in the community environ- ment will result in greater health equity. The World Health Organization refers to conditions that can be reasonably improved as social determinants of health.2 At the basic level, social determinants of health are the social and economic conditions under which people live. Policies and programs that promote equal and just health are imperative, including social determinants such as land- use and community design, of which transportation is a large part, and high-quality living conditions.

Transportation and Health Inequity

Nearly one third of the US population is transportation disadvantaged.33 Many of these individuals and families are vulnerable. They cannot easily access basic needs such as healthy food choices, medical care, gainful employment, and educational opportunities. Many low-income families have been forced to live outside city centers where housing is more affordable and access to public transportation is limited. These families often spend more on driving than health care, education, or food. The poorest fifth of US families, earning less than $13,060 per year, pay 42% of their income to own and drive a vehicle.34 Those families earning $20,000 to $50,000 spend as much as 30% of their budget on transportation.35 In addition, lower-income neighborhoods often lack safe places to walk, bike, or play and access to healthy and affordable foods.7

Transportation and housing are the 2 biggest household costs for most families.33 Often, affordable housing and employment are not accessible to lower income families who want to use public transportation.34 Some family members may take multiple bus or other public transit routes to obtain employment. These families may be forced to purchase a car, which if affordable, still constitutes a huge financial drain.

In urban settings, busy roads and transit facilities (e.g., bus and train stations) are often located in low-income neighborhoods and in communities of color. As discussed earlier, living near a transit station or a busy road, is linked to poor air quality and increased respiratory illness.

Achieving Positive Health Outcomes Through Transportation Policy

Fifty percent of the leading causes of death and illness in the United States—traffic injuries, heart disease, cancer, diabetes, and respiratory illness—are preventable. These diseases have several risk factors that can be mitigated by transportation policies—policies that promote the design and development of healthy communities. Because the transportation system touches most aspects of daily life, optimizing transportation and community design can play an important role in improving health.

Promoting Healthy Transportation Policy :: 5

2

Improving the health of US residents and helping to prevent disease through reformed transportation policy can be achieved through a variety of means:

• Offering balanced and affordable modes of transportation (including driving, biking, walking, and public transit) and, where possible, helping to decrease reliance on automobiles;

• Building communities and improving connectivity so that residents can safely walk or bike to work, school, home, play, public transit, and services;

• Ensuring public transit can be reached safely without needing to drive;

• Increasing opportunities for residents in sprawling communities to be physically active;

• Improving injury prevention and installing safety and protective measures where needed;

• Sustaining and improving motor vehicle safety;

• Increasing US energy independence and investing in identification of alternative fuels sources;

• Educating US residents about the health benefits of walking, biking, and safe transportation behaviors; and

• Assessing the potential health impact* of all major transportation, land-use decision, or planning activities.

Overview of the Federal Transportation Bill

Federal transportation dollars have been used to improve public health and safety; however, the amount of these dollars is minimal. The US Federal Department of Transportation (DOT), specifically the Federal High- way Transit, Federal Highway Administration, and National Traffic Highway Safety Administration, is the ad- ministrator of funds under the federal transportation bill. Money flows from DOT primarily to the state transportation departments. The Highway Trust Fund (HTF) is the primary funding source for transportation. HTF money comes from an 18¢ per gallon federal gas tax. Money is distributed from the HTF to states largely based on how much money the state has contributed.

States are responsible for making sure cooperative transportation planning and decisionmaking happens. Metropolitan planning organizations (MPOs) are policymaking organizations composed of representatives

6 :: AT THE INTERSECTION OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND TRANSPORTATION

Health Impact Assessment: A Useful Tool

AgroupofinvestigatorsatUCLArecentlycon- ductedahealthimpactassessment(HIA)of possiblyredirectingof“spillover”fundsfor transit(budgetcutstotransit)tothegeneral statefund.TheHIAfoundthatstatetransit budgetcutswouldprimarilyaffectsmaller transitagenciesandthosetheyserve—thepoor, children,seniors,andthemobilityimpaired. Cuttingbackontheseservicescouldhave considerableimpactsonthehealthofthese populations.OtherfindingsfromtheHIA confirmedthehealthbenefitsofproviding balancedtransitoptionsandhelpingto decreaserelianceondriving.Benefitsincluded improvedairquality, increasedphysical activity, improvedmentalhealth,andaboost insocialcapital.36

*A health impact assessment (HIA) is a useful tool for planners, public health practitioners, officials, and those responsible for making decisions about development projects, including roadways, transit, commercial, and the like.36 HIAs help determine the po- tential effect of a development on public health and are especially helpful in identifying effects on vulnerable populations.36 HIAs are widely used in Europe, and their use is increasing in the United States.36

from local government and transportation authorities. They exist in urban areas with a population of more than 50,000 people.38 Currently, there are 385 MPOs, which are funded through federal transportation dollars at $300 million annually. MPOs work with state transportation agencies and regional officials to develop transportation plans at the regional level.38 In addition to MPOs, the US secretary of transportation can desig- nate transportation management areas (TMAs) for metropolitan areas with a population greater than 200,000.

Historically, rural communities and their needs have been somewhat overlooked in the transportation planning and decisionmaking process. Rural planning organizations (RPO), typically a network of local planners and officials, do exist in smaller communities. However, it is up to state transportation officials to engage RPOs in transportation planning and decisionmaking. Because of the way in which transportation dollars are allocated from HTF, in general, rural states often receive less money than more densely populated states, so transporta- tion dollars can be limited in more rural areas.

Transportation and planning officials have successfully worked together to improve traffic safety. However, other public health programs and parts of the public health system have not typically overlapped with the transportation system. In practical ways, this means that the transportation agencies and the transportation community do not typically work or consult with the public health agencies and the public health community, especially at the state level. At the local and community levels, the connection is better but not complete or widespread. There are good examples of community pockets where public health and planning are working together to build and design healthier places to live, work, and play. Some programs and grants mandated at the federal level are being used to benefit public health at the community level.

Federal Transportation Dollars and Health and Safety Programs

SAFETEA-LU is the biggest federal surface transportation bill to date. It was signed into law in 2005. The purpose of the law is to provide funding and direction for the maintenance and development of the US transportation system. The 2009 reauthorization of SAFETEA-LU provides an opportunity to change the blueprint for trans- portation policy and to set priorities for how federal transportation funds should be spent. Congress author- ized $244.1 billion for federal transportation over a 5-year period from 2005–2009.39,40

At a broad national level, there are 3 primary categories of federal transportation funds: federal aid to high- ways, public transportation, and highway and motor vehicle safety. Public transportation and highway and motor vehicle safety is less than 21% of the total budget. Of the $244.1 billion, $192.1 billion goes to highways, $45.2 billion to public transportation, and $5.8 billion to highway and motor vehicle safety.40

Of the many programs within the federal transportation bill, 6 core programs account for approximately half the total funding ($123.5 billion). The core programs and (authorized) funding levels are for 5 years, unless stated otherwise:

• Surface Transportation Program: $32.5 billion

• National Highway System: $30.5 billion

• Interstate Maintenance Program: $25.2 billion

• Bridge Program: $21.6 billion

• Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality

Improvement Program (CMAQ): $8.6 billion

• Highway Safety Improvement Program (HSIP,

4 years, authorized in 2006): $5.1 billion

Promoting Healthy Transportation Policy :: 7

Dollars for Public Health and Safety Are Minimal

The federal transportation bill provides minimal dollars to programs that affect public health and safety. The 2 core programs that help to improve health and safety, HSIP and CMAQ, account for just a little more than 11% of the core funding. Table 1 shows a list of federal transportation programs—big or small—that help improve health and safety, and the type of public health issues they help to improve. These programs are effective, but more is needed.

HSIP was authorized in 2006 to provide funds to states to reduce traffic fatalities and serious injuries on public roads. HSIP gives states that have a strategic highway safety plan greater flexibility in how they can use HSIP funds. States with plans can use funds for safety enhancement projects on any public road or railway.

A notable and very beneficial public health and safety program in the trans- portation law funded through the HSIP program is Safe Routes to Schools. Safe Routes to Schools provides funds to states and localities to enable and encourage children to walk and bike to school. The program facilitates planning and development of projects that improve safety; increase physical activity; and reduce traffic, fuel consumption, and air pollution in and around schools.

Several smaller-scale safety programs include improving bike and pedestrian safety; enhancing traffic signs and pavement for older drivers and walkers; and supporting tollbooth worker safety, motorcycle safety, and work zone safety. The federal law also provides funds for nonprofit organizations to collect data and to conduct public awareness campaigns to improve public safety such as the Street Smart Pedestrian and Bicycle Safety campaign (in the District of Columbia, Maryland, and Virginia), and community maps programs—in which communities collect and map road and crash data using Google Earth.

The CMAQ program provides funds to states (on the basis of population and severity of pollution) for projects and programs that improve air quality for ozone, carbon monoxide, and particulate matter in areas that do not or have not met clean air standards—these areas are called nonattainment areas. These air pollutants compromise lung function and cause respiratory problems and are harmful to public health. The main culprit for particulate matter is diesel. Programs that provide diesel retrofits—devices and options that reduce exhaust emissions, which result in cost-effective improvements in air quality and decrease harmful emissions—are given priority.

8 :: AT THE INTERSECTION OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND TRANSPORTATION

Highway Safety and Improvements Program (HSIP)

Safe Routes to School

Road Safety

Transportation Enhancement Program

Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality (CMAQ)

Recreational Trails, Scenic Byways and Non-motorized Transport

Formula Grants for Urban and Non-urban Areas

Formula Programs for Elderly and Disabled

New and Small Starts Program

New Freedom Program

Physical Activity/Obesity

Safety

Air Quality

Equity

Connectivity

Access

TABLE 1: Federal Transportation Programs and The Public Health and Safety Issues They Help to Improve

Highway and Motor Vehicle Safety

Federal-Aid Highways

Public Transportation

SAFETEA-LU FY 2005-2009

Additional programs that promote health and safety under CMAQ support recreational trails, scenic byways, and nonmotorized trans- portation pilot studies. The pilot studies are designed to demonstrate how walking and biking can help solve transportation problems. Pro- grams that increase opportunities for residents to walk and bike through programs, such as Rails to Trails and nonmotorized pilots, have been shown to increase physical activity and lead to improve- ments in health.41

Several formula grant programs exist to provide funding for improved public transportation and capital investment projects. They focus on improving and enhancing transit in urban areas, for the disabled (e.g., the New Freedom Program) and the elderly, and for rural services and fostering the development of local capital investment transportation projects (new starts and small starts program). These programs help to improve transit systems such as heavy and light rail, buses, streetcars, and ferries.

The research and training components in the federal transportation bill that focus on public health and safety are limited.

The funding (authorized and appropriated) for all of the public health and safety programs from 2005–2009 is shown in a table on page 12 of this report. The money spent on public health and safety programs is minimal. In addition, spending on programs that improve public health has received limited increases in funding from year to year and even decreases in some programs. The actual funds that are appropriated for public health programs are generally lower than authorized, which is not surprising given the deficits in the overall economy and within the federal transportation budget.

Transportation Is at a Crossroads: A Call to Action for Public Health Professionals

Given that many of the emerging issues and extreme challenges faced by the nation today are linked in one way or another to transportation, including obesity, air quality and climate change, congestion, energy independence, and sprawl, the US transportation system is in critical need of reform. The coming reauthorization of the federal transportation bill provides a crucial opportunity to help shape how the transportation sector is reformed. Along with many other partners, public health has a critical role to play.

What needs to be done to alleviate the stresses of today and prepare for the generations to come? The US govern- ment and the general public must be committed to creating a balanced and equitable transportation system that promotes health.

A model concept in thinking about transportation systems and making connections between people and places is Complete the Streets. Complete streets are “designed and operated to enable safe access for all users. Pedes- trians, bicyclists, motorists and bus riders of all ages and abilities are able

Promoting Healthy Transportation Policy :: 9

Marin County Safe Routes to School Program—A Promising Example

Since2002,MarinCountyhassignificantly increasedthenumberofkidswhowalk(by 64%),bike(by114%),orarecarpooled (41,000)toschool.TheSafeRoutestoSchools programoffersanumberofbestpracticesand waystogetinvolvedonitsWebsiteat www.saferoutesinfo.org.

3

to safely move along and across a complete street.”42 A national complete the streets bill has been proposed in Congress.

Currently, of the federal transportation bill, about 80% of the funding goes toward building highways and improving road infrastructures, and approximately 20% goes toward public transit programs. As a start, a more equitable balance of funding is required. Programs in the transportation bill that help to improve traffic safety; increase availability of public transit ridership; connect people with work, home, and services in an affordable and accessible way; benefit health by increasing opportunities for physical activity; and protect the environment as well as health should continue and the funding should be increased. Specific favorable programs include the following: HSIP, CMAQ, Safe Routes to School, recreational trails, and all public transit improvement projects. Most importantly, health considerations should not be sidelined as an add-on in a number of small program areas. All our transportation policies, programs and decisions should begin with the under- standing that the health of the general public is a national priority. Health and well-being should be a critical consideration in overall transportation policy.

To be successful, these policies and programs must have positive measurable health outcomes, which will result in medical cost savings. Positive societal outcomes, such as helping to decrease the burden of climate change and societies dependance on fossil fuels, should also be considered. The elements of achieving positive health through transportation policy outlined earlier are good basic principles and offer a good place for public health professionals to start.

The Power of the Public Health Community

As demonstrated by the antitobacco campaign, safety belt laws, and lead poisoning prevention, public health can be a powerful advocate. The public health system is vast, with public health professionals working at national, state, and local levels in every community throughout the United States. Every public health professional has a part to play:

• Become knowledgeable about the connections between transportation, land-use decisions, and community health.

• Learn about transportation policies and how they relate to and affect public health.

• Engage with the transportation and planning community.

• Insert health into the transportation and land-use planning and decision-making process by informing colleagues about the connections between transportation and health.

• Ensure that the public health impacts of any transportation and land-use projects are properly assessed.

• Advocate for transportation and land-use policies and practices that promote good health.

10 :: AT THE INTERSECTION OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND TRANSPORTATION

Offers a balance between modes of transport: driving, walking, biking, and public transit

Promotes public health Results in cost savings

Continues investment and support for strategies with known success

Connects communities and people to each other and to services

Protects the environment Provides equitable access to transportation

Blueprint for Healthy Transportation System

Promoting Healthy Transportation Policy :: 11

• Help build a strong foundation—including knowledge base, capacity, and training—for the next generation of public health professionals.

• Ensure health is prominent in the national debate around the reauthorization.

• Represent health interests in the T4America national campaign to reform federal transportation policy.

Right now, an advocacy campaign to reform transportation policy via the reauthorization of the federal surface transportation bill (SAFETEA-LU) is under way called Transportation for America (T4America). T4America has developed a platform for advocacy and hopes to encourage more health and public health organizations to join the campaign. The American Public Health Association (APHA) is a leader in T4America and is working to reach out and engage the public health community. APHA is working to:

• Engage in a conversation with public health professionals to learn how they see these issues and what is needed to resolve them.

• Educate public health professionals about the connections between transportation and health and the current efforts to reform transportation policy in the United States.

• Encourage public health professionals to join the T4America campaign.

• Provide opportunities and actions that public health advocates can take to do their part in promoting healthy transportation policy and practice.

The information provided in this report is intended to provide background information about the intersection between transportation policy and public health and to serve as a tool to help bring the voice of public health into the transportation fold. Together with those in the T4American campaign and the many public health professionals across the country, healthy transportation policy reform is possible.

1 Ewing R, Pendall R, Chen D. Measuring Sprawl and Its Impact. Washington, DC: Smart Growth America; 2002. Available at www.smartgrowthamerica.org/sprawlindex/ sprawlindex.html. Accessed October 21, 2008.

2 World Health Organization, Commission on Social Determinants of Health. Closing the Gap in a Generation: Health Equity Through Action on the Social Determinants of Health. Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization; 2008. Available at http://whqlibdoc.who.int/publications/2008/9789241563703_eng.pdf. Accessed October 14, 2008.

3 Hanna K, Coussens C. Rebuilding the Unity of Health and the Environment: A New Vision of Environmental Health for the 21ST Century. A Workshop Summary for the Roundtable on Environmental Health Sciences, Research, and Medicine, Division of Health Sciences Policy. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press; 2001. Available at: http://www.nap.edu/catalog.php?record_id=10044. Accessed October 14, 2008.

4 Frank L, Engelke P, Schmid T, Engelke P, Schmid T. Health and Community Design. The Impact of the Built Environment on Physical Activity. Washington, DC: Island Press; 2003.

12 :: AT THE INTERSECTION OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND TRANSPORTATION

REFERENCES

Health and Safety Related Programs in SAFETEA-LUa

FY2005 FY2006 FY2007 FY2008 FY2009

Authorized $54 M $100 M $125 M $150 M $ 183 M Appropriated $51 M $96 M $122 M $147 M N/A

Authorized 0 $500 K $500 K $500 K $500 K Appropriated N/A N/A N/A N/A

Authorized 0 $1,236 M $1,256 M $1,276 M $1,296 M Appropriated $1,005 M $1,255 M $1,053 M N/A

Authorized $1,667 M $1,694 M $1,721 M $1,749 M $1,777 M Appropriated $1,578 M $1,616 $1,693 $1,723 M N/A

Authorized $ 60 M $70 M $75 M $80M $85M Appropriated $59.1 M $68.4 M $74.1 M $79.1 M N/A

Authorized $3,593 M $3,794 M $3,947 M $4,281 M $4,553 M Appropriated N/A $3756 M N/A N/A N/A

Authorized $95 M $112 M $117 M $127 M $133 M Appropriated N/A $110 M $117 M N/A N/A

Authorized $251 M $448 M $467 M $506 M $537 M Appropriated N/A $444 M $466 M N/A N/A

Authorized $1,438 M $1,503 M $1,366 M $1,500 M $1,609 M Appropriated N/A $1,487 M N/A N/A N/A

Authorized 0 0 $200 M $200M $200 M Appropriated N/A N/A N/A

Authorized 0 $78 M $81 M $87.5 M $92.5 M Appropriated $77.2 M $81 M N/A N/A

PROGRAM

Safe Routes to School

Road Safety

Highway Safety Improvements Program

CMAQ

Recreational Trails Program

Urbanized Area Formula Grants

Formula Program for Elderly Persons and Person with Disabilities

Other than Urban Area Formula Program

New Starts

Small Starts

New Freedom Program

a. Funding amounts were provided by the Congressional Research Center. NOTE: All amounts in millions of US dollars. N/A indicates information not available.

5 Frumkin H, Frank L, Jackson RJ. Urban Sprawl and Public Health: Designing, Planning and Building for Healthy Communities. Washington DC: Island Press; 2004.

6 American Public Health Association. American Public Health Association Policy Statement 2004-4. Creating Policies in Land-use and Transportation Systems that Promote Health. Washington, DC: American Public Health Association; 2004. Available at: www.apha.org/advocacy/policy/policysearch/default.htm?id=1282. Accessed October 10, 2008.

7 Lee V, Mikkelsen L, Srikantharajah J, Cohen L. Strategies for Enhancing the Built Environment to Support Healthy Eating and Active Living. Oakland, CA: Prevention In- stitute; 2008. Available at: www.preventioninstitute.org/documents/builtenviron- ment.pdf. Accessed October 10, 2008.

8 American Public Health Association. American Public Health Association Policy State- ment 2007-9. Building a Public Health Infrastructure for Physical Activity Promotion. Washington, DC: American Public Health Association; 2007. Available at: www.apha.org/ advocacy/policy/policysearch/default.htm?id=1358. Accessed October 10, 2008.

9 American Public Health Association. American Public Health Association Policy State- ment 2007-8. Addressing the Urgent Threat of Global Climate Change to Public Health and the Environment. Washington, DC: American Public Health Association; 2007. Avail- able at: www.apha.org/advocacy/policy/policysearch/default.htm?id=1351. Accessed October 10, 2008.

10 Surface Transportation Policy Project. Transportation and Social Equity. Available at: www.transact.org/library/factsheets/equity.asp. Accessed October 11, 2008.

11 Frank L, Kaveage S, Litman T. Promoting Public Health Through Smart Growth. Building Healthier Communities Through Transportation and Land Use Polices, and Practices. Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada: SmarthGrowth, B.C.; 2006. Available at: www.poli- cylink.org/HealthAndPlace/Smartgrowthontransitlanduse.pdf.pdf. Accessed October 10, 2008.

12 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Overweight and Obesity. Available at: www.cdc.gov/nccdphp/dnpa/obesity/index.htm. Accessed September 12, 2008.

13 WEACT for Environmental Justice. Available at: http://www.weact.org/Programs/EJAd- vocacyGovtAccountability/MTAAccountabilityCampaign/DirtyDieselCampaign/tabid/30 6/Default.aspx. Accessed October 14, 2008.

14 National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Diabetes, Digestive and Kidney Dis- eases. Statistics Related to Overweight and Obesity: The Economic Costs. Available at: http://win.niddk.nih.gov/statistics/index.htm. Accessed October 10, 2008.

15 Pratt M, Marcera C, Wang, G. Higher direct medical costs associated with physical inactivity. Physician Sports Medicine, 2000;28:63–70.

16 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Injury center. Available at: www.cdc.gov/ncipc/. Accessed October 10, 2008.

17 NHTSA, National Center for Statistics and Analysis. Traffic Safety Facts: 2005 Data. Washington, DC: NHTSA; 2005. DOT HS 810 620. Available at: www- nrd.nhtsa.dot.gov/Pubs/810620.PDF. Accessed October 10, 2008.

18 AAA. Crashes versus Congestion Report. What’s the Cost to Society? Accessed October 2008. Cambridge, MD: Cambridge Systematics, Inc.; 2008. www.aaanewsroom.net/as- sets/files/20083591910.crashesVscongestionfullreport2.28.08.pdf. Accessed October 10, 2008.

19 Surface Transportation Policy Project. Mean Streets: Pedestrian Safety, Health and Federal Transportation Spending. Washington, DC: Surface Transportation Policy Project; 2002. Available at: www.transact.org/PDFs/ms2002/MeanStreets2002.pdf. Accessed October 10, 2008.

20 NHTSA 2008. Traffic Safety Facts. 2007 Traffic Safety Annual Assessment—Highlights. Washington, DC: NHTSA; 2005. DOT HS 811 017. Available at: www-nrd.nhtsa.dot.gov/ Pubs/811017.PDF. Accessed October 10, 2008.

21 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Asthma’s Impact on Children and Adoles- cents. Available at www.cdc.gov/asthma/children.htm. Accessed October 14, 2008.

22 American Academy of Allergy, Asthma and Immunology Web site. Available at: www.aaaai.org. Accessed October 10, 2008.

23 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National Asthma Control Program. America Breathing Easier 2007. Atlanta, GA: National Center for Environmental Health; 2007. Available at: www.cdc.gov/asthma/pdfs/aag07.pdf. Accessed October 10, 2008.

24 Federal Highway Administration. 2000. Addendum to the 1997 Federal Highway Cost Allocation Study Final Report, May 2000. Available at: www.fhwa.dot.gov/policy/hcas/ addendum.htm. Accessed October 10, 2008.

25 Gauderman WJ, Vora H, McConnel R, et al. Effect of exposure to traffic on lung develop- ment from 10 to 18 years of age: a cohort study. Lancet. 2007; 369: 571–577.

26 Brugge D, Durant JL, Rioux C. Near-highway pollutants in motor vehicle exhaust: A re- view of epidemiologic evidence of cardiac and pulmonary health risks. Environ Health. 2007;6:23. Published online August 9, 2007, at www.pubmedcentral.nih.gov/articleren- der.fcgi?artid=1971259.

27 Kim JJ, Huen K, Adams S, et al. 2008. Residential Traffic and Children’s Respiratory Health. Environ Health Perspect. 2008;116:1274–1279.

28 U.S. Census Bureau. American Housing Survey for the United States: 2005. Current Housing Reports, Series H150/05. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office; 2006. Available at: www.census.gov/prod/2006pubs/h150-05.pdf. Accessed October 12, 2008.

29 American Public Health Association. American Public Health Association Policy State- ment 2007-9. Addressing the Urgent Threat of Global Climate Change to Public Health and the Environment. Washington, DC: American Public Health Association; 2007. Available at: www.apha.org/advocacy/policy/policysearch/default.htm?id=1351. Accessed October 10, 2008.

30 Energy Information Administration. Emissions of Greenhouse Gases in the United States 2005. DOE/EIA-0573(2005). Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Energy; 2006. Available at: http://tonto.eia.doe.gov/FTPROOT/environment/057305.pdf. Accessed October 10, 2008.

31 US Environmental Protection Agency. A Wedge Analysis of the U.S. Transportation Sec- tor. EPA420-F-07-049. Washington, DC: US Environmental Protection Agency; 2007. Available at: http://epa.gov/otaq/climate/420f07049.htm. Accessed October 11, 2008.

32 Healthy People 2010: Understanding and Improving Health. Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services; 2000. Also available at: http://web.health.gov/healthypeople/document/. Accessed June 19, 2001.

33 Surface Transportation Policy Project. Transportation and Poverty Alleviation. Available at: www.transact.org/library/factsheets/poverty.asp. Accessed October 11, 2008.

34 Surface Transportation Policy Project. Transportation and Housing. Available at: www.transact.org/library/factsheets/housing.asp. Accessed October 11, 2008.

35 Policy Link. Equitable Development Toolkit: Building Regional Equity, Transit Oriented Development. Oakland, CA: Policy Link; 2008. Available at: www.policylink.org/docu- ments/TODTool_FINAL.pdf. Accessed October 11, 2008.

36 Dannenberg A, Bhatia R, Cole BL, Heaton SK, Feldman JD, Rutt CD. 2008. Use of health impact assessment in the US. 27 case studies, 1999–2007. Am J Prev Med. 2008;34:241–256.

37 Cole B, Agyekum G, Hoffman S, Shimkhada R. Mass Transit Health Impact Assessment: Potential Health Impacts of the Governor’s Proposed Redirection of California State Transportation Spillover Funds. Los Angeles, CA: UCLA School of Public Health. Division of Health Services; 2008. Available at: www.ph.ucla.edu/hs/health- impact/docs/MassTransitHIA_June2008.pdf. Accessed October 11, 2008.

38 USDOT. FHA/FTA website. Transportation Planning and Capacity Building. Available at: www.planning.dot.gov/metro.asp. Accessed October 11, 2008.

39 USDOT Federal Highway Administration. 2005. A summary of highway provisions in SAFETEA-LU. Available at: www.fhwa.dot.gov/safetealu/summary.htm. Accessed October 11, 2008.

40 USDOT Federal Highway Administration March/April 2006. The straight scoop on SAFETEA-LU. Available at: www.tfhrc.gov/pubrds/06mar/01.htm. Accessed October 11, 2008.

41 Gottshci T, Mills K. Active Transportation for America. Washington, DC: Rails to Trails Conservancy. 2008. Available at www.railstotrails.org/whatwedo/trailadvocacy/ ATFA/index.html. Accessed October 21, 2008.

42 Complete the Streets Web site. Available at: www.completestreets.org/. Accessed September 16, 2009.

Promoting Healthy Transportation Policy :: 13

800 I Street NW Washington, DC 20001 (202) 777-APHA (2742)

Protect, Prevent, Live Well

About APHA

The American Public Health Association is the oldest and most diverse organization of public health professionals in the world and has been working to improve public health since 1872. The Association aims to protect all Americans and their communities from preventable, serious health threats and strives to assure community- based health promotion and disease prevention activities and preventive health services are universally accessible in the United States. APHA is committed to health equity and a healthy global society. The Association’s broad array of public health professionals are champions of and advocate for healthy people and communities.

The development of this report was supported through a grant provided by the Convergence Partnership Fund.

Readings, Transportation and health/definitions_of_health.pdf

DEFINITIONS OF HEALTH/WELLNESS

World Health Organization’s (WHO) definition of Health

Health is a state of complete physical, mental and social well-being and not merely the absence of disease or infirmity. The correct bibliographic citation for the definition is: Preamble to the Constitution of the World Health Organization as adopted by the International Health Conference, New York, 19-22 June, 1946; signed on 22 July 1946 by the representatives of 61 States (Official Records of the World Health Organization, no. 2, p. 100) and entered into force on 7 April 1948.The Definition has not been amended since 1948.

The Alliance Institute for Integrative Medicine

We view wellness as much more than just a state of physical health. It also encompasses emotional stability, clear thinking, the ability to love, create, embrace change, exercise intuition and experience a continuing sense of spirituality. Our mission is for all who enter our doors to take one step closer to this state of vibrant health and well-being.

National Wellness Institute

Wellness is an active process of becoming aware of and making choices toward a more successful existence. The key words in this first sentence are process, aware, choices and success. Process means that we never arrive at a point were there is no possibility of improving. Aware means that we are by our nature continuously seeking more information about how we can improve. Choices means that we have considered a variety of options and select those that seem to be in our best interest. Success is determined by each individual to be their personal collection of accomplishments for their life. Wellness is multidimensional. A popular model adopted by many university, corporate, and public health programs encompasses 6 dimensions:

Social Occupational Spiritual Physical Intellectual Emotional

What Wellness Means at ASU (Arizona State University)

Wellness is an active, lifelong process of becoming aware of choices and making decisions toward a more balanced and fulfilling life. Wellness involves choices about our lives and our priorities that determine our lifestyles. The wellness concept at ASU is centered on connections and the idea that the mind, body, spirit and community are all interrelated and interdependent

Webster’s 1913 Dictionary definition of Health

The state of being hale, sound, or whole, in body, mind, or soul; especially, the state of being free from physical disease or pain.

University of Buffalo, The State University of New York re. Wellness

Wellness is the conscious development of the whole self. Embarking on a wellness journey is a process of searching for the appropriate "tools" to make you a healthier and happier human being, plus discovering your own effective methods to use these "tools" for continued growth and development. As there is a great variety on all aspects of life, there are also countless ways to cultivate yourself on an ever-changing path of wellness. The National Wellness Institute now recognizes eight "dimensions," or essential life areas which collectively comprise the wellness (well-being) of all human beings... The Eight Dimensions of Wellness: Spiritual Emotional Intellectual Physical Cultural Occupational Social Environmental

Precepts for Wellness It is important to see that all of the various concepts of wellness should include at least the following precepts: Holism - your health and well-being are the outcomes of the constant interaction between the several natural dimensions of life and wellness. Each dimension is inter-related with the others. The aim is to be conscious of your self as a whole and complete person, living life as fully as possible. Balance - while acknowledging the constantly changing nature of your life, you look to balance it by giving significant attention to each of the dimensions. Lack of sufficient attention to any one dimension will result in less-than-optimal development as a person, and may possibly lead to chronic unhappiness. Self-Responsibility - a well person owns up to his or her responsibility for health and happiness and does not allow others to take control over decisions he/she needs to make for him/herself. Self-responsibility presupposes self-awareness, including the process by which one becomes increasingly more aware of both the causes and consequences of his/her behavior. Positive and Proactive - wellness requires primarily positive perspectives and values by which to live. It also requires a strong sense of purpose and conscious, deliberate action. These are our starting assumptions, and they have stood well through time. However, they provide merely a simple framework. What you put inside that framework is totally up to you. We wish you well on your unique path to greater experiences of well-being.

According to Dorland's Medical Dictionary, the definition of health is, "An optimal state of physical, mental and social well-being, not merely the absence of disease or infirmity." Dr. Thomas M. Rau, Paracelsus Clinic In Biological Medicine, "illness is defined as a loss of regulatory capacity: that is, the inability to correctly respond to a wide variety of internal, environmnetal and lifestyle factors....Healing is defined as restoration of regulatory capacity".

Readings, Transportation and health/Healthy Equitable Transportation Policy.pdf

PolicyLink Prevention Institute Convergence Partnership

H e a l t h y , E q u i t a b l e T r a n s p o r t a t i o n P o l i c y R E C O M M E N D A T I O N S A N D R E S E A R C H

Design by Chen Design Associates

Leslie Yang for PolicyLink

PolicyLink PolicyLink is a national research and action institute advancing economic and social equity by Lifting Up What Works.®

Prevention Institute Putting prevention and equitable health outcomes at the center of community well-being.

This report was commissioned by the Convergence Partnership which includes the following institutions: The California Endowment Kaiser Permanente The Kresge Foundation Nemours Robert Wood Johnson Foundation W.K. Kellogg Foundation Centers for Disease Control and Prevention as technical advisors

Hea lthy, Equitable Transpor tation Policy Recommendations a nd Resea rch

E D I T E D BY

SHir EEn M a lEk a fza li Senior A ssociate, PolicyLin k

p

g . 2

>

>

5 Foreword Congressman James Oberstar, Chairman of the House Transportation and Infrastructure Committee

6 Preface Angela Glover Blackwell, Founder and CEO, PolicyLink

9 The Transportation Prescription: A Summary of Findings and a Framework for Action Judith Bell, M.P.A., President, PolicyLink Larry Cohen, M.S.W., Founder and Executive Director, Prevention Institute

21 Chapter 1. Health Effects of Transportation Policy Judith Bell, M.P.A., President, PolicyLink Larry Cohen, M.S.W., Founder and Executive Director, Prevention Institute

27 Chapter 2. Transportation Authorization 101: A Backgrounder Susan Polan, Ph.D., Associate Executive Director, American Public Health Association Tracy Kolian, M.P.H., Senior Health Policy Analyst, American Public Health Association Shireen Malekafzali, M.P.H., Senior Associate, PolicyLink

35 Transportation Choices

37 Chapter 3. Public Transportation and Health Todd Litman, M.E.S., Founder and Executive Director, Victoria Transport Policy Institute

63 Chapter 4. Walking, Bicycling, and Health Susan Handy, Ph.D., Professor of Environmental Science and Policy, Director of the Sustainable Transportation Center, University of California, Davis

79 Chapter 5. Roadways and Health: Making the Case for Collaboration Catherine L. Ross, Ph.D., Director, Center for Quality Growth and Regional Development, Harry West Chair, Georgia Tech

Contents

97 Key Issues

99 Chapter 6. Breaking Down Silos: Transportation, Economic Development, and Health Todd Swanstrom, Ph.D., E. Desmond Lee Professor of Community Collaboration and Public Policy Administration, University of Missouri, St. Louis

113 Chapter 7. Sustainable Food Systems: Perspectives on Transportation Policy Kami Pothukuchi, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Urban Planning, Wayne State University Richard Wallace, Senior Project Manager, Center for Automotive Research

131 Chapter 8. Traffic Injury Prevention: A 21st-Century Approach Larry Cohen, M.S.W., Founder and Executive Director, Prevention Institute Leslie Mikkelsen, R.D., M.P.H., Managing Director, Prevention Institute Janani Srikantharajah, B.A., Program Coordinator, Prevention Institute

146 Author Biographies

150 Acknowledgments

151 Notes

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 3

<

<

C o

n te

n ts

chapter name

p g

. 4

>

>

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 5

<

<

F o

re w

o rd

Discussions of public health and wellness often are limited to the health and medical fields. It is my hope that soon, the transportation sector will be part of the discussion and play a role in providing solutions to improving the nation’s overall health, well-being, and quality of life.

One of my goals as Chairman of the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure is to create a new model for surface transportation, one that invests in alternative modes and promotes active, healthy lifestyles. Public health and transportation policy choices are inextricably linked. The transportation sector is responsible for one-third of the greenhouse gas emissions in the United States. Our infrastructure and land use choices often dictate our daily travel, and whether or not we have access to clean, healthy transportation options. And in any given year, approximately 40,000 Americans are killed on our roadways. The policy decisions we make regarding transportation have repercussions on public health throughout our society.

For too long now, our transportation decision making has failed to address the impacts that our infrastructure network has on public health and equity. The asphalt poured and lane miles constructed enhanced our mobility and strengthened our economic growth; but too often, this auto-centric mindset took hold and crowded out opportunities to invest in a truly sustainable intermodal transportation system, in particular a system that meets the needs of underserved communities.

The failure to link transportation and land use decision making, and to consider the public health effects of these choices, has led to a tilted playing field that has made driving the easiest—and often the only—option available in many parts of the country. Our transportation policies and investments must do more to provide access for all through various modes. Transit, walking, and bicycling all have a significant role to play in lowering our dependence on foreign oil, reducing our greenhouse gas emissions and air pollutants,

and helping Americans incorporate exercise and fresh air into their daily travel routines. We must also continue our pursuit to reduce the number—and rate—of traffic fatalities and injuries that occur each year.

Our most recent surface transportation legislation, enacted in 2005, took important steps toward building a healthier infrastructure by investing billions of dollars in safety, public transit, walking, and bicycling. This legislation is helping to construct safer infrastructure, enable workforce development, build new transit lines, repair existing systems, and establish non- motorized transportation networks. We also enacted the Safe Routes to School program, which allows states to invest in safety improvements and education campaigns to get kids walking and biking to school again. This program has shown great early success and has the ability to change the habits of an entire generation.

Environmental sustainability, access, and our collective well-being must combine with mobility and safety as the cornerstones of our transportation investments. The following report represents an important contribution to our emerging understanding of the connections between transportation and public health and is an invaluable resource for policymakers and all those interested in building healthy communities. With a greater recognition of the strong linkage between public health and transportation, I believe we can build a network that supports our mobility and creates access and economic strength while promoting equity, sustaining our good health and quality of life.

Congressman James Oberstar

Chairman of the House Transportation and Infrastructure Committee

Foreword Congressman James Oberstar

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 6

>

>

P

re fa

c e

Transportation policy has enormous potential to catalyze the development of healthy communities of opportunity. The upcoming authorization of the federal surface transportation bill represents the single biggest federal opportunity to influence how our communities, cities, and regions are shaped.

Transportation impacts health directly; it affects air quality, injury risk, physical activity levels, and access to necessities such as grocery stores. Transportation is also one of the largest drivers of land use patterns; it thus determines whether communities have sidewalks and areas to play and be physically active as well as whether communities are connected to or isolated from economic and social opportunities.

Research shows that low-income communities and communities of color often do not have access to the benefits our transportation system can provide, yet they bear the burdens of that system. For example, many low-income neighborhoods have little or no efficient, reliable public transportation to get them to jobs and essential goods and services. But these communities are often situated near bus depots, highways, and truck routes, where pollution levels are high—and not coincidentally, asthma rates are high as well. In addition, many of these same communities live without safe, complete sidewalks or bike paths, making walking and biking difficult and often dangerous. As a result, these neighborhoods

have low levels of physical activity and high rates of chronic diseases. Creating a more equitable transportation system must lie at the core of any analysis of transportation or health, and it must guide all reform.

The Convergence Partnership, the collaborative of funders that commissioned this project, embraces the imperative that health and equity be central to transportation policy debates. Further, the Convergence Partnership recognizes how transportation policy is connected to the Partnership’s broader efforts to support environmental and policy changes that will create healthy people and healthy places. The Partnership’s steering committee includes: The California Endowment, Kaiser Permanente, the Kresge Foundation, Nemours, the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, and the W. K. Kellogg Foundation. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention serves as technical advisor.

In this project, leading academic researchers and advocates working at the intersection of transportation policy, equity, and public health identify opportunities for creating transportation systems that promote health and equity. This report synthesizes their insights and offers concrete recommendations for change.

Reform is long overdue. Climate change, shameful health disparities, growing rates of chronic diseases—transportation policy has contributed to these problems, and now it must

Preface Angela Glover Blackwell

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 7

<

<

P re

fa c

e

address them. Increasing rates of poverty and a severe economic downturn add to the urgency for reform.

This report intentionally uses the term authorization and not the more common word, reauthorization, in reference to the surface transportation bill. We want to make clear that new thinking and innovative approaches are necessary to meet the needs of a changing and diverse America.

Many advocates are already working hard to push for fundamental reform. This report was written for community leaders, policymakers, funders, practitioners, and advocates interested in an overarching strategy to promote active living and to build healthy communities of opportunity. PolicyLink, Prevention Institute, and the Convergence Partnership believe that building healthy communities requires a collaboration of stakeholders from diverse fields and sectors. Together, we can identify and support shared solutions.

The project recognizes that effective strategies to improve health, particularly in vulnerable communities, often fall outside the conventional domain of health policy, yet deserve equal attention. Federal transportation policy is a critical opportunity at our fingertips. Leveraging the strength of collaboration and networking can yield powerful results. Let’s seize the moment.

Angela Glover Blackwell

Founder and CEO PolicyLink

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 8

>

>

C h

a p

te r

2

chapter name

p g

. 8

>

>

The Transportation Prescription: A Summar y of Findings and a Framework for Action JUDITH BELL , M.P. A . President, PolicyLink

L A R RY COHEN, M.S.W. Founder a nd Executive Director, Prevention Institute

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 0

>

>

In St. Louis, MO, major cuts in bus service this spring left workers, students, disabled people, and elderly residents stranded and feeling bereft. Stuart and Dianne Falk, who are both in wheelchairs, told CNN they no longer would be able to get to the gym or the downtown theater company where they volunteer. “To be saddled, to be imprisoned, that is what it is going to feeling like,” Stuart Falk said.1

In West Oakland, CA, families have no escape from the diesel exhaust belching from trucks at the nearby port: The air inside some homes is five times more toxic than in other parts of the city. “I’m constantly doing this dance about cleaning diesel soot from my blinds and window sills,” 57-year-old Margaret Gordon told the San Francisco Chronicle.2

In Seattle, WA, Maggieh Rathbun, a 55-year- old diabetic who has no car, takes an hour-long bus ride to buy fresh fruits and vegetables. She cannot haul more than a few small bags at a time so she shops frequently—if she feels well enough. “It depends on what kind of day I’m having with my diabetes to decide whether I’m going to make do with a bowl of cereal or try to go get something better,” she told the Seattle Post-Intelligencer.3

Our transportation system has an enormous impact on our way of life, on the air we breathe, and on the vitality of our communities. Transportation choices influence personal decisions about where to live, shop, attend school, work, and enjoy leisure. They affect stress levels, family budgets, and the time we spend with our children. Although most people don’t think of it as a determinant of health, our transportation system has far-reaching implications for our risk of disease and injury. Transportation policies and accompanying land use patterns contribute to the glaring health disparities between the affluent and the poor and between white people and people of color.

This report demonstrates that transportation policy is, in effect, health policy—and

environmental policy, food policy, employment policy, and metropolitan development policy, each of which bears on health independently and in concert with the others. Longstanding transportation and land use policies are at odds with serious health, environmental, and economic needs of the country, and they have harmed low-income communities and communities of color especially. Forward- thinking transportation policies must promote healthy, green, safe, accessible, and affordable ways of getting where we need to go. They also must go hand in hand with equitable, sustainable land use planning and community economic development.

Streets and roads are the largest chunks of property owned by most cities and states. We have choices to make about how to use, and share, that real estate. Who decides? Who benefits? Who pays? Transportation policy at all levels of government can be a vehicle to promote public health, sustainability, equitable opportunity, and the economic strength of neighborhoods, cities, and regions. But that will happen only if advocates, experts, and organizers steeped in all these issues bring their knowledge and passion to critical transportation decisions. The upcoming authorization of the most important transportation legislation in the United States, the federal surface transportation bill, makes this a pivotal moment to bring a broad vision for health and equity to transportation policy.

T r a n s p o r t a t i o n i n a m e r i c a : a n e w V i s i o n

Underlying this report is a vision of transportation as more than a means to move people and goods, but also as a way to build healthy, opportunity-rich communities. Health is often viewed from an individual perspective. Yet, each resident in a region is both an individual and part of a larger community. Therefore, our vision for healthy, equitable communities is one that extends beyond

The Transportation Prescription

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 1

<

<

T h

e T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P re

s c

ri p

ti o

n

individual outcomes and creates conditions that allow all to reach their full potential. It does not force us to balance one individual against another. It provides the opportunity for everyone to participate in their community, be healthy, and prosper.

Transportation systems are essential to the competitiveness of the nation and the viability of regions. Building America’s Future, a bipartisan coalition of elected officials, views increased transportation investment as a key to the economic growth and job creation needed to strengthen cities and rural communities.4 The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA), the nearly $1 trillion stimulus package passed by Congress and signed by President Obama in early 2009, emphasizes transportation investments to revive the ailing economy and rebuild regions.5 The act galvanized advocates to push government agencies to spend the money in ways that promote health, protect the environment, and benefit everyone. Now momentum is building to bring a focus on health and equity to the next version of the federal surface transportation bill.6

Over the past half-century, federal transportation policy has changed the American landscape, physically, socially, and culturally. Beginning with the Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1956 authorizing the Interstate Highway System, the leading transportation priority by far has been what planners call mobility and which became synonymous with the movement of more and more cars and goods farther and faster. Mobility advanced the nation’s growth and prosperity, and it formed our sense of identity as well as our image abroad. The car was more than a machine to get us around; it stood as a symbol of American freedom, ingenuity, and manufacturing prowess.

While some have few or no transportation choices due to limited transportation infrastructure and resources in their communities, many Americans do have the

opportunity to make choices about how to travel and where to go. For these people, the car provides the means to flee the city, buy a quarter-acre patch of suburbia, and drive to their hearts’ content without giving much thought to the disinvested neighborhoods left behind, or the farmland lost to development, or the fossil fuels and other natural resources their lifestyles consumed. Community environments, however, affect the choices individuals make, and public policy molds those environments. As the nation confronts severe economic, environmental, and health challenges as well as the widening gulf between rich and poor, it is becoming clear that we must make different choices as individuals and as a society.

A new framework for transportation policy and planning is emerging. Rather than focus almost exclusively on mobility (and its corollaries, speed and distance), this framework also emphasizes transportation accessibility. In other words, instead of designing transportation systems primarily to move cars and goods, the new approach calls for systems designed to serve people—all people—efficiently, affordably, and safely. This approach prioritizes investments in: (1) public transportation, walking, and bicycling—transportation modes that can promote health, opportunity, environmental quality, and indeed mobility for people who do not have access to cars; and (2) communities with the greatest need for affordable, safe, reliable transportation linkages linkages to jobs, and essential goods and services—chiefly, low- income communities and communities of color.

The goal is to improve transportation for everyone while delivering other important payoffs, including better respiratory and cardiovascular health; improved physical fitness; less emotional stress; cleaner air; quieter streets; fewer traffic injuries and deaths; and greater access to jobs, nutritious foods, pharmacies, clinics, and other essentials for healthy, productive living.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 2

>

>

The Transportation Prescription

This new vision is at the core of a burgeoning movement to shape transportation policy to support work in a number of critical areas, such as climate change, sustainable agriculture, the prevention of chronic diseases, workforce development, and neighborhood revitalization. Advocates and experts in public health, environmental justice, labor, community economic development, food policy, and other fields and disciplines have important roles to play in transportation debates. A broad range of interests working in partnership, can craft innovative, environmentally sound solutions that benefit everyone, rather than plans that reflect the motor vehicle orientation of road engineers and builders. Government transportation agencies and developers—the architects of our transportation systems for decades—must be held accountable for how their investments affect the economic prospects of regions, the health of communities, and the well-being of residents.

This shift in thinking about what transportation policy must achieve and who should drive it stems from a long list of factors. Among them: near-crippling congestion in many metropolitan areas; renewed interest in city living and a hunger for shorter commutes; demographic changes (including the increasing number of people over 65 and immigrants, two groups less likely to drive or own cars); the rise in obesity; the enduring poverty in inner-city and rural communities; the growing understanding of the connections among health, the built environment, and transportation plans; and the increasing frustration among residents and advocates about the limited accountability and inequitable transportation decision-making processes at the state and regional levels which over represent suburban and white male interests.

But the push to reform transportation (along with its cousin, land use planning) has gained urgency in the face of three massive challenges that are upending the status quo of every field and that go to the heart of our love affair with the car: (1) Climate change, with its threat of global ecological upheaval. (2) U.S. dependence

on foreign oil, which carries grave risks for our economy and security. (3) A healthcare system crumbling under the demands of skyrocketing rates of diabetes and other chronic diseases associated with sedentary lifestyles, and astronomical costs. Transporting goods, services, and people accounts for about one-third of greenhouse gas emissions and two-thirds of petroleum consumption in the United States.7 As the National Surface Transportation Policy and Revenue Study Commission noted in its landmark report, Transportation for Tomorrow, the environmental gains we achieve through incremental fixes such as higher fuel-efficiency standards, though important, will be trumped by increases in driving and traffic if we continue on our current policy course.

The good news is that change can happen, and inspiring examples abound. In the rural San Joaquin Valley in California, where public transportation has been virtually nonexistent, a new system of publicly managed vanpools is connecting farm worker families to jobs, schools, and medical services.8

In Chicago’s West Garfield Park, an alliance of residents, activists, and faith-based organizations not only successfully fought the closure of the rail line that linked the neighborhood to downtown; they also transformed a transit stop into an anchor of development of shops, community services, and moderately priced housing.9

In port cities around the country, many groups are working to reduce pollution from ships, locomotives, and trucks, some of the worst emitters of soot and greenhouse gases. In the Los Angeles region—one of a number of regions where the movement of goods represents a significant part of transportation investment and economic activity, and where ports and freeways abut low-income neighborhoods—the Coalition for Clean and Safe Ports has formed an effective alliance of residents, truck drivers, public health experts, environmentalists, environmental justice

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 3

<

<

T h

e T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P re

s c

ri p

ti o

n

activists, unions, immigrant groups, and public officials to push for clean air solutions.10

The authorization of the next federal surface transportation bill presents an immense opportunity to broaden such engagement and to forge an equitable policy response to the unprecedented challenges facing the country. The bill authorizes federal funding for highways, highway safety, public transportation, and bicycling and pedestrian infrastructure for approximately six years.11 It transfers hundreds of billions of dollars from the federal government to states and localities. It also triggers hundreds of billions more in matching state and local spending. The bill marks the largest transportation expenditure in the United States.

But the legislation does more than provide money. It also communicates national policy priorities. Will we build roads on the farthest edges of regions or fix aging roads and bridges in cities and inner-ring suburbs? Will we invest in healthy, green transportation—bicycle lanes, safe sidewalks for walking, clean buses, ridesharing, light rails? Will we ensure that all voices are equitably represented in transportation decision-making processes? And will we include incentives and requirements for affordable housing near public transportation to ensure broad access to the job opportunities and services that transit oriented development stimulates? Or will we spend most of the money as we have for decades: on new and bigger highways with little public accountability? The bill establishes funding categories and requirements and in some cases gives communities and metropolitan regions flexibility to shape strategies to local needs. The new law is a chance to design communities for health, sustainability, and opportunity—and to give all Americans physically active, clean, affordable, convenient, reliable, and safe options to get where they need to go.

W h a t D o e s H e a lt h y, E q u i t a b l e T r a n s p o r t a t i o n P o l i c y l o o k l i k e?

Our current transportation system has many direct health consequences: pollution-related asthma, steep declines in physical activity, and the associated rise in obesity and chronic illnesses are just a few examples. Transportation affects health indirectly by connecting people— or by failing to provide connections—to jobs, medical care, healthy food outlets, and other necessities. For more details on the connections between transportation and health see Chapter 2, Health Effects of Transportation Policy.

The National Surface Transportation Policy and Revenue Study Commission—created by Congress in 2005 to examine the condition and future needs of our network of highways, ports, freight and passenger railroads, and public transportation systems—reached a sobering conclusion: “The nation’s surface transportation network regrettably exacts a terrible toll in lost lives and damaged health.”12 Nowhere is the toll higher than among low-income people and people of color.

Research shows that when properly designed, transportation systems can provide exercise opportunities, improve safety, lower emotional stress, link poor people to opportunity, connect isolated older adults and people with disabilities to crucial services and social supports, and stimulate economic development. Healthy, equitable transportation policy draws on that research to create transportation systems that benefit everyone.

Specifically, healthy, equitable transportation policy:

• Supports the development of accessible, efficient, affordable, and safe alternatives to car travel, and especially to driving solo. These alternatives enable everyone to walk more, travel by bicycle, and use public

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 4

>

>

transportation more—in other words, to get around in ways that improve health, expand access to opportunity, and reduce toxic pollutants and greenhouse gas emissions.

• Works hand in hand with sustainable land use planning. Together, they encourage and support high-density, mixed-use, mixed- income metropolitan development and affordable housing with good access to transportation options. Together, they focus, particularly, on underserved and economically isolated communities.

• Recognizes that income is important to health, and that good transportation has an impact on family income. Healthy, equitable transportation policy support systems that connect all people, especially low-income and underserved communities, to employment and other opportunities. It also encourages hiring low-income residents of color for well- paying jobs in transportation construction, maintenance, and service.

• Understands the importance of ensuring equal representation. All community members, regardless of race, gender or geographical location should be equitably represented and involved in making decisions which impact their communities, their infrastructure and their options for travel.

• Recognizes that access to healthy foods is integral to good health and that transportation systems are integral to food production and distribution. Healthy, equitable transportation policy explicitly addresses food access issues, including transportation to grocery stores and food transport practices.

This summary draws on the six thematic chapters in this book authored by academics and advocates working at the intersection of transportation, health, and equity. Each chapter describes innovative transportation and land use policies, strategies, and programs built on

a foundation of equity and sustainability. Three chapters in this collection address transportation options:

• Todd Litman, M.E.S., founder and executive director of the Victoria Transport Policy Institute in British Columbia, identifies numerous economic, social, and environmental benefits that can result from public transportation improvements. Among them: reduced traffic crashes, improved physical fitness and health, energy conservation, reduced pollution emissions, increased community livability, increased affordability, consumer savings, economic development, and expanded opportunity. Litman contends that improving public transportation is one of the most cost- effective ways to improve public health, and better health is one of the most significant potential benefits of public transportation improvements. He identifies policy and planning reforms to create a more diverse and efficient transportation system. He recommends developing a strategic vision of high-quality public transportation services, with supportive land use policies to provide basic mobility to people who are socially isolated, economically disadvantaged, or physically disabled, as well as to attract “discretionary” travelers, or people who would otherwise drive for a particular trip.

• Susan Handy, Ph.D., director of the Sustainable Development Center at the University of California at Davis, argues that increasing walking and bicycling while assuring safety, particularly for low-income families, children, and older adults, is an important goal for federal transportation policy. Walking and bicycling, or “active travel,” are low-cost, physically active, and environmentally clean alternatives to driving, yet they represent fewer than 10 percent of all trips in the United States. In addition to expanding specialized programs for active travel, the federal government should assist, enable, encourage, and, in some instances,

The Transportation Prescription

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 5

<

<

T h

e T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P re

s c

ri p

ti o

n

require state, regional, and local governments to address pedestrian and bicycling needs.

• Catherine L. Ross, Ph.D., the Harry West Chair and director of the Center for Quality Growth and Regional Development at Georgia Institute of Technology, argues that roadways are more than transport routes; they are also our primary spaces for civic, social, and commercial enterprise. Roadways—highways in particular—receive the largest share of federal transportation dollars by far. Federal policy has historically emphasized highways designed to move large numbers of cars and freight vehicles at high speeds. Ross argues for greater investments in roadways that integrate physical activity, enrich social interaction, increase safety, and provide transportation linkages in underserved communities. She urges policymakers and others to consider expanded assessments of the effects of roadways on health, through the use of methodologies similar to health impact assessment (HIA).13

The remaining papers offer transportation policy perspectives in key areas that have a significant impact on public health and equity:

• Todd Swanstrom, Ph.D., the E. Desmond Lee Professor of Community Collaboration and Public Policy Administration at the University of Missouri, St. Louis, makes the case that federal transportation policy can and should address economic development, particularly in communities left behind by decades of transportation planning that favored car travel and encouraged sprawl. Targeted transportation investment can promote economic opportunity and reduce health disparities by (1) improving transportation linkages between housing and employment hubs and between residential neighborhoods and clinics, pharmacies, and grocery stores; and (2) encouraging affordable, high-density, mixed-use transit

oriented development14; and (3) creating workforce strategies to ensure that jobs in the large, growing transportation sector are open to all, including minority and women workers and contractors. Swanstrom also asserts that while the goals of equity and environmental sustainability are not mutually exclusive, policymakers and advocates must address the short-term needs of low-income families who live in places where driving is essential.

• Kami Pothukuchi, Ph.D., associate professor of urban planning at Wayne State University, and Richard Wallace, M.S., senior project manager at the Center for Automotive Research, argue that federal transportation policy should seek to increase access to healthy foods. Today’s transportation networks make large quantities of foods from around the nation and the globe readily available for many Americans, but industrialized agriculture and the concentrated structure of food retail have negative health and environmental consequences for low-income communities, especially people of color, inner-city and rural residents, and immigrant farm workers. For example, urban and rural communities often have fewer and smaller supermarkets than suburban communities (if they have any at all) as well as more limited selections of healthy foods. As a result, residents eat fewer fruits and vegetables and have higher rates of diet-related illnesses. In addition, long- distance food hauling has a disproportionate impact on the air quality and noise levels in poor and minority communities along freight routes. Although food access falls outside the traditional realm of transportation policy, improved public transportation, transit oriented development, and cleaner methods to move freight can increase access to healthy foods in underserved communities, reduce air and noise pollution, and foster local, sustainable agri-food systems.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 6

>

>

• Larry Cohen, M.S.W., Leslie Mikkelsen, R.D., M.P.H, and Janani Srikantharajah, B.A., of Prevention Institute argue that traffic crashes are preventable and that federal transportation policy must make safety for all travelers a priority. Traffic crashes rank as the leading cause of death for people ages one to 34 and contribute to unnecessary human, social, and economic costs. Resources should be directed to communities with the least infrastructure to support safe walking, bicycling, and public transportation use and continue to support effective vehicle safety and occupant protection strategies. Traffic safety is an important strategy not only to reduce injuries and death but also to encourage physical activity, improve air quality, and increase transportation accessibility.

T h e fe d e r a l T r a n s p o r t a t i o n l e g a c y a n d C h a l l e n g e s a h e a d

Transportation in America is a federal system, not a centralized, national system. Federal policy plays a critical role, not by dictating practices but by enabling and encouraging innovation by states, regional transportation organizations, transit operators, and other agencies. This happens in several ways.

First, the federal government sends billions of dollars for transportation to states and localities. For example, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act provides nearly $50 billion to build and repair roads, bridges, railways, and ports. The current surface transportation bill, SAFETEA-LU (Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users), set to expire in September 2009, guaranteed $244.1 billion over six years. These dollars, in turn, leverage direct infrastructure investments by state governments, local governments, and private investors.

Second, the policies and requirements embedded in federal transportation programs influence state and local land use decisions and transportation priorities. Many observers contend that transportation stands as one of the biggest policy successes in United States history. The Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1956 and its progeny promoted mobility, which contributed mightily to American growth and prosperity. However, many advocates take a more nuanced view of the federal legacy. They point to the health, equity, and environmental consequences of an ethic that held the faster, the farther, the better, as well as the consequences of policies focused almost wholly on car and truck travel, with little accountability to goals beyond mobility.

Either way, the current transport system is no longer sustainable or fixable by incremental changes such as pilot projects, encouragements, and small incentives. As the National Surface Transportation Policy and Revenue Study Commission, created by SAFETEA-LU, wrote in its final report to Congress: “The strong and dynamic American surface transportation system is becoming a thing of the past.”

At 300 million people, the nation’s population has doubled since the creation of the Interstate Highway System. We will number 420 million by 2050. “Congestion was once just a nuisance. Today gridlock is a way of life,” the commission’s report said. Growing transportation demand threatens to dwarf regulatory and legislative efforts to mitigate its health and environmental consequences. Increases in total vehicular mileage have all but wiped out the gains achieved through hard-won regulations on fuel efficiency and emissions control. Expansion of freeways cannot get us out of these problems; it will only make them worse. The more we have expanded highways, the more traffic we have created. The United States needs multi-modal systems with public

The Transportation Prescription

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 7

<

<

T h

e T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P re

s c

ri p

ti o

n

transportation that efficiently serves a large segment of the population, using existing streets and highways.

The Intermodal Transportation Efficiency Act (ISTEA), the 1991 version of the federal surface transportation bill, was supposed to lead us there. The act incorporated significant policy change. Since then, the stated goal of federal transportation policy has been to expand access and improve efficiency through an interconnected multi-modal system that supports highways, public transportation, walking, and biking. This goal has yet to be achieved. Funding mechanisms and formulas have continued to favor highway construction and car travel. For example, the allocation formula for the Surface Transportation Program (STP), the largest program within the federal bill, rewards states that consume more gas, have more miles of highway, and have residents who drive a lot.15 Alternatives to driving remain underinvested. Approximately 80 percent of the surface transportation bill is allocated for distribution through the Federal Highway Administration for mostly highway programs, while less than 20 percent goes to the Federal Transit Agency for public transportation. Other modes of travel constitute a minute amount of spending in comparison to highways and public transportation.

Case in point: walking is the only travel mode that has not had significant declines in casualties in 40 years. Yet only a tiny share of transportation funding goes to infrastructure initiatives that would make walking and biking safer. Walking and bicycling accounted for 8.6 percent of all trips in 2001 but 12 percent of traffic deaths.16

Another case in point: operating costs for public transportation systems present a huge challenge for many communities. Yet federal transportation investment is focused on capital projects. For example, cities with 200,000 people or more may not use grants from the

U.S. Department of Transportation’s main public transportation programs for transit operating costs.17 In the face of budget shortfalls, local and regional transportation agencies throughout the country have cut service, hiked fares, and deferred maintenance—arguably at a time when people need affordable, reliable links to jobs more than ever.

While federal policy plays a significant role in shaping transportation systems, states and metropolitan regions are also critical agents of change. The new surface transportation bill offers an opportunity to increase support, encouragement, and pressure for integrating land use and transportation planning to promote balanced regional growth, equitable economic opportunity, and healthy communities for all.

a fo u n d a t i o n f o r 2 1 s t - C e n t u r y T r a n s p o r t a t i o n P o l i c y

Healthy, equitable transportation policy is grounded in four principles. These may also serve as benchmarks to assess the impacts of transportation plans on public health, equity, and environmental quality:

1. Develop transportation policies and plans that support health, equity, and environmental quality. Federal, state, and local transportation policies should be aligned with the top health and environmental goals of federal departments and agencies. For example, transportation policies should be aligned with the Department of Health and Human Services’ strategic goals to promote health equity and foster the economic and social well-being of individuals, families, and communities. Transportation policies should also support the CDC’s commitment to eliminate health disparities and to promote its “healthy people in healthy places” goals.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 8

>

>

2. Prioritize transportation investments in distressed regions, low-income neighborhoods, and communities of color. Federal, state, and local transportation agencies should emphasize projects that will revitalize the economy of struggling communities, lower health disparities, and will connect vulnerable populations to jobs, business opportunities, healthy food outlets, medical services, and other necessities. Government agencies must ensure that these projects are financially sustainable by providing adequate funding for maintenance and operations. The jobs associated with transportation construction, maintenance, and service should be available to low- income people and communities of color.

3. Emphasize accessibility, instead of simply mobility, in transportation policies and programs at all levels of government as well as across sectors and policy silos. Transportation systems should give communities wider access to all the things that are necessary for a good life, not to move people faster and farther. The definition of access must also include affordability. If transportation is physically accessible, yet unaffordable, it is not truly accessible.

4. Ensure transparency, accountability, and meaningful participation by residents, advocates with diverse interests, and experts from different fields. State and regional transportation officials and private developers must engage new partners in decision making and provide the data, training, and resources to allow full, informed participation by the people affected most by decisions and investments. Voices and expertise from local communities, public health, environmental justice, community development, and other arenas can help ensure that transportation plans respond to local needs and deliver health, environmental, and economic benefits broadly.

P o l i c y a n d P r o g r a m P r i o r i t i e s t o i m p r o v e H e a lt h a n d E q u i t y

Government at all levels must consider the health and equity impacts of transportation investments at the beginning of decision-making processes. Public and private transportation investments must be designed to promote health rather than to erode it. The following recommendations can help policymakers and planners achieve these ends:

1. Prioritize investments in public transportation, including regional systems that connect housing and jobs as well as local services that improve access to healthy foods, medical care, and other basic services. Investments should include capital costs as well as costs for maintenance and operations. Because older diesel buses have high emission rates and since bus depots and other facilities are often concentrated in low-income and minority neighborhoods, policies must be in place to ensure that expanded public transportation does not lead to increased exposure to pollutants in these same communities.

2. Prioritize investments in bicycle and pedestrian infrastructure to make walking and biking safer and more convenient. Strategies include complete streets designed with all users in mind, not just drivers; traffic-calming measures; and safe routes to transit and Safe Routes to Schools programs, which create infrastructure and programming to support safe walking and bicycling to bus stops, rail stations, and schools. Targeted infrastructure investments should also support walking and bicycling in rural communities by, for example, improving road shoulders and building trails to town centers.

The Transportation Prescription

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 9

<

<

T h

e T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P re

s c

ri p

ti o

n

3. Encourage equitable transit oriented development by creating incentives for integrated land use and transportation planning. Transit oriented development must emphasize affordability and accessibility. It also must incorporate affordable housing and commercial properties that provide jobs, services, and essential goods near people’s homes. Because people of all income levels desire walkable neighborhoods and shorter commutes, displacement of longtime neighborhood residents can be an unintended consequence of transit oriented development. Policymakers must ensure that the local residents guide planning and development and that equity is a goal from day one.

4. Create incentives and accountability measures to ensure that transportation plans account for their impacts on health, safety, and equity. New projects must be held accountable for better results. Government investment should support the creation of tools that more sensitively and accurately measure walking and bicycling practices and improved outcomes. Health impact assessment is an emerging methodology to evaluate the effects of policies, programs, and plans on the health of a population and should be considered an important tool. People should also have the right to sue under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 if they suffer disparate impacts from federal transportation investments, and the U.S. Department of Transportation should have the power to withhold dollars if investments are not made equitably.18

5. Give state, regional, and local government agencies and organizations more flexibility to move dollars among funding categories and to target spending to meet local needs. Greater flexibility would give communities more leeway to fund walking, bicycling, and public transportation programs. It would

also enable communities to invest in fixing, maintaining, and operating local bus and rail systems. Flexibility should be strongly tied to new standards for accountability, transparency, and inclusion which ensure all people impacted by transportation decisions are equitably represented in the decision- making process.

6. Prioritize transportation investments in communities with high unemployment and poverty rates to stimulate economic growth and provide access to jobs. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA) has language to direct resources to struggling and disinvested communities. The new version of the surface transportation bill should include similar language and expand on this commitment by creating strong accountability and enforcement measures tied to achieving equitable economic benefits.

7. Make sure that jobs and contracts created by federal transportation investments reach low-income people and communities of color. A Sense of Congress amendment to SAFETEAU-LU, passed in 2005, encourages local hiring provisions for highway construction projects. Some projects aim for 30 percent of workforce hours to be filled by employees who live in the community. Local hiring should be made a requirement, not just encouraged. It should also be expanded beyond highway projects to include public and mass transit development. Capital investments should also fund workforce development programs to train local residents for jobs in the transportation sector.19

8. Support the development of cleaner bus and truck fleets and invest in freight rail infrastructure to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, improve local air quality, promote health, and foster energy independence.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 2 0

>

>

9. Advance safety for all travelers, with particular emphasis on those at the highest risk of car injuries and death. Investments should continue advancing known vehicle safety and occupant-protection strategies as well as roadway and community design modifications to protect the safety of pedestrians, bicyclists, drivers, and passengers.

10. Support policies and programs that increase access to healthy foods. Promote public-private van and bus systems to shuttle customers to grocery stores. Expand weekend bus service to connect low-income neighborhoods to supermarkets and other food outlets. Invest in safe and affordable transportation for farm and food production workers. Promote sustainable modes of transporting foods from farms to stores as well as policies to increase the viability of local and regional farming.

11. Give low-income rural communities greater access to public transportation funds from the surface transportation bill providing the opportunity to access employment and education opportunities. Low-density and long travel distances make developing and operating conventional bus and rail systems financially challenging. Federal public transportation dollars should support economically efficient innovations, such as vanpools and voucher programs.

C o n c l u s i o n

The authorization of the next federal surface transportation bill can be a starting point for creating many changes Americans say they want: better health, cleaner air, more time with our families, opportunities to connect with our neighbors. The new legislation can also mark an important step toward building a society in which everyone can participate and prosper, and no community is left behind.

Change will not come easily. The car culture has deep roots in America. The interest groups supporting highway investment are powerful and well-funded. But advocates and grass-roots activists around the country have demonstrated that change can happen. They have successfully fought for cleaner buses and for public transportation in communities that never had it. They have transformed train stations into centers of vibrant community development in disinvested neighborhoods. They have pressured local officials and supermarket operators to provide free bus rides so families can shop for food.

Now is the time to tap into that kind of energy and lift successes like these to the level of federal policy. Leaders, experts, and advocates from many spheres—public health, environmental justice, food policy, agriculture, labor, equity, community economic development, business, and government—must join in partnership to push for broad reform. Collectively, we can gain power and build political support for creating transportation systems that address the big challenges we face and that nourish healthy communities throughout our nation.

The Transportation Prescription

Hea lth Effects of ch. 1 Transportation Policy JUDITH BELL , M.P. A . President, PolicyLink

L A R RY COHEN, M.S.W. Founder a nd Executive Director, Prevention Institute

ABSTRACT >> There is a deep and evolving knowledge base about the links between transportation and health. Research shows that when properly designed, transportation systems can provide exercise opportunities, improve safety, lower emotional stress, link poor people to opportunity, connect isolated older adults and people with disabilities to crucial services and social supports, and stimulate economic development. Conventional auto mobility-focused planning by local, regional, and state transportation agencies generally overlooks or undervalues the impacts of transportation investments on health and equity.

This chapter provides an overview of the impacts of transportation on health. Subsequent chapters on transportation options and key issues provide further detail.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 2 2

>

>

C h

a p

te r

1

i n t r o d u c t i o n

Our current transportation system has many direct health consequences: pollution-related asthma, steep declines in physical activity, and the associated rise in obesity and chronic illnesses are just a few examples. Transportation affects health indirectly by connecting people— or by failing to provide connections—to jobs, medical care, healthy food outlets, and other necessities. The National Surface Transportation Policy and Revenue Study Commission—created by Congress in 2005 to examine the condition and future needs of our network of highways, ports, freight and passenger railroads, and public transportation systems—reached a sobering conclusion: “The nation’s surface transportation network regrettably exacts a terrible toll in lost lives and damaged health.”1 Nowhere is the toll higher than among low- income people and people of color.

D i r e c t H e a lt h E f f e c t s

Pollution

Pollutants from cars, buses, and trucks are associated with impaired lung development and function in infants2 and children,3 and with lung cancer,4 heart disease, respiratory illness,5 and premature death.6 Long-term exposure to pollution from traffic may be as significant a threat for premature death as traffic crashes and obesity.7 In California alone, pollution is a factor in an estimated 8,800 premature deaths a year.8

The main culprits are fine particulate matter, including diesel exhaust particles; ground-level ozone, a toxic component of smog formed when tailpipe emissions from cars and trucks react with sunlight and oxygen; and nitrogen oxide (NOx), which contributes to the formation of ozone and smog. The health risks are exacerbated by transportation patterns that often embed heavy traffic and diesel-spewing facilities in poor and predominantly minority neighborhoods. The American Lung Association has found that 61.3 percent of African American children, 67.7 percent of Asian American children, and 69.2 percent of Latino children live in areas that exceed air-quality standards for ozone, compared with 50.8 percent of white children.9 Ground-level ozone, a gas, can chemically burn the lining of the respiratory tract.

Air pollution is also “one of the most underappreciated” triggers of asthma attacks, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).10 More than 20 million Americans—roughly seven percent of adults and nearly nine percent of all children—have asthma. In poor and minority communities, the rates are considerably higher. For example, in Harlem and Washington Heights in northern Manhattan, home to mostly low-income African American and Latino residents, one in four children suffers from the disease.11 Research shows that air pollution can trigger the wheezing, coughing, and gasping for breath

Health Effects of Transportation Policy

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 2 3

<

<

H e

a lt

h E

ff e

c ts

o f

T ra

n s

p o

rt a

ti o

n P

o li

c y

that signal an attack in people with asthma. But a study in 10 Southern California cities raises the troubling possibility that pollution can also lead to the onset of the disease. The study found that the closer children live to a freeway, the more likely they are to develop asthma.12

Environmental justice activists have called attention for years to the connections among pollution, illness, and transportation policy— and the burden on communities of color. For instance, in the mid-1990s, West Harlem Environmental Action (WE ACT) used mapping, air monitoring, and resident surveys to show that the neighborhood’s asthma rates were linked to its dubious status as the diesel capital of New York City. When WE ACT began work on the issue, Harlem housed six of the city’s eight bus depots and 650 Port Authority buses. The group played an important role in getting the city to convert buses to clean fuel.13

Pollution from freight transport is another big concern around the country. To meet America’s insatiable demand for goods, ports and highways are continually expanding to accommodate more ships, locomotives, and trucks. Ports frequently border low-income and minority neighborhoods, and highways often run through them. The upshot: some of the worst emitters of fine particles, soot, and greenhouse gases (GHGs) are a growing presence in already vulnerable communities.

Climate Change

GHGs are not pollutants in the classical sense. They cause the atmospheric changes and resulting climate disruptions that are projected to alter the natural and built environments on which society relies.14 The health risks come largely from those environmental alterations. In a major shift in federal policy, the Environmental Protection Agency in April 2009 adopted the position that greenhouse gases pose a danger to human health and welfare. A few weeks later, the Climate Change and Health Protection and Promotion Act, H.R. 2323, was introduced

in the House of Representatives.15 The bill would direct the Department of Health and Human Services to develop a national strategic action plan to prepare for and respond to the health effects of climate change.

Researchers are just beginning to assess the specific health dangers in the United States; most of the published data to date come from abroad. A recent report predicts that kidney stones, linked to dehydration, may increase by as much as 30 percent in the driest regions of the United States.16 So far, however, there are more questions than answers. How will less rainfall affect the potential for waterborne diseases? Food supplies? Food prices? How will extreme weather conditions such as heat waves or hurricanes affect mental health? Physical activity? Population displacement?

Scientists believe that climate change could exacerbate a number of current health problems, including heat-related deaths, diarrheal diseases, allergies, and asthma.17 Those already at highest risk—the poor, minorities, children, and older adults—will be even more vulnerable. Policy neglect would compound the problems. Hurricane Katrina revealed, to a horrified public, the disastrous results that can occur when nature (the sort of extreme storm that experts expect to occur more frequently as the earth’s temperature changes) combines with government disregard (in this case, the poorly maintained levees that failed to protect New Orleans from catastrophic flooding) as well as resource inequities (the lack of transportation, which made evacuation impossible for thousands of people).

The urgent need to reduce GHGs has catapulted transportation policy into the limelight. The United States has only about five percent of the world’s population but contributes nearly 25 percent of GHGs, mainly because of fossil fuel consumption, motor vehicle emissions, and industrial agricultural practices (which themselves are promoted by our transportation system).

ch. 1

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 2 4

>

>

C h

a p

te r

1

Improving vehicle technology, while important, is not enough. Americans need to drive less. That will happen only if walking, bicycling, and public transportation become feasible, efficient alternatives to driving in many more communities, and if land use patterns are changed so people no longer have to jump in the car for every trip.

Physical Activity

Sixty percent of adults in the United States do not meet recommended levels of physical activity, and 25 percent are completely sedentary.18 African Americans and Latinos are less likely than whites to get enough daily physical activity.19 The links between physical activity and health are well established. Sedentary lifestyles are estimated to contribute to as many as 255,000 deaths each year.20 Many children and teens are already at risk for heart disease and type 2 diabetes, once considered “adult” ailments. Today’s youth may turn out to be the first generation in modern history to live shorter lives than their parents.21

Physical inactivity is an important factor in the rising rates of obesity and chronic disease—and transportation practices strongly influence physical activity habits. The more time a person spends in a car, the more likely he or she is to be overweight. Conversely, higher rates of walking and bicycling are associated with lower rates of obesity. A 2004 study found that every additional hour spent in a car is associated with a six percent increase in the likelihood of obesity, and every additional kilometer walked is associated with a 4.8 percent reduction.22

There are many ways to be physically active, but quite a few require time, skill, and money. Walking and bicycling not only for recreation but also for transportation are the most practical ways to improve fitness. They are often the only viable option for low-income residents who live in neighborhoods without parks, who cannot

afford gym memberships, and who do not have the luxury of leisure time.

People who use public transportation tend to walk to and from bus stops and train stations, increasing their likelihood of meeting physical activity recommendations.23 Residents of compact neighborhoods walk, bike, and use public transportation more than residents of spread-out communities, and they have lower rates of obesity.

Mental Health

Rush-hour gridlock, long waits for the bus, and arduous commutes are stressful. They take time away from family, friends, and the activities that provide emotional sustenance: hobbies, religion, sports, clubs, civic engagement, and volunteer commitments. Every 10 minutes spent commuting is associated with a 10 percent drop in the time spent traveling for social purposes.24

Many people find commuting by high-quality public transportation to be less stressful than commuting by car. As we discuss below, the financial costs associated with long commutes

Health Effects of Transportation Policy

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 2 5

<

<

H e

a lt

h E

ff e

c ts

o f

T ra

n s

p o

rt a

ti o

n P

o li

c y

ch. 1

exacerbate the stress, particularly in low-income households.

Safety

Traffic crashes are a leading cause of death and injury for Americans in the prime of life.25 In 2000, motor vehicle crashes cost $230.6 billion in medical costs, property damages, lost worker productivity, travel delays, and other expenses.26 That figure equals about half of all spending on public education from kindergarten through 12th grade.

Native Americans die in traffic crashes at more than 1.5 times the rate of other racial groups.27 African Americans drive less than whites but die at higher rates in car crashes. Walking, too, is also more dangerous in communities of color. CDC data in the mid-1990s revealed that the pedestrian death rate for Latino males in the Atlanta metropolitan area was six times greater than for whites.28 African Americans make up 12 percent of the U.S. population but account for 20 percent of pedestrian deaths.29

Inequitable transportation policies and resources contribute to these disparities. Low- income people and people of color have fewer resources to buy products that improve safety, such as late-model cars and new child safety seats. In underinvested neighborhoods, poorly designed streets, neglected road maintenance, inadequate lighting, limited sidewalks, and minimal traffic enforcement place residents at higher risk of injury.

Safety is also a huge concern for older adults—the fastest-growing segment of the population—and for rural residents. Driving skills decline with age, and frailty makes older adults especially vulnerable in a collision.30 They are more likely to be killed or injured in a crash of a given severity than any other age group.31 Older adults also walk slower and are more susceptible to pedestrian injuries.

Although less than a quarter of all driving in the United States takes place in rural settings,32 more than half of all motor vehicle crashes occur there.33

The more we drive, the more likely we are to get hurt or die in a crash; there is a strong positive relationship between per capita vehicle miles traveled and traffic casualty rates.34 Communities with high annual mileage tend to have higher traffic death rates than communities where people drive less. Passengers on buses, light rail, and commuter rail have about one- tenth the traffic death rate as people in cars.

Investments in public transportation and walking and bicycling infrastructure can reduce injuries and deaths. Contrary to popular belief that more walkers and cyclists lead to more casualties, greater numbers of walkers and bicyclists actually decrease the risks.35

i n d i r e c t H e a lt h E f f e c t s

Transportation is a lifeline. We depend on it to get to work, school, the doctor’s office, the bank, the supermarket, the gym, or a friend’s house. People without reliable, efficient, affordable ways to get around are cut off from jobs, social connections, and essential services. Access to transportation, to economic and social opportunity, and to resources for healthy living are inextricably linked. Gaps in all three areas feed on one another in complex ways. Policy reforms that put health equity objectives at the center of transportation planning and funding decisions can reduce these inequities.

Transportation, Income, and Health

As housing and jobs have moved farther apart, the distance has created employment barriers for anyone without unlimited ability to drive. Nineteen percent of African Americans and 13.7 percent of Latinos lack access to automobiles,

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 2 6

>

>

C h

a p

te r

1

compared with 4.6 percent of whites. Poverty complicates the problem: 33 percent of poor African Americans and 25 percent of poor Latinos lack automobile access, compared with 12.1 percent of poor whites.36 Cars owned by low-income people tend to be older, less reliable, and less fuel-efficient. This makes commuting to work unpredictable and more expensive, at best.

Income is an important determinant of health.37 The association between poverty and poor health is well documented. Jobs with good wages, including those in the transportation sector, are essential to sustaining health.

Transportation impacts not only family earnings but also expenses. The cost of getting around takes a significant bite out of household budgets. The general standard holds that a family should spend no more than 20 percent of income on transportation, or the costs will eat into other necessities, such as nutritious foods and medical care.38 The average family in the United States spends about 18 percent of after-tax income on transportation, but this varies significantly by income and geography. For example, low-wage households (earning $20,000 to $35,000) living far from employment centers spend 37 percent of their incomes on transportation.39 In neighborhoods well served by public transportation, families spend an average of nine percent.40

Older Adults and People with Disabilities

More than one in five Americans ages 65 and older do not drive because of poor health or eyesight, limited physical or mental abilities, concerns about safety, or because they have no car. More than half of nondrivers, or 3.6 million Americans, stay home on any given day—and more than half of that group, or 1.9 million, have disabilities.41 Isolation is especially acute in rural communities, sprawling suburbs, and black and Latino communities. Compared with

older drivers, older nondrivers take 15 percent fewer trips to the doctor; 59 percent fewer trips to shops and restaurants; and 65 percent fewer trips for family, social, and religious activities.42

When affordable, high-quality public transportation and safe, walkable streets are available, older adults take advantage of them. More than half of older adults make walking a regular activity. More than half of older nondrivers in dense communities use public transportation at least occasionally, compared with one in 20 in spread-out communities.43

The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990 significantly expanded transportation options for people with disabilities. ADA required public bus and rail operators to provide accommodations, such as lifts and ramps, to enable people in wheelchairs to ride. But street design in most communities makes traveling to and from bus stops challenging—and often unsafe—for people with disabilities. Paratransit systems, which use vans or shared taxis to transport people door-to-door, are helpful, but many systems are stretched thin and require appointments well in advance.

C o n c l u s i o n

Transportation and health: until recently, policymakers, government officials, advocates, and indeed, most Americans thought of these as distinct realms. But research shows that how we get around and how we transport goods and services have a profound impact on individual, community, and public health. Further, inequities in transportation resources contribute to the pronounced health disparities in the United States and to the growing income gap between the affluent and the poor. An overarching transportation policy that does not seriously consider public health, environmental quality, and equitable access will inevitably damage all three. Health and equity must be at the center of transportation planning and investments.

Health Effects of Transportation Policy

p

g . 2 7

<

<

Transportation Authorization 101: ch. 2 A Backgrounder SUSA N POL A N, Ph.D. Associate Executive Director, A merica n Public Hea lth Association

TR ACY KOLI A N, M.P.H. Senior Hea lth Policy A na lyst, A merica n Public Hea lth Association

SHIR EEN M A LEK A FZA LI, M.P.H. Senior Associate, PolicyLink

ABSTRACT >> For most people, federal policy seems removed from day-to-day life in their communities. But the federal surface transportation bill is a critical determinant of how our communities are formed, how they grow, and what types of transportation choices—if any— are available to us. Highways, rail systems, sidewalks, biking and walking paths, transit oriented development—all of these, and more—are shaped in large part by the federal transportation authorization. And federal transportation dollars are a major source of funding for states and metropolitan areas as they build new infrastructure and maintain existing transportation systems.

This publication discusses the connections between transportation and health; the analysis and the recommendations focus on the upcoming authorization of the federal surface transportation bill as a key opportunity for promoting health and equity. This section orients readers to the bill by briefly describing what the legislation includes, how it is authorized, and by whom—naming key committees and policymakers. This chapter also explains how federal funding is allocated to states and metropolitan regions to pay for public transportation systems, highways, bridges, sidewalks, bike paths, and other transportation projects in our communities.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 2 8

>

>

C h

a p

te r

2

O v e r v i e w

Approximately every five years, Congress passes a new surface transportation bill and authorizes the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) to implement it. This bill sets federal transportation policy and designates transportation funding to states directly through formulas or through competitive grant programs for which states can apply. The programs and projects in the bill are funded through the Highway Trust Fund, which draws on a nationwide 18-cent per gallon tax on gas. The current law, passed in 2005, is called the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient, Transportation Equity: A Legacy for Users, or SAFETEA-LU. It represents a $244.1 billion federal investment in transportation infrastructure. SAFETEA-LU is set to expire September 30, 2009, and Congress must authorize a new bill. A new bill may also be postponed through extension of SAFETEA-LU until lawmakers are prepared to pass a new bill.

This report intentionally uses the term authorization and not reauthorization when referring to the process of developing a new surface transportation bill. “Authorization” symbolizes the significant reform necessary in the existing bill to meet current and future needs of a changing and diverse U.S. population. Reform is long overdue. With imperatives such as climate change, growing rates of chronic diseases and health disparities, increasing poverty rates, and an economic downturn, transportation policy must connect with national priorities, consider its impacts on these critical issues, and help to significantly change them. A reauthorization of the current bill will not address these challenges. A new federal transportation policy is needed to align its goals and actions to national priorities, address critical issues facing Americans, and ensure accountability and equity.

SAFETEA-LU includes a whopping 108 programs, each with distinct funding allocations and eligible activities for which funding may be used. For example, the eligible activities for one

program, the Safe Routes to School Program, includes activities related to the planning, design, and construction of infrastructure projects that improve the ability of students to walk and bike to school; states can use a portion of the funds for noninfrastructure-related activities to encourage walking and bicycling to school. The overall goal of the program is to enable and encourage walking and bicycling to school in a safe and appealing manner.1

An authorization establishes programs and sets ground rules under which the programs operate including the amount of funding available, how the funds are distributed, the length of time the funds can be used, and a list of eligible activities. Subsequent authorizations can change programs, eliminate programs, and create programs.

In the past several months, Congress and the DOT have been preparing to introduce a new federal surface transportation bill. Advocates have been gearing up to make sure this immense investment reflects the needs of all Americans. Right now is a crucial time to engage in transportation policy and to work to ensure that the policies and funding levels set for the next several years are aligned with important goals and ideals—health, safety, sustainability, economic opportunity, and equity.

The new bill could have enormous impacts on the funding available for various modes of travel as well as specific projects, thus influencing the decisions transportation planners and engineers make at the local level. For example, a region could expand a roadway instead of creating a subway system because there is more federal funding readily available for the highway project and the project evaluation and approval process for major transit investments is substantially more burdensome than the highway process. The federal pot of money for highway projects is far bigger than the pot available for public transportation. Currently, approximately 80 percent of federal transportation dollars go to the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) as part of highway programs, while merely

Transportation Authorization 101

ch. 2

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 2 9

<

<

T ra

n s

p o

rt a

ti o

n A

u th

o ri

z a

ti o

n 1

0 1

one-fifth, or 20 percent, goes to the Federal Transit Agency (FTA) to be used for public transportation infrastructure. Only a very small portion of overall transportation funds are used for walking and biking infrastructure or other programs and most are administered through FHWA and FTA.

The first federal surface transportation bill, the Federal Aid Highway Act (popularly known as the National Interstate Defense Highways Act), was passed in 1956 as a means to fund a massive interstate highway system from coast to coast. Since the inception of the federal surface transportation bill, it has focused on highways as the key mode of travel. The 1991 surface transportation bill, the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act (ISTEA), critically shifted the focus of federal transportation policy. In addition to funding traditional highway and transit programs, ISTEA included money for projects aimed at improving air quality, reducing congestion, and providing pedestrian and biking infrastructure. It launched the beginning of a more environmentally sensitive and multi-modal approach to transportation planning.2 While these laws made great strides at the time, we are far from implementing a truly multi-modal system where public transportation, walking, and biking are on equal footing with highways.

The next surface transportation bill must set about the urgent task of repairing and maintaining our transportation assets, building new transportation connections, and making our current system work more efficiently and safely to create complete and healthy communities that address the transportation needs of all communities. Modern and affordable public transportation, safe places to walk and bicycle, smarter highways that use technology to better manage congestion, land use policies that reduce travel demand by locating more affordable housing near jobs and services, and long-distance rail networks all have the potential to help us reduce our dependency on foreign oil, slow climate change, improve social equity, enhance public health, and fashion a vibrant new economy.

T h e a u t h o r i z a t i o n P r o c e s s

The U.S. Senate and the U.S. House each develops a transportation bill and then reconciles their differences before presenting a final bill to the president. In the House, the Transportation and Infrastructure Committee (T&I Committee), chaired by Rep. James Oberstar (D-MN), has primary jurisdiction over the bill. At time of printing, Chairman Oberstar has been working hard to write and pass a new bill with limited to no extensions to the current bill, SAFETEA-LU. Since SAFETEA-LU expires on September 30, 2009, some form of extension is likely to take place though it still remains unclear whether it will be a short extension or a longer 18-month extension as suggested by the administration.

The House T&I Committee has two counterparts in the Senate, where the jurisdiction is slightly more diffused. The Senate Environment and Public Works Committee (EPW Committee), chaired by Sen. Barbara Boxer (D-CA), has primary jurisdiction over the highway portion of the transportation bill, while the Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee (Banking Committee), chaired by Sen. Christopher Dodd (D-CT), has primary jurisdiction over public transportation portions. Both T&I, EPW and Banking have subcommittees focused on surface transportation that must develop and pass the first draft of the bill out of the subcommittees: the Highway and Transit Subcommittee of T&I, chaired by Rep. Peter DeFazio (D-OR); EPW’s Transportation and Infrastructure Subcommittee, chaired by Sen. Max Baucus (D-MT), and the Banking Committee’s Housing, Transportation and Community Development Subcommittee, chaired by Sen. Robert Menendez (D-NJ). Because of its financing mechanisms, the bill must also go through the House Ways and Means Committee, chaired by Rep. Charles Rangel (D-NY), and the Senate Finance Committee, chaired by Sen. Baucus. Other committees are also involved on the Senate side to a lesser degree. The following diagram traces the path of the transportation bill

ch. 2

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 3 0

>

>

C h

a p

te r

2

Transportation Authorization 101

Diagram 1. Surface Transportation Bill Authorization Process through Congress

Source: Chart from Federal Highway Administration, http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/reports/financingfederalaid/ authact.htm.

Subcommittee Bill

Committee Bill

Senate Bill

HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES

Public Hearings

Subcommittee Bill

Committee Bill

House Bill

SENATE

Public Hearings

Any Differences?

No

President

Veto

Override Veto?

No

Start Over SURFACE TRANSPORTATION ACT

Yes

Approval

Conference Committee

Conference Bill

Floor Action

Yes

Diagram 1: Surface Transportation Bill Authorization Process through Congress

2-1

Source: Chart from Federal Highway Administration, http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/reports/financingfederalaid/authact.htm.

ch. 2

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 3 1

<

<

T ra

n s

p o

rt a

ti o

n A

u th

o ri

z a

ti o

n 1

0 1

through Congress.

At each level of deliberation—whether subcommittee, committee, or floor—there is an opportunity to educate policymakers and their staff about the connections among transportation, equity, and health and to propose recommendations that will benefit the American public. While all representatives are important when the bill hits the floor of the Senate and House, key committee members are particularly influential in how the bill develops. Each subcommittee and committee has numerous representatives who can weigh in. Members of Congress are elected to serve us, the American people, and they often look to their various constituencies for advice. Advocates on Capitol Hill are making their interests known, and those outside of the nation’s capital are building coalitions, calling their elected representatives, and setting up appointments to voice their needs. The time to act is now.

fe d e r a l O v e r s i g h t a n d a d m i n i s t r a t i o n

The U.S. Department of Transportation and its implementing agencies—including the Federal Transit Agency, the Federal Highway Administration, and the National Traffic Highway Safety Administration—administer the funds authorized by the surface transportation bill.

The Highway Trust Fund (HTF) is the primary funding source for transportation. Like other federal trust funds the HTF is a financing mechanism to account for taxes collected by the federal government which are earmarked for a specific purpose or program. Initially, the HTF funded highways only. Later, Congress established that a portion of the funds should be used for public transportation creating the Mass Transit Account as part of HTF in 1983. Currently the Mass Transit Account receives 2.86 cents out of the 18 cent per gallon gasoline tax.3 Recently the HTF has not collected

enough revenue from the gas tax to cover the expenditures it supports. Congress has supplied funds from the general treasury to stop the gap, but this is not a sustainable solution. Congress and advocates are exploring new revenue streams to close the immense funding shortfalls. These include indexing the gas tax to inflation, imposing user fees such as toll or congestion pricing, or levying a sales tax on oil. Financing is an important debate, given the regressive nature of some forms of taxation and fees and the public’s resistance to raising taxes.

At the national level, there are three broad categories of federal transportation funding— highways, public transportation, and highway and motor vehicle safety. Each of these categories represents funding from numerous programs. Walking and biking infrastructure is not listed as a category because it is only a sliver of overall federal transportation spending, primarily through the Transportation Enhancements Program.

Most of the money from the surface transportation bill is distributed to states in two ways—through formula grant programs and through competitive grant programs. Formula- funded programs are by far the largest portion of this funding. The Surface Transportation Program (STP) —the largest program authorized in the surface transportation bill, which many call the highway program—allocates funds directly to state Departments of Transportation using the following formula:

• 25 percent based on total lane miles of federal-aid highways

• 40 percent based on vehicle miles traveled on lanes of federal-aid highways

• 35 percent based on estimated state contributions to the Highway Account 4

This program therefore rewards states and regions that drive more, build more highways, and use more gas—a combination that does little

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 3 2

>

>

C h

a p

te r

2

to promote health and environmental quality.

Another significant formula-funded program is the Urbanized Area Formula Grants Program (also called the Large Urban Cities Program), which allocates funds used for public transportation. Urbanized areas of 200,000 or more receive this money directly instead of having the funds go through state departments of transportation. The funds are distributed based on the following formulas:

For areas of 50,000 to 199,999 in population, the formula is based on population and population density. For areas with populations of 200,000 and more, the formula is based on a combination of: (1) the distance in miles that a revenue vehicle (a vehicle that is charging a fare) is operated while it is available for passenger service (also called bus revenue vehicle miles), (2) bus passenger miles, (3) revenue vehicle miles that run along exclusive or controlled rights-of-way or rails (also called fixed guideway revenue vehicle miles), (4) the number of miles of exclusive or controlled right-of-ways or rails for transit (also called fixed guideway route miles), and (5) population and population density.5

The Urbanized Area Formula Grants Program provides funds for public transportation, both rail and bus service. Transit dollars are explicitly prohibited from being used for operations in jurisdictions of 200,000 people and above. Therefore, most federal transit dollars can only be used on capital expenditures and not on operations. Many transit operators have huge gaps in their budgets and are raising fares and decreasing services—often at the same time—to stay afloat; many transit-dependent populations are suffering from this combination. Cutting routes that many residents depend on can create a situation where people cannot get to work or access goods and services. Raising fares particularly hurts low-income people who comprise the majority of the transit-dependent population. Many find themselves struggling even more to budget their transportation costs.

Another important formula program, the Highway Safety Improvement Program, is allocated via formula. The program was specifically created to improve highway safety. Funds are distributed to states based on the following three factors, all of which are weighed equally: (1) lane miles of Federal-aid highways, (2) vehicle miles traveled on Federal aid-highways, and (3) the number of fatalities on the Federal-aid system.6 Thus, the program awards more money to states which drive more, have more highways and more fatalities.

Some programs allow, encourage, or require a portion of the formula funds to be used for specific programmatic goals. For example, the Transportation Enhancements Program (TEP) is allocated using a portion of STP funds. TEP requires the use of a small percent of STP dollars for 12 eligible activities of which walking and biking infrastructure is a significant portion.

Competitive grants are also available for which states and locales can compete. These programs include money for specific program goals. For example, the Job Access and Reverse Commute Program (JARC) provides funding for projects that specifically help connect low-income workers to job centers.7 Another key example of competitive grant programs is the New Starts Program. This is the federal government’s primary financial resource for supporting locally planned, implemented, and operated major transit capital investments. It funds new and extensions to commuter rail, light rail, heavy rail, bus rapid transit, streetcars, and ferries, among others.8 Local entities must match the dollars provided by the Program. While the federal portion of the match can be up to about 80 percent, in reality locales have paid about 50 percent for projects funded by New Starts due to the high demand for this program and the competitive nature of funding. This adds a high financial burden on locales to support the creation of new transit projects.

Transportation Authorization 101

ch. 2

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 3 3

<

<

T ra

n s

p o

rt a

ti o

n A

u th

o ri

z a

ti o

n 1

0 1

S t a t e a n d l o c a l O v e r s i g h t

Federal dollars typically require a match by states or local agencies. The exact requirement of matching funds for competitive grants and formula grants varies by program.

Generally, transportation projects have been funded accordingly:

• Highways: 25 percent federal, mostly for capital investments; 50 percent states, for capital and maintenance; remaining 25 percent local governments9

• Transit: 25 percent federal, for largely capital investment; the remaining funds are split, 70–80 percent funded directly from transit users and local governments for operational costs; the remaining 20–30 percent is provided by state governments.10

At the local level, metropolitan planning organizations (MPOs) share $300 million a year in federal transportation funds. MPOs make policy at the regional level and work with state transportation agencies and regional officials to develop regional transportation plans. MPOs’ composition varies significantly from region to region, with representatives from local government, transportation authorities, and other stakeholders. About 385 MPOs operate in the United States. MPOs are required for urbanized areas with populations of more than 50,000 residents. The U.S. Secretary of Transportation can also designate transportation management areas (TMAs) for metropolitan areas with populations greater than 200,000.

While the needs of rural communities have been somewhat overlooked in transportation planning and decision making, rural planning organizations (RPOs) —consisting of networks of local planners, officials, and other stakeholders—do exist in smaller communities.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 3 4

>

>

C h

a p

te r

2

RPOs are not federally mandated. State DOTs control planning and project selection outside of MPO areas. Therefore, rural areas have very little say in how transportation investments are made in their communities. Previous transportation bills provided some flexibility for transferring funds and suballocating dollars to cities and regions, but they lacked federal direction on what kind of national objectives should be promoted through these investments. Local and regional empowerment has been stunted in most states, given the lack of authority at the regional or local level in the project selection process or the direct funding allocation decision making. The impending bill should seek to provide direction on national objectives and create opportunities for appropriate ways to empower regional and local decision making that is equitable and provides a voice for all residents.

a T i m e f o r r e f o r m

There is no doubt that the U.S. transportation system critically needs reforming. Many of the most pressing issues and challenges our nation faces today—obesity, air quality, climate change, congestion, energy independence, lack of access, and sprawl—are linked to transportation.

Public health and equity advocates have vital roles to play among the many partners who will shape this new system. In fact, all of our transportation policies, programs, and decisions should be steeped in the understanding that safety, health, equity, and well-being of the general public is a national priority, that public health and equity must always be considered when creating transportation policy. National transportation objectives are being considered in the next surface transportation bill. Objectives would guide transportation investments to correspond with national goals of environmental quality, safety, equity and public health. National objectives also improve accountability of transportation investments by setting performance measures which help eliminate disparate funding between modes and ensure the country’s transportation system helps America move towards a healthy and sustainable future.

The coming authorization of the federal surface transportation bill affords the crucial opportunity to help shape and, more importantly, reform our transportation system. And this time around: public health and equity considerations must not be confined to a small number of specialty program areas; they should be an overriding theme throughout all transportation programming.

Transportation Authorization 101

ch. 2

How we get around—in cars or on foot, by bus, bicycle, light rail, or commuter train—affects public health, environmental quality, economic vitality, and social equity. The following section examines specific surface modes of transportation that have significant potential to improve health, reduce emissions, and increase access to jobs and other opportunities, particularly in underserved communities. These travel options also hold enormous opportunity for reform through the upcoming authorization of the federal surface transportation bill.

The chapters in this section cover:

>> Public transportation

>> Walking and bicycling

>> roadways

While modes of travel are important to highlight in debates over the bill and in the national priorities it will ultimately reflect, federal transportation policies and funding should not fall into mode silos. Rather, policies and funding should be driven by performance measures that hold states and locales accountable for creating transportation systems that promote health, environmental quality, and opportunity for all.

Modes of travel should not compete with one another. Instead, each mode should be placed on equal footing to allow American cities and towns to incorporate and connect various modes of travel in order to meet the needs of diverse and changing populations.

TrAnSPOrTATIOn OPTIOnS

chapter name

p g

. 3 6

>

>

Public Transportation and Hea lth ch. 3 TODD LITM A N, M.E.S. Founder a nd Executive Director Victoria Tra nspor t Policy Institute Victoria, British Columbia

ABSTRACT >> Improving public transportation service, encouraging its use, and integrating it into community development plans can make Americans healthier by reducing per capita automobile travel and associated risks, increasing walking and cycling activity, and improving mobility for disadvantaged people. Conventional transportation policies and planning practices tend to favor the automobile. Various reforms can help create more efficient and equitable transportation systems that, among other benefits, help improve public health. This paper investigates these issues, examines the role public transportation plays in an efficient and equitable transport system, and presents specific recommendations for transportation and land use policies to help achieve public health objectives.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 3 8

>

>

C h

a p

te r

3

Public Transportation and Health

CONTENTS

Introduction .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 39

Public Transportation's Roles.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 39

Public Transportation Health Impacts . .. .. .. .. .. 47

Traffic Crashes .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 47

Pollution Emissions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 49

Physical Activity and Fitness . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 49

Community Cohesion . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 51

Mental Health Impacts .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 52

Basic Mobility.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 53

Policy Opportunities and Barriers . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 53

Recommendations .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 55

Convergence Opportunities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 59

Conclusion.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 60

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figures

1. Transit Commute Mode Split in Selected Cities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 40

2. Cycle of Automobile Dependency and Sprawl .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 43

3. International Vehicle Travel Trends . .. .. .. .. .. 44

4. Annual Change in Transit and Vehicle Travel . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 45

5. Transport Fatalities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 46

6. Annual Traffic Death Rates .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 47

7. U.S. Traffic Deaths .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 48

8. Daily Walking Trips and Transit Travel .. .. .. .. 50

9. Mode Split vs. National Obesity Rates . .. .. .. 52

Tables

1. Transit Level-of-Service Indicators.. .. .. .. .. .. 41

2. Personal Travel Mode Split of Various Countries .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 51

3. Scope of Conventional Planning Analysis .. .. 54

4. Healthy Transportation Policy Implementation . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 58

ch. 3

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 3 9

<

<

P u

b li

c T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

a n

d H

e a

lt h

i n t r o d u c t i o n

Public transportation (also called public transit and mass transit) refers to various services using shared vehicles to provide mobility to the public, including buses, trains, and shared taxis. High- quality and affordable public transportation can help achieve various public health and equity goals by reducing traffic fatality rates, reducing air pollution emissions, increasing physical fitness, and improving nondrivers’ access to elemental goods and services—fresh, healthy food and healthcare—and reducing financial burdens on low-income households. In addition, public transportation can bolster a community’s quality of life by easing traffic congestion, energy costs, and pollution. Consequently, policies and investments that improve public transportation can be considered win-win strategies, providing diverse benefits and attracting broad support from a variety of interest groups.

However, current policies and planning practices fail to support public transportation to the degree justified by these benefits. Current evaluation practices overlook many benefits of public transportation, including many health benefits, and transportation financing systems provide inadequate funding. Without policy and planning reforms, public transportation will fail to provide its full potential benefits.

This paper examines the role public transportation plays in an efficient transportation system, the health benefits that can accrue from such a system, and models for creating a more equitable community by reforming transport policies and planning practices.

P u b l i c T r a n s p o r t a t i o n ’s r o l e s

Public transportation plays multiple roles in an efficient and equitable transportation system. It provides basic mobility for people who cannot use or access an automobile; it provides

efficient transportation on major urban corridors; and it serves as a catalyst for more compact, walkable communities, called transit oriented development.

Public transportation consists of:

• Heavy rail—relatively large, higher-speed trains, operating on separate rights-of-way, with infrequent stops, providing service between communities.

• Light-rail transit—moderate-size, medium- speed trains, operating mainly on separate rights-of-way, with variable distances between stations, providing service within an urban area.

• Bus rapid transit—bus systems with premium features, including grade separation, quick boarding, and frequent service.

• Express commuter bus—direct bus service from residential to employment areas.

• Conventional urban bus transit— medium- and full-size buses on fixed route, scheduled service.

• Mini bus—smaller buses or large vans used for public transportation.

• Demand response paratransit—small buses or vans that provide direct (door-to- door) service, often intended primarily for people with disabilities.

Each type of public transportation has its niche. Bus rapid transit and light-rail transit are the most appropriate on major urban corridors connecting large activity centers. Express commuter service is most appropriate on longer-distance commuter corridors with large employment centers (such as between suburbs and downtown). Conventional buses are most appropriate on urban and suburban roadways. Demand response is most appropriate in lower-density areas as well as for serving people with special needs.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 4 0

>

>

C h

a p

te r

3

Although public transportation accounts for only a small portion of total travel in North America, it accommodates trips that are particularly important and costly to serve by other modes. In big cities, public transportation typically serves five to 15 percent of all commutes (figure 1) and as much as 20 to 60 percent of trips to major activity centers such as downtowns and university campuses. It provides mobility to people who are physically, economically, and socially disadvantaged and who would otherwise need to walk, bicycle, pay for a taxi, or simply not travel, sometimes to critical activities such as a doctor’s appointment, work, or school.

High-quality public transportation (either rail or

bus service that is convenient, fast, comfortable, and affordable) reduces automobile travel directly, by attracting travelers who would otherwise drive, and indirectly, by serving as a catalyst to help create more compact, walkable communities where residents drive less and rely more on alternative modes.2 These indirect, or leveraged, impacts often produce bigger results: studies indicate that each passenger-mile traveled in quality public transportation reduces the number of automobile vehicle-miles traveled by two to nine automobile vehicle-miles.3 As a result, residents of communities with access to good public transportation systems tend to drive 20 to 40 percent fewer annual miles than they would if they lived in more automobile- dependent communities.4

Public Transportation and Health

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

Figure 1. Transit Commute Mode Split in Selected Cities

3-1

M ad

iso n

Cl ev

el an

d

De nv

er

M in

ne ap

ol is

Po ug

hk ee

ps ie

Du rh

am

Lo s A

ng el

es

Po rt la

nd

Pi tt sb

ur gh

Ba lti

m or

e

Co nc

or d

Ho no

lu lu

Se at

tle

Br id

ge po

rt

Ph ila

de lp

hi a

Ch ica

go

Bo st on

W as

hi ng

to n,

D C

Sa n

Fr an

cis co

Ne w

Y or

k

31.1%

16.9% 15.8%

13.2% 12.6%

9.9% 9.9% 8.7% 8.5%

7.8% 7.6% 7.1% 6.5% 6.3% 5.9% 5.8% 5.3% 5.2% 5.1% 5.0%

Although public transit serves only a small portion of total travel, it serves a significant portion of urban trips.

Figure 1. Transit Commute Mode Split in Selected Cities 1

Although transit serves only a small portion of total travel, it serves a significant portion of urban trips.

ch. 3

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 4 1

<

<

P u

b li

c T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

a n

d H

e a

lt h

Feature Description Indicators

Availability Where and when transit service is available

• Annual service-kilometers and service-hours per capita

• Daily hours of service

Frequency Frequency of service and average wait time

• Trips per hour or day • Headways (time between trips) • Average waiting times

Travel speed Transit travel speed • Average vehicle speeds • Transit travel speed relative to driving speed

for the same trip

Reliability How well service actually follows published schedules

• On-time operation • Portion of transfer connections made

Boarding speed

Vehicle loading and unloading speed

• Dwell time (time spent waiting at a stop or station)

• Boarding and alighting speeds

Safety and security

Users’ perceived safety and security

• Perceived transit passenger security • Number of accidents and injuries • Reported security incidents

Price and affordability

Fare prices, structure, payment options, ease of purchase

• Fares relative to average incomes • Fares relative to other travel mode costs • Targeted discounts or exemptions as

appropriate • Payment options (cash, credit cards, etc.)

Integration Ease of transferring between transit and other travel modes (bus, train, ferry, airport, etc.)

• Quality of transit service to transport terminals • Ease of accessing transit service information

from transport terminals

Comfort Passenger comfort • Seating availability and quality • Space (lack of crowding) • Quiet (lack of excessive noise) • Temperature (neither too hot nor too cold)

and air quality • Cleanliness

Accessibility Ease of reaching transit stations and stops

• Transit oriented development • Distance from transit stations and stops to

destinations • Walkability in areas serviced by transit

Baggage capacity

Accommodation of baggage • Ability to carry onboard baggage, including special items such as pets

• Ease and cost of carrying on baggage

Table 1. Transit Level-of-Service Indicators 5

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 4 2

>

>

C h

a p

te r

3

There are many ways to improve transit service and increase ridership (table 1). For instance, in the short-term, it is often possible to add new routes, increase service frequency, improve security, offer fare discounts, provide new amenities such as on-board refreshments and wireless Internet service (particularly for longer-distance express commuter service), and provide incentives such as parking cash out (offering commuters who currently receive subsidized parking the option of choosing its cash equivalent if they use alternative modes) and other rewards. In the medium-term, it is often possible to accelerate transit travel speeds,

increase reliability, improve stops and stations, provide real-time vehicle arrival information, upgrade vehicles for smoother and quieter rides, make trips more comfortable through better temperature control and fresh air, and provide park-and-ride facilities. In the long-term, it is often possible to create more transit oriented development so that more destinations (homes, worksites, and recreation and cultural centers) are located along major transit routes, with convenient pedestrian and bicycle access.

People sometimes mistakenly assume that these strategies are only feasible in large cities, but

Public Transportation and Health

Feature Description Indicators

Universal design

Accommodation of diverse users, including people with special needs

• Accessible design for transit vehicles, stations, and nearby areas

• Accommodation for people with limited language ability

User information

Ease of obtaining user information

• Availability, accuracy, and understandability of route, schedule, and fare information

• Real-time transit vehicle arrival information

Courtesy and responsiveness

Courtesy with which passengers are treated

• How passengers are treated by transit staff • Ease of filing a complaint • Responsiveness with which complaints are

treated

Attractiveness The attractiveness of public transportation facilities

• Attractiveness of vehicles and facilities • Attractiveness of documents and websites • Quality of nearby buildings and landscaping • Parks and recreational areas accessible by

transit • Provision of public art

Marketing Effectiveness of efforts to encourage using public transportation

• Popularity of promotion programs • Effectiveness at raising the social status of

transit travel • Increase in public transportation ridership in

response to marketing efforts

This table summarizes various factors to consider when evaluating public transportation services.

Table 1 continued

ch. 3

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 4 3

<

<

P u

b li

c T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

a n

d H

e a

lt h

some alternative modes are suitable for use in suburban and rural areas.6 These include ridesharing (car- and vanpooling), demand response transit (shuttle vans and buses that operate on flexible routes to provide door-to- door service in more dispersed areas), improved walking and cycling facilities (such as wider road shoulders and separated paths), telework (use of telecommunications as a substitute for physical travel, such as improving Internet networks and having more online public services in rural areas), and delivery services.7 Rural and suburban areas can become more accessible and multi-modal by encouraging village

development, where shops, public services, and housing (particularly for older adults and other nondrivers) are located close together and served by regional public transportation.

Improving and encouraging public transportation is a timely issue. During the past century, transportation planning focused primarily on cars, and transit systems were evaluated primarily in terms of automobile travel speed, affordability, and safety. Transportation improvements consisted primarily of building more roads and parking facilities. Planners barely considered other modes, which were

Figure 2. Cycle of Automobile Dependency and Sprawl

This figure illustrates the self-reinforcing cycle of increased automobile dependency and sprawl.

Automobile-Oriented

Transport Planning

Reduced Travel

Options

CYCLE OF AUTOMOBILE DEPENDENCY

Alternative

Modes Stigmatized

Suburbanization and

Degradation of Cities

Automobile-Oriented

Land

Use Planning

Generous Parking

Supply

Dispersed

Development Patterns

Increased Vehicle Ownership

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 4 4

>

>

C h

a p

te r

3

Public Transportation and Health

A N

N U

A L

P A

S S

E N

G E

R K

IL O

M E

T E

R S

P E

R C

A P

IT A

1970 1980 1990 2000

YEAR 2007

0

5000

10000

15000

20000

25000

U.K.

Switzerland

Sweden

Spain

Portugal

Norway

Netherlands

Italy

Ireland

Greece

Germany

France

Denmark

Belgium

US

Per capita vehicle travel grew rapidly between 1970 and 1990 but has since leveled off in most OECD (Organizations for Economic Cooperation and Development) countries and is much lower in European countries than in the United States.

Figure 3. International Vehicle Travel Trends 8

ch. 3

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 4 5

<

<

P u

b li

c T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

a n

d H

e a

lt h

considered of declining relevance in a culture increasingly dependent on automobile travel. The result was a self-reinforcing cycle of increasing automobile dependency and sprawl, as illustrated in figure 2.

But per capita automobile travel has peaked and has recently started to decline slightly in most economically developed countries, as illustrated in figure 3.

These changes reflect demographic and economic trends that are reducing demands for automobile travel and increasing demands for alternative modes9:

• Increasing health and environmental concerns. Numerous individuals, organizations, and jurisdictions are now committed to reducing pollution and increasing physical fitness.

• Aging population. As the baby boom generation retires, per capita vehicle travel will decline and their demand for alternatives will increase.

Figure 4. Annual Change in Transit and Vehicle Travel 10

Transit trips increased more than vehicle mileage during seven of the last 10 years. Note: Annual percent change in 2002 was zero. Therefore the chart does not include a visible bar for transit trips.

Transit Trips

Vehicle Mileage

A N

N U

A L

C H

A N

G E

-5

-4

-3

-2

-1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004

YEAR 2005 2006 2007 2008

Figure 4. Annual Change in Transit and Vehicle Travel

3-4

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 4 6

>

>

C h

a p

te r

3

• Uncertain future fuel prices. This uncertainty increases demand for energy- efficient travel options and more accessible, multi-modal locations for homes and businesses.

• Increasing urbanization. An increasing portion of households are choosing to live in existing cities, and many suburbs are becoming more urbanized. This increases demand for urban modes (walking, bicycling, and public transportation).

• Increasing traffic congestion and roadway construction costs. This increases the relative value of alternative modes that reduce congestion.

• Shifting consumer preferences. Various indicators suggest that an increasing number of consumers prefer living in more densely populated urban neighbourhoods and using multiple modes of travel.

As a result of these shifts, public transportation travel grew more than automobile travel during seven of the last 10 years and each of the last four years, as illustrated in figure 4. During this period, transit travel increased 24 percent compared to a 10 percent increase in automobile vehicle miles traveled. Many transit systems now carry their maximum capacity during peak periods, constraining further growth. Increasing capacity and improving service quality would allow further growth in

Public Transportation and Health

Figure 5. Transport Fatalities 13

Public transportation travel has lower crash rates than automobile travel, taking into account risks to all road users.

F A

T A

L IT

IE S

P E

R B

IL L

IO N

P A

S S

E N

G E

R -M

IL E

S

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

Passenger Car Light Trucks Intercity Bus Transit Bus Heavy Rail Commuter Rail

1.3

9.2

7.9

2.3

10.5

.3

5.0

2.2

8.2

8.2

.3

0.4

1.8

8.1

.1

4.4

.6

Other Road Users

Vehicle Occupants

Figure 5. Transport Fatalities

CH 3

ch. 3

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 4 7

<

<

P u

b li

c T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

a n

d H

e a

lt h

public transportation ridership and additional reductions in automobile travel.

There is also growing demand for housing in multi-modal communities.11 The 2004 American Community Survey found that consumers place a high value on urban amenities such as shorter commute time and neighborhood walkability. Sixty percent of prospective homebuyers surveyed indicated that they preferred a neighborhood that offered sidewalks, a shorter commute, and amenities such as shops, restaurants, libraries, schools, and public transportation over more sparsely populated areas with larger lots but longer commutes and poorer walking conditions.12

P u b l i c T r a n s p o r t a t i o n H e a lt h i m p a c t s

This section describes ways that improving public transportation can help achieve health objectives.

Traffic Crashes

Public transportation is relatively safe, as indicated in figure 5. Transit vehicle occupants have about one-tenth the fatality rate as car occupants, and even considering the risk to other road users, public transportation causes fewer than half the total deaths per passenger- mile as automobile travel.

Figure 6. Annual Traffic Death Rates 15

The smartest growth counties in the United States have one-fifth of the average per capita traffic fatality rate as the most sprawled counties.

Figure 6. Annual Traffic Death Rates

3-6

Most Sprawled

Smartest Growth

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Ge au

ga C

ou nt

y, O H

Cl in

to n

Co un

ty , M

I

Fu lto

n Co

un ty

, O H

Go oc

hl an

d Co

un ty

, V A

Ya dk

in C

ou nt

y, NC

W al

to n

Co un

ty , G

A

Isa nt

i C ou

nt y,

M N

Da vi e

Co un

ty , N

C

M ia

m i C

ou nt

y, KS

St ok

es C

ou nt

y, NC

Ba lti

m or

e Ci

ty , M

D

Ri ch

m on

d Co

un ty

, N Y

Su ff ol

k Co

un ty

, M A

Ph ila

de lp

hi a

Co un

ty , P

A

Hu ds

on C

ou nt

y, NJ

Sa n

Fr an

cis co

C ou

nt y,

CA

Q ue

en s C

ou nt

y, NY

Br on

x Co

un ty

, N Y

Ki ng

s C ou

nt y,

NY

Ne w

Y or

k Co

un ty

, N Y

A N

N U

A L

T R

A F

F IC

D E

A T

H S

P E

R 1

0 0,

0 0

0 P

O P

U L

A T

IO N

4.42 4.46 4.2 4.58 6.31 5.91

8.04

4.49 5.63

7.68

15.66

38.80

25.84

12.78

19.77

38.52

35.58

38.02

16.99

20.9

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 4 8

>

>

C h

a p

te r

3

High-quality public transportation provides even greater safety benefits than indicated by these distance-based fatality rates because it tends to leverage additional reductions in per capita vehicle travel. People who live or work in transit oriented areas tend to drive less (due to more accessible, multi-modal community design), drive at lower traffic speeds (due to more compact development), and do less high- risk driving (for example, teenagers are less likely to have a driver’s license and own a vehicle). 14 As a result, such communities have about one- fifth of the total per capita traffic fatality rate as sprawled, automobile-dependent communities, taking into account all traffic deaths, including risks to pedestrians, bicyclists, and public transportation travelers (figure 6). Traffic deaths

are a subcategory of violent deaths and overall, urban residents have significantly lower rates of violent deaths, even taking into account homicide risk.16

Per capita traffic fatalities decline as transit ridership increases in a community, as indicated in figure 7. The reduction in per capita crash rates is much larger than the reduction in per capita mileage in these cities, reflecting the combined effects of various transportation and land use factors associated with transit oriented development that increase safety, as previously described.

Public Transportation and Health

Figure 7. U.S. Traffic Deaths 17

Per capita traffic deaths (including transit and automobile occupants as well as pedestrians) tend to decline with increased transit ridership and are particularly low in cities with strong rail transit systems.

0

5

10

15

20

25

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200

Strong Rail

Weak Rail

No Rail

T R

A F

F IC

F A

T A

L IT

IE S

P E

R 1

0 0,

0 0

0 P

O P

U L

A T

IO N

ANNUAL PER- CAPITA TRANSIT PASSENGER-MILES

R2 = 0.352

ch. 3

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 4 9

<

<

P u

b li

c T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

a n

d H

e a

lt h

Pollution Emissions

A second category of transport-related health impacts involves vehicle pollution emissions, including tailpipe emissions; also included are emissions from fuel production and distribution (“upstream” emissions), hot soak (evaporative emissions that occur after an engine is turned off), and particulates from road dust, brake linings, and tire wear.18

Many factors affect vehicle pollutant human health impacts, including emission rates per vehicle mile, per capita mileage, and exposure (the number of people located in areas where emissions are concentrated). Motor vehicle air pollution is estimated to cause a similar order of magnitude of total premature deaths as traffic crashes, although the victims tend to be older; thus air pollution causes smaller reductions in Potential Years of Life Lost (PYLL) than traffic crashes.19

Public transportation tends to produce less pollution per passenger-mile, particularly electric-powered trains and newer buses with state-of-the-art engines. And, as previously discussed, transit oriented development tends to reduce automobile travel and, therefore, emissions. On the other hand, older diesel buses tend to have high emission rates; public transportation tends to concentrate activity close to roadways; and bus depots are often located in low-income communities. Consequently, in some situations, increased transportation service and transit oriented development may increase human exposure to harmful air pollutants such as particulates and carbon monoxide unless implemented with bus emission reduction programs.

Physical Activity and Fitness

Another category of health impacts concerns the effects transport has on physical activity and fitness.20 Public health officials have become increasingly alarmed about declining physical fitness, increasing body weight, and

resulting increases in diseases associated with a sedentary lifestyle.21 There are many ways to be physically active, but many, such as team sports and gym exercise, require special time, skill, and expense, which discourage consistent, ongoing participation. Many experts believe that increasing community walking and bicycling (together called “active transportation”) are the most practical ways to improve public fitness, particularly for vulnerable populations— children, older adults, and people with low incomes who may be unable to participate in structured exercise programs due to financial and time constraints.22

Public transportation and active transportation tend to be complementary: most public transportation trips involve walking links; transit oriented development includes walking and biking improvements; and efficient transit systems incorporate amenities such as bike racks on buses and bike lockers at transit stations.23 As a result, increased transit travel tends to increase physical activity.

The National Household Travel Survey (NHTS) indicates that people who use public transportation on a particular day spend a median of 19 minutes daily walking to and from transit, and 29 percent achieve 30 minutes of physical activity during transit access trips—much higher than the rates by nontransit users.24 Using pedometers and surveys to track walking activity, Wener and Evans found that train commuters walked an average of 30 percent more steps daily, more frequently reported walking for 10 minutes or more, and were four times more likely than automobile commuters to achieve the 10,000 steps daily recommended for fitness and health.25

Similarly, a travel survey conducted in Atlanta, GA, found that public transportation users are more likely to walk, to walk longer average distances, and to meet recommended physical activity targets by walking than nontransit users.26 The study revealed that the chance a person meets minimum walking targets (2.4

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 5 0

>

>

C h

a p

te r

3

kilometers walked daily) increases by 3.87 for each transit trip taken and is 2.23 times greater for commuters who use an employer-sponsored public transportation pass. Public transportation travel increased walking activity for all income classes, as illustrated in figure 8, indicating that encouraging transit travel can support public health for a variety of demographic groups.

Residents of transit oriented communities tend to walk more and have lower rates of obesity and hypertension than residents in sprawled areas. A recent study collected transportation mode split and obesity rate data for various economically developed countries, as summarized in table 2 and figure 9. Two important points are illustrated: travel

patterns are highly variable, even among similar countries, and national obesity rates tend to be inversely related to rates of active transportation (walking and biking), suggesting that transport policy affects public fitness and health.

As a result, policies and planning practices that support public transportation tend to increase public fitness and health. Sturm estimates that shifting from a sprawled area such as San Bernardino, CA, to a areas which reflect smart growth principles such as Boston, MA, reduces chronic medical conditions about 16 percent, with greater reductions for older adults and low-income people because they tend to be most sedentary.30

Public Transportation and Health

Public transportation users are much more likely to take walking trips and walk much farther than nontransit users.

Transit Users

Nontransit Users

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

59.6%

11.6%

60.9%

9.0%

56.3%

8.9%

58.9%

9.3%

Figure 8. Daily Walking Trips and Transit Travel

3-8

T O

O K

A T

L E

A S

T O

N E

W A

L K

T R

IP

ANNUAL INCOME CLASS

Under $30k $30–60k Over $60k Total

Figure 8. Daily Walking Trips and Transit Travel 27

ch. 3

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 5 1

<

<

P u

b li

c T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

a n

d H

e a

lt h

The total health costs that result from inadequate physical activity are far greater than those from traffic crashes. Cardiovascular diseases cause about 10 times the loss in productivity as do road crashes, and sedentary living contributes to a variety of other health problems—hypertension, non–insulin- dependent diabetes, colon cancer, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, and probably depression. Even modest reductions in these illnesses could provide large health benefits. However, it is difficult to determine how a particular transportation policy will affect these diseases overall because it depends on the ability of otherwise sedentary people to increase their physical activity. The Health Benefits Economic

Model provides a methodology for valuing the health benefits of more active transportation.31

Community Cohesion

Community cohesion refers to the quantity and quality of positive interactions among residents in a local community.32 It affects human health in various ways, including the mental health benefits of friendly social interactions and the health benefits of increased neighborhood security.33 Although many demographic and geographic factors affect neighborhood interactions, cohesion tends to increase with walkability and local services.34 High-quality public transportation and transit oriented

Country Year Transit Bike Walk Obesity Rates*

Latvia 2003 32% 5% 30% (13.7%*)

Switzerland 2005 12% 5% 45% 8%

Netherlands 2006 5% 25% 22% 8.1% (11.2%*)

Spain 2000 12% N/A 35% 12.8%

Sweden 2006 11% 9% 23% 9.4%

Germany 2002 8% 9% 23% 12.1%

Finland 2005 8% 9% 22% 13.3%

Denmark 2003 8% 15% 16% 12.2%

Norway 2001 10% 4% 22% 14.3%*

U.K. 2006 9% 2% 24% 24%*

France 1994 8% 3% 19% 11%

Ireland 2006 11% 2% 13% 18%

Canada 2001 11% 1% 7% 15.2 (22.7%*)

Australia 2006 8% 1% 5% 16.2% (20.8%*)

U.S. 2001 2% 1% 9% 34.3%*

Table 2. Personal Travel Mode Split of Various Countries28

* Combined male and female obesity prevalence based on body mass index (BMI). Values in parentheses are from national health examination surveys. Other values are based on self-reported weight and height.

Source: D. Bassett et al., “Walking, Cycling, and Obesity Rates in Europe, North America, and Australia,” 2008.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 5 2

>

>

C h

a p

te r

3

development can increase community cohesion by creating opportunities for residents to interact while walking, waiting at transit stops, and riding on transit vehicles. Further, they reduce total automobile traffic, which improves the public realm, for example, by reducing traffic noise on sidewalks and front yards.35 This can increase connections and contacts among dissimilar groups, helping to bridge social distance and widening opportunities by introducing disadvantaged children to more affluent families and broadening the pool of role models and mentors available to low- income youths.36 Long-term social and economic benefits can result by increasing educational and

employment opportunities and reducing crime and dependence on social assistance.

Mental Health Impacts

Public transportation improvements such as increased service, improved climate control, more comfortable waiting conditions, and improved service reliability can improve mental health by reducing physical and emotional stresses (crowding, fear, and frustration), increasing affordability (and therefore reduced financial stress), influencing access to education and employment activities (and therefore long- term economic opportunities), and helping

Public Transportation and Health

Figure 9. Mode Split vs. National Obesity Rates29

This data set indicates that transportation mode split is highly variable, even among economically developed countries, and national obesity rates are inversely related to rates of active transportation (walking and bicycling).

Walk

Obesity Rates

Bike

Transit

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

43%

32

67%

12

62%

22

52%

25

5 12

35

47%

5

8% 11.2%

12.8% 9.4%

12.1% 13.3% 12.2%

14.3%

24%

11%

18%

22.7%

34.3%

45

5

30

13.7% 9

11

23

40% 39% 39% 36% 35%

30%

26%

19%

14% 12%

23

9

8

22

9

8

16

15

8

22

4

10

24

2

9

19

3

8

13

2

11

7

1

11

5

20.8%

1

8

9

1

US A

Au st ra

lia

Ca na

da

Ire la

nd

Fr an

ceUK

No rw

ay

De nm

ar k

Fi nl

an d

Ge rm

an y

Sw ed

en Sp

ai n

Ne th

er la

nd s

Sw itz

er la

nd

La tv

ia

Figure 9. Mode Split vs. National Obesity Rates29

3-9

2

Source: D. Bassett et al., “Walking, Cycling, and Obesity Rates in Europe, North America, and Australia,” 2008.

ch. 3

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 5 3

<

<

P u

b li

c T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

a n

d H

e a

lt h

to create more walkable communities, which increases physical activity and fitness.37 With high-quality service, many commuters find public transportation less stressful than driving.38 These mental health benefits are difficult to quantify but potentially large.

Basic Mobility

Basic mobility refers to people’s ability to access services and activities that society considers basic or essential, including medical and dental services, food and other basic goods, banking, education, and employment opportunities.39 Basic mobility is important for physical and mental health and is a critical equity objective. Public transportation provides basic mobility and accessibility, including access to medical services, affordable and healthy food, education, and employment. Inadequate transport options can result in patients missing appointments, which can exacerbate medical problems and waste medical resources, or force patients or medical service providers to pay for more costly transport services such as taxis.40 One survey found that four percent of U.S. children (3.2 million in total) either missed a scheduled healthcare visit or did not schedule a visit during the preceding year because of transportation restrictions.41 Although it is difficult to quantify the ultimate health benefits from basic mobility provided by public transportation, anecdotal evidence suggests that these impacts can be significant.

P o l i c y O p p o r t u n i t i e s a n d B a r r i e r s

As noted, alternative modes—walking, cycling, and public transportation—can provide many economic, social, and environmental benefits. Yet current policy analysis and planning practices tend to undervalue alternative

modes and thus provide less support for and investment in them than is optimal.42 Some specific ways that alternative modes are undervalued are described below.

Conventional transportation planning analysis tends to focus on a limited set of impacts and objectives and overlooks others, as summarized in table 3. The impacts that conventional planning focuses on most—travel speed, congestion, and vehicle operating costs—tend to favor automobile transportation. Many benefits of public transportation, such as basic mobility for nondrivers and parking cost savings, are generally overlooked in conventional policy and planning analysis. Some of these omissions reflect the difficulty of quantifying impacts such as equity and sprawl costs, but others (parking costs and mileage-based depreciation, for example) are ignored simply out of tradition.

For example, when comparing highway expansion projects with public transportation improvements, conventional planning generally ignores the effects of generated traffic (the additional peak-period vehicle travel that results if congested roads are expanded), additional downstream congestion (additional traffic on surface streets), parking costs, vehicle ownership costs, traffic accidents, energy consumption, and pollution emissions—all costs that can be reduced if improved service allows the same trips to be made by public transportation. In addition, conventional analysis assumes that everybody (or, at least, everybody who matters) has a vehicle and can drive and thus assigns no explicit value to improving mobility for nondrivers.

Conventional analysis assigns no value to the fitness, health, and enjoyment benefits of increased walking and cycling activity44; conventional planning analysis would recognize

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 5 4

>

>

C h

a p

te r

3

the value of a motor vehicle trip to a gym to allow passengers to exercise on a treadmill, or to a park to walk or bike on public paths, but would not recognize the value of being able to walk or bike, rather than drive, for local errands.

Conventional planning tends to evaluate transport system performance based on the speed, convenience, and affordability of automobile travel, using indicators such as roadway level of service, average traffic speeds, congestion delay, parking supply per 1,000 square feet of building floor area, crash risk per 100 million vehicle-miles, and vehicle operating costs (particularly fuel costs). Comparable indicators are not usually provided for alternative modes, so it is more difficult to identify walking, cycling, and public transportation problems

as well as opportunities to improve these modes. For example, urban transportation models are often used to produce maps that show roadway congestion delays, indicated by roadway level-of-service grades from A to F, but no comparable indicators are provided for walking, cycling, and public transportation problems, putting these modes at a competitive disadvantage for investment.

This type of analysis often implies that public transportation investments are not cost effective, but this results, in part, from biases in conventional traffic models that tend to exaggerate the benefits of highway expansion and understate the benefits of improving alternative modes, particularly high-quality public transportation.

Public Transportation and Health

Usually Considered Often Overlooked

Financial costs to governments

Travel speed (reduced congestion delays)

Vehicle operating costs (fuel, tolls, tire wear)

Per-mile crash risk

Project construction environmental impacts

Downstream congestion impacts

Generated traffic impacts

Nondriver mobility, convenience, and comfort

Transportation diversity value (e.g., mobility for nondrivers)

Parking costs

Vehicle ownership and mileage-based depreciation costs

Project construction traffic delays

Total energy consumption and pollution emissions

Strategic land use objectives

Per capita crash risk

Impacts on physical activity and public health

Some travelers’ preference for transit (lower travel time costs)

Table 3. Scope of Conventional Planning Analysis 43

Conventional transportation planning tends to focus on a limited set of impacts, exaggerating the benefits of highway expansion and undervaluing transit improvements.

ch. 3

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 5 5

<

<

P u

b li

c T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

a n

d H

e a

lt h

Transportation financing is also biased in favor of roadway improvements. A major portion of transportation funding is legally or practically restricted to automobile facilities and cannot be used to improve public transportation services, even when such improvements are more cost effective and beneficial overall.45 Thirty of the 50 states have constitutional amendments that limit fuel tax revenue to be spent only on highways, and most zoning codes require developers to provide generous amounts of vehicle parking—a large subsidy of driving that is difficult to convert into transit subsidy, even if preferred by some travelers (a concept called parking cash out). More neutral financing (sometimes called least cost planning) tends to increase funding for alternative modes and mobility management strategies.

Current transportation markets are further distorted in favor of automobile travel by underpricing. Although automobiles are expensive to own, they are relatively cheap to drive because most of the costs are either fixed or external. This gives motorists an incentive to drive more annual miles than optimal. An efficient transportation market would require increased road, parking, and fuel prices, along with distance-based insurance and registration fees, which would significantly increase the marginal cost of driving, particularly under urban peak conditions.

Together, these planning and market distortions increase automobile travel beyond what is economically optimal, reduce use of alternative modes, and stimulate more dispersed, automobile-oriented land use development. Described differently, with more optimal transport planning and pricing, consumers would choose to drive less, rely more on alternative modes, select more multi-modal communities, and be better off overall as a result.46 Although it is difficult to predict the exact magnitude of these changes, they are likely to be large, particularly over the long-term.

r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s

Various transportation policy and planning reforms can improve public safety, fitness, and health by creating more efficient and multi-modal transportation systems where people drive less and rely more on alternative modes.47 Improved public safety, fitness and health are just three of many possible justifications for these reforms: they would help solve a variety of transportation problems, they reflect market principles and so increase economic efficiency, and they respond to changing consumer demands.48

The following are specific policies and planning strategies that can help create more diverse, more efficient, and healthier transportation systems:

• Educate decision makers concerning the relationships among transportation, land use, and public health; the full benefits of a more diverse, less automobile-dependent transportation system; and the trends that are changing future travel demands and strategic objectives.49 These all tend to increase the value of alternative modes, mobility management solutions, and smart growth land use development.

• Create a strategic vision of a more efficient and diverse transportation system and supportive land use development to accommodate changing demands and planning objectives, including public health objectives. This vision, which should be created by the federal government, should guide individual transportation and land use policies and planning practices, such as how transportation system quality is evaluated and how transportation funding is allocated.

• Increase public transportation funding for capital and operation costs. Transportation funding practices that currently favor investments in roads and parking facilities should be changed to allow significant new investments

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 5 6

>

>

C h

a p

te r

3

Public Transportation and Health

in public transportation. For example, economic stimulation and other economic development funds should be invested in public transportation. Transportation funds currently dedicated to roadways should be spent on public transportation improvements whenever it is more cost effective overall, taking into account all benefits and costs. Similarly, resources currently spent by governments and developers on parking facilities should be reinvested in public transportation whenever it is a cost-effective way to provide access. New funding sources should be developed to help finance public transit improvements, including parking taxes, congestion pricing, local property taxes, land value capture, and dedicated sales taxes.50 Higher levels of government (federal and state) should provide grants that leverage additional regional and local match funding. Regional and local governments must create stable sources of transit funding through dedicated fuel, sales, property, and parking taxes.

• Improve public transportation affordability. Insure that public transit services are affordable, particularly for lower- income users. This may include targeted discounts and exemptions, and research to identify better ways to meet the mobility needs of economically, physically and socially disadvantaged people.

• Establish transportation and land use policies that support transit oriented development so that more people are able to live and work in areas with high-quality public transportation services, good walking and biking conditions, compact and mixed land use development, and other supportive features.

• Implement transportation and land use policies that increase housing affordability in transit oriented communities.51 This includes changing development practices to encourage development of more compact and diverse housing types (small-lot single- family, townhouses, multi-family, etc.) with

unbundled parking in transit-rich, walkable areas with mixed land use and appropriate public services (schools, shops, parks, etc.), and employment.52 Public infrastructure investments and housing subsidies should be structured to support these objectives.

• Improve walking and bicycling conditions and promote active transportation. Encourage transportation professionals to recognize the importance of walking as a transport mode and to develop tools for evaluating the full benefits of improved walking and biking conditions and increased active transportation. Improve walking and bicycling access to transit stops and stations. Have bike racks on buses and trains, bike parking at stations, and bike rental services. Promote “walk and bike to school” and community walking and cycling events.

• Work to integrate affordable housing and affordable transportation so that physically, economically, and socially disadvantaged households can live in accessible, multi-modal communities. This requires a suitable mix of housing (affordable and subsidized housing included), public services (stores, medical and dental clinics, schools, parks, etc.), and high-quality public transportation located within convenient walking distance, with universal design features to ensure that everybody (including people using wheelchairs, walkers, pushing strollers, and hand carts) can easily travel to common destinations.

• Develop and apply multi-modal level-of- service standards to evaluate the service quality of various modes, including walking, biking, public transportation, taxi, car-sharing, and telecommunications within a community. Transportation agencies and professionals should use these to identify mobility and accessibility problems, particularly for the most vulnerable populations (children, older adults, people with disabilities, people with low incomes, immigrants, etc.).

• Apply least-cost planning so that transportation improvement resources (public funds and land) are invested in the most cost-effective improvements and consider all impacts and objectives, including public health objectives. Allow funds currently dedicated to roads and parking to be used for alternative modes and management strategies when they are more beneficial overall or support strategic planning objectives.

• Implement mobility management strategies and programs that encourage the use of alternative modes, such as efficient road and parking pricing, distance-based vehicle fees, and commute-trip reduction programs. Implement these in conjunction with transit service improvements.

• Develop and apply more comprehensive transportation planning tools for evaluating transit service quality,

transportation affordability, basic mobility, equity, affordability, and public health impacts.

• Sponsor research to improve public transit vehicles so that they are quieter, smoother, more spacious, climate controlled, less polluting, and easier to board; they should accommodate people with disabilities and offer amenities such as wireless Internet service. Give transit priority in traffic (bus lanes and signal control systems).

• Sponsor research and development to improve transit stops and stations so that they are more spacious, more comfortable, and safer; they should include amenities such as washrooms and refreshments.

• Develop convenient, integrated fares (for example, one payment system that can be used on various public transportation systems within a region) using electronic payment systems.

• Improve transit user information and marketing, such as real-time vehicle arrival signs, better-way finding, and culturally appropriate promotion programs.

• Apply more efficient parking management, such as efficient sharing, regulation, and pricing of parking facilities. Apply more flexible and reduced minimum parking requirements in transit oriented areas, particularly to increase housing affordability.

• Build coalitions involving public health and safety advocates and other interest groups that can benefit from transportation policy and planning reforms creating more efficient and diverse transportation systems—existing transit and community advocacy groups, transportation professionals, environmental organizations, local public officials, and economic development advocates. Use these coalitions to create the political support needed to achieve this vision.

ch. 3

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 5 7

<

<

P u

b li

c T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

a n

d H

e a

lt h

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 5 8

>

>

C h

a p

te r

3

Public Transportation and Health

Reforms and Actions

Leaders Federal Legislative Role

Educate decision makers

Professional and advocacy organizations

Support policy analysis, research, and information sharing

Create a strategic vision

All levels of government; professional and advocacy organizations

Establish a national vision and encourage other levels of government to develop complementary visions

Increase public transportation funding

All levels of government Change transport funding to support public transportation, increase federal funding for public transportation programs, and use federal policies to leverage funding by other levels of government

Insure public transport affordability

All levels of government Provide funding, research and other support to insure that transit service is affordable and responds to the needs of disadvantaged people.

Support transit oriented development

All levels of government; transportation and land use planning agencies and professions

Change transport and land use policies to support transit oriented development and smart growth

Improve walking and cycling conditions

All levels of government; transportation and land use planning agencies and professions

Change transport funding and planning practices to support active transportation and walkable community development

Integrate affordable housing and affordable transportation

All levels of government Change transport and housing policies to support development of affordable housing in transit oriented areas

Apply multi- modal level- of-service standards

All levels of government; transportation agencies and professions

Change transport funding and planning practices so they are based on multi-modal performance evaluation

Apply least-cost planning

All levels of government; transportation agencies and professions

Change transport funding and planning practices to allow alternative modes and mobility management strategies to be funded whenever they are most cost effective, considering all impacts and objectives

Implement mobility management strategies and programs

All levels of government; transportation agencies and professions

Change transport funding and planning practices to support mobility management whenever it is cost effective, considering all impacts and objectives; support pricing reforms such as increased fuel taxes, road pricing, and distance-based insurance and registration fees

Table 4. Healthy Transportation Policy Implementation

ch. 3

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 5 9

<

<

P u

b li

c T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

a n

d H

e a

lt h

Implementing these reforms will require action by various stakeholders, including federal, state, regional, and local governments, as well as diverse interest groups and advocates. Federal legislation can help support many of these reforms and actions by providing guidance and incentives. Such leadership and guidance can significantly accelerate the implementation of these reforms and avoid conflicts between existing and desired transportation policies. Table 4 indicates the level of government,

organization, or interest group that can provide leadership for implementing these recommendations and outlining the role of federal legislation.

C o n v e r g e n c e O p p o r t u n i t i e s

Many interest groups and organizations with a wide range of objectives and perspectives have reasons to support policies to create a more efficient and diverse transportation system.

Reforms and Actions

Leaders Federal Legislative Role

Develop more comprehensive transportation planning tools

All levels of government; transportation agencies and professions

Support research for more comprehensive transport planning tools

Improve transit vehicles

Vehicle engineers, manufacturers, transit agencies, and governments

Support research; develop procurement guidelines

Improve transit stops and stations

All levels of government; transportation and land use planning agencies; private companies; and developers

Support innovative design and business models; support transit oriented development

Develop convenient, integrated fares

Regional governments and transit agencies

Support research, design, and implementation

Improve transit user information and marketing

Regional governments and transit agencies

Support research, design, and implementation

Apply more efficient parking management

All levels of government; transportation and land use planning agencies; private companies; and developers

Support transit oriented development and smart growth; provide incentives for local and regional governments to implement parking management

Build coalitions Professional and advocacy organizations

N/A

This table indicates how various stakeholders can help implement transportation policy reforms to improve public fitness and health. Public transit improvements can play a key role in many of these strategies.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 6 0

>

>

C h

a p

te r

3

Public Transportation and Health

This diverse interest offers an opportunity to build broader support for transit investments and supportive transportation and land use policies. For example, this is an ideal time to create collaborations among existing public transportation and community advocacy groups (wanting to achieve equity objectives), transportation professionals (wanting to reduce problems such as traffic and parking congestion), environmental organizations (wanting to reduce energy consumption, pollution emissions, and land use damages), local public officials (wanting to support urban redevelopment), senior advocacy groups (wanting to improve mobility options for nondrivers, to increase affordability, and to provide practical ways for older Americans to safely exercise), and health professionals (wanting to improve public fitness and health).

To fully achieve the potential benefits of high- quality public transportation, these diverse interest groups will need to overcome cultural and practical barriers. For example, correcting existing policy and planning biases that favor mobility over accessibility and automobile transportation over other modes will probably require a combination of professional education, planning agency reforms, and political advocacy to change laws and funding practices. No single interest group can achieve all these changes, but a collaborative effort can succeed.

Public transportation improvements can play a much greater role in creating a more diversified and efficient transportation system than indicated by its relatively modest share of total travel. High-quality public transportation often provides a catalyst for creating a more diverse transportation system and accessible, multi-modal land use development. Public transportation travel both supports and is supported by walking and biking trips. As a result, public transportation improvements can leverage large reductions in automobile travel and increases in walking and cycling activity.

The involvement of health professionals can significantly improve the chances for success because they can contribute a new sense of urgency, expertise, and leadership into transportation and land use policy reform debates. Previous public health successes, such as reduced tobacco use and increased breastfeeding, can provide models.

C o n c l u s i o n

Transportation planning decisions impact public health in various ways: by affecting traffic risk, pollution exposure, physical activity and fitness, community cohesion, mental health, basic mobility, and affordability. Communities where people drive less and rely more on alternative modes are healthier places to live and work, particularly for physically, economically, and socially disadvantaged people. Transportation policy and planning reform improvements can play a significant role in creating healthier communities. High-quality public transportation (convenient, comfortable, frequent, fast, reliable, and safe) provides significant direct benefits when people shift from automobile to transit for individual trips. It provides even larger indirect benefits by providing a catalyst for development of more accessible, multi- modal communities where people own fewer

ch. 3

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 6 1

<

<

P u

b li

c T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

a n

d H

e a

lt h

automobiles; drive less; and rely more on walking, biking, and public transportation for utilitarian trips and recreation.

This is a timely issue. Current demographic, economic, and market trends are reducing the demand for automobile travel and increasing the demand for alternative modes. This is not to suggest that Americans will give up driving altogether; but at the margin, that is, relative to current travel patterns, many people would prefer to drive less and rely more on alternative modes, provided that these alternatives are convenient, comfortable, safe, and affordable. This means that many consumers will choose healthier transport habits if given appropriate options, including high-quality public transportation and accessible, multi-modal communities.

Current transportation and land use planning practices favor automobile transportation and undervalue alternative modes and smart growth development. Various transportation policy and planning reforms can help achieve public health and social equity objectives by helping to create more diverse and efficient transportation systems. More comprehensive analysis is needed that accounts for the additional indirect costs of policy and planning decisions that increase automobile travel and sprawl and the additional indirect benefits of more compact, walkable, and transit oriented communities. Current funding is inadequate, causing public transportation service quality to decline and fares to increase in many communities. Budgeting practices must be reformed to provide adequate, reliable funding to ensure high-quality and affordable public transportation services. Land use development policies should change to better support smart growth and reduce sprawl.

These reforms are justified for a number of reasons, due to the diverse economic, social, and environmental benefits provided by public transportation improvements. When all impacts are considered, improving public transportation may be among the most cost-effective ways to improve public health, and improving public health is one of the best reasons to improve public transportation.

p g

. 6 2

>

>

Wa lking, Bicycling, and Hea lth ch. 4 SUSA N L . H A NDY, Ph.D. Professor, Depa r tment of Environmenta l Science a nd Policy University of Ca lifornia Davis, CA

ABSTRACT >> Walking and bicycling are efficient modes of travel and effective forms of exercise. Starting with the passage of the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act (ISTEA) in 1991, the federal government has provided various forms of financial support for non-motorized transportation, but increasing walking and bicycling without increasing fatalities and injuries requires more than the limited federal resources to date. State, regional, and local policies determine the extent to which communities capitalize on the federal programs to expand walking and bicycling and help close the gap in health disparities between low-income communities and their more affluent neighbors. To increase non-motorized modes of travel—travel by walking and bicycling— safely, the authorization of the next federal transportation bill should:

• Assist: by providing state, regional, and local governments with the tools they need to plan for non- motorized travel

• Enable: by making it easier for state, regional, and local governments to spend federal funding on non-motorized modes

• Encourage: by providing incentives for state, regional, and local governments to pay more attention to non- motorized modes

• Require: by putting in place policies that compel state, regional, and local governments to improve conditions for non- motorized modes

Increased walking and bicycling would yield many health benefits and reduce disparities in health for low-income communities and others. The federal transportation bill can establish policies that will help to achieve the goal of increasing walking and bicycling safely.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 6 4

>

>

C h

a p

te r

4

Walking, Bicycling, and Health

CONTENTS

Introduction .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 65

Health and Non-motorized Transportation.. .. .. 68

Transportation Goals . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 70

Strategic Targets .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 70

Measuring Progress.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 73

Transportation Policy: Opportunities and Barriers .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 74

Convergence Opportunities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 77

Conclusion.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 77

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figures

1. Share of Trips by Walking, Bicycling, and Transit, by Country .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 65

2. Percent Usually Bicycling to Work in Selected U.S. Cities, 2000 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 66

3. Cyclist Fatality and Injury Rates, by Country .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 69

4. Percent Walk and Bike Trips by Trip Length, Germany vs. United States .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 71

5. Trends in Mode of Travel to School in the United States, 1969–2001 .. .. .. .. .. .. 72

Tables

1. Factors Influencing Non-motorized Travel.. .. 67

2. Recommendations for Federal Policy on Walking and Bicycling .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 76

ch. 4

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 6 5

<

<

W a

lk in

g ,

B ic

y c

li n

g ,

a n

d H

e a

lt h

i n t r o d u c t i o n

Walking and bicycling as modes of transportation—known as “non-motorized” or, more recently, “active” travel—are low- cost, low-polluting, calorie-burning, health- improving alternatives to driving. Despite these advantages, non-motorized modes represent a small share of all travel in the United States, or fewer than 10 percent of all daily trips in urban areas as of 2001.1 Increasing this number, without a congruent increase in fatalities and injuries, would yield considerable benefits, especially among low-income communities and people of color, the young and older adults, by helping to close wide gaps in health in this country. But what policies would achieve this aim?

For guidance, we can look to other developed countries, where rates of walking and bicycling are significantly higher than in the United States, particularly in Denmark, Germany, and the Netherlands (figure 1). We can also look to communities in the United States, where bicycle commuting is significantly more common than the national average of less than one percent of workers (figure 2). Common to these places is a supportive environment combined with a population motivated to walk and bicycle. These conditions have not come about by chance; they are the outcome of aggressive policies that address both environment and motivation.3

Figure 1. Share of Trips by Walking, Bicycling, and Transit, by Country 2

* work trips only ** walk and bike combined for Spain Source: D. Bassett et al., “Walking, Cycling, and Obesity Rates in Europe, North America, and Australia,” 2008.

Transit

Bike

Walk

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

2

12%

1 9

8

14%

19%

26%

30% 30%

35% 36%

39% 39% 40%

42% 43%

44%

47%

52%

11

1 7

13

2

11

6

8

16

8

3

19

9

2

24

10

4

22

8

15

16

8

9

22

8

9

23

17

4

21

11

9

23

9

11

24

12

35

5

25

22

1 5

Ne th

er la

nd s (

20 06

)

Sp ai

n (2

00 0)

**

Fi nl

an d

(1 99

9)

Sw en

de n

(2 00

6)

Au st ria

(2 00

5)

Ge rm

an y (2

00 2)

Fi nl

an d

(2 00

5)

De nm

ar k

(2 00

3)

No rw

ay (2

00 1)

UK (2

00 6)

Fr an

ce (1

99 4)

Be lg

iu m

(1 99

9)

Ire la

nd (2

00 6)

*

Ca na

da (2

00 1)

*

Au st ra

lia (2

00 6)

*

US A

(2 00

1)

Figure 1. Share of Trips by Walking, Bicycling, and Transit, by Country

4-1

*Work trips only **walk and bike combined for spain

Source: J. Pucher and L. Buehler, “Making Cycling Irresistible,” 2008.

P E

R C

E N

T O

F T

R IP

S

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 6 6

>

>

C h

a p

te r

4

A concerted and sustained effort is required to motivate people to walk and bike more and make their environment more conducive to doing so. The quality of the pedestrian and bicycle environment depends on several elements (see table 1), including land use patterns, network configuration, and facility design, all of which play an important role and are shaped by public investments and development policies over time. Natural features, particularly weather and topography, are also important, though obviously beyond the direct reach of policy. Motivation to

walk or bicycle also depends on personal characteristics—ability, comfort, confidence, habits, and perceptions—that can evolve over one’s lifespan but may also be modified by targeted intervention programs. Community norms also affect individual motivation but may be difficult to shift. Despite the challenges, a growing number of cities have demonstrated that it is possible to assemble a cost-effective package of policies, projects, and programs addressing both environment and motivation that significantly increases non-motorized travel.4

Walking, Bicycling, and Health

0

3

6

9

12

15

Irvine, CAIthaca, NYTuscon, AZMadison, WISanta Barbara, CASan Luis Obispo, CASanta Cruz, CAEugene, ORBerkeley, CAPalo Alto, CABoulder, COCorvallis, ORDavis, CA

4-2

Irv in

e, C

A

Ith ac

a, N

Y

Tu cs

on , A

Z

M ad

iso n,

W I

Sa nt

a Ba

rb ar

a, C

A

Sa n

Lu is

O bi

sp o,

C A

Sa nt

a Cr

uz , C

A

Eu ge

ne , O

R

Be rk

el ey

, C A

Pa lo

A lto

, C A

Bo ul

de r,

CO

Co rv

al lis

, O R

Da vi s,

CA

14%

7% 7%

6% 6% 6%

4% 4%

3% 3%

2% 2%

1%

Figure 2. Percent Usually Bicycling to Work in Selected U.S. Cities, 2000

Source: 2000 U.S. Census, as compiled by the author.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 6 7

<

<

W a

lk in

g ,

B ic

y c

li n

g ,

a n

d H

e a

lt h

ch. 4

Two converging forces make this the right time to elevate non-motorized modes of travel. First, with health, economic, and environmental concerns on the rise, there seems to be a renewed interest in bicycling as evidenced by increased attention in the popular media. Second, Congress is now considering the authorization of the federal transportation bill, the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users, or SAFETEA-LU, which will set policy and dictate

funding levels for surface transportation well into the next decade. These forces together create an unprecedented opportunity to work toward the goal of increasing safe non- motorized travel.

Category Factor Definition Importance

Environmental Land use patterns The arrangement of land uses such as housing, shops, offices, etc., across the community

Determines the straight-line distance among different activities, such as housing, shopping, and offices

Network structure The layout of streets and trails throughout the community

Determines how direct the connections from one place to another are and thus influences the travel distance

Facility quality Characteristics of streets, including presence of sidewalks and bike lanes, widths, pavement conditions, crosswalks, signals, etc.

Influences how comfortable, safe, and attractive it is to walk or bicycle that route

Natural features Topography, weather, scenery

Influences the energy needed to walk or bicycle as well as comfort and enjoyment

Motivational Individual factors Ability, experience, comfort level, confidence, preferences, habits, etc.

Influences the willingness and desire of an individual to walk or bike

Community norms Social acceptability of bicycling, dominant attitude toward bicycling, bicycling culture

Influences the willingness and desire of an individual to walk or bike

Table 1. Factors Influencing Non-motorized Travel

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 6 8

>

>

C h

a p

te r

4

H e a lt h a n d n o n - M o t o r i z e d T r a n s p o r t a t i o n

Whether for transportation or recreation, walking and bicycling are important forms of physical activity. Federal guidelines categorize brisk walking and bicycling on level ground as moderate physical activity, while bicycling at more than 10 miles per hour qualifies as rigorous physical activity. The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) recommends that children engage in 60 minutes of physical activity each day and that adults engage in two hours and 30 minutes of moderate physical activity per week,5 a standard that more than one- third of all adults nationwide fail to meet.6 A 15-minute non-motorized commute twice a day for five days a week is enough to meet the adult recommendations. The DHHS identifies walking and biking as effective measures for increasing overall physical activity and notes that non-motorized commuting has a low risk of injury compared to many other forms of physical activity. Walking, in particular, has been described by health researchers as “near perfect exercise”7 and “a popular, familiar, convenient, and free form of exercise that can be incorporated into everyday life and sustained into old age.”8 The health benefits of achieving the recommended levels of physical activity are numerous: prevention of weight gain; improved cardio respiratory and muscular fitness; and lower risk of type 2 diabetes, heart disease, stroke, and other unhealthy conditions.

From an equity standpoint, non-motorized transportation presents both challenges and opportunities. Non-motorized modes can improve access to jobs, healthcare, and shopping for households with limited access to cars. Additionally, walking and bicycling reduce health disparities between low-income and more affluent communities. Safety, however, remains a significant concern: in 2007, there were 4,654 pedestrian and 698 bicyclist fatalities in the United States, with combined

injuries of more than 100,000.9 Indeed, public officials often use safety concerns to beat back arguments to do more to encourage walking and bicycling. The challenge is to increase non- motorized modes safely, primarily because the population groups that could most benefit from increased walking and bicycling are also the most vulnerable to traffic dangers.

Low-income and minority populations fall into this category. Ample evidence indicates that physical activity levels are lower among low-income and minority populations,10 despite the fact that only 73.5 percent of low- income households own cars and are more dependent on walking and public transit. That number compares with 91.7 percent of all U.S. households. Forty percent of the lowest-income transit users meet the recommended levels of physical activity solely from walking to and from transit.11 Without this, their total physical activity would be far less. However, the quality of non- motorized infrastructure is often lower in low- income and minority communities, contributing to higher pedestrian fatality rates.12 The confluence of these circumstances underscores the importance of improving walking and bicycling conditions in these communities.

Youth are also vulnerable. Across the country, adolescents depend on parents and other adults to drive them to school and other activities.13 If children were able to walk or bike more, they would get more physical activity and their parents (predominantly mothers) would have less need to drive them. Again, however, safety is a concern: rates of pedestrian and bicyclist fatalities and injuries per capita are highest for those under the age of 15.14 Parental fears about traffic as well as fear of abductions help explain why children now walk and bike less than in the past. Consequently, increasing walking and bicycling for children means removing threats— actual and perceived—to their safety.

Older adults, too, could benefit from increased walking and bicycling, but safety, once again, is an issue. One in five adults ages 65 years and

Walking, Bicycling, and Health

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 6 9

<

<

W a

lk in

g ,

B ic

y c

li n

g ,

a n

d H

e a

lt h

ch. 4

older does not drive, and more than 50 percent of the nondrivers stay home on any given day because they lack transportation options.15 For nondrivers, walking, bicycling, and transit can provide an important means of getting to the doctor’s office, the store, or a friend’s house. However, the decline in physical and mental abilities that make driving no longer safe can also make walking and bicycling less safe. Uneven sidewalks, for instance, can pose a perilous hazard to frail older adults. The highest rate of pedestrian fatalities per capita is for those over age 70.16 Where safe conditions exist, increased walking and bicycling can improve physical and mental health.17

The good news is that safety is likely to improve for low-income households, children, older adults, and others as more people walk and bicycle. Countries with high levels of non- motorized travel also have fewer fatalities and injuries per mile than does the United States (figure 3).In part, this difference is explained by better infrastructure, particularly the separation of pedestrians and bicyclists from motor vehicles. But the higher number of pedestrians and bicyclists using thoroughfares itself improves safety by heightening driver awareness and attentiveness.19 Larger numbers of pedestrians and bicyclists also spur elected officials to invest more in better, safer infrastructure, which, in turn, helps to encourage more walking and bicycling.

Figure 3. Cyclist Fatality and Injury Rates, by Country 18

Note: The symbol // in the graph represents a break in the consecutive numbering of the Y-axis. Source: Pucher and Buehler, “Making Cycling Irresistible,” 2008.

Cyclists killed per 100 million kilometers cycled

Cyclists injured per 10 million kilometers cycled

0

5

10

30

20

25

30

35 40

1.1 1.4 1.5 1.7 1.7

4.7

3.6

6.0 5.8

37.5

Figure 3. Cyclist Fatality and Injury Rates, by Country

Source: Pucher and Buehler, “Making Cycling Irresistable,” 2008.

Netherlands Denmark Germany United Kingdom USA

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 7 0

>

>

C h

a p

te r

4

The potential economic benefits of increased walking and bicycling are numerous. Improved health as a result of increased physical activity can reduce healthcare costs. Cheaper modes of travel can reduce household spending on transportation: the typical household in this country spent an average of $7,896 to own and drive their cars in 2005.20 Making walking and bicycling more viable, particularly in conjunction with improvements to transit, could increase access to jobs. Improvements to walking and bicycling facilities can contribute to economic development efforts by, for example, encouraging stores to locate within walking distance of residential areas, particularly in low- income areas.

The potential environmental benefits of non- motorized modes are also abundant and include reductions in air pollution, water pollution, noise, and greenhouse gas emissions. However, these benefits accrue only if the increase in the use of non-motorized modes comes with a reduction in the use of motorized modes. A substantial share of walking and bicycling in the United States is for recreation rather than for transportation, and even some non-motorized trips to destinations are made in addition to, rather than instead of, driving trips.21 Walking and bicycling trips that do not replace driving trips do not have a direct environmental benefit, though they still have important health benefits.

T r a n s p o r t a t i o n G o a l s

The goal for non-motorized modes is straightforward: increase walking and bicycling without increasing fatalities and injuries, particularly for low-income households, communities of color, the young, and older adults. But what is a realistic increase to aim for? Although walking and bicycling have virtually boundless potential as forms of recreational physical activity, their potential as modes of transportation are limited by practical constraints. Given the low levels of use in this country, significant increases as a percentage of

all travel may be possible even if they remain a relatively small share of all trips. The potential for the two modes is likely different: walking is possible for more people because it requires no equipment and less confidence and skill, but it is considerably slower than bicycling; bicycling is at least theoretically possible for more trips because it is considerably faster than walking, but it requires equipment as well as skills and confidence that many lack. Given the low- density patterns of development in the United States, which put destinations beyond walking distance in most places, bicycling seems to offer greater potential for expansion.

Strategic Targets

In aiming to increase safe non-motorized modes of transit, particularly among those with the greatest needs but also the greatest vulnerabilities, it makes sense to take a strategic approach and target the following: types of travel most conducive to non-motorized modes, communities with greater potential for change, and communities with greater potential benefits from change.

Short trips are an obvious target. According to the 2001 National Household Transportation Survey, 28 percent of all trips are less than one mile, a reasonable distance for walking, and 41 percent of trips are less than two miles, a distance that is reasonable for biking.22 The shares of these short-distance trips that are made by non-motorized modes are much lower in the United States than in European countries: 71.4 percent of trips shorter than one mile are by walking or bicycling in Germany versus 31.2 percent in America (figure 4). In other words, while trip distances are longer on average in the United States than in Europe, distance is not the only issue; environmental and motivational factors must explain differences in non- motorized rates at these short distances.

School trips are another obvious target and, indeed, the federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has set a goal of increasing

Walking, Bicycling, and Health

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 7 1

<

<

W a

lk in

g ,

B ic

y c

li n

g ,

a n

d H

e a

lt h

ch. 4

walking to school. This makes sense from a practical standpoint, given that these are frequent trips with regular routes and fixed destinations. Walking to school dropped from 40.7 percent of all school trips in 1969 to 12.9 percent in 2001, while bicycling remained roughly constant at around one percent (figure 5). Increasing walking and biking to school is generally a good starting point for increasing physical activity in children. For example, it could contribute to an increase in non-motorized travel to other destinations, as skills and habits change. Current efforts fall into two categories: changes in where schools are located to put more children within walking distances of school, and Safe Routes to School programs, which aim to improve safety around schools for walkers and bicyclists.

Some communities have greater potential for change than others. One target should be areas where walking and bicycling are already significant. For example, Davis, CA, has high levels of bicycling, but levels could clearly be even higher. The environment there supports bicycling, but not all residents take advantage of the opportunity: over three-fourths of children are driven to their Saturday morning soccer games.25 Motivational rather than environmental barriers are often the issue—habit, perceptions, confidence, etc. A second target should be places where land use patterns put destinations within walkable or bikeable distances of homes, that is, areas with higher densities and mixed land uses. In these places, the quality of sidewalks and other facilities may be a problem

Figure 4. Percent Walk and Bike Trips by Trip Length, Germany vs. United States 23

P E

R C

E N

T A

G E

O F

T R

IP S

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

U.S.A. Germany

Bike

Walk

< 1 MILE < 2 MILE < 3 MILE

U.S.A. Germany U.S.A. Germany

2.3

31.2%

28.9

14.5

71.4%

56.9

0.9

6%

5.1 0.5 2.4%

19.6%

1.9

9.3

10.3

13.5

31.9%

18.4

Figure 4. Percent Walk and Bike Trips by Trip Length, Germany vs. United States

4-4

Source: R. Buehler, “Transport Policies, Travel Behavior, and Sustainability,” 2008.

Source: R. Buehler, “Transport Policies, Travel Behavior, and Sustainability,” 2008.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 7 2

>

>

C h

a p

te r

4

in addition to motivational barriers.

Of lower priority, because they are harder to change, are low-density areas with limited walking and bicycling infrastructure, particularly rural areas. In these areas, however, it is still important to look for specific opportunities to reduce environmental barriers, e.g., by improving the shoulders of rural roads or through a trail project that connects rural residents to the town center. Finding such opportunities should be more of a priority in areas where residents have limited access to cars and where transit service is sparse or nonexistent.

Potential benefits from increases in non- motorized travel are greater in some areas than others. Increases are most important in low-income and minority communities, where efforts are needed to improve safety when residents of these communities do walk and bicycle and to make more places accessible by these modes. Bicycling, in particular, offers a way to fill the gap between places accessible by foot and those accessible by bus. Anecdotal evidence suggests that bicycles are an important mode for recent Hispanic immigrants in California, though bicycling often occurs in environments not designed for it.26 Hispanics walk and bike to work in greater shares than

Walking, Bicycling, and Health

1969

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Walk/Bike

Public Transit

School Bus

Auto

1977 1983 1990 20011995

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Public Transit

School Bus

Auto

Walk/Bike

Figure 5. Trends in Mode of Travel to School in United States, 1969–2001 24

Source: N. C. McDonald, “Active Transportation to School,” 2007.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 7 3

<

<

W a

lk in

g ,

B ic

y c

li n

g ,

a n

d H

e a

lt h

ch. 4

other Americans; not surprisingly, their rates of pedestrian and bicycle fatalities are also higher.27 Environmental improvements are essential in these communities.

Retirement communities, formal or informal, are another important target. It used to be that those who aged in place lived mostly in older communities that were designed for walking. Increasingly older adults now live in suburban environments that are not designed for walking. Improving the walking environment in these areas is not easy, though strategic projects coupled with programs to encourage walking or even bicycling could make a difference. In so- called active retirement communities, bicycling could be encouraged over golf carts as a way to get around within the community.

Measuring Progress

Achieving the goal of an increase in walking and biking safely requires development of new performance measures, both to assess current conditions and to monitor the effectiveness of new policies. Traditional transportation performance measures focus on vehicle traffic in support of the goal of maximizing vehicle flow and to the detriment of walking and bicycling. Without performance measures for non- motorized travel, policies are likely to continue to favor cars over pedestrians and bicyclists; transportation goals for which performance is not measured will get less attention in the planning process.28

Admittedly, developing such measures is difficult. If the goal—the desired outcome— is to increase walking and bicycling without increasing fatalities and injuries, then these factors are what should be measured. But increases in non-motorized travel are hard to measure.29 The best available data come from travel surveys, conducted at the regional or national level. Yet non-motorized trips have historically been undercounted in these surveys, which have primarily been concerned with driving trips. The surveys are also not frequent

enough to be useful for annual monitoring (the national survey occurs every five to seven years, while regional surveys are typically separated by 10 years or more). Although data on fatalities and injuries are arguably better than data on the amount of walking and bicycling, without the latter, it is impossible to adequately gauge the former. For example, the numbers of pedestrian and bicyclist fatalities and injuries have been going down on a per capita basis,30 but this likely reflects a decline in the use of these modes rather than a decline in danger. Improved data collection is needed.

As an alternative to measuring increases in non- motorized travel, performance measurement might focus on what might be called inputs rather than outcomes. One input is funding for bicycle and pedestrian projects. Another is the adoption of policies to promote non- motorized transportation, such as changes in zoning designed to bring about mixed-use land use patterns that reduce walking distances, or complete street policies that ensure that bicycles and pedestrians are given consideration in the design of all thoroughfares. Unfortunately, these inputs do not guarantee favorable changes in the environment, let alone the desired outcome of an increase in safe walking and biking. The input option for performance measures is the easiest to implement but the least effective in showing progress toward the goal.

An option that is better than measuring inputs but more feasible than measuring outcomes is to focus on outputs, that is, on changes in the environment that are expected to lead to increases in non-motorized travel, rather than changes in non-motorized travel that are difficult to measure. Outputs could be measured as projects actually constructed. However, non-motorized projects are not well tracked; categorizing such projects can be difficult, and bicycle and pedestrian improvements are often incorporated into larger road projects.31 Another option is to measure changes in the “walkability” or “bikeability” of a community. Many tools for measuring walkability and

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 7 4

>

>

C h

a p

te r

4

bikeability have already been developed,32 with increasingly frequent implementation in the transportation planning process. However, collecting data to calculate walkability and bikeability at a community scale can be labor intensive.

T r a n s p o r t a t i o n P o l i c y : O p p o r t u n i t i e s a n d B a r r i e r s

The next authorization of the federal transportation bill offers a tremendous opportunity for non-motorized transportation. For almost two decades, federal policy has contributed to an expansion of investments in walking and bicycling infrastructure. However, many barriers have hindered progress toward the goal of increased walking and bicycling, including federal policy itself. The new transportation bill could overcome many of these barriers by putting in place stronger federal policy toward non-motorized modes.

Starting with the passage of the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act (ISTEA) in 1991, the federal government has provided support for non-motorized transportation through a number of policies. Most importantly, federal transportation funding can be used for bicycle and pedestrian projects through the Transportation Enhancements (TE) Program, the CMAQ (Congestion Management and Air Quality) Program, the Surface Transportation Program (STP), the Safe Routes to School (SRTS) Program, the Non-Motorized Transportation Pilot Program, and several others, including the Highway Safety Improvement Program (HSIP).33

Other policies also support non-motorized modes. Federal policy specifies seven “planning factors” that must be considered in the development of long-range transportation plans at state and regional levels. These factors include increased safety and security for non- motorized users, increased mobility and

accessibility options, and increased integration of the transportation system across modes. States are also now required to have bicycle coordinators. Finally, the Federal Highway Administration has pushed the concept of context sensitive design, which has increased attention to bicycle and pedestrian needs.

Under current policies, however, the availability of federal funds is insufficient to ensure improvements to the walking and bicycling environment. State, regional, and local policy decisions determine the degree to which communities take advantage of the federal programs for bicycling and walking facilities. For example, through the regional transportation planning process, metropolitan planning organizations evaluate and prioritize regional needs and decide what share of federal funding in these categories will go to non-motorized projects. The availability of federal funds for bicycle and pedestrian facilities has created an important opportunity, but one that only some states and regions have taken advantage of. Indeed, spending on non-motorized projects has varied significantly across the major metropolitan regions, ranging from $0.20 per capita in Los Angeles to $2.32 per capita in Providence, RI, from 1992 through 2006.34

At the same time, many federal programs and policies hinder rather than support efforts to increase non-motorized travel.35 The TE program as administered by the states can present insurmountable bureaucratic hurdles, particularly for communities with limited resources. The CMAQ program requires proof of air quality benefits, yet the models used to forecast emissions are not usually sensitive to bicycle and pedestrian improvements. Most significantly, an overarching concern with congestion at the federal level as well as at state and local levels undervalues non-motorized projects relative to highway projects in the planning process. The current focus on job creation and economic stimulus also threatens to perpetuate the top priority given to highway projects.

Walking, Bicycling, and Health

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 7 5

<

<

W a

lk in

g ,

B ic

y c

li n

g ,

a n

d H

e a

lt h

ch. 4

One of the most intractable barriers to improving the walking and bicycling environment on a wide scale is local control of land use planning, a long-standing tradition throughout the country.36 The viability of non-motorized modes depends on land use patterns that put potential destinations within walking and bicycling distances of home. Similarly, transit viability increases as population and employment densities increase. These environmental characteristics are shaped by local policies such as zoning and subdivision ordinances. Investments in non-motorized infrastructure will be of little benefit without concomitant changes in local land use policies. Although land use planning authority is likely to remain at the local level for the foreseeable future, federal policy can and does influence the decisions of local governments, and this influence can be channeled toward the support of non-motorized modes.

Thus, federal policy alone will not bring about the needed changes, but it can help to expand non-motorized transportation by assisting, enabling, encouraging, or requiring agencies at the state, regional, and local levels to both improve the environment and

motivate people. To safely increase walking and bicycling, the upcoming authorization of the federal transportation bill should include the following policies, focusing on types of travel most conducive to non-motorized modes, communities with greater potential for change, and communities with greater potential benefits from change (see also table 2).

Assist: provide state, regional, and local governments with the tools they need to plan for non-motorized modes. Funding for more frequent and standardized travel surveys and for development of survey methods that collect more accurate and more comprehensive information on non-motorized modes would provide for better monitoring of progress. Such data could also provide a means of calibrating improved travel forecasting models that incorporate non-motorized modes. Resources should especially be directed towards low- income communities that may have a greater need for planning assistance.

Enable: make it easier for state, regional, and local governments to spend federal funding on non-motorized modes. Reducing bureaucratic barriers in current programs, particularly in the TE program, would likely increase the use of these funds for non-motorized projects, such as sidewalks and bicycle paths, particularly in low-income communities with fewer resources available for overcoming these barriers. Further increasing flexibility in federal programs would enable communities to give greater priority to non- motorized modes. In addition to infrastructure projects, educational and promotional programs should be eligible for funding.

Encourage: provide incentives to state, regional, and local governments to pay more attention to non-motorized modes. Specialized funding programs, such as Safe Routes to School, encourage spending on non-motorized modes. Targeted incentives, such as supplemental grants, could encourage attention to pedestrian and bicyclist needs, with

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 7 6

>

>

C h

a p

te r

4

priority given to low-income areas. Incentives that encourage coordination of land use and transportation planning could also enhance the viability of non-motorized modes; for example, jurisdictions that adopt land use policies promoting greater densities and mixed land uses might earn bonus funding for bicycle and pedestrian projects.

require: put in place policies that compel state, regional, and local governments to improve conditions for non-motorized modes. A federal complete streets policy would require that the needs of bicyclists and pedestrians are considered in all federally- funded projects. Federal transportation funding could be allocated based on the degree to which jurisdictions meet performance requirements for non-motorized modes. These

requirements could use the performance measures described earlier, such as increases in safe walkability and bikeability, with extra weight given to performance in lower-income areas and for key segments of the population. Performance standards could also be set with respect to land use policies; for example, jurisdictions might be eligible for funding only if they have adopted land use policies that are supportive of non-motorized modes.

As outlined, these approaches progress from least to most forceful; some combination of all four would have the best chance at success. But they must be accompanied by a shift in the focus of the federal program away from congestion reduction to goals related to health, equity, economic, and environmental benefits. Tying federal funding to demonstration of

Walking, Bicycling, and Health

Assist Help provide state, regional, and local governments with the tools they need to plan for non-motorized modes: fund travel surveys; support development of improved planning tools

Enable Make it easier for state, regional, and local governments to spend federal funding on non-motorized modes: reduce bureaucratic barriers; increase funding flexibility; expand eligibility of promotional programs

Encourage Provide incentives for state, regional, and local governments to pay more attention to non-motorized modes: continue and expand specialized funding programs; target incentives for prioritizing bicycle and pedestrian projects and for supportive land use policies

Require Put in place policies that compel improvements in conditions for non-motorized modes on the part of state, regional, and local governments: adopt federal complete streets policy; tie funding to performance requirements; tie funding to supportive land use policies

Table 2. Recommendations for Federal Policy on Walking and Bicycling

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 7 7

<

<

W a

lk in

g ,

B ic

y c

li n

g ,

a n

d H

e a

lt h

ch. 4

progress toward these goals would ensure that the shift in focus is not just rhetorical. Such an approach could provide a powerful mechanism for improving walking and bicycling conditions.

C o n v e r g e n c e O p p o r t u n i t i e s

Credit for the existence of federal policies supporting non-motorized modes goes to a strong coalition of bicycle and pedestrian advocacy groups operating at the national level. This coalition is increasingly working in partnership with other interest groups, including those focused on public health, social equity, and environment issues, reflecting the broad benefits of non-motorized travel in all these realms, as described previously. This effective coalition is well positioned to influence the authorization of the upcoming federal transportation bill, though it must

continue to battle the traditional focus on congestion reduction and the new emphasis on highway investments as a way to stimulate the economy. Making the case that bicycle and pedestrian projects create jobs, too, while also helping to reduce our economically detrimental dependence on fossil fuels will be important for this coalition.

Because federal policy alone does not determine improvements to the bicycle and pedestrian environment, effective coalitions are also needed at the state, regional, and local levels. The local scale is especially important but also especially challenging, and the potential for building the needed partnerships varies from community to community. The Active Living by Design program, among others, has helped to foster such partnerships in communities throughout the country, including many low- income communities.37 The evaluation of this program should yield important lessons for other communities in their efforts to build partnerships in support of improvements to the bicycle and pedestrian environment.

C o n c l u s i o n

A “perfect storm” of higher gas prices, strained household budgets, and declining public resources, coupled with emerging mandates to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and deepening concerns about the growing obesity epidemic, could produce a surge in interest in non-motorized travel modes. Indeed, recent media reports suggest that a new bicycling culture has begun to take hold. Surveys also suggest a growing interest nationwide in walkable communities.38 If federal, state, regional, and local lawmakers follow the public’s lead, walking and bicycling could move the United States toward a healthier, more equitable future.

p g

. 7 8

>

>

Roadways and Hea lth: ch. 5 Ma king the Case for Collaboration CATHER INE L . ROSS, Ph.D. Director, Center for Qua lity Grow th a nd Reg iona l Development (CQGR D), a nd Ha rr y West Cha ir

MICHELLE M A RCUS, M.P.H. CQGR D Graduate Resea rch Assista nt Georg ia Institute of Technolog y Atla nta, GA

ABSTRACT >> Our streets and highways are inextricably linked with the very fabric of America. Roadways are used for many different modes of transportation, and constitute a major portion of the public space in our towns and cities. The limited inclusion of health considerations in the operation and construction of our roadways results in negative health outcomes. Lack of safe, convenient walking and bicycling routes have led to sedentary lifestyles, feeding a massive epidemic of obesity and chronic diseases. Motor vehicle emissions contribute to many negative health outcomes including asthma, lung disease, and cardiovascular disease. Transportation is the fastest-growing source of green house gases in the U.S., adding to climate instability which can result in natural disasters, food scarcity, and premature deaths. In addition to environmental impacts traffic crashes result in nearly 42,000 deaths and three million injuries every year. The authorization of the federal transportation bill is an opportunity to increase resources and focus on improving the negative health consequences associated with roadway construction and use. Fundamental changes in the way we measure and rank mobility needs, distribute funding, design, construct, operate and evaluate our roadways are possible and necessary.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 8 0

>

>

C h

a p

te r

5

Roadways and Health

CONTENTS

Introduction .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 81

Connecting Roadways, Health, and Equity .. .. .. 82

Injury . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 83

Impact .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 83

Mechanism .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 84

Mitigation: Reducing Injury .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 85

Environmental Quality .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 85

Impact .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 85

Mechanism .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 86

Mitigation: Improving Air Quality and the Environment .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 87

Mode Share .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 87

Impact .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 87

Mechanism .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 88

Mitigation: Diversifying Mode Share and Reducing Automobile/Roadway Use. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 89

Federal Legislation: Equity, Health, and Highways . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 89

Transportation Policy Barriers . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 90

Transportation Policy Opportunities .. .. .. .. .. .. 91

Convergence Opportunities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 92

Conclusion.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 93

Appendix A: Policies and Strategies for Healthy Transportation .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 94

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 8 1

<

<

R o

a d

w a

y s

a n

d H

e a

lt h

ch. 5

i n t r o d u c t i o n

A vast proportion of travel—and life—in the United States occurs on our roadways. This travel is made by car, foot, bicycle, wheelchair, bus, and streetcar. “Roadway” refers to the entire right-of-way—sidewalks, roadside, medians and verges, and in-street rails; it constitutes a major portion of the public space in our towns and cities. Roadways are used not only for transport, but also for socializing and support of public life. Our streets and highways are inextricably linked with the very fabric of America and impact our lives, cities, and environment in complex and pervasive ways. They have considerable impact on health and can be harmful if potential negative impacts are not mitigated.

Roadways, including highways, streets, and parkways, are linked to health outcomes in numerous ways. Foremost are physical inactivity, crashes, vehicle emissions, and equitable access to jobs and services. Lack of safe, convenient places and ways to walk and bicycle have led to sedentary lifestyles, feeding a massive epidemic of obesity and chronic diseases. Current levels of motor vehicle emissions contribute to many negative health outcomes, including increased incidence of asthma, lung disease, and cardiovascular disease. Increased levels of greenhouse gases, to which cars and trucks are a major contributor, are causing climate instability resulting in natural disasters, food scarcity, unhealthy ecological and weather patterns, and premature deaths. Traffic crashes result in nearly 42,000 deaths and three million injuries every year on American highways. Even the economic health of a community and its residents is affected by the cost, availability, and mode of transportation used for daily activities. Emotional well-being is challenged by traffic congestion, long and stressful commutes, and noise. Every community is affected, and often vulnerable populations face the greatest risk.

There is compelling evidence that poverty, race, ethnicity, disability, age, and urban or

rural setting are correlated with persistent and expanding health disparities among U.S. populations. The pursuit of good health requires safe and convenient access to a source of steady income, goods and services, and a wholesome environment. However, nearly one-third of Americans do not drive due to disability, age, financial constraint, or other personal circumstances. The majority is located in metropolitan areas, but even in rural areas about 14 percent of trips are made by those without access to a car.1 These Americans live in an automobile-oriented society without access to an automobile and are therefore both socially and economically disadvantaged. Their access to goods and services and their inclusion in the larger society are dependent on greater accessibility in the transportation system. The impending increase in the proportion of older Americans, constituting 20 percent of the population, will only add to this dependency. Without roadway system design and funding priorities that accommodate their travel needs, these individuals and their families often have limited access to jobs, hospitals, supermarkets, and more. Their level of access is also affected by land use patterns that have been formed by decades of automobile-oriented road planning and engineering.

Major roads and highways have turned into barriers as they become more difficult to cross by foot or by vehicle. Homes and stores have tried to withdraw from heavy motor vehicle traffic through use of the cul-de-sac and large setbacks from the edge of the street, reducing overall connectivity. Limited street connectivity forces use of a few heavily used, congested roadways, exposing travelers to greater risk from air pollution and car crashes. Cities have given over large tracts of valuable—and taxable—land to pavement for roads and parking that have depleted “Main Street,” drained the tax base, and created sprawling regions where businesses are dwarfed by their parking lots and roadways are often barren and dangerous. Designing for automobile use on every trip, no matter how short, has evolved into a self-reinforcing

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 8 2

>

>

C h

a p

te r

5

spiral of decentralizing communities, expanding pavement, and increasing per capita vehicle miles traveled (VMT). This trend has created many of the issues contributing to poor health outcomes.

Health is influenced by roads, but roads are influenced by infrastructure construction programs, public policy, and funding practices. A large proportion of funding and policy for roads is determined at the federal level; much of it is contained in the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users (SAFETEA-LU), which expires on September 30, 2009. The impending new authorization is an opportunity to make fundamental changes in the way we measure and rank mobility needs, the way we distribute funding, the way we conduct and design projects, and the way we evaluate our results. Ultimately, it is a chance to adopt powerful strategies that will help us achieve a healthy, equitable, and sustainable national infrastructure that supports robust economic development and the well-being of people and communities.

The upcoming authorization presents the opportunity to rethink transportation system design and operation in ways that are more supportive of positive health outcomes. Many of the policy changes that help achieve health objectives also address other planning objectives, including congestion reduction, road and parking facility cost savings, energy conservation, and economic development. For instance, designing our transportation system for shorter travel distances to enable walking and bicycling would increase physical activity, curb foreign oil dependence, and reduce the need for new or upgraded transportation facilities to accommodate vehicular travel. Given the importance of health to a viable, productive nation, and given the effect of transportation on health, we cannot reasonably design and fund our transportation system without addressing its health impacts.

C o n n e c t i n g r o a d w a y s , H e a lt h , a n d E q u i t y

The impact of roadways on health is summarized by examining the level of injury (intentional and unintentional), environmental impact (climate change and air pollution), and mode share (including level of access, physical activity, and mental/social health). The mechanism, extent, and mitigation of roadway- related health impacts are detailed below, with additional attention to the distribution of these impacts across the population. The major principles for mitigating the health impacts of roadways are to reduce injury, improve air quality and the environment, diversify mode share, and reduce automobile dependency.

The following characteristics of roadways all have an impact on health:

• Modal Level of Service—refers to the proportion of roadway dedicated to each travel mode (automobile, bus and light rail, truck, bicycle, and pedestrian). While general

Roadways and Health

Highways built to past standards are unable to support safe multi-modal travel.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 8 3

<

<

R o

a d

w a

y s

a n

d H

e a

lt h

ch. 5

purpose lanes can be used by cars, trucks, buses, and bicycles, the inclusion of facilities intended exclusively for one of these modes can greatly modify the user behavior and utilization of the road. For instance, bicycle lanes or bus-only lanes may increase the safety and speed of travel in a corridor, and more people may choose these modes.

• roadway Design—focuses on features that impact behavior and safety. It addresses speed limit and design speed for motor vehicles, number and width of general purpose lanes (in each direction), presence of medians, and intersection design, including turn lane and free-flow turn/merge lane usage, corner radii, signal phasing, robustness of bicycle and pedestrian facilities, and more. A roadway will typically carry pedestrian and bicycle traffic, even if no facilities are provided for them.

• Access Management—refers to the regulation of interchanges, intersections, driveways, and median openings on a

roadway. Prohibiting turns or prohibiting certain users from part of or the entire road can improve operations. For instance, a left turn may be restricted to buses only, one leg of an intersection may be closed to pedestrians, or the quantity and placement of driveways along the roadway may be restricted. In doing so, conflicts between road users are reduced sometimes at the expense of freedom of movement. The right balance of access management can improve safety and level of service (LOS) for all road users.

• Streetscape—measures the degree of treatment of the roadway with trees and other plantings; placement of amenities such as lights, benches, and garbage cans; and general roadside appearance, including placement of buildings, artwork, or plazas. These influence motorist behavior, transportation access, and pedestrian and bicycle LOS.

• Density, Land Use, and Connectivity— refers to the types and intensity of uses along the roadway and the connectedness of the streets that support it. Research indicates that mixed land uses, higher land use density, and short block lengths have a strong relationship with higher levels of physical activity and social capital, as well as with lower levels of air pollution, greenhouse gas emissions, and fatal crashes.

i nj u r y

Impact

There were 41,059 traffic-related deaths reported in the United States in 2007.2 This constituted the leading cause of death for individuals ages one to 34.3 After age 34, deaths from heart disease, stroke, and cancer—which are largely affected by physical activity levels, another outcome of transportation practices—exceed deaths due to traffic crashes. Additionally, crashes result in almost three million injuries per year. This creates an economic burden of about

Road policies have impacted land use.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 8 4

>

>

C h

a p

te r

5

$150 billion each year, including $52 billion in property damage, $42 billion in lost productivity, and $17 billion in medical expenses.4 Of the 41,059 traffic fatalities, 4,654 were pedestrians, 5,154 motorcyclists, and 698 bicyclists.5

Crashes were more likely to occur at an unsignalized intersection than a signalized one.6 Rural crashes were more likely to occur away from an intersection and appear to be most attributable to speed or driver distraction. In 2002, more than one-third of pedestrian travel took place on a roadway or shoulder. Crashes in urban areas alone result in about $160 billion in expenses (according to 2005 data) and may be responsible for half of the roadway congestion there.7

Vulnerable populations typically have a higher risk of unintentional injury.8 There are disparities by income, age, ethnicity, gender, and urban or rural residency. People of color and those earning less than $25,000 per year are much more likely to walk or bicycle.9 Traffic-related crashes are the leading cause of death for children,10 and poor children die at higher rates. The pedestrian victim of a car collision is statistically more likely to be a person of color.11 Higher pedestrian fatalities have also been noted around low- income neighborhoods. Schools with a high proportion of students of color are less likely to have continuous, well-maintained pedestrian facilities. Older adults and people with disabilities are at greater risk because of physical or mental limitations on their perception and movement. Pedestrians, bicyclists, and motorcyclists (including mopeds and scooters) are much more vulnerable than car or truck occupants in a crash. Recent studies have shown that per- cyclist risk of crash is reduced as the proportion of bicycle mode share increases.12 There is a similar effect for pedestrians.13 Although less than one-quarter of all driving takes place in a rural setting,14 more than half of all fatal motor vehicle crashes occur there.15 Rates of pedestrian fatalities are higher in urban areas.16

Mechanism

Collisions or crashes involving road users often result in physical traumas, which can lead to disability or death. A crash may involve a single bicycle or motor vehicle, multiple vehicles, or any number of vehicles and pedestrians. Conventional wisdom has held that roads can be made safer for motor vehicles by moving fixed objects back from the roadside; widening travel lanes; and employing channelization, acceleration lanes, and grade separation at intersections. However, researchers are finding that this type of design may not provide the anticipated safety benefits. Health professionals now believe that such designs promote speeding and reduce driver awareness, leading to much higher rates of pedestrian and bicycle fatalities.17

Road design can increase crash risk by determining where and how traffic movements will occur. This can exacerbate conflicts between two or more road users; changes in speed or direction; safety of at-grade rail crossings; and road user speeds, visibility, and attentiveness. Designing a road to control traffic flow as well as to accommodate all of the movements that any user might want to make, safely and without excessive delay, is the key. In urban areas, access management plays a large role. In a rural setting, the challenge can be accommodating slow or non-motorized traffic without promoting higher speeds. It even appears that rural roads with many curves have fewer crashes than flat, straight roads, perhaps due to increased vehicle speeds on the latter. Areas on the metropolitan fringe may be particularly vulnerable as they begin to carry more traffic on roads intended for rural use. While each road is different, users of all types must be anticipated, and design should be context sensitive. The principles of injury mitigation are outlined below.

Roadways and Health

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 8 5

<

<

R o

a d

w a

y s

a n

d H

e a

lt h

ch. 5

Mitigation: reducing Injury

• Base road design decisions on state-of-the- art transportation and health research and ensure that such research is disseminated to both planning and engineering staff.

• Constrain vehicle speeds as appropriate to the road context.18

• Incorporate treatments to control conflict points, such as medians, alleys, traffic signals, and movement restrictions.19

• Design roads to reduce risky driving behavior, rather than to accommodate it.

• Increase the share of bicycle facilities to reduce per-cyclist risk.

• Increase the share and quality of pedestrian facilities to protect pedestrians from traffic, reduce individual risk, and minimize fear of crime.20

• Include public transportation facilities and shift travel to this mode, reducing risk of injury.

• Provide sidewalks and frequent crosswalks to improve pedestrian safety.21

• Reduce corner radii where possible to minimize pedestrian exposure and reduce vehicle speed.22

• Provide more transportation choices to reduce vehicle volume.

• Utilize a network of streets to disperse traffic volume and provide smaller, safer roads for pedestrians and bicyclists.23

• Create landscaped, tree-lined roads.24

• Reduce roadside distractions such as billboards.

• Improve street and roadside lighting, especially at conflict points.25

• Review universal design standards and seek to implement road design that accommodates all users safely, regardless of their limitations.

• Institute and enforce maintenance schedules for all facilities.

E n v i r o n m e n t a l Q u a l i t y

Impact

Motor vehicle traffic presents a unique public health risk because of the toxicity of its emissions and its extensive integration within communities. Recent research links diesel exhaust to lung cancer, cardiopulmonary disease, and other causes of death. More than 42 percent of Americans live in places that exceed national air quality standards for ozone or fine particulate matter. Asthma affects nine percent of U.S. children and seven percent of adults.26 Climate change may already be responsible for more than 150,000 deaths per

Context sensitive roads designed for all users can enhance safety.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 8 6

>

>

C h

a p

te r

5

year and is expected to have a devastating effect on global climate patterns. Vehicle- related fine particulate matter becomes highly concentrated in areas immediately adjacent (200 meters) to major roadways. Outdoor particulate matter concentrations (PM2.5 and PM10) are an estimated 15 to 20 percent higher at homes located on high-traffic intensity streets compared to homes located on low-traffic intensity streets and at intersections.27

Children, older adults, pregnant women, and low-income households are especially vulnerable.28 Vehicle-related pollutants have been associated with increased respiratory illness, impaired lung development and function, and increased infant mortality. Also, pregnant women living within 200 to 300 meters of high-volume roads face a 10 to 20 percent higher risk of early birth and of low-birthweight babies. Children living near busy roads are six to eight times more likely to have certain forms of cancer. Additionally, fine particulate matter (PM2.5) has an adverse effect on lung development in adolescents that can lead to lifelong lung deficiency,29 and even small amounts of air pollutants are associated with small changes in cardiac function in older adults.30 In addition, low-income and minority communities are more at risk for higher levels of pollutant exposure, as their homes are more likely to be located near busy roadways.31

Mechanism

Road-based airborne emissions result from tailpipe exhaust, fuel delivery, road surface wear, deterioration of vehicle parts, and electricity production for electric-powered vehicles. Particulate matter (PM), carbon monoxide, nitrogen oxides (NOx), and volatile organic compounds (VOCs) are all major concerns, as well as ozone, which form from NOx and VOCs, and black carbon and sulfur dioxide, which are emitted by diesel-burning vehicles. Exposure to these pollutants significantly increases the incidence of asthma, respiratory diseases, lung cancer, and cardiovascular disease. Additionally,

carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions cause climate instability and stimulate natural disasters, food scarcity, and unhealthful weather and ecological patterns such as heat waves and the spread of disease-carrying insects.

The actual level of pollution from all cars and trucks is a function of vehicle miles traveled, the number of trips, the condition of the vehicle, the weather, and the driving conditions. In particular, traffic congestion can increase emissions because it leads to extra accelerating, braking, and idling. The highest level of tailpipe emissions is generated when the vehicle is started, making even short motor vehicle trips a culprit in air pollution. Additionally, large expanses of pavement for highways and parking can exacerbate emissions by increasing air temperature, which facilitates ozone formation; trees, shrubs, and some plantings can reduce pollution by keeping the area cooler and by absorbing some carbon dioxide and VOCs from the air. Both passenger and freight movement are relevant to emissions levels, as freight transport accounts for a large percentage of air pollution.

Motorists experience high exposure to vehicle emissions while driving, especially in stopped

Roadways and Health

This congested roadway is exposing individuals on or near it to air pollutants, including children on a school bus. Alternative modes are often lacking, even for short trips.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 8 7

<

<

R o

a d

w a

y s

a n

d H

e a

lt h

ch. 5

traffic. People living in immediate proximities (200 meters) of major diesel thoroughfares are more likely to suffer from respiratory ailments, childhood cancer, brain cancer, leukemia, and higher mortality rates than those who live farther away. Adults with asthma who walk along these thoroughfares are more likely to suffer acute symptoms.32 Airborne outdoor pollutants can penetrate any building through small gaps, ventilation systems, and open doors or windows.

Mitigation: Improving Air Quality and the Environment

• Increase the level of service for non- motorized travel to reduce automobile trips.

• Use roadway design and transportation alternatives to reduce congestion and make motor vehicle travel more efficient.

• Avoid road projects that compete directly with existing or planned lower-emission freight and passenger rail transport.

• Seek alternatives to road projects that will increase motor vehicle traffic near populated areas.

• Manage access to control congestion and freight traffic.

• Permit trees and plants along roadways to provide cooling, shelter for pedestrians, and capture some emissions.

• Promote higher-density land use to reduce the distances traveled by motor vehicle.

• Promote a connected network of streets to allow bicyclists and pedestrians to avoid using major thoroughfares.

M o d e S h a r e

Impact

Physical inactivity and elevated body mass index (BMI) are among the most pressing health concerns today. Thirty-four percent of Americans are obese, and more than two-thirds are overweight or obese. Obesity, defined as a BMI over 30, leads to elevated risk for heart disease, type 2 diabetes, cancer (including breast cancer and colon cancer), high blood pressure, stroke, liver disease, sleep disorders, arthritis, and infertility. Obese individuals are twice as likely to die prematurely as their non-obese counterparts. Sixteen percent of American children are obese, many of them already at risk for heart disease and type 2 diabetes.33 Physical inactivity is a primary factor in obesity, and it is thought to contribute to approximately 30 percent of all U.S. deaths. Physical inactivity is estimated to have cost the United States more than $250 billion in 2006.34

Social capital—the collective benefits conferred by social networks—decreases 10 percent for each additional 10 minutes spent commuting35 and is lower for people who live on streets with high traffic volume.36 Mental health is assailed as traffic congestion, traffic danger, and commuting add to daily stress and prevent people from spending enough time with their families or engaging in more productive and enjoyable activities.37 Transportation expenditures are the second-largest expense for an American household, and some households spend more than 22 percent of their income on transportation. In 1998, this expense approached $9,000 per household.38

Low-income households are more affected by transportation expenses than others and can spend up to 40 percent of their income on transportation. These underserved populations tend to be minority or of lower economic status.39 Affected by high unemployment rates

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 8 8

>

>

C h

a p

te r

5

and lack of services, these populations rely on walking, bicycling, and public transportation to achieve economic stability. In many low-income communities, transportation to a hospital or medical office is completely lacking, except by ambulance. Additionally, almost one-third of Americans do not drive.40 This group includes children under age 16, older adults who can no longer drive safely, people who cannot afford to own and operate a car, and people with disabilities, among others. These individuals constitute a significant part of the economy, as both workers and consumers. Without transportation, they experience difficulty accessing jobs, healthcare, churches, stores, government services, and friends or family.

Mechanism

Over-reliance on private motor vehicle travel eliminates a major source of regular physical activity. Average BMI has increased as walking and bicycling trips have declined, but a greater share of pedestrian or bicycle travel leads to gains in physical activity. In many localities, it is unsafe, unpleasant, or simply impossible to walk, even across the street or to an adjacent property. Excessive travel times decrease social capital, which can lead to mental health issues, substance abuse, and degraded relationships between family members or neighbors. Increased pedestrian travel contributes to overall lower household transportation costs and gains in social capital. Additionally, a greater share of transportation facilities increases transportation ridership, which increases pedestrian travel and enhances physical activity levels. The more time an individual spends driving a car, the more likely that driver is to have an elevated BMI.41 Automobile transportation is vastly more expensive than walking or bicycling and generally much more expensive than mass transit. Therefore, families in automobile- dependent regions may have to spend more money on transportation.

Wide, continuous sidewalks increase the comfort and efficiency of walking, especially for groups or people employing wheelchairs or strollers, and lead to more people walking.42 Planting zones or furniture zones improve the comfort and efficiency of walking by buffering pedestrians from traffic, leaving room for pedestrians to pass behind turning vehicles, and removing obstacles from the main walkway. Good aesthetics, amenities, and sidewalk-oriented building frontage and design create a lively social environment and increase personal safety. Sidewalk-oriented building frontage and design improves access to homes, stores, and services for persons on foot. Street lighting increases walking43 and improves actual and perceived personal safety. Shorter distance to destinations has a strong correlation with increased walking and bicycling,44 and higher connectivity has a strong correlation with increased walking and bicycling. Trees provide shade, without which walking or bicycling may be unbearable on warmer days. Greater intensity of usage can also increase actual and perceived personal safety for non- motorized transport, while actual or perceived

Roadways and Health

Roads can accommodate the needs of all road users, regardless of travel mode and ability.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 8 9

<

<

R o

a d

w a

y s

a n

d H

e a

lt h

ch. 5

danger from high-speed or high-volume traffic discourages walking and bicycling. Shorter distance to destinations improves access for low- income families and people with disabilities, while higher-density retail and commercial development is linked to more pedestrian travel. ADA-compliant facilities allow persons with disabilities to travel along the sidewalks.

Mitigation: Diversifying Mode Share and reducing Automobile/ roadway Use

• Control speed and conflict points to improve the pedestrian and bicycle environment.

• Design intersections to serve all types of users with an equal degree of priority and minimum delay.

• Develop more accurate ways to evaluate level of service for all travel modes and road users, and use them to increase and improve bicycle, pedestrian, and transit travel as appropriate to location (including lower- volume rural roads).

• Enhance access to transportation services and eliminate roadway barriers such as infrequent pedestrian crossings or turn lanes that affect bus access to a bus stop.

• Promote higher-density land use to increase the number of destinations in walking or bicycling distance.

• Ensure that the entire roadway, including sidewalks and bicycle lanes, is adequately cleaned and maintained.

• Enhance street networks to minimize wide or high-volume roadways.

• Keep block lengths short and well-connected.

• Create pedestrian-friendly environments: wide sidewalks, planting or furniture zones between the vehicle lanes and the sidewalk, benches, waste and recycling receptacles, shade trees, sidewalk-oriented building frontage and design, street and sidewalk lighting, and pleasant streetscape.

fe d e r a l l e g i s l a t i o n : E q u i t y, H e a lt h , a n d H i g h w a y s

It is appropriate to argue for a redefinition of highways. Historically, the highway system has been designed to move large numbers of passenger and freight vehicles at fast speeds. It connects homes and jobs for motorists but is not sensitive to other needs of highway users. Highways define the travel experience of people with diverse backgrounds, socioeconomic status, and lifestyle preferences. They disrupt communities and begin to structure the social interaction of residents. Highways must become entities that integrate physical activity, minimize negative health impacts, enhance social interaction, preserve environmental quality, promote community health, increase safety, and promote sustainability even as they

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 9 0

>

>

C h

a p

te r

5

become more responsive to global demands providing equitable access and participation in daily life.

The current federal transportation bill— SAFETEA-LU—has an enormous influence on roads throughout this country. Approximately 40 percent of the transportation dollars spent nationally emanate from the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) and the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA).45 It comes with extensive stipulations, but very little evaluation or enforcement. It both sustained and introduced a number of notable programs, including the Highway Safety Improvement Program, various highway safety grants, Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality (CMAQ) funds, Safe Routes to School, and Transportation Enhancement funds. It promoted the Environmental Review Process, routine consideration of non-motorized travel needs, funding for routine maintenance, endorsement of standards for roadway design, and endorsement of the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines; it added flexibility to National Highway System and Surface Transportation Program funds. SAFETEA-LU reinforced coordination, public participation, and planning requirements for states and metropolitan planning organizations (MPOs). These have been notable because they introduce the possibility of integrating comprehensive health considerations into transportation planning.

Roadway funding in the next federal authorization will need to place transportation in a larger context, rather than focusing narrowly on the movement of people and goods (or even more narrowly on the movement of cars and trucks). The legislation must explicitly address ways to mitigate climate change. It must continue to address casualties on our highways through requirements to restrict alcohol- impaired driving and seat belt legislation. And it must expand this effort through evidence- based road design, increased funding flexibility, and increased monies for research. As stated

in the final report of the National Surface Transportation Policy and Revenue Study Commission, highway policies should not conflict with other national policy goals.46

SAFETEA-LU implemented many initiatives aimed at making roads safer, less harmful to the environment, more equitable, and more efficient, yet such initiatives have only tinkered with the edges of highway policy and had little impact on the overall results. The current challenge is to strengthen these goals, integrate them into every decision, and provide a much wider set of mitigation options—all in a situation of shrinking fuel tax revenues and widespread economic decline.

T r a n s p o r t a t i o n P o l i c y B a r r i e r s

Although SAFETEA-LU included a number of well-intentioned programs and policies addressing safety, environmental quality, and effects on vulnerable populations, it also contained fundamental operational practices that prevented these initiatives from being truly effective. An important first step in the new authorization will be to eliminate these barriers.

For example, transportation funding intake and allocation has been too heavily based on motor vehicle travel, motorized-vehicle lane miles, and trucking. Approximately 50 percent of the monies received by the states are based on VMT (vehicle miles traveled), arterial lane miles, diesel fuel usage, and the ratio of lane miles to population.47 It may not be desirable to link funding to increased VMT. Compare two states or localities that have created different road systems. One has roadways that primarily serve motor vehicle traffic; the other has constructed a complete, quality travel environment for pedestrians, bicyclists, cars, trucks, and buses. In this example the second location may be able to move as many people and goods at a comparable or better level of service and may do so with greatly reduced

Roadways and Health

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 9 1

<

<

R o

a d

w a

y s

a n

d H

e a

lt h

ch. 5

externalities (emissions, crashes, and inequities for nondrivers). While they may have similar amounts of total infrastructure to maintain, the second location may have lower lane miles and lower VMT, thus receiving less funding. In this example, the community with a roadway system more supportive of positive health outcomes would be penalized. Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality (CMAQ) funding share, which is based on air quality non-attainment, and Minimum Guarantee share, which is based on the states’ tax contribution (which is a function of the amount of fuel consumed) do little to rectify the situation.

Currently, very limited resources are allocated to non-motorized transportation, while enormous sums are committed to motor vehicle movement. A particularly large share goes to limited-access highways such as the Interstate Highway System (IHS). While the IHS fills a necessary transportation role, it is not sufficient to meet current or future travel and mobility needs. SAFETEA-LU and its predecessors have not allowed the flexibility in funding, nor the guidance, to allow more context sensitive, equitable funding of transportation projects. Local fund match requirements have not been equitable across travel modes, and previous transportation bills have not provided good mechanisms for assessing the effects of proposed highways on the roadside environment, on overall connectivity, or on the level of service for bicycles, pedestrians, or public transportation.

Overall, the use of federal transportation allocations has not been closely monitored. Although Environmental Impact Statements (EIS) are required, they have not adequately assessed health impacts (they are not sufficiently explicit on health). The needs of low-income communities and nondrivers have been routinely overlooked without consequence. In general, the entire bill has failed to sufficiently evaluate the outcome of the projects it has funded, especially with regard to vulnerable populations.

T r a n s p o r t a t i o n P o l i c y O p p o r t u n i t i e s

A handful of policies are in use today to create healthy roads that function well for all users. These policies can be found at the federal, state, and local levels. The most relevant policies are Health Impact Assessment (HIA), Context Sensitive Design, Complete Streets, Local Area Traffic Management (LATM)/Traffic Calming, Environmental Review Toolkit, Livable Centers Initiative (LCI), Road Diets, and Green Streets (see appendix A for more detail about these policies). These policy examples go far beyond vehicle level of service to consider a project for its comprehensive effect on the immediate area and the region, often creating extra opportunities to consider equity and health concerns and to implement more meaningful public participation.

A $3.2 billion deficit is forecast for the highway trust fund in 2009, presenting both a challenge and an opportunity to revisit our transportation strategy. It is also likely that fuel purchases will decline or grow less quickly. The National Surface Transportation Policy and Revenue Study Commission final report, Transportation for Tomorrow, suggests increasing the highway trust fund revenue tax from 25 to 40 percent a gallon over the next five to eight years and indexing it to inflation. However, the report also champions environmental stewardship and the development of alternative and renewable fuels.48

Many other strategies are being put forth to help finance the priorities to be set in the upcoming authorization. Prioritizing long- term investment, developing more accurate and comprehensive cost-benefit analyses, and reducing earmarks can all help to control transportation financing. Another option is increasing collaboration with local and national advocates, planning organizations, and others to take advantage of innovations and research and facilitate private-sector funding of some initiatives. Finally, the cost-reduction benefits

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 9 2

>

>

C h

a p

te r

5

associated with other modes, travelways, and strategies are potentially substantial. There are already some innovative proposals, including:

• The Lieberman-Warner Climate Security Act, which includes some transportation funding that might be appropriate for Health Impact Assessment.

• Senator Benjamin Cardin of Maryland and others have recommended a Transportation Sector Emissions Reduction (TSER) Fund that would permit the auctioning of emission allowances. Approximately five percent of TSER funds would be available to state and local authorities for transportation alternatives that reduce travel demand, including regional planning organizations.

• Senator Tom Carper of Delaware has proposed CLEAN TEA (Clean Low-Emissions Affordable New Transportation Equity Act). This act reduces greenhouse gas emissions by promoting alternatives to driving. CLEAN TEA provides low-emissions transportation options by directing cities with more than 200,000 residents and state departments of transportation to review their transportation plans and determine how they could reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Federal funding for projects in those transportation plans would be distributed to states and localities based on the expected reductions in greenhouse gas emissions in each plan. States and cities with more ambitious plans would receive greater funding.

C o n v e r g e n c e O p p o r t u n i t i e s

The upcoming transportation authorization presents many opportunities to create partnerships and take advantage of mutual interests to create healthier road networks. A number of innovative policies have been identified above. A small cross-section of entities and programs representing convergence opportunities follow:

• Medicare and Medicaid programs spend almost 10 percent of their budget each year treating conditions related to obesity and physical inactivity.

• State and local police departments incur significant costs responding to crashes. Many have already funded their own road safety programs.

• State and local tax dollars are being used to bus students, even though many live within walking distance. Some are participating in the federal Safe Routes to School program to reconstruct the road infrastructure near school property and develop programs to encourage physical activity.

• High-cost roadway capacity projects are becoming less feasible for transportation department budgets and less popular among taxpayers and residents.

• Industry, freight, and automakers will bear the brunt of climate change legislation without more opportunities for change in personal travel behavior.

• Emergency services for crash victims are overwhelmed and strapped for cash.

• Health insurance providers spend billions each year treating conditions related to physical inactivity, air pollution, and roadway casualties.

• Labor departments are aware that transport and child care are the biggest barriers to employment and are seeking solutions.

• Federal and state agriculture and environmental protection divisions are devoting resources toward environmental quality.

• The federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and countless public and nonprofit organizations are investing

Roadways and Health

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 9 3

<

<

R o

a d

w a

y s

a n

d H

e a

lt h

in physical activity programs, road emission mitigation programs, and more.

• Public health research is building evidence for design of safe and healthy road environments, but the work may not be translated to engineering and planning practices.

Many of these opportunities involve various branches of the federal government, if only as a funding source. They allow addressing multiple issues at once by including health, equity, and road programs in the same planning process. This would prevent duplication of activities, take advantage of existing expertise, and avoid having federal programs work at cross-purposes to one another.

C o n c l u s i o n

Roadway systems are set in a context of towns and cities, commerce and agriculture, ecological systems, neighborhoods, regions, state and local governments. Our public spaces and our travel along them have a profound effect on all of these settings. They are extensive and

thoroughly integrated into all aspects of the American landscape. As a result, they play a large role in the health and quality of life of the general population.

While the purpose of the upcoming authorization is to address highway funding and the movement of people and goods, within the entire national context, it plays a much larger role in the health outcomes of citizens. The biggest impacts result from crash- related injuries, vehicle emissions that pollute the air and contribute to climate change, automobile dependency leading to sedentary behavior, and the lack of equitable access for all Americans. The implementation of the mitigation strategies, policies, programs, and design guidelines outlined earlier result in significant improvement in the positive effect of roadway systems on health. The recommended steps to improve safety, reduce emissions, and create high levels of service for all travel modes change the role of the roadway system, causing it to be more supportive of good health and increased prosperity. In this way, it expands its contribution to improving the health status of Americans.

ch. 5

Appendix A. Policies and Strategies for Healthy Transportation

Health Impact Assessment (HIA)

Principles Addressed: • Injury Scope: • Local • Environmental Quality • State • Mode Share • Regional • Federal Description: A combination of procedures, methods, and tools by which a policy,

program, or project may be judged as to its potential effects on the health of a population and the distribution of those effects within the population. Public participation is an important part of health impact assessment.

References: http://www.cdc.gov/healthyplaces/hia.htm http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/ewh-semt/pubs/eval/handbook-guide/vol_4/

table-tableau-3-eng.php#Table-3-1a

Context Sensitive Design

Principles Addressed: • Injury Scope: • Local • Mode Share • State • Regional • Federal Description: A collaborative, interdisciplinary approach that involves all stakeholders

to develop a transportation facility that fits its physical setting and preserves scenic, aesthetic, historic, and environmental resources while maintaining safety and mobility. An approach that considers the total context within which a transportation improvement project will exist.

References: http://www.cnu.org/streets http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/context/index.cfm http://www.contextsensitivesolutions.org/content/topics/css_design/

design-examples/

Complete Streets

Principles Addressed: • Injury Scope: • Local • Environmental Quality • State • Mode Share • Regional Description: Complete Streets are designed and operated to enable safe access for

all users. Pedestrians, bicyclists, motorists, and bus riders of all ages and abilities are able to safely move along and across a complete street.

References: http://www.completestreets.org/ http://www.completestreets.org/federal.html (S. 584/H.R. 1433)

Local Area Traffic Management (LATM)/Traffic Calming

Principles Addressed: • Injury Scope: • Local • Mode Share • Federal (non-U.S.) Description: Traffic calming is a system of design and management strategies that

aim to balance traffic on streets with other uses. The tools of traffic calming provide an example of a different approach from treating the street only as a conduit for vehicles passing through at the greatest possible speed.

References: http://www.cochrane.org/reviews/en/ab003110.html http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/tcalm/part3.htm http://www.pps.org/info/placemakingtools/casesforplaces/

livememtraffic

Environmental review Toolkit

Principles Addressed: • Environmental Quality Scope: • Federal • Mode Share Description: Environmental stewardship and streamlining resources for FHWA offices,

state departments of transportation, resource agencies, and consultants. The website includes a guide to practices by state, links between planning and the environment, and the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA).

References: http://www.environment.fhwa.dot.gov/

Roadways and Health H

e a

lt h

y, E

q u

it a

b le

T ra

n s

p o

rt a

ti o

n P

o li

c y

p g

. 9 4

>

>

C h

a p

te r

5

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 9 5

<

<

R o

a d

w a

y s

a n

d H

e a

lt h

Livable Centers Initiative (LCI)

Principles Addressed: • Environmental Quality Scope: • Local • Mode Share • Federal Description: The LCI is a program offered by the Atlanta Regional Commission. It

is an example of promoting local strategies to plan and implement a link between transportation improvements and land use development policies to create sustainable, livable communities consistent with regional development plans.

References: http://www.atlantaregional.com/html/308.aspx

road Diets

Principles Addressed: • Injury Scope: • Local • Mode Share • State • Regional Description: "Road diets" are typically conversions of four-lane undivided roads into

two through lanes and a center turn lane or two through lanes and a median. The fourth lane may then be converted into bicycle lanes, sidewalks, or on-street parking. "Road diets" are an example of service reevaluation for all users.

References: http://www.walkable.org/assets/downloads/roaddiets.pdf http://www.tfhrc.gov/safety/hsis/pubs/04082/index.htm http://www.contextsensitivesolutions.org/content/reading/road-diets-2/

Green Streets

Principles Addressed: • Injury Scope: • Local • Environmental Quality • State • Mode Share Description: Sustainable practices associated with the design and construction of

roadways, such as use of recycled or sustainable construction materials, ecologically-sensitive storm water management, and extensive use of vegetation.

References: http://www.lowimpactdevelopment.org/greenstreets/

ch. 5

p

g . 9 6

>

>

ch. 2

Transportation is the lifeline of communities. It connects residents to jobs, stores, family, friends, doctors, schools, parks, clubs, religious institutions, volunteer commitments—everything that allows people to participate and prosper in society. Transportation policy bears on every critical issue facing neighborhoods, regions, and the country.

The chapters in this section cover:

>> Economic development

>> access to healthy foods and healthy food systems

>> Traffic safety

These are by no means the only issues that should be considered in crafting the new transportation bill. Healthy, equitable, forward- thinking transportation policy must address a number of urgent and interconnected issues, among them climate change, environmental justice, freight transport, and workforce development.

KEY ISSUES

chapter name

p g

. 9 8

>

>

Brea king Down Silos: ch. 6 Transportation, Economic Development, and Hea lth TODD SWA NSTROM, Ph.D. E. Desmond Lee Professor of Community Collaboration a nd Public Policy Administration University of Missouri, St. Louis

ABSTRACT >> Transportation policy in the United States has historically emphasized automobile use and steered land use, development, and investments in infrastructure toward low-density suburbs. This approach has left low-income communities in aging city centers poorer, sicker, and increasingly immobile, unable—more and more—to get to work, their doctor, parks, gyms, or even grocery stores that sell fresh, healthy food. This paper explores an alternative transportation policy designed to create healthy, productive metro regions by closing the gap between affluent, mobile communities and their less mobile, disadvantaged neighbors.

By reconfiguring how we use available land, we can create densely populated, mixed-use communities that expand access to transportation and improve health outcomes. With a focus on equity, these policies can also support economic development that reduces poverty and economic and racial segregation.

This paper considers two approaches: creating mixed-income, transit oriented villages and using transportation funds to promote local workforce development. While the goals of equity and environmental sustainability are not mutually exclusive, the paper concludes by cautioning activists against ignoring the short-term needs of low-income families who live in built environments dominated by the automobile.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 0 0

>

>

C h

a p

te r

6

Breaking Down Silos

CONTENTS

Introduction .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 101

Unhealthy Effects of the Highway Policy Silo.. . 102

New Transportation Policies for Healthier Economic Development . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 104

Mixed-Income Transit Oriented Development 104

Policy Recommendations .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 107

Transportation . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 107

Housing.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 107

Transportation and Local Workforce Development .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 108

Policy Recommendations .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 110

Transportation . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 110

Labor .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 110

Conclusion.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..111

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 0 1

<

<

B re

a k

in g

D o

w n

S il

o s

ch. 6

i n t r o d u c t i o n

The United States is in the midst of a shift in transportation policy—from mobility to individual and community accessibility. Traditionally, transportation choices in this country have been made inside policy “silos” that isolate decisions on how we commute and travel from decisions on how we live. By making these decisions in a vacuum, transportation policies have promoted sprawl, or low-density patterns of housing that favor automobile use over public transportation and that exact a huge toll on the health of our metro regions, particularly low-income communities.

The goal of making transportation more efficient is not to move people faster and farther but to give them wider access to all the things that are necessary for a good life: jobs, education, family, friends, recreation, culture, etc. Under this approach, for example, it might make sense to spend transportation funds on housing construction near major employment centers. This kind of planning can be especially beneficial for low-income families who don’t own a car. But for it to happen requires a more democratic decision-making process in which all community stakeholders have input. This broad- based effort can produce more environmentally sustainable regions.

The focus of this paper is on vertical equity, or policies that provide the most benefits to the most people, including those at the bottom of the socioeconomic ladder. Equity should not be understood simply in terms of income or wealth, but in terms of what Amartya Sen calls “functionings and capabilities.” According to Sen, “relevant functionings can vary from such elementary things as being adequately nourished, being in good health, avoiding escapable morbidity and premature mortality, etc., to more complex achievements such as being happy, having self-respect, taking part in the life of the community, and so forth.”1 Capabilities refer to the ability to have choices. Other things being equal, people are better off

if they have choices in how they want to live their lives.2 To achieve transportation equity, not all low-income people should be treated alike because, depending on where they live, some people have greater transportation needs than others.3 For example, using transportation funds to develop pedestrian-friendly, transit-rich villages will enable people to have acceptable “capabilities and functionings” without building expensive highways.

This essay will not examine the direct effects of transportation services on health. Providing more bus routes for low-income communities, for example, would help people to access medical care or healthy foods. Instead, the focus here is on how transportation influences economic development that in turn affects health. By facilitating market exchanges, transportation influences what kind of economic development occurs (single use or mixed use), where it occurs (on the suburban fringe or near the center), and who benefits (rich or poor, white or black). The type of economic development that occurs has direct effects on health. Compact, mixed-use developments that rely more on public transportation, walking, and biking support better health outcomes, other things being equal, than auto-dependent, low- density economic development that separates residential, retail, and office functions.4

Besides these direct effects, there are also many indirect effects of transportation systems on health. Transportation policies encourage economic development that either worsens or lessens poverty, inequality, and economic and racial segregation. All of these factors—poverty, inequity, and segregation—are associated with poor health outcomes (see endnotes five and six). The link between poverty and poor health outcomes is well documented, but less well known is that income inequalities across class and space are also associated with poor health.5 Moreover, residents of areas with concentrated poverty not only have little access to health services, but also experience other factors that undermine health,6 including:

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 0 2

>

>

C h

a p

te r

6

1. Less Exercise: Because people are afraid to go outside in high-crime areas and because high-poverty areas often lack good walking infrastructure, such as parks and sidewalks, living in poverty-impacted neighborhoods discourages physical activity and therefore increases obesity and other negative health outcomes.

2. Poor Air Quality: High-poverty neighborhoods are more likely to be the locations for toxic waste dumps, garbage transfer stations, bus depots, highways and ports, and truck facilities, and therefore suffer from inferior air quality due to toxic fumes as well as gasoline and diesel exhaust.

3. Inadequate Diet: Residents of high-poverty neighborhoods often lack access to low-cost, high-volume grocery stores with fresh fruits and vegetables.

4. High Stress: Finally, residents of poor neighborhoods suffer from the withering effects of stress. High crime, overcrowding, noise, unemployment, lack of retail outlets, and poor public services are all stressful. Chronic stress damages our organs and immune systems and is associated with cardiovascular disease, asthma attacks, and premature death.

The paper concludes with recommendations for transportation policies that can reduce economic inequalities and improve the access of disadvantaged populations to all those things that are necessary for a good life and good health. It cautions that we need both long-term policies—to reduce automobile dependency by changing land use patterns over time—and short-term policies—to meet the needs of low-income families who live in automobile- dependent environments.

Un h e a lt h y E f f e c t s o f t h e H i g h w a y P o l i c y S i l o

Until the 1990s transportation policy in the United States was dominated by what political scientists call a policy monopoly, or silo—an arena of government decision making controlled by industry insiders and insulated from demands by other stakeholders.7 A steady stream of funding for transportation was guaranteed by federal- and state-earmarked gasoline taxes, and decisions about spending that money were made largely by highway engineers within state departments of transportation (DOTs).

The transportation policy silo was influenced by market principles intended to maximize mobility. Building more and more roads was the market’s response to meet demand of customers who had the most money to spend. Highway engineers in state DOTs based their decisions to extend roadways on mathematical projections for increasing automobile travel, and the central tenet was increased mobility—moving more people over greater distances at higher speeds. Highway engineers were not trained to think about how land use patterns influenced travel demand but to focus on how to move people in the most efficient manner given the infrastructure that was in place.

Rather than simply respond to demand, however, highway building created demand for more roads and cars. This is called traffic generation or induced demand: expanding road capacity on the urban fringe promoted low- density suburban sprawl that in turn generated demand for more highways.8 Reinforced by suburban zoning codes, auto-centered transportation policy promoted economic development that separated residential, retail, office, and wholesale functions into distinct geographic zones. Instead of a market equilibrium or balance between different transportation modes and land use patterns, silo-driven transportation policy generated a positive feedback mechanism that encouraged

Breaking Down Silos

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 0 3

<

<

B re

a k

in g

D o

w n

S il

o s

ch. 6

one mode (automobiles) and one land use pattern (suburban sprawl) to expand unchecked.

The white middle-class families that moved out to the suburbs to live in single-family homes on large lots generally inhabited environments with plenty of green space, sunshine, low crime, and low stress.9 Most of the negative effects of highway-oriented economic development fell on those left behind by suburban sprawl. Highway construction encouraged the movement of jobs away from the urban core.10 Largely because of suburban zoning codes, lack of access to federally guaranteed mortgages, and racism in housing markets, inner-city working class and minority households were unable to follow jobs out to the suburbs. Unusually long distances between home and jobs for low-income and minority workers are well documented by researchers and are a cause of poverty.11

Auto-driven urban sprawl has also been a mighty engine of economic segregation. Since the 1950s, new home construction on the suburban fringe has shifted from the middle to the top of the income distribution.12 The correlation between new housing and economic segregation is strong: the newer the housing in a neighborhood, the higher the average income in that neighborhood.13 By subsidizing the flight of the middle class out of central cities

and inner-ring suburbs, the auto-dominated transportation system left behind pockets of concentrated poverty, with the negative effects on health cited earlier.

Using the power of eminent domain, state DOTs displaced millions of households to build new highways.14 Highway engineers typically located highways connecting suburbs with central business districts through low-income, usually minority, neighborhoods to save money on land acquisition. Involuntary displacement from highway building severed social connections, which have been shown to be crucial for good health.15 Forced moves can be life threatening for older adults. At the same time that urban neighborhoods were disrupted by highway building, the highway construction jobs went overwhelmingly to white, often suburban, construction workers.16

The highway-dominated transportation system also puts pressure on family budgets, especially among low-income families. The general standard is that no family should spend more than 20 percent of income on transportation; after that, transportation expenditures will begin to eat into other necessities, such as housing and healthcare.17 The average American household devotes about 18 percent of its after-tax income to transportation, but this varies by income and by place of residence. Overall, transportation expenditures are regressive with regard to income.18 Low-income households, and especially those who live in areas without good public transportation, spend a much higher percentage of their incomes on transportation. For example, households earning between $20,000 and $35,000 and living far from employment centers spend 37 percent of their income on transportation.19 To have access to jobs, they must own a car. The necessity of car ownership exacerbates poverty. In 2007 the annual cost of owning an automobile averaged $9,498 (for insurance, gas, maintenance, and the average annual cost of purchasing or leasing an automobile).20

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 0 4

>

>

C h

a p

te r

6

n e w T r a n s p o r t a t i o n P o l i c i e s f o r H e a lt h i e r E c o n o m i c D e v e l o p m e n t

The 1991 Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act (ISTEA) was designed to break open the policy silo that had dominated transportation policy for so long.21 As the name suggests, ISTEA aimed to create intermodal systems that balance highways with transit, walking, and bicycling. ISTEA made it easier to “flex” funds from highways to transit. By encouraging the coordination of land use and transportation, ISTEA began the shift from a mobility policy paradigm to an accessibility policy paradigm. It changed the way decisions were made, removing some decision-making power from highway-dominated state DOTs and giving metropolitan planning organizations (MPOs) veto power over projects in their area. ISTEA began to open the transportation policy silo. For example, decisions for spending Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality (CMAQ) funds had to be approved by the air quality district, thus ensuring that environmental interests would be at the table when some transportation decisions were made. ISTEA also required MPOs to publish an overall plan for citizen participation. The intent was to have a broad array of stakeholders at the table when transportation decisions were made.

Although ISTEA and its successor acts (the Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century, or TEA-21 (1998), and the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users, or SAFETEA-LU (2005) have activated new networks around transportation policy, the results on the ground have been disappointing. With the exception of California, relatively few dollars have been flexed from highways to other transportation modes.22 Even though transit ridership is up, the proportion of all trips made by public transportation declined steadily from 1990 to 2001.23 In 2007 10.3 billion trips were taken on public transportation, the highest level in 50 years; the third quarter

of 2008 reported the largest annual increase in transit ridership in 25 years.24 In 2009, just as public transportation is serving record numbers of people, many transit agencies are facing deep cuts. Efforts to coordinate transportation investments and land use continue to be halting and fragmented, and in most metropolitan areas, federal dollars are still going to highways, subsidizing energy-intensive, low-density sprawling patterns of land use that shift jobs away from needy urban communities.25 State DOTs still dominate decision making; only about six percent of federal funds are actually controlled by MPOs.26 Even within MPOs, citizen participation is often ritualistic.27 Citizen groups are put in the position of responding to decisions rather than being at the table when the agenda is set.

The upcoming authorization of federal transportation policy needs to take bold steps to correct these problems, completing the transition from a mobility policy paradigm to a focus on accessibility. All major stakeholders— drivers, transit users, local residents, environmental groups, civil rights organizations, pedestrians, and bicyclists—should have a say in how federal transportation dollars are spent in their areas. Above all, federal transportation policy needs to be more equitable. The next two sections examine areas where transportation policy can improve the health and well-being of disadvantaged groups at the same time that it builds a more efficient and environmentally sustainable transportation system. This requires transportation policymakers to step out of their policy silos and talk to those who formulate housing policy and workforce development policy.

M i x e d -i n c o m e T r a n s i t O r i e n t e d D e v e l o p m e n t

Transportation policy and housing policy tend to be developed in separate policy silos; DOTs don’t talk to HUDs. This is a mistake. Transportation investments shape housing demand and housing shapes transportation demand. Low- density suburban development would have

Breaking Down Silos

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 0 5

<

<

B re

a k

in g

D o

w n

S il

o s

ch. 6

been impossible without massive investments in suburban road capacity. Similarly, investments in new light-rail systems open up possibilities for higher-density development around transit stations. Well-planned development around such stations can produce broad benefits for society as well as targeted benefits for low- income persons, but only if equity is made a priority in the transportation-housing nexus. The result will be healthier communities, especially for low-income persons.

Starting with San Diego in the early 1980s, a new generation of fixed-rail transit systems has emerged in the United States. The new light- rail systems are faster than trolleys but stop more frequently than the heavy-rail suburban commuter trains. Bus rapid transit (BRT) lines, in which buses are given dedicated lanes and priority at traffic lights, are being developed in many cities and, if properly constructed, can provide many of the same benefits as light rail. Substantial new investments are being made in new light-rail systems. The federal New Starts program, which provides capital funds for light-rail systems, is funded at only about two billion dollars out of the approximately

$50 billion spent by the federal government on transportation each year. Only a handful of metropolitan areas get assistance in any year.

Many metropolitan areas have taken matters into their own hands, passing local taxes to pay for expansion. In 2004 Denver voters passed a half- cent sales tax to fund a $4.7 billion expansion of their light-rail system; Charlotte voters also approved a half-cent sales tax to finance a nine billion dollar light-rail system planned to be completed by 2030. Light-rail systems are sold to the voters for a wide range of benefits, including cutting traffic congestion, reducing gasoline consumption, improving air quality, and attracting new investment to the region.

All of these benefits are enhanced by transit oriented development (TOD), defined as development within a half-mile of a transit station (about a ten-minute walk) that is high density, pedestrian friendly, has mixed use, and includes station-focused public spaces. The development of new light-rail systems opens up possibilities for more efficient, more environmentally sustainable, and more equitable development. The land around light-rail stations increases in value because it is more accessible to housing, jobs, and shopping.28 Higher land values justify denser development. Drawing on these increased land values, public policies can leverage funding for affordable workforce housing with little or no cost to taxpayers. Developers can be offered density bonuses in exchange for building affordable housing. The profits they make by building more units on each plot of land will be used to fund the affordable housing, typically with money left over as additional profits. In weaker markets, mixed-income TOD may need to be subsidized by housing policies.

The demand for housing near light-rail station lines soared until the recent housing crisis, and it will rise again when the economy recovers and gas prices escalate. Today, about six million households live within a half-mile of a transit station. The demand for housing adjacent to

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 0 6

>

>

C h

a p

te r

6

transit is projected to reach 16 million by 2030.29 To meet this demand, 10 million housing units will need to be built within a 10-minute walk of transit stations. This movement toward denser, mixed-use forms of development presents a golden opportunity to create mixed- income transit villages, providing healthier environments, especially for low-income families. Enabling low-income households to live in TODs will give them access to pedestrian-/ bicycle-friendly environments that encourage an active, healthy lifestyle and that are closer to amenities, such as full-service grocery stores offering fresh fruits and vegetables.

TOD is built primarily by private developers, but it has extensive public benefits that justify government support: TOD increases property values around stations and therefore enhances tax revenues; well-designed TOD reduces crime by creating “eyes on the street” and 24-hour activity; TOD increases transit ridership and reduces traffic congestion by giving residents access to more destinations by transit and on foot; TOD reduces air pollution by cutting down on the need for automobile use; TOD saves infrastructure costs by reducing the need for parking; and TOD promotes active lifestyles that reduce obesity and improve health.

By including affordable housing, TOD can also improve equity and health. As we noted earlier, transportation costs are an onerous burden to low-income families, especially those that must own a car to get to work. TOD can reduce that burden. Higher levels of accessibility enable families to substitute more affordable and healthier forms of transportation—public transit, walking, and bicycling—for more expensive automobiles. A new tool, the Affordability Index, shows how much a household can save by living in a transit-rich environment. In Minneapolis-St. Paul, monthly costs of transportation varied from $446 to $941. Moving from a transit-poor to a transit- rich neighborhood would save the average household $5,940 a year.30 For a low-income

family, this savings would be huge. Locating jobs within TODs can help overcome the job-housing mismatch discussed earlier.

Planners may be tempted to include only higher- income housing in TODs on the ground that it will maximize property values. But this is not necessarily true. Smaller, more affordable rental housing and condos can be quite profitable. Moreover, low-income households are good to have in TODs because they tend to use transportation more than high-income households. In 2001 those earning less than $20,000 a year accounted for 38 percent of all transit riders, far more than their 14 percent share of the urban population.31 Low- income households are less likely to own a car; therefore, the zoning code can reduce the parking requirement by up to 75 percent (from one parking space per middle-income unit to one-quarter of a space per low-income unit).32 At $10,000–$30,000 per parking space, this can be a powerful incentive for developers to include affordable housing.

One of the barriers to realizing the savings of living in transit-rich environments is that it is very rarely possible for households to entirely give up access to a car. Automobile use has high fixed costs, and those costs are more burdensome to low-income households that drive fewer annual miles. Low-income drivers often pay high insurance rates, even though they drive less.33 Even if low-income households can use public transportation to get to work, in most American metropolitan areas, they will still need a car to transport major purchases or to visit friends or relatives in other parts of the region.

The root of the problem is that there is no easy way to own “part” of a car. The invention of car- sharing solves this problem by enabling access to an automobile on a pay-as-you-drive basis. A nonprofit in the Bay Area, City CarShare, opened for business in 2001, and subsequently private companies—such as ZipCar—have entered the business. Flex cars are parked on

Breaking Down Silos

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 0 7

<

<

B re

a k

in g

D o

w n

S il

o s

ch. 6

city streets and, after undergoing a background check, people can join the system and use the cars on a per-hour basis, usually for less than $10 an hour. A study of CarShare members found that nearly 30 percent of them had gotten rid of one or more cars and nearly two-thirds said they had decided not to purchase another car.34 This system could be adapted for low-income persons; used cars could be employed instead of new cars. Imagine what it would mean to a family of three earning the federal poverty cutoff ($17,600 in 2008) if they could dispense with the cost of owning a car (average cost $9,498) and instead use public transportation and car-sharing at one-half that amount or less.

To realize the full benefits of mixed-income TOD, new policies are needed to break down the silos that have encased transportation and housing policies and prevented the synergies that would result from coordinating them.35 The upcoming authorization of federal transportation policy presents an opportunity to connect transportation to economic development and health. When energy prices rise, as they will when the economy recovers, the motivation to coordinate housing and transportation policies to reduce energy consumption will also rise. The Obama administration and the new congressional leadership have expressed a desire to overcome policy silos and to begin planning transportation and housing policies together.36

P o l i c y r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s

Transportation

• Authorization of the upcoming federal transportation bill should enable MPOs to flex funds from transportation funding to subsidizing mixed-income TODs.37

• Funding for the New Starts program should be increased and the Federal Transportation Administration (FTA) should give priority to applications that incorporate plans for mixed- income TODs.

• Funds should be set aside in the next bill to provide technical assistance to local governments and community-based organizations (CBOs) to plan mixed-income TODs.

• U.S. DOT should develop a model overlay zoning code that encourages mixed- use, denser, more pedestrian-friendly development around transportation stations and disseminate best practices for TOD from around the country.

• DOT should require that MPOs’ Transportation Improvement Plans (TIPs) report on how transportation investments will address the need for affordable workforce housing near transit.

• DOT should develop a competitive grant program to subsidize car-sharing for low- income households living within half-a-mile of transit stations.

• DOT (or HUD) should develop an affordability index for housing that includes transportation costs to monitor the progress of metropolitan areas, especially for low-income households.

Housing

• The Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) and New Markets Tax Credit programs should be amended to incentivize projects that are located within half-a-mile of a transit stop; the U.S. Treasury should increase the LIHTC bonding cap for states to undertake mixed- income TOD projects.

• HUD should write regulations for the Community Development Block Grant (CDBG), and other grant programs, to give high priority to mixed-income TODs.

• The federal government should enact a homeownership tax credit targeted to low- and moderate-income homes located within half-a-mile of a transit station.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 0 8

>

>

C h

a p

te r

6

• HUD should create a program to preserve affordable housing within half-a-mile of a transit station and that is threatened by expiring use restrictions.

• State and local governments should allocate a portion of tax-increment financing (TIF) and other local incentives to mixed-income TODs; economic development incentives should be targeted on jobs that are accessible by transit (“location efficient job incentives”).38

• In strong market regions, local governments should enact TOD overlay zoning districts that reward developers with density bonuses if they include workforce housing.39

T r a n s p o r t a t i o n a n d l o c a l Wo r k f o r c e D e v e l o p m e n t

Just as transportation policy needs to be coordinated with housing policy, it also needs to be coordinated with workforce development policy. Transportation expenditures generate hundreds of thousands of jobs each year in the construction industry. When these jobs are targeted to the neediest communities, transportation policy helps to lift up poor communities and, in the process, improve health outcomes. In effect, connecting transportation to workforce development enables the taxpayers to get “more bang for their bucks.”

The loss of well-paying manufacturing jobs has been devastating to many inner urban, heavily minority communities, creating pockets of concentrated poverty with all of the negative effects on health discussed earlier.40 One of the causes of entrenched poverty is the lack of decent-paying jobs for workers without a college education. The jobs they can get usually pay low wages, have few benefits (including no health insurance), and lack job ladders for advancement. Dead-end jobs offer little hope.

Construction is one industry where a worker

without a college education can get a job with good pay, decent benefits, and the prospects of advancing up a clear job ladder. Even though fewer than 10 percent of construction workers have college degrees, the average wage in construction in 2006 was $18.29 an hour, well above the minimum wage.41 Wages and benefits vary significantly in the industry.42 Unionized construction workers who have access to joint union-contractor apprenticeship systems can advance from apprentice to journey-level status, earning at least $30–$40 an hour. The apprenticeship system is paid for by a modest surcharge on all wages that are part of the collective bargaining agreement. Workers do not need thousands of dollars to access excellent job training services; in construction apprentice programs they can “earn while they learn” on the job.

Unfortunately, blacks and women have historically been blocked from skilled, unionized jobs in the construction trades. According to a recent study of the core counties in the 25 largest metropolitan areas, if blacks were employed in construction in 2006 at the same rate they were employed in the general workforce, an additional 137,044 blacks would be working in construction. In 2005 women represented only 2.6 percent of production workers in construction.43

Successful programs have been set up around the country involving collaboration among unions, community groups, and end users of construction to bring minorities, women, and low-income persons into skilled construction trades. With the exception of the recent downturn in the homebuilding industry, construction jobs are growing, offering the opportunity to bring new workers into skilled construction trades without displacing present workers. Based on retirements, transfers, and job growth, the federal government estimates that the industry will need to recruit 245,900 skilled construction workers each year between 2004 and 2014.44 With guaranteed funding

Breaking Down Silos

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 0 9

<

<

B re

a k

in g

D o

w n

S il

o s

ch. 6

of $244 billion over five years, SAFETEA-LU should have created more than 1.9 million person years of on-site construction jobs by its 2009 expiration.45

The 1931 Davis-Bacon Act, as amended, requires that all workers on federally funded construction projects be paid the “prevailing wage” in each region, which is usually close to the union wage in construction.46 The potential of targeting jobs from transportation projects to disadvantaged communities is illustrated by the Alameda Corridor project. In 1998, a coalition of community groups won a local hiring agreement on a $2.4 billion transportation project serving the ports of Los Angeles and Long Beach, called the Alameda Corridor.47 The project used a combination of federal and state monies. A coalition of 40 community- based organizations negotiated a community benefits agreement (CBA), requiring that at least 30 percent of all the hours on the project be performed by disadvantaged persons from the surrounding low-income zip codes. During the CBA negotiations, the federal government maintained that targeted hiring was prohibited on both statutory and constitutional grounds. The project was able to get around this prohibition by using only state funds for the targeted hiring program. CBOs were funded to run pre-apprenticeship programs to prepare applicants for the rigors of construction. Of the 880 graduates of the pre-apprenticeship programs, 373 were ex-offenders. Eventually, 710 local residents were placed in construction jobs.

The Transportation Equity Network (TEN) —a coalition of 300 grass-roots community groups working to make transportation policies more responsive to low-income persons, minorities, and disadvantaged communities—wanted to spread the Alameda model around the nation. In 2005 it was able to get a “Sense of Congress” inserted into SAFETEA-LU, which specifically upholds the Alameda Corridor project as a model and states that “federal transportation projects should facilitate and encourage” collaboration between state

departments of transportation and other interested parties “to help leverage scarce training and community resources to help ensure local participation in the building of transportation projects” (Public Law 109-59, Stat. 114. Section 1920: Transportation and Local Workforce Investment).

Using this provision, TEN and its allies have negotiated local workforce agreements in states and metropolitan areas around the nation.48 In one successful example community groups in St. Louis used a little-known provision in federal transportation law (23 USC 140) that allows state DOTs to use up to one-half of one percent of surface transportation funds for workforce development. The groups negotiated an agreement with the Missouri Department of Transportation that devoted $2.5 million from the $535 million I-64 project to local workforce development and reserved 30 percent of the work hours on the project for women, minorities, and low-income persons. A similar agreement was negotiated in 2008 for the Kansas City Paseo Bridge Project. In May 2008 Governor Tim Pawlenty of Minnesota signed a law that directs Minnesota’s DOT to spend the maximum amount feasible on job training and supports. Also in 2008 Michigan passed a law that directed $15 million of highway funds into job training over four years.

Successful state and local experiments show that transportation projects can successfully target jobs to needy communities. Federal prohibitions against race- or place-based targeting have been overcome by recruiting participants through “first-source” job training centers. Under first-source hiring provisions, apprenticeships are required to be filled by job training centers that are located within, and have close ties to, low-income and minority neighborhoods. These job training centers provide pre-apprenticeship training that prepares workers for the rigors of the construction trades. Many applicants lack the basic math skills, work habits, and knowledge of the construction industry to succeed

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 1 0

>

>

C h

a p

te r

6

in an apprentice program. Successful pre- apprenticeship programs impart these skills and weed out those who are unprepared, including those with drug or alcohol problems. The best pre-apprenticeship programs have high success rates placing their graduates in the construction trades, but they cost between $6,000 and 8,000 per participant.49

Successful experiments in local workforce development in the construction trades are encouraging, but they do not come close to meeting the need. This is where transportation policy can make a difference. Current federal transportation law permits states to use federal highway funds for local workforce development; it does not require them to do it. Local workforce development should be mandatory on all large federal transportation projects. The federal departments of transportation and labor should collaborate to develop joint programs on workforce development. Transportation expenditures will generate a steady demand for skilled construction labor, which could be met by targeted job training programs.

P o l i c y r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s

Transportation

• Section 1920 should be changed from a “Sense of Congress” to a mandate requiring that 30 percent of all hours on all large federal transportation projects (over $10 million) be performed by women, minorities, ex-offenders, and low-income persons from the local communities where the project is located.50

• One percent of all funding on large federal transportation projects, transit as well as highways, should be set aside to fund pre- apprenticeship programs and to subsidize the wages of apprentices.51

• State DOTs should be directed to facilitate negotiations among unions, contractors, community groups, local job training agencies, and other interested parties to negotiate agreements to implement mandated local hiring.

Labor

• The U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) should establish a program under the Workforce Investment Act to provide grants in metropolitan areas with demonstrated shortages of skilled construction workers for pre-apprenticeship programs run by unions, community-based organizations, high schools, or community colleges.

• DOL should fund a program to evaluate pre- apprenticeship programs around the country and spread best practices, including offering technical assistance to providers of such programs.

• DOL should gather data on the supply and demand for skilled construction labor

Breaking Down Silos

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 1 1

<

<

B re

a k

in g

D o

w n

S il

o s

ch. 6

in each metropolitan area for each major construction trade to guide local workforce development planning.

In short, health, environmental, and equity concerns can and must be addressed at the same time. Win-win policies can help to cement the so-called blue-green alliance between workers and environmentalists. For example, a recent Public Interest Research Group (PIRG) report showed that investment in public transportation produces 19 percent more jobs than equivalent investments in roads and bridges.52 We have shown that mixed-income development around transit stations can address poverty and improve health outcomes at the same time. Equity and health advocates have a natural convergence of interests here.

To realize these policy objectives, we do not need government agencies to just break out of their policy silos; we need citizens to break out of their advocacy silos. Transportation equity advocates need to understand the health implications of the policies they recommend, and health advocates need to be mindful of the impacts of their policies on equity—on the ability of people everywhere to access opportunities. Health advocates need to understand the key role played by land use reform in creating healthier environments and giving low-income persons access to jobs. There is a convergence of interests here that could build powerful coalitions for reform—only if advocates in each area set aside narrow definitions of self-interest and open themselves to new perspectives.

C o n c l u s i o n

It is exciting to develop policies that can shape a new built environment that is healthier and more equitable than today’s norm. This will require working across the silos that have too often constrained effective public policies. For example, Secretary of HUD, Shaun Donovan, and Secretary of Transportation, Ray LaHood, have begun to collaborate on how to coordinate housing and transportation policies (see endnote 36). Using transportation policies to promote affordable housing and housing subsidies to support public transportation will reduce our over-reliance on automobiles and create healthier environments.

Unfortunately, most people today live in a built environment that requires extensive use of cars or buses. To devote the vast bulk of our resources to public transportation in order to shape the built environment in a more progressive direction would be shortsighted.53 We must continue to invest resources in maintaining and improving bus service for low- income persons and people with disabilities (including making buses less polluting), even though buses, unlike light-rail systems, do not create powerful incentives for higher-density TOD. Indeed, we may need to subsidize vans and even car ownership for some people who live in areas not serviced by mass transit.54

Ultimately, we need short-term policies to accommodate the transportation needs of people where they presently live at the same time that we advocate for long-term policies that will shape living patterns to reduce automobile dependence and create healthier environments for everyone.

p g

. 1 1 2

>

>

Sustainable Food Systems: ch. 7 Perspectives on Transportation Policy K A MI POTHUKUCHI, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Urba n Pla nning, Wayne State University Detroit, MI

R ICH A R D WA LL ACE, M.S. Senior Project Ma nager, Center for Automotive Resea rch A nn A rbor, MI

ABSTRACT >> Global agri-food and transportation systems have dramatically expanded food production and distribution worldwide. This integration, however, also adversely affects human health. The negative effects arise from unequal access to healthy food, unequal access to transportation for agri-food workers, increasing geospatial and economic concentration in the agri-food industry, and an emerging competition between food and fuel. Because the health of individuals is inextricably tied to the health of communities, regions, and ecological systems, health and transportation professionals need to act to both mitigate current disparities and enhance the future viability and sustainability of these systems. This paper offers numerous, specific recommendations for improving health through transportation policy and programs as they relate to agri-food systems.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 1 4

>

>

C h

a p

te r

7

Sustainable Food Systems

CONTENTS

Agri-food Systems, Health, and Transportation: An Overview.. .. .. .. .. . 115

Disparities in Urban and Rural Communities’ Access to Healthy Foods . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 116

Lack of Grocery Stores in and near Low-income Neighborhoods .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 116

Increased Dependence on Use of an Automobile for Grocery Shopping .. .. .. .. . 117

Disparities in Affordable Transportation Alternatives for Agri-food System Workers . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 118

Transportation, Agri-food System Sustainability, and Disparate Community and Regional Impacts.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 120

Increased Road- and Air-miles in Food Transportation . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 120

Increased Consolidation of the Food Industry and Disparate Social and Spatial Impacts .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 121

Food versus Fuel and Related Health Impacts . . 122

Elements of a Sustainable Agri-food System .. . 123

Transportation Goals . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 123

Transportation Policies: Opportunities and Barriers .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 126

Convergence Opportunities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 128

Conclusion.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 129

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Tables

1. Energy Consumption and Emissions by Different Freight Modes .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 119

2. Average Distance by Truck to Chicago Terminal Market . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 119

3. Estimated Fuel Consumption, CO 2 Emissions,

and Distance Traveled for Conventional, Iowa-based Regional, and Iowa-based Local Food Systems for Produce . .. .. .. .. .. . 120

4. Desired Policies and Programs to Address Transportation-Related Agri-food Problems: Opportunities for Success .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 124

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 1 5

<

<

S u

s ta

in a

b le

F o

o d

S y

s te

m s

ch. 7

a g r i- fo o d S y s t e m s , H e a lt h , a n d T r a n s p o r t a t i o n : a n O v e r v i e w

Agri-food systems include the production, processing, distribution, and consumption of food; the disposal of wastes; and the resources, actors, rules, and processes involved in the design, implementation, promotion, and regulation of these activities. These systems interact with communities to affect human health, both directly and indirectly. This paper explores these interactions to inform transportation policies that improve health, strengthen communities, and protect the environment.

As a result of linkages between the agri-foods industry and growing transportation networks, most U.S. households have ready access to large quantities of foods from all over the country and abroad; communities in crisis can quickly receive food aid transported from faraway countries; and exporters can efficiently reach grocery store shelves and markets around the world, positioning U.S. corporations at the helm of an international retail food enterprise pegged at four trillion dollars annually.1

But the integrated system for food production and distribution has left behind millions of Americans in low-income communities in the inner cities and sprawling rural areas. Women, people of color, and immigrants have been left particularly vulnerable. To reduce disparities and attendant costs; to distribute benefits more equitably; and to build more sustainable transportation, food, and community systems, transportation policy must focus on health concerns resulting from:

• Lack of access to grocery stores offering affordable, healthy foods. This imbalance is associated with higher rates of obesity, disease, food insecurity,2 and related stress;

• Lack of efficient, affordable transportation access for agri-food workers, such as farm workers and food service staff, whose wages are among the lowest in a region;

• A global agri-food industry that is fueled by cheap energy and transportation subsidies but, paradoxically, poses serious health risks to the community and exacerbates climate change; and

• Competitive market pressures to use crops for fuel, raising the price of food.

Transportation policy has not traditionally considered these issues, but it should, given the increasing rates of obesity and related health costs; climate change; threats to global food security; and inefficient, unsustainable food systems that rely on cheap energy to distribute food to faraway places.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 1 6

>

>

C h

a p

te r

7

D i s p a r i t i e s i n Ur b a n a n d r u r a l C o m m u n i t i e s ’ a c c e s s t o H e a lt h y fo o d s

Communities do not enjoy the same access to healthy foods, with inner-city neighborhoods and remote, rural areas faring the worst.3 This disparity occurs for several reasons, including a lack of grocery stores in low-income neighborhoods, a lack of affordable mass transportation, and lower rates of automobile ownership in low-income areas.

Lack of Grocery Stores In and near Low-income neighborhoods

Over the past five decades, the food retail industry has transformed itself in many ways, resulting in fewer corporate chains capturing a larger share of the retail market,4 more big- box stores opened in suburban locations and

fewer in urban and rural ones,5 and supermarket chains with consolidated food supply and distribution systems.6 These shifts, and increasing suburbanization, mean that fewer people now live within walking distance—or a short bus or subway ride—to the grocery store.7 This spatial dislocation has been made possible, in large part, by federal transportation policy that financed highway development, supported increased truck transportation of goods, and encouraged personal automobile use through subsidies that expanded roadways and parking. For example, one study puts the total “tax subsidy” to motor vehicle users in the range of $19–$64 billion per year.8

Today, inner-city9 and rural10 neighborhoods have fewer and smaller grocery supermarkets, with poorer selections of healthy foods and higher prices than their suburban counterparts. Urban neighborhoods, conversely, have an abundance of smaller convenience stores and fast-food outlets, which offer disproportionately higher amounts of foods of poor nutritional quality.11 A decline in wholesale and retail farmers’ markets12 also paralleled the decline of grocery supermarkets in urban and rural locations, although farmers’ markets have recently seen a dramatic rise.13 Nonetheless, farmland in metropolitan areas, where a majority of fruits and vegetables are grown, continues to be consumed by urban sprawl.14

For low-income and urban residents, for people of color, and for immigrants—all of whom tend to own fewer cars than affluent and middle-class whites,15 the paucity of nearby supermarkets leads to higher rates of diet-related morbidity and mortality,16 and even greater stress related to grocery shopping. Conversely, relatively easy access to supermarkets is associated with higher household consumption of fruits and other positive dietary behaviors.17 Disparities in the number and size of supermarkets have been documented by race even after controlling for income, with African American neighborhoods most adversely affected.18 Higher costs,

Sustainable Food Systems

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 1 7

<

<

S u

s ta

in a

b le

F o

o d

S y

s te

m s

ch. 7

poorer selections, and lower quality of foods in low-income neighborhoods mean that taxpayer-funded nutrition programs such as the food stamp program (more recently known as SNAP, or the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program) don’t go as far as in better-off neighborhoods. Lack of affordable, neighborhood-based food outlets also forces low-income households to rely more on emergency food programs such as food pantries that—dependent on private donations and government surpluses—stock little in the way of healthy foods. What’s more, poor diets conspire with poor air quality, fewer parks and fitness facilities, poor quality housing, high levels of crime, noise, and other social and environmental stressors in low-income neighborhoods.

Increased Dependence on Use of an Automobile for Grocery Shopping

Grocery shoppers tend to prefer to travel to supermarkets by car, in part because of the one- stop design of supermarkets and their proximity to large-scale shopping districts with abundant, available parking, all of which discourage walking or biking. Vehicles save time and can help shoppers reach more stores, combine trips, and transport heavy packages easily, including in inclement weather.19 One Austin, TX, study found that few people substitute walking for driving to the grocery store, even if pedestrian or cycling access is good.20 Even the poor who do not own cars often borrow them, ask for rides from friends, or take taxis to do grocery shopping21; however, transportation and walking remain critical in providing the mobility needed to access grocery outlets for these families.22

Public bus routes and schedules, even in well- serviced communities, are typically planned in ways that disadvantage food-shopping trips needed during weekends and evenings. A typical bus system is also planned around a central hub, a design that often lengthens travel time to more peripherally located supermarkets. And high levels of required parking for supermarkets may make them less of a priority

in transportation system planning. Perversely, such land use policies may exacerbate the peripheral location of supermarkets. Research from the United Kingdom suggests that when land use policies discourage new supermarket development on the urban fringe, stores invest more in expanding and refurbishing the older stores based closer to the urban core.23

People who live in low-income households are underserved by both the food24 and transportation25 systems. In 2007, food insecurity rates in the United States rose even before the sharp economic declines of 2007–08. Overall, 36.2 million persons—or 12.2 percent of Americans, mostly women, minorities, and children—struggled with hunger. In May 2008, more than 28 million persons participated in the food stamp program, a 32 percent increase in five years; yet the program reaches only two out of three eligible households.26 Access to food stamp offices for these populations often is undermined by the distances needed to travel, lack of evening hours of operation, and limited public transportation within communities.27

Food stamp recipients are also vulnerable to losing benefits due to lack of transportation to recertification appointments.28 For a variety of reasons, farm worker households face a higher risk of food insecurity.29 At the same time, the poorest Americans who have cars spend disproportionately more of their household budget than the national average on the purchase, operation, and maintenance of automobiles30; are subject to higher interest rates when attempting to purchase a car; spend disproportionately more on commuting to work31; and are more likely to miss work due to car problems.32

Low-income populations are comprised disproportionately of women, who also tend to make more trips related to childcare and household servicing—including 75 percent more grocery shopping than men do.33 Shoppers tend to mix and match stores for food shopping based on criteria related to product mix, price, quality, and quantities desired and also the

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 1 8

>

>

C h

a p

te r

7

Sustainable Food Systems

relative proximity of suitable outlets to their homes and workplaces.34 Rural residents shop for groceries at more stores than do urban residents and travel farther to reach the stores.35

Nonetheless, the scarcity of large supermarkets in poor neighborhoods and the economic pressures that force low-income residents to shop in smaller stores in their neighborhoods remain significant factors in why poor people pay more for food.36 Federal nutrition programs such as food stamps and WIC (Women, Infants, and Children) do not pay for transportation costs incurred by households to procure food.37 The Summer Food Service Program, which is under-enrolled in large part because of transportation barriers, provides small multiyear, competitive grants for innovative approaches to overcome such barriers.38

Although transportation costs represent only a modest share of the cost of food consumed at home—an estimated six to 12 percent39— energy disruptions can cause significant hikes in the price of food, as was experienced in the first half of 2008.40 This is because both the food and transportation systems are highly energy intensive. Also, declining diesel oil prices through the 1990s tended to restrain food transportation cost increases; this trend is unlikely to continue for long. Rising energy costs hit low-income households especially hard as they struggle with maintaining an automobile, higher utility costs, and buying enough food for their families.

D i s p a r i t i e s i n a f f o r d a b l e T r a n s p o r t a t i o n a lt e r n a t i v e s f o r a g r i-f o o d S y s t e m Wo r k e r s

Low-income rural households also experience problems with access to affordable transportation.41 Agri-food workers’ burdens in this regard are especially heavy, and the least paid among them also tend to be predominantly members of groups that

are also vulnerable within communities: disproportionately younger (or older), female, immigrant (including those without legal residency status), and people of color. Most farm laborers and food service workers earn close to the minimum wage and get few additional benefits or perks. According to the U.S. Department of Labor, the national median wage in 2007 for waiters and waitresses was $7.62 per hour, and that for farm workers and laborers was $9.78 per hour. By comparison, the median for all occupations was $15.10 per hour. Dependence on public transportation reduces employment access far more than any other factor42; when people who work at or near the minimum wage must make longer journeys to work, their income does not rise.43

Agri-food workers also experience greater transportation challenges because of the dispersal of jobs across the metropolitan and rural landscape. As a subset, farm workers have special difficulties accessing transportation.44 In one study of farm workers in Mendocino County, CA, two out of five workers depended on rides from family members and other acquaintances; those who incurred transportation costs (i.e., were not living on farms) reported a mean cost of $40 per week—or roughly 16 percent of the average weekly wage—with a median of $30 per week.45 As other papers in this collection show, strong evidence exists of a correlation between lack of access to adequate mobility and lack of access to opportunities, social networks, and health-supporting services such as clinics and pharmacies. At the same time, anecdotal evidence suggests that farm workers with transportation issues are at higher risk for injury as a result of their greater reliance on older “junker” cars, traveling in the early hours of the morning, lower safety requirements (such as seatbelts) for farm-worker transport vehicles, and lax enforcement of safety regulations for such vehicles.46

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 1 9

<

<

S u

s ta

in a

b le

F o

o d

S y

s te

m s

ch. 7

Rail Water Truck Air

Fuel (kilojoules per ton-kilometer) 677 423 2,890 15,839

Emissions (grams per ton-kilometer)

Carbon Dioxide 41 30 207 1,260

Hydrocarbons 0.06 0.04 0.3 2.0

Volatile Organic Compounds 0.08 0.1 1.1 3.0

Nitrogen Oxide 0.2 0.4 3.6 5.5

Carbon Monoxide 0.05 0.12 2.4 1.4

Average distance by truck to Chicago Terminal Market (continental U.S. only)*

# States supplying this item

% Total from Mexico

Grapes 2,143 miles 1 7

Broccoli 2,095 miles 3 3

Asparagus 1,671 miles 5 37

Apples 1,555 miles 8 0

Sweet Corn 813 miles 16 7

Squash 781 miles 12 43

Pumpkins 233 miles 5 0

* Information for this chart is based on the weighted average source distance—a single distance figure that combines information on distances from production source to consumption or purchase endpoint. For more information on method, refer to Pirog and Van Pelt, 2002 (endnote 55).

Table 1. Energy Consumption and Emissions by Different Freight Modes54

Table 2. Average Distance by Truck to Chicago Terminal Market, 199855

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 2 0

>

>

C h

a p

te r

7

Sustainable Food Systems

T r a n s p o r t a t i o n , a g r i-f o o d S y s t e m S u s t a i n a b i l i t y, a n d D i s p a r a t e C o m m u n i t y a n d r e g i o n a l i m p a c t s

In global commerce, the agri-food sector presents special opportunities and challenges when it comes to transportation. Food, especially produce, is different from other commodities in that it is perishable and requires timely delivery and careful handling—including temperature control and cooling—to prevent spoilage. Globalized transportation of food enables surpluses from one region to efficiently make up for shortfalls in other regions, and one hemisphere to continue to supply familiar foods to the other following the latter’s growing season; it also makes available new markets for local agriculture.

Because both modern agriculture and transportation today are more energy intensive than in the past, when energy costs go up, food costs rise dramatically, making the global food system especially susceptible to inflationary pressures and communities vulnerable to rising

energy prices.47 Additionally, the greater reliance on faraway sources for food has resulted in a loss of access to markets for many local and smaller-scale farmers, which, when combined with the loss of metropolitan farmland to urban sprawl, only exacerbates the vulnerability of food systems in many parts of the country.48 Increased truck-miles and air-miles in food transportation worsen air pollution and climate change; increased roadway congestion causes more accidents; the loss of nearby slaughter and packing facilities increases travel times and stress for animals. Together, these factors accumulate social, economic, and environmental costs that are greater than what food source communities get in return for their products.

Increased road- and Air-miles in Food Transportation

Environmentalists are increasingly concerned about the distance food travels from field to plate—typically 1,500 road-miles— which creates unsustainable demands on transportation, air quality, climate, and energy systems. One study revealed that the average distance for fruits transported to the Jessup, MD, terminal market was 2,146 miles, while

Table 3. Estimated Fuel Consumption, CO2 Emissions, and Distance Traveled for Conventional, Iowa-based Regional and Iowa-based Local Food Systems for Produce56

Food system type/type of truck Fuel consumption (gal/year)

$ value of fuel (2001 prices)

CO2 emissions (lb/year)

Distance traveled (miles)

Conventional/semitrailer 368,102 581,601 8,392,727 2,245,423

Iowa regional/semitrailer 22,005 35,208 501,714 134,230

Iowa regional/midsize truck 43,564 69,702 993,243 370,289

Iowa local–CSA farmers’ market/ small truck (gas)

49,359 78,974 967,436 848,981

Iowa local–institutional/ small truck (gas)

88,265 141,224 1,729,994 1,518,155

ch. 7

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 2 1

<

<

S u

s ta

in a

b le

F o

o d

S y

s te

m s

the average for vegetables was 1,596 miles.49 Transportation accounts for about 11 percent of the energy use in the food system.50 About 93 percent of fresh produce transported between cities in this country was carried by trucks, according to a 1996 USDA study.51 In addition to general emissions that affect our climate, truck emissions create disparate air quality- related health impacts on low-income and minority neighborhoods because of their greater proximity to highways and truck terminals.52 Causing even more concern is the rapidly growing air transport of food, which creates the highest CO

2 emissions per ton.53

Table 1 shows the energy consumption and tailpipe emissions for different modes of transportation. Of course, the actual mode of transportation and the distance traveled varies by specific food product and its origin. Distances traveled by different products shipped from within the continental United States are given in table 2 (which also shows how much averages derived from travel within the continental United States may understate actual distances if a larger share of a product comes from Mexico). Energy consumption and emissions for different kinds of truck transportation participating in distinct local, regional, and the conventional national food system considered by Pirog et al. (2001) are given in table 3. This last table underscores the point that the sustainability of local food systems is mediated by the specific mode and fuel used in transporting foods.

Finally, the transportation sector is responsible for more than one-quarter of all emissions causing climate change.57 Many agri-food advocates are increasingly concerned about the implications of climate change for future agricultural productivity and food security in poorer regions of the world, given the greater likelihood of drought, soil erosion, extreme weather events, and higher pest prevalence.58 More sustainable transportation, together with an agri-food system that reduces energy and transportation demand, would help reduce burdens on future agriculture globally.

Increased Consolidation of the Food Industry and Disparate Social and Spatial Impacts

Industrial agri-food’s specialization in certain crops has concentrated food production in regions and uses large quantities of fossil fuels to ship food around the country and the world. For example, 95 percent of the nation’s processed tomatoes and just under one-third of the fresh tomato crops come from California.59 In 2007, nearly $152 billion of agricultural products crossed U.S. borders as imports and exports, representing more than half the value of agricultural products sold by U.S. farms that year.60 This specialization, however, has reduced many “receiving” regions’ previous diversity of production and made them more vulnerable to shocks in the system. For example, agricultural modernization has favored large farm size, crop monocultures, mechanization, and increased chemical inputs. Moreover, research points to rising food insecurity among low-income farmers in some countries as subsistence production has been replaced by export-oriented mono-cropping.61 These challenges, of course, affect rural communities and predominantly smaller-scale and low-income farmers whose market reach is hurt by the loss of localized infrastructure and support for logistics (management of the movement of goods). Cheap energy and transportation subsidies have therefore enabled the consolidation and globalization of the agri-food sector.

The case of retail supermarkets and resulting disparities in healthy food access was presented in the first section of this paper.62 The increase in food miles traveled results from: (a) restructuring of logistical systems due to stricter requirements from retailers’ management of inventories; (b) realignment of supply chains so that more of the product from farm to supermarket is owned by a single firm or a strategic partnership of firms (which has happened to reduce costs and risks and also increase responsiveness to consumers); (c) shifts in production and distribution scheduling

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 2 2

>

>

C h

a p

te r

7

Sustainable Food Systems

decisions, with negotiated coordination replacing market coordination; and (d) changes in management of transport resources such as increasing the use of air instead of road transport for food.63

The consolidation of processing, wholesaling, and distribution operations results in fewer, larger, and more efficient facilities and the closure of more local and regional processing plants, warehouses, and related facilities. As a result, the plant closures cause greater economic insecurity and health risks for nearby communities.

The transportation sector also has experienced consolidation, with somewhat similar results. Railroad consolidations, for example, have increased the number of captive customers and, while the monopolization helps railroads financially, it also tends to distort the location of economic activity, creating or exacerbating regional disparities64—and therefore vulnerabilities—in the food system.

fo o d Ve r s u s f u e l a n d r e l a t e d H e a lt h i m p a c t s

The production of the most popular forms of biofuels—corn ethanol and palm oil—threatens to cause a major increase in greenhouse gas emissions.65 In the United States, corn ethanol poses special concern because of its net negative energy balance (that is, more energy is required to produce a gallon of corn ethanol than can be gained from it) and because its production and use contribute to air, water, and soil pollution.66 Some food security advocates worry that the continued expansion of biofuels is raising food prices in this country67 and elsewhere and causing malnutrition in many developing countries.68 Still others suggest that corn ethanol has a worse impact on the environment and human health than do conventional fuels such as gasoline and diesel.69 There are direct transportation impacts as well: as corn use shifts from exports and animal-feed use to ethanol production, grain transportation

is affected because of changes in quantities transported to diverse destinations and modes of freight used for raw and finished products.70

To summarize the paper’s analysis, transportation policies and subsidies—when combined with cheap energy over the past six decades—have thus created patterns of spatial dispersion of people and food outlets over the metropolitan landscape in ways that pose special hardships for low-income food shoppers as well as agri-food workers in urban and rural communities. Transportation has also enabled structural change in the agri-food sector so that decisions made in the name of economic efficiency have generated many negative environmental, social, health, economic, and spatial consequences, along with increased costs and risks to society as a whole. These consequences call for a review of the basic goals and purposes of transportation policy so that environmental, social, and health needs and goals take priority over private gain.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 2 3

<

<

S u

s ta

in a

b le

F o

o d

S y

s te

m s

ch. 7

E l e m e n t s o f a S u s t a i n a b l e a g r i-f o o d S y s t e m

A primary contribution of the agri-food system is to deliver adequate nutrition to support the health of human communities now and into the future. However, contemporary industrial agri- food practices also create direct health problems (such as through the effects of pesticides on farm workers or widespread obesity among youth and adults) and indirect health problems (through diminished quality of air and ground water and the pervasive use of antibiotics in meat production, for example). These practices also endanger the very base upon which the food system depends, thereby threatening future food security and health. That is, they are unsustainable.

A sustainable food system promotes the health of individuals, communities, and the ecosystem. As this paper shows, transportation is implicated in many of the pathways linking the agri-food system and health. Sustainable food systems are typically organized around the following principles, on which consensus more or less exists:

• produce and distribute food so that all persons have adequate access to nutritious foods within neighborhoods;

• respect and operate within the biological limits of natural resources such as soil, water, and species;

• minimize energy inputs, recycle resources, and use renewable energy and other resources;

• support vital and diverse urban and rural economies;

• enable viable livelihoods and fair trade among producers, processors, distributors, retailers, and consumers;

• provide safe, fair, and satisfying working conditions for workers;

• treat animals humanely;

• sustain the amount and quality of land needed for food production; and

• promote democratic processes in decision making related to food and nutrition.71

T r a n s p o r t a t i o n G o a l s

The following goals are proposed for transportation policy and programs to help build sustainable food systems that promote human, community, and environmental health in the United States and globally.

1. Healthy food access for all, with special focus on the needs of low-income communities and communities of color, through appropriate land use policies and affordable transportation alternatives.

2. Affordable and reliable transportation alternatives for low-income agri-food workers so that they may have access to employment, food sources, and other basic needs.

3. Transportation policies and programs that prioritize regional linkages over national and global ones as they relate to food systems so that local producers are connected with local eaters; regional economic development is promoted through localized networks and infrastructure; small-scale farms are supported; air pollution and climate change impacts are reduced; and risks associated with agri-food concentration, dependence on distant sources, and energy price hikes are mitigated.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 2 4

>

>

C h

a p

te r

7

Sustainable Food Systems

Goals Desired Policies and Programs

Reduce disparities in access to healthy foods

Support local and metropolitan land use policies and planning for increasing neighborhood-based access to food retail sites such as stores, farm stands, and urban agriculture sites72:

• Promote smart growth development that supports multiple transport modes and contains grocery stores, urban agriculture sites, and farm stands.

• Encourage transit oriented neighborhood design to include grocery outlets.

• Retrofit older neighborhoods for pedestrian, bike, and transportation access to food outlets and urban agriculture sites.

• Reduce required parking for grocery stores in exchange for public bus connectivity during peak grocery shopping times (weekends, especially).

Support policies and programs that promote transportation access for low-income residents to grocery outlets and other healthy food sites:

• Promote paratransit or public-private partnerships for shuttle programs sponsored by supermarkets,73 congregate (subsidized) housing facilities and community-based nonprofits to provide affordable rides for grocery shopping.

• Develop and promote “grocery bus” routes74 with weekend service to connect low-income neighborhoods to full-service supermarkets, food pantries, and urban agriculture sites.

• Support community-based programs to create mobile markets or grocery van-delivery in urban and rural communities.75

Require transportation support in federal nutrition programs:

• Include transportation support for WIC, food stamp (SNAP), Summer Food Service, and farmers’ market-related nutrition programs to access healthy foods.76

• Provide transportation support for small-scale farmers to sell at farmers’ markets in or near low-income urban or rural areas.

Table 4. Desired Policies and Programs to Address Transportation-Related Agri-food Problems: Opportunities for Success

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 2 5

<

<

S u

s ta

in a

b le

F o

o d

S y

s te

m s

ch. 7

Goals Desired Policies and Programs

Promote safe and affordable transit for agri-food workers

• Increase funding for job access and reverse commutes for low- income employees, including agri-food workers.

• Encourage metropolitan transportation system design to increase access for low-income agri-food workers in processing, wholesale, and retail jobs in metropolitan areas.

• Encourage paratransit options (vanpools) for farm workers.77 • Review rules related to vehicle conversion for farm-worker

transportation and safety equipment/use to increase transportation safety and minimize accidents.

Promote agri-food sustain- ability

• Support within transportation law small-scale farmers’ and processors’ transportation of product to farmers’ markets and other local outlets.

• Encourage and support cleaner and more efficient vehicles, especially smaller trucks used for local food transportation.

• Review and adjust tax structure as it relates to overall transportation subsidy so that social and environmental costs associated with emissions in agri-food transportation are reflected in prices, especially in the case of air transportation of foods.

• Promote use of more sustainable modes of freight for long- distance food transportation, such as rail and water.

• Increase competitive access to rail for food transport (via separation of ownership of rail infrastructure from that of rolling stock, e.g. rail cars), increase subsidy for rail relative to road and air, and break up geographic concentration of control over railway infrastructure (e.g. tracks) to increase competition.

• Prioritize local and regional food transportation networks and infrastructure over long-distance ones.

• Support the development of mobile kitchens and processing facilities in urban and rural communities.

• Promote metropolitan planning to prevent sprawl, preserve farmland, and promote urban agriculture in transportation- related rights of way.78

Prioritize agriculture for food and promote sustainable biofuels

• Minimize competition in agricultural production between food and fuel (since most biofuel is used for transportation) by giving food a clear priority.

• Support the development and promotion of genuinely sustainable biofuels.

• Support the widespread conversion of waste cooking oil into biodiesel.

• Internalize social and environmental costs of corn-ethanol production and end subsidies for biofuels that are sourced from food grains.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 2 6

>

>

C h

a p

te r

7

Sustainable Food Systems

Goals Desired Policies and Programs

General recommendations • Promote greater coordination between transportation and agri- food policies and programs.

• Provide greater support for intra-regional (versus inter-regional) transportation.

• Encourage tighter links among transportation planning, policy, and programs and anti-sprawl and pro-urban planning.

• Facilitate improved regional coordination to support multiple transportation modes and programs and diverse trip purposes and needs.

• Develop transportation systems at the regional level to create positive economic impact, including through regional food systems.

• Consider USDA’s Community Food Projects Competitive Grants Program as a model to promote community- and region-based collaborative approaches to improve food access, market access to small-scale farmers, and affordable agri-food system transportation.79

4. The agri-food system reconfigured as a resource to reduce energy and transportation demands and related problems through the development of more local food systems and truly renewable fuels.

T r a n s p o r t a t i o n P o l i c i e s : O p p o r t u n i t i e s a n d B a r r i e r s

Many of the problems outlined in the first part of this paper are rapidly turning into emergencies—if they are not already emergencies. Their simultaneous occurrence presents something of a perfect storm for health and sustainability concerns. The upcoming authorization of the federal transportation bill offers a significant opportunity to make headway in addressing—and correcting— these problems. The crises related to rising incidence of obesity and diet-related diseases, climate change, and national energy and food security provide impetus to increase access to healthy foods as part of a preventive

approach to improve health, build localized food systems, reduce the energy intensity of the agri-food system, and help the agri-food system contribute to the creation of sustainable transportation systems.

Specific recommendations that link policies and programs to emerging problems are presented in table 4.

Notwithstanding the policy and programmatic opportunities outlined in table 4, those seeking to meet health goals within transportation legislation face many barriers to success. These are outlined below.

The most obvious barrier lies in the structure of transportation funding, legislation, and governance—especially at the federal level. The majority of transportation funds are allocated by formulas tied to modes and trip purposes; this makes it hard to achieve the goals outlined here within the existing structure of transportation policy and policymaking. The

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 2 7

<

<

S u

s ta

in a

b le

F o

o d

S y

s te

m s

ch. 7

problem is that, at the national level, we fund and manage transportation programs primarily by mode, rather than by urgent societal needs or compelling national goals. We also allocate funding by state, making achievement of national goals even more difficult. This is further complicated by competition between donor and donee states (that is, states that send more gas taxes to the federal transportation budget than they receive in transportation funding, or vice versa), a situation made worse in the current recession because many of the donee states are in the hard-hit, former manufacturing belt of the Midwest. Moreover, we fund transportation through a myriad of other (non-Department of Transportation) agencies, including the departments of Agriculture (USDA) and Health and Human Services (HHS), leading to further fragmentation by sector. Such fragmentation of the program is the cause of many transportation-related problems experienced by communities and within metropolitan regions.

The problems posed by programmatic fragmentation suggest that addressing food- and health-related transportation problems, as recommended in this paper, could increase overall transportation inefficiency, if they are not coordinated well, that is, more silos are not the solution. Instead, the programs and policies recommended here must be tied to land use policies that reduce transportation demand, improve access and regional connectivity (regardless of trip mode or purpose), and improve coordination between transportation providers and the system as a whole. In addition, policy must prioritize regional food system transportation connectivity over national or international ones, support more energy- efficient and less polluting modes and vehicles, and more effectively use spare capacity in existing programs to support food access for low-income consumers and regional market access for small-scale farmers. This will require coordination across federal agencies such as Department of Transportation (DOT), USDA, and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

Lack of precedence within transportation legislation for key asks: To date, there is little precedence for transportation legislation incorporating many of the policies recommended in this paper. Some policymakers may view the recommendation to increase transportation assistance to low-income households participating in federal nutrition programs as more appropriately falling within the agriculture law. USDA already funds transportation for rural providers of the Summer Food Service Program, which feeds low-income children.80 Similarly, the recommendation to prioritize agriculture for food over fuel may be viewed as falling under agriculture or energy, rather than transportation, even if most of the corn ethanol is destined for transportation-related uses.

Highways and roads (rather than access) as the primary orientation of transportation policy: Despite the progressive changes ushered in by ISTEA and its successors, transportation policy continues to be driven by a dominant orientation toward roads and highways, rather than toward multi-modality that provides access to goods, services, employment, healthy food, etc., thereby meeting community and regional needs and goals. Local land use decisions often follow, rather than drive, regional transportation planning by metropolitan planning organizations. Because land use decisions are local, more support is also needed than is available within the transportation legislation for transportation planning that effectively integrates land use and transportation to promote smart growth, that is, increase mixed-use, transit oriented development and neighborhood-based access to basic needs. Similarly, many advocates believe that transportation programs and funding tend to be designed to serve the interests of powerful groups—highway builders, auto manufacturers, and petroleum corporations— and that relationships of power and patronage, rather than systematically derived community needs, drive transportation policy.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 2 8

>

>

C h

a p

te r

7

Sustainable Food Systems

Impending revenue shortfalls from gas taxes: The expected shortfalls in the Highway Trust Fund present a challenge to funding new programs in the transportation legislation. Policymakers will need to find additional sources of funding that are adequate, sustainable, and fair. To this end, policies that improve health can result in savings in other areas, such as healthcare cost savings81 and can present new funding alternatives to fuel taxes. Such solutions go beyond the oft-suggested road and congestion pricing, both of which may further disadvantage the communities already at risk from current policies. More research is needed related to the net benefits and costs of transportation programs, including those suggested in this paper.

C o n v e r g e n c e O p p o r t u n i t i e s

Efforts to build sustainable food systems are inherently boundary spanning and require work across disciplines, sectors, professions, and geographic scales. The federal transportation law authorization process provides unique opportunities to build partnerships among interests in sustainable agri-food systems, smart growth, public health, community economic development, anti-poverty and social justice, labor, energy security, and climate change mitigation.

Coalitions that have emerged to advocate for transportation policy reform, such as the Transportation Equity Network, Transportation for America, Surface Transportation Policy Project, Complete Street Coalition, and Smart Growth America, are calling for proposals with broadly similar goals as those suggested herein, even if they are largely silent on agri-food issues addressed in this paper.82 Among the coalitions advocating for more sustainable agri-food systems or elements thereof are the Community Food Security Coalition, National Sustainable Agriculture Coalition, Food Research and Action Center, National Family Farm Coalition, and American Farmland Trust.83 Past efforts by these

groups to bring attention to sustainable agri- food issues within the transportation law have borne little, if any, fruit. We hope that the broad health rubric under which these papers are assembled will help coalesce the many groups mentioned above and attract new groups into the fold to add power to related transportation advocacy.

Additionally, the specific proposals made by this paper call for greater collaboration and coordination among various departments at the federal and state levels. For example, the proposals in this paper could benefit from partnerships among:

• DOT and USDA (and Department of Health and Human Services or the Department of Education when applicable) to provide transportation assistance to nutrition program participants in order to procure food, to improve neighborhood-based access to healthy foods through the use of transportation resources, and to support small-scale farmers’ efforts to bring products to local markets in underserved areas. This would increase participation in nutrition programs such as SNAP, WIC, Summer Food Service, and Farmers’ Market Nutrition; it would also increase the benefits of participation, improve health, and reduce healthcare costs.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 2 9

<

<

S u

s ta

in a

b le

F o

o d

S y

s te

m s

ch. 7

• DOT, USDA, and the Department of Labor to provide affordable transportation for urban and rural agri-food workers to access jobs, food, healthcare, and other vital services.

• DOT, USDA, the Department of Energy, and the EPA to support the development of more truly renewable energy sources in environmentally sensitive ways, including through the use of switchgrass and waste cooking oil; to support the development of fuel-efficient vehicle and transportation systems; and to discourage the use of food grains for producing fuel. Such cooperation is sorely needed to eliminate the competition between food and fuel.

• USDA, DOT, and the EPA to mitigate the problems caused by long-distance transportation of food in international trade.

C o n c l u s i o n

This paper presents four clear problems impacting the interaction between agri-food and transportation systems and suggests possible actions that could solve them. Some solutions can be addressed through transportation legislation, but clearly efforts need to extend to legislation that addresses energy, agriculture, child nutrition, labor, and health and human services.

Whatever the final mix of policies, successful efforts will result in affirmative responses to the following questions:

• Do neighborhoods provide convenient access for all residents to healthy foods and other basic goods and services? Do they allow food shopping without the need for a car?

• Beyond basic accessibility, do transportation policies and programs enhance local and regional quality of life through improved multi-modal access for all residents to the region’s resources and destinations and through reduced congestion?

• Does the regional transportation infrastructure support local food producers and processors to efficiently market to local consumers, in addition to national distribution channels?

• Do transportation policies support modes of freight, fuel choices, and vehicle designs such that air and water pollution, greenhouse gas emissions, and energy use are minimized?

• Are the currently externalized social, health, and environmental costs and increased risks posed by the global, industrial food system internalized in the price of food and transportation? Are associated costs and benefits fairly distributed across diverse income and racial groups in urban and rural areas?

• Does the agri-food system support transportation policies with renewable and efficient options for energy that reduce environmental impacts on air, water, and climate; minimize competition with food production; and reduce dependence on foreign sources for energy?

The transportation authorization process presents opportunities to break bad habits, extend positive developments from the past, and launch bold new initiatives that set us on a better course. Promising directions that build on positive aspects of SAFETEA-LU include, for example, correcting inequities in funding across states; providing dedicated funding to states to meet air quality requirements; and creating pilot programs to test alternative transportation funding schemes (which should be extended beyond tolling and road pricing schemes that may hurt the transportation-disadvantaged).

Clearly, other strategies are needed to eliminate disparities and problems caused by the current agri-food–transportation system linkage: extending transportation programs to increase access to healthy food and agri-food employment, reducing railroad concentration, ending competition between food and fuel, and more.

p

g . 1 3 0

>

>

Traff ic Injur y Prevention: ch. 8 A 21st-Centur y Approach L A R RY COHEN, M.S.W. Founder a nd Executive Director

JA NA NI SR IK A NTH A R AJA H, B. A . Progra m Coordinator

LESLIE MIKKELSEN, R .D., M.P.H. Ma nag ing Director, Prevention Institute, Oa kla nd, CA

ABSTRACT >> Traffic injuries and deaths exact a huge toll on our finances, our families, and our future. There are opportunities in the upcoming authorization of a new federal transportation bill to promote safety for all travelers. More broadly, safety for all travelers must become a national health and transportation priority. Advocates for injury prevention should collaborate with public health experts (specialists in chronic disease prevention, for example) and partners in other sectors (such as economic development) to promote a broad vision for health and equity in transportation policy.

The overarching policy goals that support traffic injury prevention are to: (1) promote the safe transportation of all travelers by improving infrastructure in communities; (2) reduce the number of vehicle miles traveled by promoting alternative modes of transportation, including public transportation, walking, and bicycling; and (3) protect drivers and passengers through continued improvements in vehicle safety, occupant protection, and road safety. This paper describes specific strategies to achieve these goals.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 3 2

>

>

C h

a p

te r

8

Traffic Injury Prevention

CONTENTS

Introduction .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 133

Achievements in Traffic Injury Prevention . .. .. . 134

Prioritizing Traffic Injury Prevention for All Modes of Travel .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 135

The Continuing Burden of Traffic Injuries and Deaths .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 137

Disparities in Traffic Injuries and Deaths . .. . 137

Other Populations with Greater Risk . .. .. .. . 139

Transportation Injury Prevention Strategies . .. . 139

Land Use .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 139

Road Design .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 140

Public Transportation .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 140

Speed Limits .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 141

Impaired Driving Laws . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 141

Bicycle Helmet Laws . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 141

Vehicle Design Standards .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 142

Seat Belt Laws. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 142

Motorcycle Safety Laws . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 142

Child Safety Seat Laws .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 142

Graduated Driver Licensing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 143

Truck Regulations.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 143

Challenges to and Opportunities in Traffic Injury Prevention Policy .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 143

Conclusion.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 145

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Tables

1. Traffic Injury Prevention Highlights . .. .. .. .. . 134

2. The Haddon Matrix (with examples) . .. .. .. . 135

3. The Spectrum of Prevention.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 136

4. SAFETEA-LU Programs That Support Injury Prevention. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 144

5. Federal and State Government Support for Traffic Injury Prevention .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 145

Graphs

1. U.S. Traffic Fatalities by VMT and Per 10,000 Population .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 138

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 3 3

<

<

T ra

ff ic

I n

ju ry

P re

v e

n ti

o n

ch. 8

i n t r o d u c t i o n

While getting off a streetcar in New York City on September 9, 1899, Henry Hale Bliss was struck by an electric-powered taxicab and suffered injuries so severe—his skull and chest were crushed—that he died the next day. Bliss thus became the first person killed by a motor vehicle in the United States. The taxicab driver was arrested and charged with manslaughter but was later acquitted on the grounds that the death was unintentional. While the legal proceedings considered where responsibility for Bliss’s death lay, there was no discussion of what could have been done to prevent the crash.1

What was unprecedented in 1899 is unremarkable today. Traffic crashes are the leading cause of death in the United States for people ages one to 34,2 and by 2020, traffic- related deaths will be the third-leading cause of death worldwide.3

Traffic injuries and deaths exact an unnecessary economic toll. In 2000, motor vehicle crashes in the United States cost $230.6 billion in emergency services, medical treatment, legal procedures, insurance administration, property damage, lost workers’ productivity, and travel delays.4 That figure represents 2.3 percent of the nation’s gross domestic product.5

In 1900, motor vehicle travel was considered a novelty, and the risks to health and safety were largely overlooked. Subsequent improvements in manufacturing made cars more affordable and available, benefiting commerce, communications, and personal mobility. In 1900, an estimated 8,000 automobiles were registered in the United States. By 1950 there were 50 million, and by 2001, more than 230 million vehicles and 193 million licensed drivers were on the road.6 The current number of cars and drivers, along with the extensive networks of roads and highways around the nation, would have been inconceivable in 1899 but are accepted as norms of transportation today. Traffic injuries and deaths are frequently

considered uncontrollable aspects of America’s love affair with the car. This may account for the fact that traffic crashes are too often ignored as a major contributor of premature death and disability, the consequence of which is a missed opportunity to improve health and reduce costs.

In light of ever-shrinking federal, state, and local budgets, the authorization of a new federal surface transportation bill is an opportunity to structure transportation programs to reduce the burden on the healthcare system, the economy, and society at large. National and international experts on traffic injury prevention, including the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), and the World Health Organization, increasingly reject the notion that traffic injuries are the inevitable price we pay for modern travel.7

Many transportation policies and practices that lead to traffic injuries also contribute to chronic diseases that result from physical inactivity, poor air quality, and other environmental factors that are the consequences of our car culture. Linkages between injury prevention and other health fields should be developed to foster a national transportation strategy that forges solutions to these intersecting problems. Such strategic partnerships can help catalyze a revamped national transportation strategy that is central to policymakers’ efforts to address a range of critical challenges: the economy, climate change, the limited supply of fossil fuels, and soaring healthcare costs. A transportation agenda that emphasizes health, equity, environmental protection, jobs, and an improved quality of life requires collaboration from all sectors.

The overarching policy goals that support traffic injury prevention are to: (1) promote the safe transportation of all travelers by improving the physical infrastructure in communities; (2) reduce vehicle miles traveled by promoting alternative modes of transportation, including public transportation, walking, and bicycling;

Traffic Injury Prevention H

e a

lt h

y, E

q u

it a

b le

T ra

n s

p o

rt a

ti o

n P

o li

c y

p g

. 1 3 4

>

>

C h

a p

te r

8

and (3) protect drivers and passengers through continued improvements in vehicle safety, occupant protection, and road safety.

a c h i e v e m e n t s i n T r a f f i c i nj u r y P r e v e n t i o n

While it is impossible to forecast the exact circumstances of traffic crashes, these incidents are not isolated events but are both predictable and preventable. The news and entertainment media often speak of traffic “accidents,” but the word implies—erroneously—that the event is happenstance and arbitrary.

Dr. William Haddon, Jr., the first director of the National Highway Safety Bureau, which in 1970 became the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, brought an emphasis on injury prevention to the government’s transportation policies and practices. Dr. Haddon is also recognized for developing the Haddon Matrix (see table 2).

By deconstructing the sequence of events contributing to traffic-related injuries, Dr. Haddon developed effective strategies to prevent crashes and limit injuries. By integrating education, legislation, and enforcement, health and safety advocates as well as government officials have bolstered Dr. Haddon’s research by requiring the

1923: Garrett Augustus Morgan, an African American traffic safety innovator, invents the modern traffic signal to reduce the high risk of collisions he observed on roadways shared by horse- drawn buggies, pedestrians, and automobiles.

1924: President Herbert Hoover convenes the National Conference on Street and Highway Safety, marking the first presidential initiative to bring attention to traffic safety.

1964: Ralph Nader’s book Unsafe at Any Speed: The Designed-In Dangers of the American Automobile is published—another milestone that attributes injuries not just to driver error but also to vehicle design flaws and describes auto executives’ resistance to vehicle safety features, most notably General Motors’ Chevrolet Corvair. Following the book’s release, public pressure mounts, forcing President Lyndon Johnson to call for tighter regulation.

1966: President Johnson signs The Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act and The Highway Safety Act into law, authorizing the National Highway Safety Bureau (now the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)) to set vehicle and road safety standards and to fund research and programs on traffic safety.

1967: The U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) is created to oversee transportation issues, including traffic safety (NHTSA is housed within the DOT).

1979: Healthy People – The Surgeon General’s Report on Health Promotion and Disease Prevention is released and is the first call to attention that traffic injury prevention should be part of the country’s public health agenda.

1985: Under the direction of Congress, the National Academy of Sciences releases the report Injury in America which recommends a major national program of research to address injury as a health problem.

1986: Congress creates a center for injury research, surveillance, and education within the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), now called the National Center for Injury Prevention and Control.

Table 1. Traffic Injury Prevention Highlights

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 3 5

<

<

T ra

ff ic

I n

ju ry

P re

v e

n ti

o n

ch. 8

use of seat belts, infant car seats, and motorcycle helmets; implementing safe driving laws; and toughening drunk driving laws. The Spectrum of Prevention (table 3) provides a framework for developing comprehensive approaches to preventing injuries.8

P r i o r i t i z i n g T r a f f i c i nj u r y P r e v e n t i o n f o r All M o d e s o f T r a v e l

Diversifying transportation options is emerging as a top priority for policymakers. Preventing injuries, improving air quality, encouraging physical activity, and promoting healthier lifestyles can be addressed by reducing miles traveled via automobile and increasing the use of public transportation, bicycling, and walking. This is no easy feat in a country where the car is king and where driving is central to our identity. Advertising campaigns that associate cars with the desire for affluence and independence reinforce the societal link between mobility and upward mobility. The car has historically been promoted as an instrument of sexuality and

power; it’s the guy with the “sexy car” who gets the girl. Driving is a rite of passage that marks our lives nearly from cradle to grave. It is an exuberant transition for a teen when he or she gets a driver’s license and a moment of loss or fear for the adult who must surrender the car keys. Cars will remain the major source of transportation and continue to pose increasing risks unless other safe and convenient forms of transportation are made generally available to the public.

Building transportation systems for all modes of travel promotes equity. Robert Moses, New York City’s storied planner known as the builder of the modern metropolis, reportedly constructed the overpasses on his Long Island parkways too low to accommodate buses as a means of preventing low-income residents of the city— especially blacks and Latinos—from visiting the beaches and parks.9 Thus, parkways like these served as tools for segregation and economic discrimination by putting suburban communities off limits as places of employment and recreation for someone from the inner city who had no car. Decades later, these thoroughfares

Host Agent/Equipment Physical Environment

Social Environment

Pre-Event Drinking Alcohol ignition lock

Alcohol outlets Drinking norms

Event Seat belts and Car seats

Airbags Safety rails Speeding

Post-Event Emergency phones Healthcare access

The Haddon Matrix delineates factors along the timeline of a traffic incident (pre-event through post- event) with four other elements involved in the occurrence of injury (host [e.g., driver], agent [e.g., vehicle], physical environment, and social environment). Prevention activities can be developed within any of these elements. For example, bicycle lanes separate bicyclists from motorized travelers and can thus prevent a crash in the first place. When a crash does occur, if the bicyclist is wearing a helmet, severe head trauma can be prevented. When trauma occurs, a fast and efficient emergency medical system and healthcare must be in place to treat the injuries and prevent death.

Table 2. The Haddon Matrix (with examples)

stand as monuments to transportation policies that divided the country rather than healed its divisions.

Generally, the safety of public transportation and non-motorized travel (i.e., bicycling and walking) has received relatively little federal support, yet communities with diverse transportation options have been shown to have fewer traffic injuries and deaths.10 Contrary to the widespread belief that increased bicycle

and foot traffic will lead to more cyclist and pedestrian injuries and deaths, increasing the numbers of non-motorized travelers may actually make walking and bicycling safer.11 There is also evidence that residents of transit oriented communities have lower per capita traffic fatality rates.12

Germany and the Netherlands illustrate the benefits of government support for safety improvements for pedestrians and bicyclists.

Traffic Injury Prevention H

e a

lt h

y, E

q u

it a

b le

T ra

n s

p o

rt a

ti o

n P

o li

c y

p g

. 1 3 6

>

>

C h

a p

te r

8

Levels of the Spectrum Description

Influencing policy and legislation Developing strategies to change laws and policies to influence outcomes in health, education, and justice

Changing organizational practices Adopting regulations and norms to improve health and safety; creating new models

Fostering coalitions and networks Bringing together groups and individuals for broader goals and greater impact

Educating providers Informing providers who will transmit skills and knowledge to others

Promoting community education Reaching groups of people with information and resources to promote health and safety

Strengthening individual knowledge and skills Enhancing an individual’s ability to prevent injury or illness

Table 3. The Spectrum of Prevention The Spectrum of Prevention* is a tool to guide development of comprehensive strategies that encourage movement beyond the educational or “individual skill-building” approach to address broader environmental and systems-level issues. The Spectrum builds on the Haddon Matrix by providing a method for developing strategies to address traffic safety that are beyond the incident itself and approaches that focus on the individual. The tool has been used across injury fields to integrate individual-oriented efforts with systems change to have the greatest overall effect.

Successful injury prevention strategies have been multifaceted and engaged efforts at multiple levels of the Spectrum of Prevention. In fact, traffic injury prevention has emerged as a model example of prevention.

*The Spectrum of Prevention was originally developed by Larry Cohen in 1983 while working as director of prevention programs at the Contra Costa County Health Department. For application of the Spectrum of Prevention to injury prevention: T. Christoffel and S.S. Gallagher, Injury Prevention and Public Health (Sudbury, MA: Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Inc., 2006).

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 3 7

<

<

T ra

ff ic

I n

ju ry

P re

v e

n ti

o n

ch. 8

Per mile and per trip walked, Americans are roughly three times more likely to get killed than German pedestrians and more than six times as likely as Dutch pedestrians. Per mile and per trip cycled, Americans are twice as likely to be killed as German cyclists and more than three times as likely as Dutch cyclists.13 Furthermore, pedestrian and bicyclist deaths have declined far more in both countries than in the United States. The Netherlands and Germany have invested heavily in high-quality streetscapes for safe walking and bicycling, making non- motorized travel a norm compared to passenger vehicle travel. The United States has seen virtually the opposite—an interplay of land use, housing, and transportation patterns that have promoted low-density sprawl, high-speed roadways, narrow or no sidewalks, unsafe or no crosswalks, the absence of bicycle lanes, and inaccessible or no public transportation at all. All this makes alternatives to cars and driving not only impractical but also less safe.

With its promise of convenience and freedom, the car still has a strong allure. But a growing number of Americans say they want to drive less and walk, bicycle, and use public transportation more. Advocates can use this desire as momentum to raise public awareness about the benefits of these travel options that are good for better health, for the environment, and for the family budget.

T h e C o n t i n u i n g B u r d e n o f T r a f f i c i nj u r i e s a n d D e a t h s

While there have been reductions in death rates per vehicle mile traveled (VMT) over the past four decades, the declines are far less when deaths are measured per capita because Americans drive more than ever (see graph 1).14

In 2007, traffic crashes accounted for 41,059 deaths,15 1,755,247 years of lost life,16 and 2.5 million nonfatal injuries.17 Bicyclists and pedestrians have a disproportionately higher risk

of death in a traffic crash compared to vehicle occupants.18 This greater vulnerability stems from the fact that bicyclists and pedestrians do not have the buffers and protective measures that vehicles offer drivers and passengers. An analysis of 1995 National Household Travel Survey data indicates that the rate of pedestrian fatalities is 36 times higher than car-occupant fatalities per mile traveled, and bicycling fatalities are 11 times higher.19

In 2007, there were 5,504 non-motorized fatalities.20 While walking and bicycling accounted for only 9.5 percent of all trips in 2001, non-motorized fatalities accounted for more than 13 percent of traffic fatalities nationwide.21 Pedestrian fatalities accounted for 84.5 percent of all non-motorized fatalities, bicyclist fatalities accounted for 12.7 percent, and the remaining 2.8 percent were skateboard riders, roller skaters, etc.22

Contrary to the belief that these statistics make a favorable case for continuing to travel exclusively by car, they highlight the lack of infrastructure to support safe non-motorized travel alongside motorized travel. By implementing strategies that reduce the amount of exposure non- motorized travelers have to moving vehicles and reducing the number of cars on the road, it is possible to dually promote alternative modes of transportation and mechanisms to improve the safety of these alternative modes.

Disparities in Traffic Injuries and Deaths

Traffic injuries and deaths are major health concerns for everyone but more so among society’s most vulnerable populations. National data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) indicate that Native Americans are 1.5 times more likely to die from traffic crashes than other Americans.23 Data collection methods inhibit clarity about the disparate impact of traffic crashes on other racial/ethnic groups, and there is a dearth of data that looks at disparities by income. This is due to the fact

Traffic Injury Prevention H

e a

lt h

y, E

q u

it a

b le

T ra

n s

p o

rt a

ti o

n P

o li

c y

p g

. 1 3 8

>

>

C h

a p

te r

8

that the primary source of data comes from police reports, which do not collect race and ethnicity data. However, some studies seem to indicate the existence of such disparities across race/ethnicity. Between 1990 and 1998, death rates from motor vehicle crashes declined least for African Americans and Native Americans, who also continued to have higher age-adjusted death rates for motor vehicle crashes than any other racial or ethnic group.24 An analysis of North Carolina’s licensed drivers, ages 16 to 24, puts the fatality rate for Latinos at nearly 1.5 times greater than that for whites.25

Pedestrian safety is particularly important for populations that have less access to cars

and rely more on walking for transportation. For example, African Americans make up approximately 12 percent of the U.S. population, but they account for 20 percent of pedestrian deaths.26 Another CDC analysis suggests that the pedestrian fatality rate for Latino men in the Atlanta metropolitan statistical area was six times greater than that for whites between 1994 and 1998.27 While Latinos made up 28 percent of the population in Orange County, CA, they accounted for 40 percent of all pedestrian injuries and 43 percent of pedestrian deaths in 1999, according to a study done by the Los Angeles Times.28

While data comparing traffic injury rates by

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

1960 1965 1970 1975

YEAR

R A

T E

Graph 1: US Traffic Fatalities by VMT and per 10,000 population

8-1

1980

Per 100 Million Vehicle-Miles Traveled

Per 10,000 Population

1985 1990 1995 2000

5.06

5.3

4.74

3.35 3.35

2.47

2.08

1.73 1.582.03

2.46 2.59

2.07

2.25

1.84 1.79

1.59 1.53

Graph 1. U.S. Traffic Fatalities by VMT and Per 10,000 Population

Primary data collected by the Bureau of Transportation Statistics (2000), available at http://www.bts.gov/ publications/nts/index.html. This graph was originally compiled by Todd Litman, Victoria Transport Policy Institute.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 3 9

<

<

T ra

ff ic

I n

ju ry

P re

v e

n ti

o n

ch. 8

income level are not readily available, people with low incomes may be more vulnerable to traffic injuries and deaths. Low-income often means less access to products that enhance safety, such as newer, safer vehicles or child safety seats; moreover, low-income communities have fewer resources for safe roads and sidewalks, crosswalks, lighting, and traffic enforcement.

Other Populations with Greater risk

Across all ethnic groups, more males than females die from motor vehicle crashes.29 Compared to females, males have lower rates of seat belt use; and are more likely to be involved in alcohol-related crashes and be alcohol- impaired (whether as drivers, passengers, pedestrians, or cyclists) at the time of the incident.30 Drivers under the age of 25 are also more likely to be involved in fatal traffic crashes than any other age group.31

Additionally, driving skills decline with age; with older adults representing the fastest-growing segment of the U.S. population, protecting them from injuries caused by collision should be a top priority on any health and safety agenda. Although older motorists drive fewer miles, they are more likely to be killed or injured in a crash of the same severity compared to other age groups.32 Not only are older drivers typically frailer than others, they also tend to drive older cars, which typically have fewer safety features.33 Even if older drivers in the future drive at the same modest rates as the current elder population, their growing numbers mean that total miles driven by people ages 65 and older would increase 50 percent by 2020 and more than double by 2040.34 While strategies can focus on mitigating risks for older drivers, the best safety approach is to provide safe pedestrian facilities and accessible, affordable public transportation.

T r a n s p o r t a t i o n i nj u r y P r e v e n t i o n S t r a t e g i e s

Transportation safety practices and policies should be integrated into all relevant agency agendas and across all levels of government. The pending authorization of the federal transportation bill, the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users (SAFETEA-LU), is an opportunity to expand programs that have led to improvements in health and safety. Federal policy has historically succeeded in establishing national standards through a carrot-and- stick approach, encouraging state and local governments to comply with federal targets such as those on seat belt use or car seats by dangling federal funds as the carrot. The federal government thus effectively leverages its resources and expands safety targets.

Land Use

Deciding the best uses for our land has not traditionally been included among injury prevention strategies. However, land use issues strongly influence how we travel, which is a key component in determining our risk for getting hurt in a crash. Zoning laws and general plans influence population density within a community, how streets connect, and the distance between homes and key institutions such as schools and workplaces. These factors affect the feasibility, appeal, and safety of walking, bicycling, or using public transportation to get where we need to go. Smart growth strategies—which encourage compact development combining housing, shops, businesses, and parks—reduce our reliance on car travel, creating communities that are safer, more convenient, and more inclusive of low- income residents, older adults, and people with disabilities. One approach that utilizes smart growth elements is transit oriented development (TOD), which develops compact major activity centers around public transportation hubs.

Traffic Injury Prevention H

e a

lt h

y, E

q u

it a

b le

T ra

n s

p o

rt a

ti o

n P

o li

c y

p g

. 1 4 0

>

>

C h

a p

te r

8

By limiting the number of alcohol outlets, zoning laws can also help tackle the problem of impaired driving.

road Design

Road design influences driving behavior and is an important determinant of bicyclists’ and pedestrians’ exposure to traffic, and thus, risk of injury and death.

Road design strategies should emphasize the safety of both motorized and non-motorized travelers. Many road and street improvements can accomplish this: clear road markings and signage to designate crosswalks, bicycle lanes, demarcations between vehicle lanes, and adequate lighting alongside the road to ensure good visibility.35 Additionally, sidewalks, bulb- outs at street corners (which shorten crossing distances and slow the speed of traffic), curb cuts, and separate pathways for pedestrians and bicyclists can limit motor vehicle crashes. Road design strategies should also pay particular attention to improving safe access and mobility for older adults and people with disabilities, beyond Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) street design requirements.36

Because the risk of death and severe injury in traffic crashes has a direct correlation to speed37 and because speeding is a factor in one-third of all crashes, environmental changes to encourage slower speeds on our roads are vital. Traffic calming, design approaches that acknowledge the relationship between environmental design and behavioral norms, is one of the most important injury prevention strategies in recent decades. Reducing lane widths, curving streets, and adding trees enhance the roadway experience and lead to slower, safer driving. The construction of raised islands, medians, and roundabouts in the roadway also reduces traffic speeds.

These design improvements must reach all neighborhoods. Funds should especially be targeted to low-income communities, where

residents are more likely to walk or bicycle for transportation.

Public Transportation

Safe, efficient, and easily accessible public transportation systems will reduce the frequency of injury and death caused by passenger vehicles and truck traffic. Public transportation systems can solve a number of transportation issues simultaneously, e.g., provide equitable access for vulnerable populations such as older adults, people with disabilities, and low-income populations as well as improve air quality by having fewer vehicles on the road.

Funding should be increased for public transportation improvements and expansions. Public transportation must be fast and affordable; it must link people with the places they need to go. Americans will not give up their cars in significant numbers without realistic public transportation alternatives, including safe routes for walking or bicycling to transit stops. Transit operators can help by providing bicycle lockers and racks, elevators, adequate lighting, and security guards or other safety monitors. Road design features such as crosswalks, sidewalks, and conveniently located transit stops (bus stops and transit lines positioned for easy pedestrian access) are also beneficial. Public transportation accessibility and safety will become increasingly important for older Americans as the U.S. population ages.

ch. 8

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 4 1

<

<

T ra

ff ic

I n

ju ry

P re

v e

n ti

o n

Speed Limits

As noted earlier, speeding is an important factor in traffic injury and death. The 55-mile- per-hour highway speed limit, established by Congress in 1974 and later adopted by all states, was repealed in 1995. When speed limits are increased on major highways, motorists tend to drive faster on secondary roadways, a process known as “speed adaptation.”38 Reducing speed saves not only lives but also energy because speeding reduces fuel efficiency.

Automobile advertising tends to glorify high- speed driving and risky driving behaviors.39 Getting drivers to slow down may also require changes in automobile marketing practices.

Impaired Driving Laws

Alcohol-related motor vehicle crashes kill someone in the United States every 39 minutes.40 Several studies reveal that when alcohol plays a role, crashes tend to be much more severe.41 Strategies that are effective at preventing impaired driving include:

• Maintain strict enforcement of 0.08 percent blood alcohol content (BAC) laws.42

• Consistently enforce the national minimum legal drinking age law and adopt zero tolerance laws (i.e., revoking a driver’s license if impaired) for drivers younger than 21 in all states.43

• Establish sobriety checkpoints,44 coupled with extensive media campaigns to increase public awareness.

• Install alcohol ignition interlocks in vehicles.45

A number of impaired driving prevention strategies focus on organizational interventions such as alcohol licensing, alcohol availability, alcohol bans, reducing alcohol outlet density and server interventions.46 Other effective

strategies include economic interventions such as raising state and federal alcohol excise taxes and reducing the number of alcohol retailers.47

It must be noted that there are higher densities of alcohol retail in low-income communities and communities of color; consequently, strategies should address the saturation of liquor stores in these communities rather than relying exclusively on modifying consumers’ behavior.48

Driver or pedestrian alcohol use was reported in 47 percent of the traffic crashes that resulted in pedestrian fatalities, with pedestrians more likely to be intoxicated than drivers.49 As rates of driving continue to decline and other modes become more prevalent, specific solutions must be explored for preventing alcohol-related traffic crashes among bicyclists and pedestrians.

Bicycle Helmet Laws

More than a half-million people are treated annually in hospital emergency rooms in the United States for bicycle-related injuries.50 Approximately 60 percent of bicycle deaths involve a head injury; research indicates that a helmet can reduce the risk of head injury by up to 85 percent.51 In 1999, the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission issued a mandatory safety standard for bicycle helmets.52 Twenty- one states and the District of Columbia have helmet laws but require use only among young riders (often under the age of 16).53 Little political will exists at the federal and state levels to legislate helmets—despite their lifesaving value—for a greater percentage of bicyclists. Municipal ordinances remain the most promising policy approach.

Schools, businesses, and government agencies can also mandate that children and employees wear bicycle helmets when riding to and from school or work. Schools and offices can disseminate information about their importance and value. Stores that sell bicycles and helmets can also be productive partners in this effort, offering reduced-price or free helmets and

Traffic Injury Prevention H

e a

lt h

y, E

q u

it a

b le

T ra

n s

p o

rt a

ti o

n P

o li

c y

p g

. 1 4 2

>

>

C h

a p

te r

8

distributing information about their proper use and importance in preventing injuries or deaths.

Vehicle Design Standards

Vehicle design standards play a key role in increasing safety for drivers and their passengers and for bicyclists and pedestrians. Examples include improved braking systems, bumpers and external frame requirements, airbags, shatter- resistant windshields, shock-absorbing steering wheels, and automatic seat belts.

Seat Belt Laws

It’s been proven that seat belts save lives. Yet the United States ranks among the lowest nations in the developed world for seat belt usage—an 83 percent daytime use rate.54 Every state except New Hampshire has seat belt use laws, but only 25 states and the District of Columbia allow primary enforcement,55 which permits officers to ticket a driver for not wearing a seat belt without necessitating another traffic violation. Primary enforcement has been associated with lower fatality rates56; in states with such laws, seat belt use is typically 10 percent to 15 percent higher.57 SAFETEA-LU provided more than $500 million in incentive grant money to encourage states to pass primary enforcement seat belt laws, but only a few states have done so. In addition to incentives, federal transportation dollars should be withheld from states that do not adopt such laws. There should also be safeguards for uniform enforcement of primary seat belt laws to address the concern from many opponents that traffic laws have a history of discriminatory enforcement, with targeting of certain racial and ethnic groups.58 The National Organization of Black Law Enforcement Executives, the nation’s leading group of minority law enforcement executives, has recognized that large numbers of African Americans die because they don’t use seat belts or child safety seats (discussed below); it supports primary enforcement laws covering both strategies.

Motorcycle Helmet Laws

Motorcycles make up more than three percent of registered vehicles and only 0.4 percent of vehicle miles traveled but 11 percent of traffic fatalities.59 Helmet use is the most effective measure to protect motorcyclists. Although helmets do not prevent crashes, they offer significant protection against head and brain injuries. States with all-rider helmet laws have a use rate of nearly 100 percent. Twenty-six states have laws that cover only some riders (e.g., up to age 18), which are nearly impossible to enforce; the trend now is toward repealing such laws rather than enacting them. All states should be required to enact an all-rider motorcycle helmet law, and grant funding should provide incentives for promoting motorcyclists’ safety.

Child Safety Seat Laws

Child safety seats reduce the risk of death in vehicles by 71 percent for infants and by 54 percent for children ages one to four years.60 For the past 20 years, child safety seats have been tremendously successful with nearly 100 percent compliance. The CDC Guide to Community Preventive Services presents strong evidence that child safety seat laws, the distribution of safety seats, and education and enforcement

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 4 3

<

<

T ra

ff ic

I n

ju ry

P re

v e

n ti

o n

ch. 8

campaigns are effective in increasing child safety seat use.61

But more work needs to be done to protect child occupants who remain at heightened risk. The next priority: enacting booster seat laws for children up to age eight, as recommended by the NHTSA. At present, 42 states and the District of Columbia have such laws.62

Lack of access to affordable child safety seats makes their use lower in rural and low-income communities.63 Research reveals, however, that 95 percent of low-income families who own a child safety seat use it.64 The federal surface transportation bill should help low-income families to purchase booster seats.

Graduated Driver Licensing

Graduated driver licensing (GDL) laws, which require newly licensed youth to “graduate” to full licensing, allow young people to practice before assuming the full rights and responsibilities of driving. Research suggests that comprehensive GDL programs can reduce fatal crashes among 16-year-old drivers by up to 38 percent.65

Truck regulations

Although this paper emphasizes safety for passenger vehicles, truck safety is another important area for injury prevention. Strategies include improving built-in truck safety features, regular inspections, restrictions on hours operators can drive without a break, and regulations limiting load size. Federal transportation policy can make roads safer for everyone by supporting expanded rail transport and reducing reliance on trucks.

C h a l l e n g e s t o a n d O p p o r t u n i t i e s i n T r a f f i c i nj u r y P r e v e n t i o n P o l i c y

The current federal transportation bill, SAFETEA- LU, includes programs that advance both health and safety. These programs can benefit greatly from additional funding in the pending authorization of a new bill and an emphasis on expanding best practices and promoting equity. Funding should be prioritized to ensure that injury prevention efforts are designed to benefit the most vulnerable communities. Notably, the Highway Safety Improvement Program (HSIP) was an unprecedented attempt to consolidate safety efforts. Other successes that should be expanded: the Safe Routes to School (SRTS) program, the Transportation Enhancements (TE) program, and The Non-Motorized Transportation Pilot program (see table 4 for details about these programs).

A well-thought-out federal health and safety framework for transportation policy and practice must be reflected at the local level as well. States and locales are the crucibles of change; they do most of the transportation planning and implementation. Yet the quality of safety efforts remains uneven. Without a sufficient federal mandate, some states ignore the imperative for traffic safety, and others have not implemented measures to their greatest potential. Federal mandates should be flexible so locales can choose strategies that best respond to community conditions. HSIP’s mandatory strategic highway safety plan process, which requires states to develop safety priorities and targets in order to receive safety funds from the program, is an opportunity for this type of coordinated traffic safety approach.

The federal government should also require states to include in their transportation planning a wide range of voices, including groups concerned with health and community well-being. An important model for this type of multi-sector collaboration is the Safe

Traffic Injury Prevention H

e a

lt h

y, E

q u

it a

b le

T ra

n s

p o

rt a

ti o

n P

o li

c y

p g

. 1 4 4

>

>

C h

a p

te r

8

Program Amount Description

Highway Safety Improvement Program (HSIP)

$5 billion over 5 years

Achieves a significant reduction in traffic fatalities and serious injuries on all public roads by implementing infrastructure- related highway safety improvements. A portion of these funds can be used for safe behavior enhancement programs.

Safe Routes to School (SRTS)

$612 million over 5 years

Funds infrastructure and programming projects to encourage children and their accompanying guardians to walk or bicycle safely to school every day. This program is one of a few existing models that jointly focuses on increasing rates of walking and bicycling and improving safety conditions for non-motorized travelers. It should be authorized with greater investment.

The Non- Motorized Transportation Pilot Program

$125 million over 5 years

Funds infrastructure and programming in four communities to increase bicycling and walking. Expanding it to fund more communities and conduct further evaluation is the next step. Its authorization should require funded communities to include safety goals in their transportation plans so that every new project focuses on reducing traffic injuries and deaths among bicyclists and pedestrians as well as infrastructure improvements that improve safety for all.

Transportation Enhancements (TE)

$3.5 billion Funds bicycle and pedestrian trails and rail-trail conversions, which include safety improvements to these environments; these conversions take up about 55% of TE funding. It is a 10% set-aside from another major program in SAFETEA-LU, the Surface Transportation Program. This is the largest source of federal funds for non-motorized projects and should be increased to reflect growing demand.

* Funds for agencies under the U.S. Department of Transportation that address traffic safety and for the State and Community Highway Safety Grant Program, described in table 5, were also authorized under SAFETEA-LU.

Table 4. SAFETEA-LU Programs That Support Injury Prevention*

Communities Program, funded through Section 402 transportation funds (described in table 5).

Moreover, the authorization should provide states with data, training, and technical assistance to ensure that plans are well tailored to community needs, that they effectively reach low-income communities and communities of color, and that they include a diverse and comprehensive set of strategies. HSIP currently focuses almost exclusively on the safety of

motorized travelers. To equitably distribute transportation safety funds, several advocates are calling for a “Fair Share for Safety” provision, requiring states to spend a portion of their funds, proportional to the percentage of non-motorized travelers’ deaths, on walking and bicycling safety projects.

A complete streets policy—which emphasizes safe, easy, and efficient mobility for all travelers through connected networks of roads, paths,

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 4 5

<

<

T ra

ff ic

I n

ju ry

P re

v e

n ti

o n

ch. 8

• Federal: The U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) is the agency responsible for the federal transportation system. One of its primary charges is to ensure the safety and security of the traveling public; safety is among its top three priorities. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), and the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) are the three major agencies under the DOT umbrella that provide national leadership and support on transportation safety issues. The Federal Transit Administration (FTA) addresses safety related to public transportation. Congress has also created the National Center for Injury Prevention and Control (NCIP) within the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC); it funds injury research, provides grants to state and local health agencies, and works to increase awareness about injury prevention.

• State: In addition to the federal agencies and programs dedicated to traffic safety, states also have dedicated funding sources to improve traffic safety. This support comes primarily through Section 402 State and Community Highway Safety Grant Program, first authorized by the Highway Safety Act of 1966 and reauthorized in succeeding federal surface transportation bills. Most state public health departments also support ongoing injury prevention and control programs.

Table 5. Federal and State Government Support for Traffic Injury Prevention

and trails—is not included in SAFETEA-LU, but should be incorporated into the new federal transportation bill.66

Another policy issue that requires attention is deciding the appropriate mechanisms to distribute funds in order to encourage projects that promote safety and convenience by modes other than passenger vehicle travel. The new federal transportation bill should provide alternatives to the current funding formula, which bases allocations on a state’s total number of vehicle miles traveled. One option is to link transportation funds to land use patterns that encourage smart growth development and discourage development patterns that require passenger vehicles for the majority of local travel.

C o n c l u s i o n

Twenty-first century transportation policy must reflect a new vision of mobility and accessibility. Safe travel for all road users and broader considerations of health and equity must be at the center of policy and practice, which would be a difficult task even without the entrenched interests invested in maintaining the status quo. It requires a strong, committed partnership that spans multiple sectors and disciplines.

Building this partnership requires moving beyond past differences and historical positions. Diverse groups must recognize their common interest in opposing policies centered on building more roads, highways, and sprawling developments at the expense of air quality, bicycle and pedestrian access, smart growth, and safety for everyone.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 4 6

>

>

Author Biographies

T h e T r a n s p o r t a t i o n P r e s c r i p t i o n : a S u m m a r y o f f i n d i n g s a n d a f r a m e w o r k f o r a c t i o n

&

Chapter 1: Health Effects of Transportation Policy

Judith Bell, M.P.A., is the President of PolicyLink in Oakland, CA, and oversees policy development, strategic planning, program implementation, and policy campaign strategy; she leads projects focused on equitable development, such as the fair distribution of affordable housing, equity in public investment, and community strategies to improve health. Bell is a frequent speaker, trainer, and consultant on advocacy strategy. Her work at PolicyLink includes access to healthy foods, transportation, and infrastructure investment. In addition, Bell leads PolicyLink work with the Convergence Partnership, a multi-foundation initiative to support equity-focused efforts to advance policy and environmental changes for healthy people and healthy places. For more information: http://www.policylink.org/JudithBell.

Larry Cohen, M.S.W., is Founder and Executive Director of Prevention Institute, a nonprofit national center that moves beyond approaches that target individuals to create systematic, comprehensive strategies that alter the conditions that impact community health. With an emphasis on health equity, Cohen has led many successful public health efforts at the local, state, and federal levels on injury and violence prevention, mental health, traffic safety, and food- and physical activity-related chronic disease prevention. Prior to founding Prevention Institute in Oakland, CA, Cohen participated in passing the nation’s first multi-city smoking ban. He established the Food and Nutrition Policy Consortium, which catalyzed the nation’s food labeling law. Cohen also helped shape strategy to secure passage of bicycle and motorcycle helmet laws and to strengthen child and adult passenger restraint laws. For more information: http://www.preventioninstitute.org/larry.html.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 4 7

<

<

A u

th o

r B

io g

ra p

h ie

s

Chapter 2: Transportation Authorization 101: A Backgrounder

Susan Polan, Ph.D., is the Associate Executive Director, Public Affairs and Advocacy, for the American Public Health Association in Washington, DC. In this capacity, Polan oversees APHA’s government relations, communications, membership, affiliate affairs, and component affairs departments. She has more than 15 years of experience in health and public health issues. Her doctorate is in Social Ecology from the University of California, Irvine. For more information: http://www.apha.org/about/ board/aphastaff/biopolan.htm.

Tracy Kolian, M.P.H., is a Senior Policy Analyst in the Public Health Policy Center of the American Public Health Association and is responsible for the association’s environmental public health policy issues and initiatives. She holds a bachelor’s degree in Toxicology from Northeastern University and a master’s degree in environmental health from Tulane University, School of Public Health and Tropical Medicine. For more information: http://www.apha.org/ about/board/aphastaff/biokolian.htm.

Shireen Malekafzali, M.P.H., is a Senior Associate at PolicyLink, a national research and action institute dedicated to social and economic equity. She works across topics to create environmental and policy changes aimed at promoting health and equity. Shireen provides research, technical assistance, training, and policy development support to collaborative efforts intended to create health-enabling environments for all, regardless of race, class, or gender. Her expertise focuses at the intersection of health, equity, and the built environment. For more information: http://www.policylink.org/ ShireenMalekafzali.

T r a n s p o r t a t i o n C h o i c e s

Chapter 3: Public Transportation and Health

Todd Litman, M.E.S., is Founder and Executive Director of the Victoria Transport Policy Institute, an independent research organization in Victoria, British Columbia, that is dedicated to developing innovative solutions to transport problems. His work helps expand the range of impacts and options considered in transportation decision making, improve evaluation methods, and make specialized technical concepts accessible to a larger audience. His research is used worldwide in transport planning and policy analysis. For more information: http://www.vtpi.org/documents/ resume.pdf.

Chapter 4: Walking, Bicycling and Health

Susan Handy, Ph.D., is Professor of Environmental Science and Policy and Director of the Sustainable Transportation Center at the University of California, Davis. Her research focuses on the impact of land use on travel behavior, and she is internationally known for her work on the connection between neighborhood design and walking. She is a member of the Committee on Women’s Transportation Issues of the Transportation Research Board and the Institute of Medicine Committee on Childhood Obesity Prevention Actions for Local Governments. For more information: http://www.des.ucdavis.edu/ faculty/handy/.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 4 8

>

>

Author Biographies

Chapter 5: roadways and Health: Making the Case for Collaboration

Catherine L. ross, Ph.D., is Director of Georgia Tech’s Center for Quality Growth and Regional Development (CQGRD). A nationally recognized transportation expert, Ross is the college’s first endowed faculty member—the Harry West Chair for Quality Growth and Regional Development. She has held a variety of important leadership positions at Georgia Tech, including vice provost for academic affairs, associate vice president for academic affairs, co-director of the Transportation Research and Education Center, and director of the College of Architecture’s Ph.D. program. For more information: http://www.cqgrd.gatech.edu/ about/ross.php.

k e y i s s u e s

Chapter 6: Breaking Down Silos: Transportation, Economic Development and Health

Todd Swanstrom, Ph.D., is the E. Desmond Lee Professor of Community Collaboration and Public Policy Administration at the University of Missouri, St. Louis. A co-author of Place Matters: Metropolitics for the Twenty-first Century (University Press of Kansas, 2004), Swanstrom is presently working with the Transportation Equity Network (TEN) on local workforce development in the construction industry. His most recent report, The Road to Good Jobs: Patterns of Employment in the Construction Industry, is available at http:// www.transportationequity.org. He is also doing research, funded by the MacArthur Foundation’s Building Resilient Regions project, on local responses to the foreclosure crisis in six metropolitan areas. For more information: http://pprc.umsl.edu/base_pages/home/staff. htm#research.

Chapter 7: Sustainable Food Systems: Perspectives on Transportation Policy

Kami Pothukuchi, Ph.D., is Associate Professor of Urban Planning at Wayne State University, Detroit, MI. Her research examines the links between food and community and economic development, and the roles public and nonprofit agencies might play to foster these links. A policy guide, “Community and Regional Food Planning Policy Guide,” co- authored by her, was recently adopted by the American Planning Association (http:// www.planning.org/policyguides/food.htm). She serves on the Detroit Food Policy Council Convening Committee, the Detroit Food and Fitness Collaborative, and several other local and national committees related to community food planning. For more information: http://www. clas.wayne.edu/faculty/Pothukuchi.

richard Wallace, M.S., is a Senior Project Manager with the Center for Automotive Research (CAR) in Ann Arbor, MI. He plays the leading role in CAR’s work in the connected vehicle and transportation infrastructure realms. While with the Altarum Institute, he completed and served as Co- Principal Investigator of a study, “Cost Benefit of Providing Non-emergency Medical Transportation.” This groundbreaking study (TCRP B-27), completed under contract to the Transit Cooperative Research Program of the Transportation Research Board of the National Academies, compared the healthcare costs and benefits to the additional transportation costs of providing nonemergency medical transportation to transportation-disadvantaged persons that face transportation barriers to obtaining needed medical care. He holds a master’s degree in Technology and Science Policy from the Georgia Institute of Technology. For more information: http://www.linkedin.com/in/richardwallacecar.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 4 9

<

<

A u

th o

r B

io g

ra p

h ie

s

Chapter 8: Traffic Injury Prevention: A 21st Century Approach

Larry Cohen, M.S.W., is Founder and Executive Director of Prevention Institute. For more details, see his full profile under the “Framing and Summary” section above.

Janani Srikantharajah, B.A., is a Program Coordinator at Prevention Institute, where she supports the Institute’s built environment, transportation, and health reform efforts. Srikantharajah authored the American Public Health Association’s transportation and land use policy resolution in 2008. Prior to joining Prevention Institute, she spent two years with the Ernest Gallo Research Clinic, at UCSF, studying alcohol addiction pathways. For more information: http://www.preventioninstitute. org/staffbio.html.

Leslie Mikkelsen, R.D, M.P.H., is Managing Director of Prevention Institute, where she leads a team focused on environmental and policy approaches to promoting healthy eating and physical activity. Mikkelsen is a policy consultant to the Healthy Eating Active Living Convergence Partnership. She is also Co-founder and Project Director of the Strategic Alliance for Healthy Food and Activity Environments, a California coalition promoting a broad agenda that has influenced state legislation and the Governor’s California Obesity Prevention plan. For more information: http://www.preventioninstitute. org/staffbio.html.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 5 0

>

>

Acknowledgments

This publication is a collaborative effort including the insights and assistance of numerous individuals in addition to the authors.

Our sincerest thanks to the following for their contributions to the development of this report:

• Todd Litman, Manuel Pastor, Carli Paine, Jason Corburn, and Larry Frank for their careful reviews of various portions of the report.

• Fran Smith, for her skillful writing, editing, and research assistance, as well as her valuable input throughout the development of this report.

• Victor rubin, Janani Srikantharajah, and Leslie Mikkelsen for their insightful review and input.

• Paulette Jones robinson, Ariana Zeno, Erika Bernabei, and Emma Sarnat, for their thorough and diligent copyediting, fact-checking, and proofing.

• Annie Finkenbinder and Lili Shoup, for sharing their policy expertise.

• The members of the Convergence Partnership, for their guidance throughout this project:

Linda Jo Doctor, W. K. Kellogg Foundation

David Fukuzawa, Kresge Foundation

Allison S. Gertel-rosenberg and rich Killingsworth, Nemours

Laura Kettel Khan, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention

Angie McGowan and Maisha Simmons, Robert Wood Johnson Foundation

Brian raymond and Loel Solomon, Kaiser Permanente

Marion Standish, The California Endowment

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 5 1

<

<

N o

te s

1 John King, “Bus Route Closing Devastates Disabled Couple,” CNN, March 27, 2009, http://www.cnn.com/2009/POLITICS/03/27/ st.louis.no.bus/.

2 Henry K. Lee, “Diesel Exhaust Poses Health Risks in West Oakland, Study Finds,” San Francisco Chronicle, November 16, 2003, http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article. cgi?file=/chronicle/archive/2003/11/16/ BAGQE334JL1.DTL.

3 Jennifer Langston, “No Easy Access to Fresh Groceries in Many Parts of Seattle,” Seattle Post Intelligencer, May 1, 2008, http://www. seattlepi.com/local/361235_foodvoid01.html.

4 See http://www.investininfrastructure.org/.

5 President Franklin D. Roosevelt took a similar tack during the Great Depression. Addressing transportation needs accounted for much of the work of the WPA. By 1938, the WPA had paved or repaired 280,000 miles of road and had built 29,000 bridges and 150 airfields, according to Jim Couch, professor of economics and finance at the University of North Alabama and co-author of The Political Economy of the New Deal (Williston, VT: Edward Elgar Publishing, 1998).

6 See the policy platform of the Transportation Equity Network, a national coalition of more than 300 grassroots and partner organizations working to reform transportation and land use policies, http://transportationequity.org/index. php?option=com_content&task=view&id =15&Itemid=32. See also American Public Health Association, At the Intersection of Public Health and Transportation: Promoting Healthy Transportation Policy, 2009, http:// www.apha.org/NR/rdonlyres/43F10382- FB68-4112-8C75-49DCB10F8ECF/0/ TransportationBrief.pdf.

7 National Surface Transportation Policy and Revenue Commission, Transportation for Tomorrow, December 2007, http:// transportationfortomorrow.org/final_report/.

8 E. Burgess and A. Rood, Reinventing Transit: American Communities Finding Smarter, Cleaner, Faster Transportation Solutions (New York: Environmental Defense Fund, 2009), http://www.edf.org/documents/9522_ Reinventing_Transit_FINAL.pdf.

9 M. Turner, “Transit Oriented Development Revitalizes Chicago Neighborhood,” Race, Poverty, and the Environment (Winter 2005/2006), http://www.urbanhabitat.org/ files/24.Marcia.Turner.pdf.

10 See http://www.cleanandsafeports.org. Information and resources on the impacts that transporting goods have on health and community life are available from the Trade, Health, & Environment Impact Project, a community-academic partnership, http:// hydra.usc.edu/scehsc/web/Welcome/ Welcome.html.

11 For information on authorizations and allocations under SAFETEA-LU, the surface transportation bill that expires in September 2009, see http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ safetealu/factsheets/step.htm.

12 Transportation for Tomorrow (see endnote 7).

13 Health impact assessments are a combination of procedures, methods, and tools to evaluate the potential health effects of a policy, program, or project as well as the distribution of those effects within a population. See http://www.cdc.gov/ healthyplaces/hia.htm.

14 Transit oriented development is a planning and design trend that seeks to create compact, mixed-use, pedestrian-friendly

Notes

The Transportation Prescription: A Summary of Findings and a Framework for Action

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 5 2

>

>

N o

te s

Notes

communities located around new or existing public transportation stations. For more information, see Todd Swanstrom’s chapter in this book. See also http://www.policylink. org/EDTK/TOD/default.html.

15 See http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/safetealu/ factsheets/stp.htm.

16 J. Pucher and J. L. Renne, “Socioeconomics of Urban Travel: Evidence from the 2001 NHTS,” Transport Quarterly 57 (2003): 49– 77, http://policy.rutgers.edu/faculty/pucher/ TQPuchRenne.pdf.

17 See http://www.fta.dot.gov/funding/grants/ grants_financing_3561.html.

18 Transit Riders for Public Transportation, “Ensuring Non-Discrimination in Transportation Investments,” http://www. publicadvocates.org/ourwork/transportation/ docs/TRPT-Ensuring_Non_Discrimination_in_ Transportation_Investments_04-08-09.pdf.

19 Swanstrom T. The Road to Good Jobs: Patterns of Employment in the Construction Industry, (September 30, 2008), http://www.umsl. edu/services/media/assets/pdf/study.pdf.

Chapter 1: Health Effects of Transportation Policy

1 National Surface Transportation Policy and Revenue Commission, Transportation for Tomorrow, December 2007, http:// transportationfortomorrow.org/final_report.

2 P. Latzin et al., “Air Pollution during Pregnancy and Lung Function in Newborns: A Birth Cohort Study,” European Respiratory Journal 33 (2009): 594–603.

3 W. J. Gauderman et al., “The Effect of Air Pollution on Lung Development from 10 to 18 Years of Age,” New England Journal of Medicine 351, no. 11 (2004): 1057–87.

4 C. A. Pope III et al., “Lung Cancer, Cardiopulmonary Mortality, and Long-Term Exposure to Fine Particulate Pollution,” Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA) 287, no. 9 (2002): 1132–41.

5 American Lung Association, “Highlights of Recent Research on Particulate Air Pollution: Effects of Long-term Exposure,” 2008, http://www.lungusa.org/atf/cf/{7a8d42c2- fcca-4604-8ade-7f5d5e762256}/ANNUAL-

AVERAGE-PM-STUDIES-OCTOBER-2008.PDF.

6 M. Bell et al., “Ozone and Short-Term Mortality in 95 U.S. Urban Communities, 1987–2000,” Journal of the American Medical Association 292, no. 19 (2004): 2372–89, http://research.yale.edu/ environment/bell/research/files/bell_ mortality_jama.pdf.

7 American Lung Association, “Highlights of Recent Research” (see endnote 5).

8 See http://www.arb.ca.gov/research/health/ fs/pm_ozone-fs.pdf.

9 See http://www.lungusa.org/site/ pp.asp?c=dvLUK9O0E&b= 44567.

10 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), “America Breathing Easier,” http:// www.cdc.gov/asthma/pdfs/breathing_easier_ brochure.pdf.

11 S. Nicholas et al., “Addressing the Childhood Asthma Crisis in Harlem: The Harlem Children’s

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 5 3

<

<

N o

te s

Notes

Zone Asthma Initiative,” American Journal of Public Health 95, no. 2 (2005): 245–49.

12 W. J. Gauderman et al., “Childhood Asthma and Exposure to Traffic and Nitrogen Dioxide,” Epidemiology 16, no. 6 (2005): 737–43.

13 Meredith Minkler et al., “Promoting Healthy Public Policy Through Community-based Participatory Research,” PolicyLink, 2008, http://www.policylink.org/documents/CBPR_ final.pdf. See also http://www.weact.org.

14 K. L. Ebi et al., “U.S. Funding is Insufficient to Address the Human Health Impacts of and Public Health Responses to Climate Variability,” Environmental Health Perspectives Online, February 27, 2009, doi: 10.1289/ehp.0800088, http://dx.doi.org/.

15 See http://thomas.loc.gov/cgi-bin/query/ z?c111:H.R.2323.

16 T. Brikowski, Y. Lotan, and M. S. Pearle, “Climate-related Increase in the Prevalence of Urolithiasis in the United States,” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 105, no. 28 (2008): 9841–46, http://www.pnas.org/ content/105/28/9841.full.pdf+html.

17 Ebi et al., “U.S. Funding” (see endnote 14).

18 CDC, “Preventing Obesity and Chronic Diseases Through Good Nutrition and Physical Activity,” 2008, http://cdc.gov/ nccdphp/publications/factsheets/Prevention/ pdf/obesity.pdf.

19 CDC, “Prevalence of Regular Physical Activity among Adults—United States, 2001 and 2005,” Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 56, no. 46 (November 23, 2007): 1209–12, http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/ preview/mmwrhtml/mm5646a1.h2tm#tab.

20 Transportation Research Board and Institute of Medicine, “Does the Built Environment

Influence Physical Activity? Examining the Evidence,” Special Report 282 (Washington, DC: National Academy Press, 2005).

21 S. J. Olshansky et al., “A Potential Decline in Life Expectancy in the United States in the 21st Century,” New England Journal of Medicine 352, no. 11 (March 17, 2005): 1138–45, http://www.muni.org/iceimages/ healthchp/life%20expectancy1.pdf.

22 L. D. Frank, M. Andresen, and T. L. Schmid, “Obesity Relationships and Community Design, Physical Activity, and Time Spent in Cars,” American Journal of Preventive Medicine 27, no. 2 (2004): 87–96, http:// www.act-trans.ubc.ca/documents/ajpm- aug04.pdf.

23 U. LaChapelle and L. D. Frank, “Transit and Health: Mode of Transport, Employer- Sponsored Public Transit Pass Programs, and Physical Activity,” Journal of Public Health Policy 30 Supplement (2009): S73–S94, http://www.palgrave-journals.com/jphp/ journal/v30/nS1/pdf/jphp200852a.pdf.

24 L. Besser, M. Marcus, and H. Frumkin, “Commute Time and Social Capital in the U.S.,” American Journal of Preventive Medicine 34, no. 3 (2008): 207–11.

25 U.S. Department of Transportation, “Motor Vehicle Traffic Crashes as a Leading Cause of Death in the United States, 2005,” Research Note DOT HS 810 936 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2008).

26 Lawrence J. Blincoe et al., “The Economic Impact of Motor Vehicle Crashes, 2000,” Report no. DOT HS-809-446 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2002), http://www. nhtsa.dot.gov/staticfiles/DOT/NHTSA/ Communication%20&%20Consumer%20 Information/Articles/Associated%20Files/ EconomicImpact2000.pdf.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 5 4

>

>

N o

te s

Notes

27 CDC, “Web-based Injury Statistics Query and Reporting System (WISQARS),” http://www. cdc.gov/ncipc/WISQARS/.

28 CDC, “Pedestrian Fatalities—Cobb, DeKalb, Fulton, and Gwinnett Counties, Georgia, 1994–1998,” Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 48 (1999): 601–05, http://www.cdc. gov/mmwr/PDF/wk/mm4828.pdf.

29 J. Pucher and J. L. Renne, “Socioeconomics of Urban Travel: Evidence from the 2001 NHTS,” Transport Quarterly 57 (2003): 49– 77, http://policy.rutgers.edu/faculty/pucher/ TQPuchRenne.pdf.

30 David A. Morena et al., Older Drivers at a Crossroads (Washington, DC: Federal Highway Administration, 2007), http://www. tfhrc.gov/pubrds/07jan/02.htm.

31 U.S. Department of Transportation, “National Household Travel Survey,” Older Drivers: Safety Implications (Washington, DC: Federal Highway Administration, 2006).

32 Federal Highway Administration, “National Household Travel Survey,” 2001.

33 Fatality Analysis Reporting System Encyclopedia, http://www-fars.nhtsa.dot. gov/Main/index.aspx.

34 T. Litman and S. Fitzroy, “Safe Travels: Evaluating Mobility Management Traffic Safety Benefits,” Victoria Transport Policy Institute, 2006, http://www.vtpi.org/safetrav. pdf.

35 Peter L. Jacobsen, “Safety in Numbers: More Walkers and Bicyclists, Safer Walking and Bicycling,” Injury Prevention 9 (2003): 205– 09, http://www.tsc.berkeley.edu/newsletter/ Spring04/JacobsenPaper.pdf.

36 Steven Raphael and Alan Berube, “Socioeconomic Differences in Household Automobile Ownership Rates: Implications

for Evacuation Policy,” paper prepared for the Berkeley Symposium on “Real Estate, Catastrophic Risk, and Public Policy,” March 23, 2006, http://urbanpolicy.berkeley.edu/ pdf/raphael.pdf.

37 “Overcoming Obstacles to Health,” Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, 2008, http://www.commissiononhealth.org/PDF/ ObstaclesToHealth-Highlights.pdf. See also R. D. Wilkinson and K. E. Pickett, “Income Inequality and Population Health: A Review and Explanation of the Evidence,” Social Science & Medicine 62 (2006): 1768–84.

38 “Transportation Affordability: Strategies to Increase Transportation Affordability,” TDM Encyclopedia, updated July 2008, Victoria Transport Policy Institute, http://vtpi.org/ affordability.pdf.

39 Barbara Lipman, “A Heavy Load: The Combined Housing and Transportation Burdens of Working Families” (Washington, DC: Center for Housing Policy, October 2006), http://www.nhc.org/pdf/pub_heavy_ load_10_06.pdf.

40 “Realizing the Potential: Expanding Housing Opportunities near Transit,” Reconnecting America’s Center for Transit Oriented Development, 2007, http:// www.reconnectingamerica.org/public/ reports?page=2.

41 See http://www.bts.gov/publications/ issue_briefs/number_03/html/transportation_ difficulties_keep_over_half_a_million_ disabled_at_home.html.

42 L. Bailey, “Aging Americans: Stranded Without Options,” Surface Transportation Policy Project, 2004, http://www.apta.com/ research/info/online/documents/aging_ stranded.pdf.

43 Ibid.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 5 5

<

<

N o

te s

Notes

1 Federal Highway Administration, Safe Routes to Schools Program Factsheet, http://www. fhwa.dot.gov/safetealu/factsheets/saferoutes. htm.

2 American Public Health Association, At the Intersection of Public Health and Transportation: Promoting Healthy Transportation Policy, http://www.apha.org/ NR/rdonlyres/43F10382-FB68-4112-8C75- 49DCB10F8ECF/0/TransportationBrief.pdf .

3 Northeast-Midwest Institute, What is the Highway Trust Fund?, http://www.nemw.org/ HWtrustfund.htm.

4 Federal Highway Administration, Surface Transportation Program Factsheet, http:// www.fhwa.dot.gov/safetealu/factsheets/stp. htm.

5 Federal Transit Agency, Large Cities Program

(5307), http://www.fta.dot.gov/funding/ grants/grants_financing_3561.html.

6 Federal Highway Administration, Highway Safety Improvement Program Factsheet, http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/safetealu/ factsheets/hsip.htm.

7 Federal Transit Agency, Jobs and Reverse Commute Program, http://www.fta.dot.gov/ funding/grants/grants_financing_3550.html.

8 Federal Transit Administration, New Starts Factsheet, http://www.fta.dot.gov/planning/ newstarts/planning_environment_2607.html.

9 Surface Transportation Policy Partnership, From the Margins to the Mainstream, http:// www.transact.org/PDFs/margins2006/STPP_ guidebook_margins.pdf.

10 Ibid.

1 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 American Community Survey 1-Year Estimates, 2007, http://www.census.gov.

2 Transportation Research Board, Does the Built Environment Influence Physical Activity? Examining the Evidence, Special Report 282, Committee on Physical Activity, Health, Transportation, and Land Use, 2005, http:// onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/sr/sr282.pdf.

3 ICF International, The Broader Connection between Public Transportation, Energy Conservation and Greenhouse Gas Reduction, American Public Transportation Association, 2008, http://www.apta.com/research/info/

online/documents/land_use.pdf; and Todd Litman, Evaluating Public Transit, Benefits and Costs, Victoria Transport Policy Institute (VTPI), 2008, http://www.vtpi.org/tranben. pdf.

4 John E. Evans and Richard H. Pratt, “Travel Response to Transportation System Changes,” in Transit Oriented Development, TCRP Report 95, Transportation Research Board, 2007, http://www.trb.org/TRBNet/ ProjectDisplay.asp?ProjectID=1034.

5 VTPI, “Multi-modal Level-of-service Indicators,” Online TDM Encyclopedia, 2008, http://www.vtpi.org/tdm/tdm129.htm.

Chapter 2: Transportation Authorization 101: A Backgrounder

Chapter 3: Public Transportation and Health

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 5 6

>

>

N o

te s

Notes

6 Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), Rural Transportation Planning, http://www. fhwa.dot.gov/planning/rural/index.html).

7 PATH, The PATH Guide: Planning Ideas, Tools, and Examples to Achieve Transportation Access and Equity in Rural California, prepared by Natural Resources Services, A Division of Redwood Community Action Agency, Eureka, CA, http://www.nrsrcaa.org/ path, 2006, with funding from The Caltrans Environmental Justice Program, http://www. nrsrcaa.org/path/pdfs/PATHGuide5_06.pdf.

8 European Commission, Energy and Transport in Figures, Directorate-General for Energy and Transport, European Commission, 2007, http://ec.europa.eu/dgs/energy_transport/ figures/pocketbook/doc/2007/pb_1_ general_2007.pdf; and FHWA, Highway Statistics, annual reports, http://www.fhwa. dot.gov/policy/ohpi/hss/index.htm.

9 Robert Puentes, The Road . . . Less Traveled: An Analysis of Vehicle Miles Traveled Trends in the U.S. (Washington, DC: Brookings Institution, 2008); and Todd Litman, “Changing Travel Demand: Implications for Transport Planning,” ITE Journal 76, no. 9 ( September 2006): 27–33, http://www.vtpi. org/future.pdf.

10 APTA, Transit Statistics, various years, http:// www.apta.com/research/stats/agency/index. cfm; and FHWA, Highway Statistics, annual reports, http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/policy/ ohpi/hss/index.htm.

11 Reconnecting America, Hidden in Plain Sight: Capturing the Demand for Housing near Transit, Center for Transit-Oriented Development, for the Federal Transit Administration, 2004, http://www. reconnectingamerica.org/public/download/ hipsi.

12 Belden Russonello & Stewart, 2004 American Community Survey: National Survey on

Communities, conducted for the National Association of Realtors and Smart Growth America, October 2004.

13 APTA, Transit Statistics, various years, http:// www.apta.com/research/stats/agency/ index.cfm; FHWA, Highway Statistics, annual reports, http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/policy/ ohpi/hss/index.htm (see endnote 10 for more details on both citations).

14 Todd Litman and Steven Fitzroy, Safe Travels: Evaluating Mobility Management Traffic Safety Benefits, VTPI, 2006, http://www.vtpi. org/safetrav.pdf.

15 Reid Ewing et al., “Relationship between Urban Sprawl and Physical Activity, Obesity, and Morbidity,” American Journal of Health Promotion 18, no. 1 (September/ October 2003): 47–57, http://www. healthpromotionjournal.com and http:// www.smartgrowth.umd.edu/research/ pdf/EwingSchmidKillingsworthEtAl_ SprawlObesity_DateNA.pdf.

16 William H. Lucy, “Mortality Risk Associated with Leaving Home: Recognizing the Relevance of the Built Environment,” American Journal of Public Health 93, no. 9 (September 2003): 1564–69, http://www. ajph.org/cgi/content/full/93/9/1564.

17 Todd Litman, Rail Transit in America: Comprehensive Evaluation of Benefits, VTPI, 2004, http://www.vtpi.org/railben.pdf.

18 Alison Cassady, Tony Dutzik and Emily Figdor, More Highways, More Pollution: Road- building and Air Pollution in America’s Cities, U.S. PIRG Education Fund, 2004, http://www. uspirg.org; and Anming Zhang et al., Towards Estimating the Social and Environmental Costs of Transportation in Canada, Centre for Transportation Studies, University of British Columbia, for Transport Canada, 2005, http://www.sauder.ubc.ca/cts/docs/Full-TC- report-Updated-November05.pdf.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 5 7

<

<

N o

te s

Notes

19 Christopher J. L. Murray et al., Global Burden of Disease and Injury, Center for Population and Development Studies, Harvard School of Public Health, 1996.

20 Peggy Edwards and Agis D. Tsouros, A Healthy City Is an Active City: A Physical Activity Planning Guide, World Health Organization Europe, 2008, http:// www.euro.who.int/InformationSources/ Publications/Catalogue/20081103_1; and U.S. Surgeon General, Physical Activity and Health, CDC, 1999, http://www.cdc.gov/ nccdphp/sgr/sgr.htm.

21 Oscar H. Franco et al., “Effects of Physical Activity on Life Expectancy with Cardiovascular Disease,” Archives of Internal Medicine 165, no. 20 (November 2005): 2355–60, http://archinte.ama-assn.org/cgi/ content/abstract/165/20/2355.

22 World Health Organization, A Physically Active Life Through Everyday Transport: With a Special Focus on Children and Older People and Examples and Approaches from Europe, Regional Office for Europe, 2003, http:// www.euro.who.int/document/e75662.pdf; and Richard Gilbert and Catherine O’Brien, Child- and Youth-Friendly Land-Use and Transport Planning Guidelines, Centre for Sustainable Transportation, 2005, http://cst. uwinnipeg.ca/documents/Guidelines_ON.pdf.

23 Ewing et al. (see endnote 15).

24 Lilah M. Besser and Andrew L. Dannenberg, “Walking to Public Transit: Steps to Help Meet Physical Activity Recommendations,” American Journal of Preventive Medicine 29, no. 4: 2005, http://www.cdc.gov/ healthyplaces/articles/besser_dannenberg. pdf.

25 Richard E. Wener and Gary W. Evans, “A Morning Stroll: Levels of Physical Activity in Car and Mass Transit Commuting,” Environment and Behavior 39, no. 1 (2007):

62–74, http://eab.sagepub.com/cgi/content/ abstract/39/1/62.

26 Ugo Lachapelle and Lawrence D. Frank, “Mode of Transport, Employer-Sponsored Public Transit Pass, and Physical Activity,” Journal of Public Health Policy 30, Suppl. no.1 (2009): S73–S94.

27 Ibid.

28 David Bassett et al., “Walking, Cycling, and Obesity Rates in Europe, North America, and Australia,” Journal of Physical Activity and Health 5, no. 6 (November 2008): 795–814, http://www.humankinetics.com/jpah/ journalAbout.cfm.

29 Ibid.

30 Roland Sturm, Urban Design, Lifestyle, and the Development of Chronic Conditions, the Built Environment and Childhood Obesity Plenary Session, National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, 2005, http:// www-apps.niehs.nih.gov/conferences/drcpt/ oe2005/speakerdocs/strum-doc.pdf.

31 International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives, Health Benefits Economic Model, Cities for Climate Protection, 2003, http:// www3.iclei.org/ccp-au/tdm/index.html.

32 Todd Litman, Community Cohesion as a Transport Planning Objective, VTPI, 2007, http://www.vtpi.org/cohesion.pdf.

33 Jane Jacobs, Death and Life of the Great American Cities (New York: Random House, 2001).

34 Ontario College of Family Physicians, The Health Impacts of Urban Sprawl Information Series: Volume Four–Social & Mental Health, 2005, http://www.ocfp.on.ca/local/ files/Urban%20Sprawl/UrbanSpraw-Soc- MentalHlth.pdf.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 5 8

>

>

N o

te s

Notes

35 Donald Appleyard, Livable Streets (Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 1981).

36 Heather Allen, Sit Next to Someone Different Every Day—How Public Transport Contributes to Inclusive Communities, Thredbo Conference, 2008, http://www.thredbo.itls. usyd.edu.au/downloads/thredbo10_papers/ thredbo10-plenary-Allen.pdf.

37 Ethan M. Berke et al., “Protective Association between Neighborhood Walkability and Depression in Older Men,” Journal of the American Geriatrics Society 55, no. 4 (2007): 526–33, http://www.blackwell-synergy.com.

38 Wener and Evans, “A Morning Stroll” (see endnote 25).

39 VTPI, “Basic Accessibility and Mobility,” TDM Encyclopedia, 2008, http://www.vtpi.org/ tdm/tdm103.htm.

40 APTA, The Route to Better Personal Health, 2003, http://spider.apta.com/lgwf/legtools/ better_health.pdf.

41 Irwin Redlener et al., The Growing Health Care Access Crisis for American Children: One in Four at Risk, The Children’s Health Fund, 2006, http://www.childrenshealthfund.org/ calendar/WhitePaper-May2007-FINAL.pdf.

42 Todd Litman, “Transportation Market Distortions” (issue theme “Sustainable Transport in the United States: From Rhetoric to Reality?”), Berkeley Planning Journal 19 (2006): 19–36, http://www-dcrp.ced. berkeley.edu/bpj, and http://www.vtpi.org/ distortions_BPJ.pdf.

43 Todd Litman, Comprehensive Transport Planning Framework: Best Practices for Evaluating All Options and Impacts, VTPI, 2007, http://www.vtpi.org/comprehensive. pdf.

44 Kjartan Sælensminde, “Cost-benefit Analysis of Walking and Cycling Track Networks Taking into Account Insecurity, Health Effects, and External Costs of Motor Vehicle Traffic,” Transportation Research A 38, no. 8 (October 2004): 593–606, http://www.elsevier.com/ locate/tra) at http://www.toi.no/toi_Data/ Attachments/887/sum_567_02.pdf.

45 Robert Puentes and Ryan Prince, Fueling Transportation Finance: A Primer on the Gas Tax (Washington, DC: Brookings Institution, Center on Urban and Metropolitan Policy, 2003), http://www.brookings.edu/reports/ 2003/03transportation_puentes.aspx.

46 Lawrence Frank, Sarah Kavage, and Todd Litman, Promoting Public Health Through Smart Growth: Building Healthier Communities Through Transportation and Land Use Policies, Smart Growth BC, 2006, http://www.vtpi.org/sgbc_health. pdf; and Richard Killingsworth, Audrey De Nazelle, and Richard Bell, “Building a New Paradigm: Improving Public Health Through Transportation,” ITE Journal 73, no. 6 (June 2003): 28–32, http://www.ite.org.

47 World Health Organization (WHO), World Report on Road Traffic Injury Prevention, WHO and World Bank, 2004, http://www. who.int/entity/world-health-day/2004/ infomaterials/world_report; and International City/County Management Association (ICMA), Creating a Regulatory Blueprint for Healthy Community Design: A Local Government Guide to Reforming Zoning and Land Development Codes, ICMA (http:// www.icma.org) and Active Living By Design (http://www.activelivingleadership.org), 2005.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 5 9

<

<

N o

te s

Notes

48 Dan Emerine and Eric Feldman, Active Living and Social Equity: Creating Healthy Communities for All Residents, International City/County Management Association, 2005, http://bookstore.icma.org.

49 Active Living Research (http://www. activelivingresearch.org).

50 VTPI, “Financing Options,” Online TDM

Encyclopedia, 2008, http://www.vtpi.org/ tdm/tdm119.htm.

51 Center for Neighborhood Technology, Housing + Transportation Affordability Index, 2008, http://htaindex.cnt.org.

52 Congress for the New Urbanism, Parking Requirements and Affordable Housing, 2008, http://www.cnu.org/node/2241.

1 J. Pucher and R. Buehler, “Making Cycling Irresistible: Lessons from the Netherlands, Denmark, and Germany,” Transport Reviews 28 (2008): 495–528.

2 David Bassett et al., “Walking, Cycling, and Obesity Rates in Europe, North America, and Australia,” Journal of Physical Activity and Health 5, no. 6 (November 2008): 795–814, http://www.humankinetics.com/jpah/ journalAbout.cfm.

3 Ibid.

4 J. Pucher, J. Dill, and S. Handy et al., “Infrastructure, Programs, and Policies to Increase Bicycling: An International Review,” Preventative Medicine. Vol 48, No. 2, February 2010.

5 U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, “2008 Physical Activity Guidelines for Americans,” http://www.health.gov/ PAGuidelines/pdf/paguide.pdf (accessed March 27, 2009).

6 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), “Prevalence of Regular Physical Activity among Adults – United States, 2001 and 2005,” Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 56 (2007): 1209–12.

7 J. N. Morris and A. E. Hardman, “Walking to Health,” Sports Medicine 23 (1997): 306–32.

8 D. Ogilvie et al., “Interventions to Promote Walking: Systematic Review,” British Medical Journal 334 (June 2007): 1204.

9 National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), “Traffic Safety Facts 2007 Data: Pedestrians,” 2008, http:// www.nhtsa.dot.gov/portal/nhtsa_static_ file_downloader.jsp?file=/staticfiles/DOT/ NHTSA/NCSA/Content/TSF/2007/810994. pdf (accessed March 27, 2009); and NHTSA, “Traffic Safety Facts 2007 Data: Bicyclists and Other Cyclists,” 2008, www.nhtsa.dot. gov/portal/nhtsa_static_file_downloader. jsp?file=/staticfiles/DOT/NHTSA/NCSA/ Content/TSF/2007/810986.pdf (accessed March 27, 2009).

10 C. Gidelow et al., “A Systematic Review of the Relationship between Socio-economic Position and Physical Activity,” Health Education Journal 65 (2007): 338–67; and CDC, “Prevalence of Regular Physical Activity among Adults – United States, 2001 and 2005,” Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 56 (2007): 1209–12.

11 L. M. Besser and A. L. Dannenberg, “Walking

Chapter 4: Walking, Bicycling, and Health

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 6 0

>

>

N o

te s

Notes

to Transit: Steps to Help Meet Physical Activity Recommendations,” American Journal of Preventive Medicine 29 (2005): 273–80.

12 J. Pucher and J. L. Renne, “Socioeconomics of Urban Travel: Evidence from the 2001 NHTSA”; and Besser and Dannenberg, “Walking to Transit” (see endnote 11).

13 N. C. McDonald, “Exploratory Analysis of Children’s Travel Patterns,” Transportation Research Record 1977 (2006): 1–7.

14 NHTSA, “Traffic Safety Facts 2007 Data: Pedestrians” (see endnote 9, citation 1); and NHTSA, “Traffic Safety Facts 2007 Data: Bicyclists and Other Cyclists” (see endnote 9, citation 2).

15 L. Bailey, “Aging Americans: Stranded without Options,” 2004, http://www. transact.org/library/reports_html/seniors/ aging_exec_summ.pdf (accessed March 27, 2009).

16 NHTSA, “Traffic Safety Facts 2007 Data: Pedestrians” (see endnote 9, citation 1).

17 U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, “2008 Physical Activity Guidelines for Americans” (see endnote 5).

18 J. Pucher and R. Buehler, “Making Cycling Irresistible: Lessons from the Netherlands, Denmark, and Germany,” Transport Reviews 28 (2008): 495–528. J. Pucher and L. Dijkstra, “Promoting Safe Walking and Cycling to Improve Public Health: Lessons from the Netherlands and Germany,” American Journal of Public Health 93 (2003): 1509–16.

19 P. L. Jacobsen, “Safety in Numbers: More Walkers and Bicyclists, Safer Walking and Bicycling,” Injury Prevention 9 (2003): 205– 09.

20 Bureau of Transportation Statistics, “Transportation Statistics Annual Report,” 2007, http://www.bts.gov/publications/ transportation_statistics_annual_ report/2007/pdf/entire.pdf (accessed May 7, 2009).

21 S. Handy and K. Clifton, “Local Shopping as a Strategy for Reducing Automobile Travel,” Transportation 28 (2001): 317–46.

22 Pucher and Dijkstra, “Promoting Safe Walking and Cycling” (see endnote 18).

23 R. Buehler, “Transport Policies, Travel Behavior and Sustainability: A Comparison of Germany and the U.S.” 2008, unpublished dissertation.

24 N. C. McDonald, “Active Transportation to School: Trends among U.S. Schoolchildren, 1969–2001,” American Journal of Preventive Medicine 32 (2007): 509–16.

25 G. Tal and S. Handy, “Children’s Biking for Non-school Purposes: Getting to Soccer Games in Davis, CA,” Transportation Research Record 2074 (2008): 40–45.

26 E. Gaona, “Oxnard Plan Focuses on Bicycle Commuters,” Los Angeles Times, August 19, 2002, B-3.

27 R. L. Knoblauch et al., “The Pedestrian and Bicyclist Highway Safety Problem as It Relates to the Hispanic Population in the United States,” 2004, http://safety.fhwa.dot. gov/ped_bike/docs/03p00324/050329.pdf (accessed March 27, 2009).

28 S. Handy, “Regional Transportation Planning in the U.S.: An Examination of Changes in Technical Aspects of the Planning Process in Response to Changing Goals,” Transport Policy 15 (2008): 113–26.

29 K. Krizek et al., “Explaining Changes in Walking and Bicycling Behavior:

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 6 1

<

<

N o

te s

Notes

The Transportation Researcher’s Full Employment Act,” Environment and Planning (forthcoming).

30 NHTSA, “Traffic Safety Facts 2007 Data: Pedestrians” (see endnote 9); and NHTSA, “Traffic Safety Facts 2007 Data: Bicyclists and Other Cyclists” (see endnote 9).

31 S. Handy et al., “The Regional Response to Federal Funding for Bicycle and Pedestrian Projects,” 2009, Institute of Transportation Studies, University of California – Davis, working paper.

32 See, for example, http://www.walkinginfo.org, and http://www.bicycleinfo.org.

33 Handy et al., “The Regional Response to Federal Funding” (see endnote 31).

34 Ibid.

35 Ibid.

36 Land use planning powers have not explicitly been taken by the federal government and so are left to states, according to the reserved powers doctrine of the U.S. Constitution; most states have chosen to delegate this power to local governments, with some variation in the degree to which states have chosen to exert influence over local planning.

37 See http://www.activelivingbydesign.org.

38 S. Handy et al., “Is support for traditionally designed communities growing? Evidence from two national surveys,” Journal of the American Planning Association 74 (2008): 209–21.

1 Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), “National Household Travel Survey” (NHTS), Online Analysis Tool, 2001, http://nhts.ornl. gov/tables/ae/TableDesigner.aspx (accessed March 10, 2009).

2 Fatality Analysis Reporting System Encyclopedia, n.d., http://www-fars.nhtsa. dot.gov/Main/index.aspx (accessed October 7, 2008).

3 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Web-based Injury Statistics Query and Reporting System (WISQARS), http://www. cdc.gov/injury/wisqars/index.html (accessed June 16, 2009).

4 Task Force on Community Preventive Services, “Motor-Vehicle Occupant Injury: Strategies for Increasing Use of Child Safety Seats, Increasing Use of Safety Belts, and Reducing Alcohol-Impaired Driving,” Morbidity and

Mortality Weekly Report 50 (RR07) (2001): 1–13.

5 U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), HS 811 017, “A Brief Statistical Summary August 2008 Traffic Safety Facts – Crash Stats: 2007 Traffic Safety Annual Assessment – Highlights.”

6 FHWA, “National Household Travel Survey,” Online Analysis Tool, 2001, http://nhts.ornl. gov/tables/ae/TableDesigner.aspx (accessed March 11, 2009).

7 FHWA, “Making the Case for Transportation Safety – Ideas for Decision Makers,” FHWA- HEP-08-017, 2008.

8 H. G. Garrison and C. E. Crump, “Commentary: Race, Ethnicity and Motor Vehicle Crashes,” Annals of Emergency Medicine 49, no. 2 (2007): 219–20.

Chapter 5: Roadways and Health: Making the Case for Collaboration

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 6 2

>

>

N o

te s

Notes

9 J. Pucher and J. Renne, “Socioeconomics of Urban Travel: Evidence from the 2001 NHTS,” Transportation Quarterly 57, no. 3 (Summer 2003).

10 L. J. Paulozzi, “Is It Safe to Walk in the Sunbelt? Geographic Variation among Pedestrian Fatalities in the United States, 1999–2003,” Journal of Safety Research 37, no. 5 (2006): 453–59.

11 F. Cheung et al., “An Analysis of Alcohol- related Motor Vehicle Fatalities by Ethnicity,” Annals of Emergency Medicine 34, no. 4, part 1 (1999): 550–53.

12 University of New South Wales, “A Virtuous Cycle: Safety in Numbers for Bicycle Riders,” Science Daily (September 7, 2008).

13 P. L. Jacobsen, “Safety in Numbers: More Walkers and Bicyclists, Safer Walking and Bicycling,” Injury Prevention 9, no. 3 (2003): 205–09.

14 FHWA, “National Household Travel Survey,” Online Analysis Tool, http://nhts.ornl.gov/ tables/ae/TableDesigner.aspx (accessed March 10, 2009).

15 Fatality Analysis Reporting System Encyclopedia, n.d., http://www-fars.nhtsa. dot.gov/Main/index.aspx (accessed October 7, 2008).

16 M. Zhu et al., “Urban and Rural Variation in Walking Patterns and Pedestrian Crashes,” Injury Prevention 14, no. 6 (2008): 377–80.

17 Todd Litman, Smart Transportation Investments: Reevaluating the Role of Highway Expansion for Improving Urban Transportation (Victoria, BC: Victoria Transport Policy Institute, 2006).

18 M. Abdel-Aty and J. Keller, “Exploring the Overall and Specific Crash Severity Levels at Signalized Intersections,” Accident Analysis & Prevention 37, no. 3 (2005): 417–25.

19 P. Liu, J. J. Lu, and H. Chen, “Safety Effects of the Separation Distances between Driveway Exits and Downstream U-turn Locations,” Accident Analysis & Prevention 40, no. 2 (2008): 760–67.

20 Pedestrian and Bicycle Information Center (PBIC), and Federal Highway Administration (FHWA). PEDSAFE Pedestrian Safety Guide and Countermeasure Selection System: Countermeasures. Federal Highway Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation. (2002); and J. Miller, Impact of Situational Factors on Survey Measured Fear of Crime. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 11(4). (2008).

21 U. Shankar, Pedestrian Roadway Fatalities, No. DOT HS 809 456, Mathematical Analysis Division, National Center for Statistics and Analysis; National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 2003.

22 SRTS Guide: Reduced Corner Radii, n.d., http://www.saferoutesinfo.org/guide/ engineering/reduced_corner_radii.cfm (accessed October 20, 2008); and PEDSAFE Pedestrian Safety Guide and Countermeasure Selection System: Curb Extensions, n.d., http://www.walkinginfo.org/pedsafe/ pedsafe_curb1.cfm?CM_NUM=19 (accessed October 20, 2008).

23 M. Ernst, Mean Streets 2004: How Far Have We Come?, Surface Transportation Policy Project, 2004.

24 J.-H. Mok, H. C. Landphair, and J. R. Nader, “Landscape Improvement Impacts on Roadside Safety in Texas,” Landscape and Urban Planning 78, no. 3 (2006): 263–74; K. Dixon and K. Wolf, “Benefits and Risks of Urban Roadside Landscape: Finding a Livable, Balanced Response,” Presentation at the 3rd Urban Street Symposium, Seattle, WA, 2007; and K. L. Wolf and N. Bratton, “Urban Trees and Traffic Safety: Considering U.S. Roadside Policy and Crash Data,” Arboriculture and Urban Forestry 32, no. 4 (2006): 170–79.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 6 3

<

<

N o

te s

Notes

25 J. M. Sullivan and M. J. Flanagan, “Determining the Potential Safety Benefit of Improved Lighting in Three Pedestrian Crash Scenarios,” Accident Analysis & Prevention 39, no. 3 (2007): 638–47.

26 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), FastStats – Asthma, n.d., http://www. cdc.gov/nchs/fastats/asthma.htm (accessed March 11, 2009).

27 S. Pandian, S. Gokhale, and A. K. Ghoshal, “Evaluating Effects of Traffic and Vehicle Characteristics on Vehicular Emissions near Traffic Intersections,” Transportation Research Part D: Transport and Environment 14, no. 3 (2009): 180–96; and J. Lin and Y. E. Ge, “Impacts of Traffic Heterogeneity on Roadside Air Pollution Concentration,” Transportation Research Part D: Transport and Environment 11, no. 2 (2006): 166–70.

28 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), The Plain English Guide to the Clean Air Act: Cleaning Up Commonly Found Air Pollutants, 2006, http://www.epa.gov/air/peg/cleanup. html.

29 W. J. Gauderman et al., “Association between Air Pollution and Lung Function Growth in Southern California Children,” American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine 162, no. 4 (2000): 1383–90; and W. J. Gauderman et al., “The Effect of Air Pollution on Lung Development from 10 to 18 Years of Age,” New England Journal of Medicine 351, no. 11 (2004): 1057–67.

30 A. G. Barnett et al., “The Effects of Air Pollution on Hospitalizations for Cardiovascular Disease in Elderly People in Australian and New Zealand Cities,” Environmental Health Perspectives 114, no. 7 (2006); and T. F. Mar et al., “Fine Particulate Air Pollution and Cardiorespiratory Effects in the Elderly,” Epidemiology 16, no. 5 (2005): 681–87.

31 L. K. Baxter et al., “Predicting Residential Indoor Concentrations of Nitrogen

Dioxide, Fine Particulate Matter, and Elemental Carbon Using Questionnaire and Geographic Information System Based Data,” Atmospheric Environment 41, no. 31 (2007): 6561–71.

32 J. McCreanor et al., “Respiratory Effects of Exposure to Diesel Traffic in Persons with Asthma,” New England Journal of Medicine 357, no. 23 (2007): 2348–58.

33 National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion. Obesity: Halting the Epidemic by Making Health Easier - At A Glance 2009. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). (2009).

34 D. Chenoweth and J. Leutzinger, “The Economic Cost of Physical Inactivity and Excess Weight in American Adults,” Journal of Physical Activity & Health 3, no. 2 (2006): 148–63.

35 R. D. Putnam, Bowling Alone: The Collapse and Revival of American Community (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2000).

36 J. Gehl, Life Between Buildings (New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1987).

37 L. E. Jackson, “The Relationship of Urban Design to Human Health and Condition,” Landscape and Urban Planning 64, no. 4 (2003): 191–200.

38 Surface Transportation Policy Project and Center for Neighborhood Technology, Driven to Spend: The Impact of Sprawl on Household Transportation Expenses, 2000.

39 P. Gordon-Larsen et al., “Inequality in the Built Environment Underlies Key Health Disparities in Physical Activity,” Pediatrics 117 (2006): 417–24; S. L. Huston et al., “Neighborhood Environment, Access to Places for Activity, and Leisure-time Physical Activity in a Diverse North Carolina Population,” American Journal of Health Promotion 18, no. 1 (2003): 58–69; S. Parks, R. Houseman, and R. Brownson,

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 6 4

>

>

N o

te s

Notes

“Differential Correlates of Physical Activity in Urban and Rural Adults of Various Socioeconomic Backgrounds in the United States," Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health 57 (2003): 29–35; W. Taylor et al., “Environmental Justice: Obesity, Physical Activity, and Healthy Eating,” Journal of Physical Activity and Health 3, Suppl. 1 (2006): S30–S54; and D. Wilson et al., “Socioeconomic Status and Perceptions of Access and Safety for Physical Activity,” Annals of Behavioral Medicine 28 (2004): 20–28.

40 Surface Transportation Policy Project, “Transportation and Social Equity,” n.d., http://www.transact.org/library/factsheets/ equity.asp.

41 L. D. Frank, M. A. Andresen, and T. L. Schmid, “Obesity Relationships with Community Design, Physical Activity, and Time Spent in Cars,” American Journal of Preventive Medicine 27, no. 2 (2004): 87–96.

42 A. V. Moudon, Effects of Site Design on Pedestrian Travel in Mixed-Use, Medium- Density Environments (Seattle, WA: Washington State Transportation Center (TRAC, 1997); and H. C. Borst et al., “Relationships between Street Characteristics and Perceived Attractiveness for Walking Reported by Elderly People,” Journal of Environmental Psychology, in press, corrected proof.

43 C. L. Addy, “Associations of Perceived Social and Physical Environmental Supports with Physical Activity and Walking Behavior,” American Journal of Public Health 94, no. 3 (2004): 440–43.

44 H. M. Badland, G. M. Schofield, and N. Garrett, “Travel Behavior and Objectively Measured Urban Design Variables: Associations for Adults Traveling to Work,” Health & Place 14, no. 1 (2008): 85–95; and A. W. Agrawal, M. Schlossberg, and K. Irvin, “How Far, by Which Route and Why? A Spatial Analysis of Pedestrian Preference,” Journal of Urban Design 13, no. 1 (2008): 81–98.

45 National Surface Transportation Policy and Revenue Study Commission, Final Report: Transportation for Tomorrow, http://www. transportationfortomorrow.org/final_report/.

46 R. Puentes, A Bridge to Somewhere: Rethinking American Transportation for the 21st Century. Metropolitan Infrastructure Initiative, Number 3: The Brookings Institution. (2006).

47 National Surface Transportation Policy and Revenue Study Commission, Final Report: Transportation for Tomorrow, http://www. transportationfortomorrow.org/final_report/.

48 Ibid.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 6 5

<

<

N o

te s

Notes

1 Amartya Sen, Inequality Reexamined (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1992), 39.

2 Research has shown, for example, that lacking control over one’s work is associated, after controlling for a range of variables, with cardiovascular symptoms and other health problems. This research is summarized in Richard G. Wilkinson, Unhealthy Societies: The Afflictions of Inequality (New York: Routledge, 1996), 181. In general, living in concentrated-poverty neighborhoods is associated with a sense of fatalism, the belief that nothing can be done to improve the situation, which leads to the internalization of stress that has shown to be highly correlated with poor health outcomes. For the connection between concentrated poverty and fatalism, see James E. Rosenbaum, Lisa Reynolds, and Stefanie DeLuca, “How Do Places Matter? The Geography of Opportunity, Self-Efficacy, and a Look inside the Black Box of Residential Mobility,” Housing Studies 17, no. 1 (2002): 71–82. For a nontechnical synthesis of the research on the connection between stress and disease, see Grace Budrys, Unequal Health: How Inequality Contributes to Health of Illness (Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield, 2003), ch. 9.

3 Transportation needs also vary with age, gender, and disabilities. A full treatment of transportation equity, which is beyond the scope of this essay, would need to take into account these conditions as well. See “Equity Evaluation: Perspectives and Methods for Evaluating the Equity Impacts of Transportation,” TDM Encyclopedia (updated July 23, 2008), http://www.vtpi.org/tdm/ tdm13.htm.

4 The literature on the health effects of urban sprawl is voluminous. For a short overview, see Robert Burchell et al, Sprawl Costs: Economic Impacts of Unchecked Development (Washington, DC: Island Press, 2005). See also Howard Frumkin, Lawrence Frank, and Richard Jackson, Urban Sprawl and Public Health: Designing, Planning, and Building for Healthier Communities (Washington, DC: Island Press, 2004).

5 For evidence of the negative impact of inequality in general and geographical inequalities in particular on health, see Ichiro Kawachi, Bruce P. Kennedy, and Richard G. Wilkinson, eds., The Society and Population Health Reader: Income Inequality and Health (New York: New Press, 1999).

6 The following account of the health effects of concentrated poverty is based on Peter Dreier, John Mollenkopf, and Todd Swanstrom, Place Matters: Metropolitics for the Twenty-First Century, rev. ed. (Lawrence, KS: University Press of Kansas, 2004), 76–82.

7 For an insightful discussion of policy monopolies (also called subgovernments, iron triangles, or policy silos), see Frank R. Baumgartner and Bryan D. Jones, Agendas and Instability in American Politics (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1993), 6–9. For analysis of the highway policy silo in its heyday, see Alan Altschuler, The City Planning Process: A Political Analysis (Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1965) and John Mollenkopf, The Contested City (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1983).

8 According to a survey of urban scholars, the 41,000-mile federal interstate highway program was the most important influence

Chapter 6: Breaking Down Policy Silos: Transportation, Economic Development, and Health

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 6 6

>

>

N o

te s

Notes

shaping America’s metropolitan areas in the past half-century. Reported in Robert Fishman, “The American Metropolis at Century’s End: Past and Future Influences,” Housing Policy Debate 11, no. 1 (2000): 199–213.

9 Over time, however, the urbanization of the suburbs and the almost complete reliance on the automobile has generated serious health costs, including higher levels of air pollution and low activity levels related to obesity. The increased stress from long commutes and traffic congestion negatively affect health. According to a study of eight metropolitan areas, even though rates of homicide by strangers are higher in inner urban areas than in outlying suburbs, the higher traffic fatality rates in outlying areas swamp this effect, making outlying areas less safe than central cities and inner suburbs. See William H. Lucy, “Mortality Risk Associated with Leaving Home: Recognize the Significance of the Built Environment,” American Journal of Public Health 93, no. 9 (September 2003): 1564–69.

10 Elizabeth Kneebone, “Job Sprawl Revisited: The Changing Geography of Metropolitan Employment,” The Brookings Institution, Center on Urban and Metropolitan Policy, May 2009.

11 According to Ingrid Gould Ellen and Margery Austin Turner, of six literature reviews on the spatial mismatch, three find substantial support for it, two find moderate support, and one finds the evidence too mixed to reach a conclusion. See “Do Neighborhoods Matter and Why?,” in Choosing a Better Life: Evaluating the Moving to Opportunity Social Experiment, eds. John Goering and Judith D. Feins (Washington, DC: Urban Institute Press, 2003), 328.

12 Between 1950 and 2000 the average size of a new home increased by more than 50 percent (from 1,470 square feet to 2,265 square feet). In 2000 the average new house

was almost two-thirds more expensive than in 1960 (in constant dollars), and the share of new housing purchased by the top 20 percent of the income range increased dramatically. Rachel Dwyer, “Expanding Homes and Increasing Inequalities: U.S. Housing Development and the Residential Segregation of the Affluent,” Social Problems 54, no. 1 (2007): 23–46.

13 Paul Jargowsky, “Sprawl, Concentration of Poverty, and Urban Inequality,” in Urban Sprawl: Causes, Consequences, and Policy Responses, ed. Gregory D. Squires (Washington, DC: Urban Institute Press, 2002), 57.

14 Between 1956 and 1972, highway building and urban renewal displaced an estimated 3.8 million persons, overwhelmingly poor and minorities, from their homes. Susan Fainstein and Norman Fainstein, eds., Restructuring the City: The Political Economy of Urban Development (New York: Longman, 1986), 49.

15 In Bowling Alone Robert Putnam reports that joining your first group will “cut your risk of dying over the first year in half.” Bowling Alone: The Collapse and Revival of American Community (New York: Simon and Schuster, 2000), 331. For a comprehensive analysis of the costs of displacement on African American communities by urban renewal (and highway building), see Mindy Thompson Fullilove, Root Shock: How Tearing Up City Neighborhoods Hurts America (New York: Ballantine, One World, 2004).

16 To this day, African Americans are underrepresented in the construction workforce relative to their participation in the overall workforce. See Todd Swanstrom, The Road to Good Jobs: Patterns of Employment in the Construction Industry in the Top Twenty-five Metropolitan Areas (St. Louis, MO: Transportation Equity Network, Public Policy Research Center, University of Missouri – St. Louis, 2008).

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 6 7

<

<

N o

te s

Notes

17 “Transportation Affordability: Strategies to Increase Transportation Affordability,” TDM Encyclopedia, updated July 2008, Victoria Transport Policy Institute, http://www.vtpi. org/tdm/tdm106/htm.

18 Transportation expenditures are not regressive with respect to family expenditures because many low-income households, such as older adults, live on savings and therefore spend more than they earn. However, for all vehicle-owning households, transportation expenditures are regressive as a proportion of household expenditures. See Todd Litman, “Transportation Affordability: Evaluation and Improvement Strategies,” Victoria Transport Policy Institute, November 10, 2008, http:// www.vtpi.org/affordability.pdf.

19 Barbara Lipman, A Heavy Load: The Combined Housing and Transportation Burdens of Working Families (Washington, DC: Center for Housing Policy, October 2006), http://www.nhc.org/pdf/pub_heavy_ load_10_06.pdf.

20 American Automobile Association, Your Driving Costs (Heathrow, FL: AAA, 2007). The estimate is based on gasoline costing $2.256 a gallon. Low-income persons can own a car for less by purchasing a cheap used car, but then they are subject to repairs, and unreliable transportation can cost them their job. Also, insurance costs tend to be higher in poor communities.

21 Reauthorizations of ISTEA in 1998 and 2005 strengthened the law, for example, creating incentives to link transportation and land use (Transportation and Community and System Preservation [TCSP] Pilot Program) and funding reverse commuting programs to transport inner-city workers to suburban jobs (Job Access and Reverse Commute Program [JARC]).

22 For a comprehensive and largely critical review of federal transportation policy, see Bruce Katz, Robert Puentes, and Scott Bernstein, “Getting Transportation Right

for Metropolitan America,” in Taking the High Road: A Metropolitan Agenda for Transportation Reform, eds. Bruce Katz and Robert Puentes (Washington, DC: Brookings Institution Press, 2005), 15–42.

23 John Pucher, “Public Transportation,” in The Geography of Urban Transportation, 3rd ed., eds. Susan Hanson and Genevieve Giuliano (New York: Guilford Press, 2004), 207.

24 http://www.apta.com/media/ releases/081208_ridership_surges.cfm.

25 Margaret Weir, Jane Rongerude, and Christopher K. Ansell, “Collaboration is Not Enough: Virtuous Cycles of Reform in Transportation Policy,” Urban Affairs Review 44, no. 4 (March 2009): 455–89.

26 Katz, Puentes, and Bernstein (see endnote 22).

27 For example, to demonstrate that the public had been consulted, the Chicago MPO (CATS) produced a 15-pound compilation of public comments that had never been analyzed. Weir, Rongerude, and Ansell, “Collaboration is Not Enough,” 476 (see endnote 25).

28 See Robert Cervero, “Effects of Light Rail and Commuter Rail Transit on Land Prices: Experiences in San Diego County,” Journal of the Transportation Research Forum 43, no. 1 (2004): 121–38.

29 Shelley Poticha, “Building Housing Near Transit: A Long-Lasting Affordability Strategy,” Congressional Testimony before the Appropriations Subcommittee on Transportation, Housing and Urban Development, and Related Agencies, U.S. House of Representatives, March 8, 2007. Poticha is President and CEO of Reconnecting America, Oakland, CA.

30 Center for Transit-Oriented Development and Center for Neighborhood Technology, The Affordability Index: A New Tool for Measuring the True Affordability of Housing

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 6 8

>

>

N o

te s

Notes

Choice, Brookings Institution Urban Markets Initiative, Innovation Brief (January 2006), 10. Recognizing this saving, Fannie Mae created a Location Efficient Mortgage that enables borrowers to qualify for a larger loan if they are buying in areas that have lower average transportation costs.

31 John Pucher, “Public Transportation,” 212 (see endnote 23).

32 Dena Belzer et al., The Case for Mixed- Income, Transit-Oriented Development in the Denver Region (Oakland, CA: Center for Transit-Oriented Development, February 2007), 42.

33 One way to address this problem would be Pay-As-You-Drive car insurance. See “Transportation Affordability” (endnote 17).

34 Robert Cervero and Yu-Hsin Tsai, “San Francisco City CarShare: Travel-Demand Trends and Second-Year Impacts,” Institute of Urban & Regional Development, IURD Working Paper Series, Paper WP-2003-05 (August 1, 2003), http://repositories.cdlib. org/iurd/wps/WP-2003-05.

35 Directed by Congress, U.S. DOT and HUD have begun to collaborate on policies to promote affordable housing near transit. See Better Coordination of Transportation and Housing Programs to Promote Affordable Housing Near Transit, a Report to Congress from the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Transit Administration, and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, 2008. The HUD-FTA Interagency Working Group should continue to operate to identify legislation and administrative actions to better coordinate housing and transportation policies.

36 For example, the House Appropriations Subcommittee on Housing, Transportation and Urban Development, chaired by Rep. John Olver (D-MA), held a hearing with

a joint appearance by DOT Secretary Ray LaHood and HUD Secretary Shaun Donovan. In a joint press release, LaHood and Donovan announced a new partnership to coordinate housing and transportation to cut costs for working families, http://www.hud.gov/ news/release.cfm?content=pr09-023.cfm.

37 Present federal regulations do permit limited funds to be used for this purpose. The Metro system in Portland, OR, has used Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality (CMAQ) funds to acquire and sell land around transit stations for TOD, usually with an affordable housing component. PolicyLink, Equitable Development Toolkit: Transit Oriented Development, available at http://www. policylink.org.

38 Sarah Grady with Greg Leroy, Making the Connection: Transit-Oriented Development and Jobs (Washington, DC: Good Jobs First, March 2006).

39 Workforce housing is usually defined as housing that costs no more than 35 percent of the median wage in the area.

40 For a penetrating account of what happens “when work disappears” from communities, see William Julius Wilson, When Work Disappears: The World of the New Urban Poor (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1996).

41 Center to Protect Workers’ Rights, The Construction Chart Book: The U.S. Construction Industry and Its Workers, 4th ed. (Silver Spring, MD: Center to Protect Workers’ Rights, Center for Construction Research and Training, December 2007).

42 A recent study of 25 metropolitan areas found that hourly wages in construction (2004–2007) varied from $15.65 in the Dallas metropolitan area to $27.70 in the Chicago region. Todd Swanstrom, The Road to Good Jobs: Patterns of Employment in the Construction Industry (St. Louis, MO:

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 6 9

<

<

N o

te s

Notes

Transportation Equity Network and Public Policy Research Center, U. of Missouri – St. Louis, 2008).

43 Center to Protect Workers’ Rights, The Construction Chart Book (see endnote 41).

44 Daniel Hecker, “Occupational Employment Projections to 2014,” Monthly Labor Review (November 2005): 70–101.

45 Calculation of the number of jobs produced is based on Thomas P. Keane, “The Economic Importance of the National Highway System,” Public Roads 59, no. 4 (1996): 16–21.

46 The act is named after its Republican sponsors, James J. Davis, a Senator from Pennsylvania who was Secretary of Labor under three presidents, and Representative Robert L. Bacon of Long Island, NY. For Davis- Bacon wage rates state by state: see http:// www.gpo.gov/davisbacon/allstates.html.

47 Lisa Ranghelli, Replicating Success: The Alameda Corridor Job Training & Employment Program (Washington, DC: Center for Community Change, 2002).

48 For more examples of TEN’s successes: see http://www.transportationequity.org.

49 For best practices in pre-apprenticeship programs, see Kathleen Mulligan-Hansel, Making Development Work for Local Residents: Local Hire Programs and Implementation Strategies That Serve Low- Income Communities (Milwaukee, WI: Partnership for Working Families, 2008), http://www.communitybenefits.org/ downloads/Making%20Development%20 Work%20for%20Local%20Residents.pdf.

50 The 30 percent standard has been shown to be achievable in a number of projects around the country, such as in the St. Louis I-64 partnering agreement. A copy of that agreement is available on the Transportation Equity Network website, http://www.

transportationequity.org.

51 Presently, the federal law permits one-half of one percent of surface transportation funds to be used for local workforce development. One percent would do a better job of meeting the need while still representing a small cost to the overall project.

52 See http://www.uspirg.org/home/ reports/report-archives/transportation/ transportation2/a-better-way-to-go. Similarly, research has shown smart growth transportation policies, such as “fix-it-first” highway projects or public transportation, create more jobs than new highways that fuel more sprawl. Phillip Mattera with Greg Leroy, The Jobs are Back in Town: Urban Smart Growth and Construction Employment (Washington, DC: Good Jobs First, 2003).

53 An example of the political problems this can cause is the lawsuit filed by the Los Angeles Bus Riders’ Union against massive expenditures on a light-rail system at the same time that bus service was being cut. In March 1999, the Bus Riders’ Union won a court ruling for 532 new buses and 1,500 new union jobs for drivers and mechanics. For a discussion of the tensions between environmentalists and advocates of the poor in the transportation arena, see Joel Rast, “Environmental Justice and the New Regionalism,” Journal of Planning Education and Research 25 (2006): 249–63.

54 Research has demonstrated that car ownership increases employment and wages for low-income persons. See Steven Raphael and Michael Stoll, “Can Boosting Minority Car-Ownership Rates Narrow Inter-Racial Employment Gaps?,” Working Paper W00- 002, Program on Housing and Urban Policy, University of California – Berkeley, http:// urbanpolicy.berkeley.edu, and Paul Ong, “Car Ownership and Welfare-to-Work,” School of Public Policy and Social Research, University of California – Los Angeles, February 26, 2001, http://www.uctc.net/papers/540.pdf.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 7 0

>

>

N o

te s

Notes

1 U.S. Department of Agriculture, Economic Research Service, “Global Food Markets: Global Industry Structure,” 2008, http://www.ers.usda.gov/Briefing/ GlobalFoodMarkets/Industry.htm (accessed January 31, 2009).

2 Food insecurity is said to exist whenever “the availability of nutritionally adequate and safe food, or the ability to acquire acceptable foods in socially acceptable ways, is limited or uncertain.” S. A. Anderson, ed., “Core Indicators of Nutritional Status for Difficult-to-sample Populations,” Journal of Nutrition 120 (1990): 1559–1600, 1560. Food insecurity ranges from a painful sensation of hunger, at its most severe, to families being relegated to a few inexpensive staple foods—such as macaroni and cheese—that do not alone make up a nutritious and varied diet. Inconsistent availability of food, lack of transportation to grocery stores, and skipping meals to keep food costs down all are indicators of food insecurity. Conversely, food security refers to access by all people at all times to a sufficient quantity of safe, nutritious, affordable, and culturally appropriate food for an active, healthy life, obtained through conventional sources.

3 In this paper, “access” is used to signify spatial proximity or convenient and affordable transportation to destinations. Proximity is central because low-income urban households display lower rates of automobile ownership and may need to rely for grocery shopping on walking, taking the bus, or rides from acquaintances. Social, cultural, and economic categories of access of food are also key to this paper; they are defined, however, by the term “food security” (see endnote 2).

4 For example, the top five grocery retail chains captured 48 percent of the market in 2007, double that in 1997, http://www.nfu.org/wp-

content/2007-heffernanreport.pdf (accessed January 19, 2009).

5 Brookings Institution, From Poverty, Opportunity: Putting the Market to Work for Lower-income Families (Washington, DC: Brookings Institution, 2006), http://www. brookings.edu/reports/2006/07poverty_ fellowes.aspx (accessed January 19, 2009); K. Pothukuchi, “Attracting Supermarkets to Inner-city Neighborhoods: Economic Development Outside the Box,” Economic Development Quarterly 19 (2005): 232–44; E. Eisenhauer, “In Poor Health: Supermarket Redlining and Urban Nutrition,” GeoJournal 53 (2004): 125; and R. W. Cotterill and A. W. Franklin, “The Urban Grocery Store Gap,” Food Marketing Policy Issue Paper 8 (Storrs, CT: Food Marketing Policy Center, University of Connecticut, April 1995).

6 Today, the top food retailers control their own supply chains and manage their own fleets of trucks, warehouses, and buying offices. For example, Kroger has roughly 30 distribution centers to serve its 2,500 supermarkets, and other leading chains do the same to fully integrate their supply chains as a key strategy for remaining profitable. See Oakland Institute Report, “Food Chain Consolidation in U.S., 2007,” http://www. foodpolicy.in/html/archive/2007/rep/ oakland1.htm (accessed January 19, 2009). See also M. Hendrickson et al., “The Global Food System and Nodes of Power,” Report prepared for Oxfam America, August 2008 (accessed March 24, 2009), paper can be downloaded by clicking on SSRN at http:// papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_ id=1337273; and Competition Commission, Groceries Market Roundtable Meeting (Amended Notes) (London, UK: October 9, 2006).

7 See, for example, a Canadian study: K. Larsen and J. Gilliland, “Mapping the

Chapter 7: Sustainable Food Systems: Perspectives on Transportation Policy

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 7 1

<

<

N o

te s

Notes

Evolution of Food Deserts in a Canadian City: Supermarket Accessibility in London, Ontario, 1961–2005,” International Journal of Health Geographics 7 (2008), http://www. ij-healthgeographics.com/content/pdf/1476- 072X-7-16.pdf (accessed January 31, 2009). The study showed that in 1961, more than 75 percent of London’s downtown population lived within convenient access to grocery stores (i.e., a 10-minute bus ride combined with a 500-meter walk at the beginning or end of a bus trip). Because Canadian cities saw similar patterns of urban sprawl but at a lower intensity or scale than did most U.S. cities, it is safe to apply this study to U.S. cities as a general pattern.

8 M. A. Delucchi and J. Murphy, “How Large Are Tax Subsidies to Motor-vehicle Users in the U.S.?,” Journal of Transport Policy 15 (2008): 196–208.

9 For elaborations on this theme, see Brookings Institution, From Poverty, Opportunity: Putting the Market to Work for Lower- income Families (see endnote 5); D. Hendrickson, C. Smith, and N. Eikenberry, “Fruit and Vegetable Access in 4 Low-income Food Desert Communities in Minnesota,” Agriculture and Human Values 23 (2006): 371–83; M. Gallagher, Examining the Impact of Food Deserts on Public Health in Detroit (Chicago: Mari Gallagher Research and Consulting Group, 2007); M. Gallagher, Examining the Impact of Food Deserts on Public Health in Chicago (Chicago: Mari Gallagher Research and Consulting Group, 2006); S. N. Zenk et al., “Neighborhood Racial Composition, Neighborhood Poverty, and Spatial Accessibility of Supermarkets in Metropolitan Detroit,” American Journal of Public Health 95 (2005): 660–67; E. Bolen and K. Hecht, Neighborhood Groceries New Access to Healthy Food in Low-income Communities (San Francisco: California Food Policy Advocates, January 2003); and many others. The Brookings Institution study found, for example, that the average grocery

store in its sample of 2,384 low-income neighborhoods is 2.5 times smaller than the average grocery store in a high-income neighborhood. Also, there is about one mid- or large-sized grocer for every 69,055 residents in low-income neighborhoods, half the availability found in other neighborhoods. Access to only small grocery stores results in higher food prices for low-income shoppers. In particular, more than 67 percent of the same food products in its sample of 132 different products are more expensive in small grocery stores than in larger grocery stores.

10 T. C. Blanchard and T. A. Lyson, “Retail Concentration, Food Deserts, and Food Disadvantaged Communities in Rural America,” in Remaking the North American Food System, eds. C. C. Hinrichs and T. A. Lyson (Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska Press, 2007); C. Wirth, R. Strochlic, and C. Getz, Hunger in the Fields: Food Insecurity among Farmworkers in Fresno County (CA: California Institute for Rural Studies, 2007); A. D. Liese et al., “Food Store Types, Availability, and Cost of Foods in a Rural Environment,” Journal of the American Dietetic Association 107 (November 2007): 1916–23; T. Blanchard and T. Lyson, “Food Availability & Food Deserts in the Nonmetropolitan South,” Southern Rural Development Center, 2006, http://srdc.msstate.edu/focusareas/health/ fa/fa_12_blanchard.pdf (accessed January 19, 2009); L. W. Morton et al., “Solving the Problems of Iowa Food Deserts: Food Insecurity and Civic Structure,” Rural Sociology 70 (2005): 94–112; L. W. Morton and T. C. Blanchard, “Starved for Access: Life in Rural America’s Food Deserts,” Rural Realities 1 (2007): 10; E. A. Bitto et al., “Grocery Store Access Patterns in Rural Food Deserts,” Journal for the Study of Food and Society 6 (2003): 35–48; C. Getz, “Perceived High Cost Deters Farmworkers from Eating Produce, According to UC Study,” University of California, News and Information Outreach, 2006, http://news.ucanr.org/

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 7 2

>

>

N o

te s

Notes

newsstorymain.cfm?story=899 (accessed January 19, 2009); and P. Kaufman and S. M. Lutz, “Competing Forces Affect Food Prices for Low-income Households,” Food Review 20 (May–August, 1997): 8–12.

11 K. Morland and S. Filomena, “Disparities in the Availability of Fruits and Vegetables between Racially Segregated Urban Neighbourhoods,” Cambridge Journals Online 10 (2007): 1481–89; L. V. Moore, A. V. Diez-Roux, “Associations of Neighborhood Characteristics with the Location and Type of Food Stores,” American Journal of Public Health 96 (2006): 325–31; D. Block and J. Kouba, “A Comparison of the Availability and Affordability of a Market Basket in Two Communities in the Chicago Area,” Public Health Nutrition 9 (2007): 837–45; M. Gallagher, 2007 and 2006 (see endnote 9); J. Block, R. A. Scribner, and K. B. De Salvo, “Fast Food, Race/Ethnicity, and Income: A Geographic Analysis,” American Journal of Preventive Medicine 27 (2004): 211–17; K. Morland et al., “Neighborhood Characteristics Associated with the Location of Food Stores and Food Service Places,” American Journal of Preventive Medicine 22 (2002): 23–29, and many others.

12 For a documentation of the decline and rise of farmers’ markets over the 20th century, see H. Tangires, Public Markets and Civic Culture in Nineteenth Century America (Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 2003); A. Brown, “Farmers’ Market Research 1940– 2000: An Inventory and Review,” American Journal of Alternative Agriculture 17 (2002): 167–76.

13 Since 1994, when the USDA started to track growth in farmers’ markets, more than 3,000 farmers’ markets have opened nationally, reaching a total of 4,685 markets in August 2008. USDA, Economic Research Service, “Global Food Markets: Global Industry Structure,” 2008, http://www.ers.usda.gov/ Briefing/GlobalFoodMarkets/Industry.htm

(accessed January 31, 2009).

14 American Farmland Trust, “Farming on the Edge Report,” http://www.farmland.org/ resources/fote/default.asp (accessed January 19, 2009).

15 Surface Transportation Policy Project, “Surface Transportation and Poverty Alleviation,” n.d., http://www.transact.org/ library/factsheets/poverty.asp (accessed January 19, 2009); R. D. Bullard and G. S. Johnson, eds., Just Transportation: Dismantling Race and Class Barriers to Mobility (Gabriola Island, BC: New Society Publishers, 1997); and A. D. Gardenshire, “Economic and Sociodemographic Influences on Autolessness: Are Missing Variables Skewing Results?,” Transportation Research Record 1670 (1999): 13–16.

16 S. H. Babey et al., Designed for Disease: The Link Between Local Food Environments and Obesity and Diabetes (Los Angeles: California Center for Public Health Advocacy, PolicyLink, and UCLA Center for Health Policy Research, 2008), http://www.healthpolicy. ucla.edu/pubs/publication.asp?pubID=250 (accessed January 19, 2009); L. Mikkelsen, S. Chehimi, and L. Cohen, Healthy Eating & Physical Activity: Addressing Inequities in Urban Environments (Oakland, CA: Prevention Institute, 2007); M. Gallagher, 2007 and 2006 (see endnote 9); M. C. Wang et al., “Changes in Neighbourhood Food Store Environment, Food Behaviour and Body Mass Index, 1981–1990,” Cambridge Journals Online 11 (2007): 963–70; K. Morland, S. Wing, and A. V. Diez-Roux, “The Contextual Effect of the Local Environment on Residents’ Diets: The Atherosclerosis Risk in Communities Study,” American Journal of Public Health 11 (2002): 1761–67; and The Food Trust, “Food Geography: How Food Access Affects Diet and Health,” http://www.thefoodtrust. org/catalog/download.php?product_id=120 (accessed January 19, 2009).

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 7 3

<

<

N o

te s

Notes

17 D. Rose and R. Richards, “Food Store Access and Household Fruit and Vegetable Use among Participants in the U.S. Food Stamp Program,” Public Health Nutrition 7 (2007): 1081–88; and K. Morland et al., “The Contextual Effect of the Local Environment on Residents’ Diets” (see endnote 16).

18 See, for example, Zenk et al., “Neighborhood Racial Composition” (endnote 9).

19 S. L. Handy, “Understanding the Link between Urban Form and Nontravel Behavior,” Journal of Planning Education and Research 15 (1996): 183–98; and J. Boivin and P. Matharu, “Bus Transit and Grocery Shopping in Detroit, Wayne State University Department of Geography and Urban Planning, unpublished paper, 2008.

20 S. L. Handy and K. Clifton, “Local Shopping as a Strategy for Reducing Automobile Travel,” Transportation 28 (2001): 317–46.

21 See, for example, K. Clifton, “Mobility Strategies and Food Shopping for Low- Income Families: A Case Study,” Journal of Planning Education and Research 23 (2004): 402–13.

22 This is an especially significant problem for the rural elderly. Food Security, Insecurity, and Hunger: Rural Food Access Patterns: Elderly Open-Country and In-Town Residents (Ames, IA: Iowa State University Extension, 2004); and K. Clifton, “Mobility Strategies” (see endnote 21).

23 N. Wrigley, “Understanding Store Development Programmes in Post-property- crisis UK Food Retailing,” Environment and Planning A 30 (1998): 15–35.

24 For recent statistics on national food insecurity, see, for example, M. Nord, M. Andrews, and S. Carlson, “Household Food Security in the United States, 2007,” USDA, Economic Research Service, Report #66,

2008, http://ers.usda.gov/Publications/ERR66/ ERR66.pdf (accessed January 19, 2009).

25 R. D. Bullard, G. S. Johnson, and A. O. Torres, eds., Sprawl City (Washington, DC: Island Press, 2000); R. D. Bullard and G. S. Johnson, eds., Just Transportation: Dismantling Race and Class Barriers to Mobility (Gabriola Island, BC: New Society Publishers, 1997); and Surface Transportation Policy Project, “Surface Transportation and Poverty Alleviation,” http://www.transact.org/library/factsheets/ poverty.asp (accessed January 19, 2009).

26 Food Research and Action Center, “Food Stamp Participation in May 2008 Sets Another Record High,” http://www.frac.org/ html/news/fsp/2008.05_FSP.htm (accessed January 19, 2009).

27 Food Research and Action Center, “A Guide to Food Stamp Outreach,” http://www.frac. org/html/federal_food_programs/programs/ fsoutreachprg.html#anchor826588 (accessed March 22, 2009).

28 C. Hefflin, “Who Exits the Food Stamp Program after Welfare Reform?,” http://www.ers.usda.gov/Briefing/ FoodNutritionAssistance/Funding/ RIDGEprojectSummary.asp?Summary_ID= 46. (accessed January 19, 2009).

29 A Fresno County, CA, study found that nearly half of all farm worker households were food insecure compared to 36 percent of all county households. The same study also found that just over half and only about 36 percent of those eligible used food stamps in the winter and summer, respectively. C. Getz, “Perceived High Cost Deters Farmworkers from Eating Produce, According to UC Study,” University of California, News and Information Outreach, 2006, http://news. ucanr.org/newsstorymain.cfm?story=899 (accessed January 19, 2009).

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 7 4

>

>

N o

te s

Notes

30 T. Litman, “Transportation Affordability: Evaluation and Improvement Strategies,” Victoria Transport Policy Institute, 2007, http://www.vtpi.org/affordability.pdf. (accessed February 13, 2009).

31 E. Roberto, “Commuting to Opportunity: The Working Poor and Commuting in the United States,” Brookings Institution, 2008, http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/Files/ rc/reports/2008/0314_transportation_ puentes/0314_transportation_puentes.pdf (accessed February 13, 2009).

32 Surface Transportation Policy Project, “Surface Transportation and Poverty Alleviation,” http://www.transact.org/library/ factsheets/poverty.asp (accessed January 19, 2009).

33 M. Mauch and B. D. Taylor, “Gender, Race, and Travel Behavior: An Analysis of Household Serving Travel and Commuting in the San Francisco-Bay Area,” Transportation Research Record 1607 (1997): 147–53; and M. L. DeVault, Feeding the Family: The Social Organization of Caring as Gendered Work (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1991).

34 S. L. Handy and K. Clifton, “Local Shopping as a Strategy,” 331 (see endnote 20).

35 E. A. Bitto et al., “Grocery Store Access Patterns in Rural Food Deserts,” Journal for the Study of Food and Society 6 (2003): 35–48.

36 L. F. Alwitt and T. D. Donley, “Retail Stores in Poor Urban Neighborhoods,” Journal of Consumer Affairs 31 (1997): 139–64; C. Chung and S. L. Myers, “Do the Poor Pay More for Food? An Analysis of Grocery Store Availability and Price Disparities,” The Journal of Consumer Affairs 33 (1999): 276–96; and P. Kaufman and S. M. Lutz, “Competing Forces Affect Food Prices” (see endnote 10).

37 However, WIC rules do allow states leeway in deciding whether or how to

address transportation issues in making healthcare appointments. USDA, Food and Nutrition Service, Federal Register: “Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants, and Children (WIC): Miscellaneous Provisions,” Proposed Rule, 2002, http://www.fns.usda.gov/ cga/Federal-Register/2002/120202.pdf (accessed January 19, 2009). For example, in Michigan, WIC participants are allowed to seek transportation assistance for both healthcare as well as nutrition counseling appointments, whereas in West Virginia, only healthcare appointments are funded for transportation assistance. Other programs such as the Summer Food Service Program and senior nutrition programs are more sensitive to the transportation needs of their younger and older clients, respectively, and provide community grants for transportation assistance, http://www.summerfood.usda. gov/Community/transportation-grants.html (accessed March 24, 2009). Additionally, a small pot of USDA funding exists for farmers to bring product to market. Few studies exist on who benefits from this funding and how it is used.

38 Food Research and Action Center, “Rural Transportation Grants Successfully Increase Summer Food Participation,” 2006, http:// www.frac.org/afterschool/pdf/rural_ transportation_grants_report_2006.pdf (accessed February 12, 2009).

39 V. James Rhodes, The Agricultural Marketing System, 4th Ed. (Scottsdale, AZ: Gorsuch, Scarisbrick Publishers, 1993), cited in R. Pirog et al., Food, Fuel, and Freeways: An Iowa Perspective on How Far Food Travels, Fuel Usage, and Greenhouse Gas Emissions (Ames, IA: Iowa State University, Leopold Center for Sustainable Agriculture, 2001).

40 In March 2008, for example, wholesale food prices, an indicator of retail prices, rose the previous month at the fastest rate since 2003, with egg prices jumping 60

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 7 5

<

<

N o

te s

Notes

percent from a year ago, pasta products 30 percent, and fruits and vegetables 20 percent, according to the Labor Department. R. Gavin, “Surging Costs of Groceries Hits Home,” Boston Globe, March 9, 2008, http:// www.boston.com/business/personalfinance/ articles/2008/03/09/surging_costs_of_ groceries_hit_home/ (accessed January 19, 2009).

41 R. D. Bullard et al., Sprawl City; R. D. Bullard and G. S. Johnson, Just Transportation: Dismantling Race and Class Barriers to Mobility (see endnote 25, first two citations); E. Roberto, “Commuting to Opportunity” (see endnote 31); and T. Litman, “Transportation Affordability” (see endnote 30).

42 B. Taylor and P. Ong, “Spatial Mismatch or Automobile Mismatch? An Examination of Race, Residence and Commuting in U.S. Metropolitan Areas,” Urban Studies 32 (1995): 1453–73.

43 P. Ong and E. Blumenberg, “Job Access, Commute and Travel Burden among Welfare Recipients,” Urban Studies 35 (1998): 77–94.

44 R. Strochlic et al., “An Assessment of the Demand for Farm Worker Housing and Transportation in Mendicino County” (California Institute for Rural Studies, August 2008). See also Rural Assistance Center (RAC), http://www.raconline.org/info_ guides/transportation/ (accessed January 30, 2009). According to the RAC, 40 percent of all rural residents live in areas with no public transportation, and another 28 percent live in areas with limited levels of service.

45 R. Strochlic et al., “An Assessment of the Demand for Farm Worker Housing and Transportation in Mendicino County” (see endnote 44).

46 For one 2007 example, see CBC News, “Van Packed with Farm Workers Crashes in B.C.,

Killing 3,” March 7, 2007, http://www.cbc.ca/ canada/british-columbia/story/2007/03/07/ bc-van-crash.html?ref=rss (accessed February 12, 2009). The article reports an accident in which three people were killed and several others injured after a van designed for 10 people but carrying 17 workers rolled over Highway 1 in B.C.’s Fraser Valley.

47 See, for example, M. C. Heller and G. A. Keoleian, Life Cycle-Based Sustainability Indicators for Assessment of the U.S. Food System (CSS00-04) (Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan, Center for Sustainable Systems, 2000). From a personal communication with Ken Dahlberg, Professor Emeritus at Western Michigan University (September 27, 2006), of the energy used in the U.S. food system, roughly 21 percent is used for agricultural production, 14 percent for transportation, 16 percent for processing, 7 percent for packaging, 7 percent for eating establishments, 4 percent for food retailing, and 31 percent for home food refrigeration and cooking.

48 In Michigan, the nation’s second most agriculturally diverse state (California is first), only about 10 percent of the $25.7 billion spent on groceries at home and for eating out went to the state’s producers. P. Cantrell, The New Entrepreneurial Agriculture (Benzie, MI: Michigan Land Use Institute, 2003), http://mlui.org/downloads/newag.pdf (accessed January 19, 2009). Similar trends exist in Iowa and other agricultural states. For example, see Pirog et al., Food, Fuel, and Freeways (see endnote 39).

49 M. Hora and J. Tick, From Farm to Table: Making the Connection in the Mid-Atlantic Food System (Washington, DC: Capital Area Food Bank of Washington, DC, 2001) (citation derived from R. Pirog et al., 2001; see endnote 39).

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 7 6

>

>

N o

te s

Notes

50 This figure varies between 11 percent (Pirog et al., 2001) and 14 percent (Dahlberg, personal communication), suggesting that more new research is needed on this topic.

51 R. Pirog et al., Food, Fuel, and Freeways (see endnote 39).

52 For example, see D. Houston, J. Wu, and P. Ong, “Structural Disparities of Urban Traffic in Southern California: Implications for Vehicle-related Air Pollution Exposure in Minority and High-poverty Neighborhoods,” Journal of Urban Affairs 26 (2008): 565–92, for research related to the traffic that is generated by the Los Angeles (CA) port and its impacts on low-income and minority communities that are located nearby. Container traffic at the Ports of Los Angeles and Long Beach, CA, has tripled in the past 15 years, resulting in massive port-related heavy-duty diesel truck (HDDT) traffic on surface streets in the low-income and minority communities of Wilmington and western Long Beach adjacent to the ports. The volumes of HDDTs often reached 400 to 600/hour for several hours immediately upwind of sensitive land uses, such as schools, open-field parks, and residences. The documented health and environmental consequences of HDDT emissions raise serious public health concerns for the inhabitants who reside, work, attend school, or recreate in close proximity to roadways with HDDT traffic.

53 R. Pirog et al., Food, Fuel, and Freeways (see endnote 39).

54 Ibid.

55 R. Pirog and T. Van Pelt, “How Far Do Your Fruits and Vegetables Travel?,” Iowa State University, Leopold Center for Sustainable Agriculture, 2002, http://www.leopold. iastate.edu/pubs/staff/ppp/food_chart0402. pdf (accessed January 19, 2009).

56 R. Pirog et al., Food, Fuel, and Freeways, 33 (see endnote 39).

57 Pew Center on Global Climate Change, 2004, http://www.pewclimate.org/global-warming- basics/facts_and_figures/us_emissions/ usghgemsector.cfm (accessed March 24, 2009).

58 Roy Darwin, USDA, Economic Research Service, “Climate Change and Food Security,” 2001, http://www.ers.usda.gov/ publications/aib765/aib765-8.pdf (accessed March 23, 2009); and Food and Agriculture Organization, “Climate Change and Food Security,” 2007, http://www.un.org/ climatechange/pdfs/bali/fao-bali07-6.pdf (accessed March 23, 2009).

59 USDA, Economic Research Service, “Vegetables and Melons,” 2008, http:// www.ers.usda.gov/Briefing/Vegetables/ tomatoes.htm (accessed March 23, 2009).

60 USDA, “Foreign Agriculture Trade of the United States, Value of U.S. trade— Agricultural, Nonagricultural, and Total—and Trade Balance, by Fiscal Year,” updated January 13, 2009, http://www.ers.usda. gov/data/FATUS/index.htm#value (accessed January 19, 2009). According to the Census of Agriculture, in 2007, U.S. farms sold $297 billion in agricultural products while incurring $241 billion in production expenses, http:// www.agcensus.usda.gov/Publications/2007/ Online_Highlights/Fact_Sheets/economics. pdf (accessed March 22, 2009).

61 For example, see B. Meertens, “Agricultural Performance in Tanzania under Structural Adjustment Programs: Is It Really So Positive?,” Agriculture and Human Values 17 (2000): 333–46.

62 Indeed, both the history of supermarket development—seen, for example, in the rise of the first supermarkets of the Great Atlantic and Pacific Tea Company—and the

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 7 7

<

<

N o

te s

Notes

current dominance of Wal-mart underscore the preeminent contribution of logistics and transportation to their retail dominance.

63 A. Smith et al., “Validity of Food Miles as an Indicator of Sustainable Development,” AEA Technology Environment, commissioned by Defra, 2005, https://statistics.defra.gov. uk/esg/reports/foodmiles/execsumm.pdf (accessed January 19, 2009); A. C. McKinnon and A. Woodburn, “Logistical Restructuring and Road Freight Traffic Growth: An Empirical Assessment,” Transportation 23 (1996): 141–61; M. D. Boehlje, S. L. Hofing, and R. C. Shroeder, “Value Chains in the Agricultural Industries,” Staff Paper # 99-10, August 31, 1999, http://www.centrec.com/ Articles/value_chain_ag_industry/value_ chains_in_ag_industry.pdf (accessed March 24, 2009); and A. Potter and B. Gardner, “Management of Transport Resources: Investigating the External Cost Impact of Integrated Inbound Logistics,” Logistics and Operations Management Section, Cardiff Business School, December 2006, http:// www.cardiff.ac.uk/carbs/research/working_ papers/logistics/Investigating%20the%20 external%20cost%20impact%20of%20 integrated%20inbound%20logistics.pdf (accessed March 24, 2009).

64 M. H. Sonstegaard, “Competitive Access to North American Rail,” Transportation Quarterly 57 (2003): 61–67.

65 See, for example, D. Pimental, “The Ecological and Energy Integrity of Corn Ethanol Production,” in Reconciling Human Existence with Ecological Integrity eds. L. Westra, K. Bossellmann, and R. Westra (London: Earthscan, 2008); and J. P. W. Scharlemann and W. F. Laurance, “How Green Are Biofuels?,” Science 319 (2008): 43–44. Relative to petroleum, nearly all biofuels diminish greenhouse gas emissions, although crops such as switchgrass easily outperform soy and corn. Scharlemann and Laurance argue, however, that the process

for selecting one biofuel over another needs to consider its full environmental effects. When deforestation by palm oil producers or nitrogen use by corn producers is considered and their energy and emissions taken into account, they conclude that corn or canola biofuels may be worse for global warming than simply burning fossil fuels.

66 Pimental, “The Ecological and Energy Integrity of Corn Ethanol Production,” 252– 53 (see endnote 67).

67 See, for example, C. F. Runge and B. Senauer, “How Biofuels Could Starve the Poor,” Foreign Affairs (May/June 2007); and USDA, Agricultural Marketing Service, Ethanol Transportation Backgrounder: “Expansion of U.S. Corn-based Ethanol from the Agricultural Transportation Perspective,” 2007, http://www.ams.usda.gov/AMSv1.0/ge tfile?dDocName=STELPRDC5063605&acct= atpub (accessed January 19, 2009). Increased demand for ethanol has raised prices, which has resulted in increased production but also the diversion of corn from food-related uses to fuel.

68 D. Cronin, Inter Press Service, “Development: ‘Food Miles’ Hard to Digest,” 2008, http:// ipsnews.net/news.asp?idnews= 41183 (accessed January 19, 2009).

69 Corn-based bioethanol has higher burden on environment and human health. A. Jha, “Biofuels More Harmful to Humans than Petrol and Diesel, Warn Scientists,” Guardian, February 2, 2009, http://www. guardian.co.uk/environment/2009/feb/02/ biofuels-health (accessed January 30, 2009). Researchers found the total environmental and health costs of gasoline are about 71 cents per gallon, while an equivalent amount of corn-ethanol fuel has associated costs of 72 cents to $1.45, depending on the use of chemicals in its production. However, there are high hopes for the next generation of biofuels, which can be made from organic

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 7 8

>

>

N o

te s

Notes

waste or plants grown on marginal land that is not used to grow foods. These have less than half the combined health and environmental costs of standard gasoline and one-third of current biofuels.

70 USDA, Agricultural Marketing Service, Ethanol Transportation Backgrounder: “Expansion of U.S. Corn-based Ethanol” (see endnote 67).

71 Prevention Institute, “Setting the Record Straight: Nutritionists Define Healthful Food,” 2009, http://www.preventioninstitute.org/ sa/documents/SettingtheRecordStraight_ final_031309_000.pdf (accessed March 24, 2009). See also policy guides by American Planning Association, http://www.planning. org/policy/guides/adopted/food.htm; and American Public Health Association, http:// www.apha.org/advocacy/policy/policysearch/ default.htm?id=1361 (both accessed March 23, 2009); and Catholic Healthcare West Food and Nutrition Vision Statement, n.d.

72 The recommendations also have other benefits, such as household savings and job creation. For example, see T. Litman, “Smart Transportation Economic Stimulation: Infrastructure Investments That Support Strategic Planning,” 2009, http://www. vtpi.org/econ_stim.pdf (accessed: February 6, 2009). Litman argues that a reasonable scenario of aggressive fuel economy targets, investments in alternative modes, and supportive land use policies can reduce U.S. fuel consumption 20 percent–40 percent, saving future consumers $150–$350 billion annually in fuel and vehicle expenses; providing economic benefits from reduced fuel import costs of similar magnitude; producing additional economic, social, and environmental benefits; and generating one to two million additional annual domestic jobs.

73 For example, Numero Uno Market in Los Angeles, CA, capitalized on the population density and high transit-dependence in the inner city to establish a van shuttle

service that takes shoppers who spend at least $30 to their door. Coordinated with two Metropolitan Transportation Authority bus routes as a means for people to get to the store, Numero Uno’s nine-van shuttle service made it one of the top-five grossing supermarkets in Los Angeles. M. Vallianatos, A. Shaffer, and R. Gottlieb, Transportation and Food: The Importance of Access (Los Angeles: Occidental College, Center for Food and Justice, Urban and Environmental Policy Institute, 2002). See also a feasibility study, for example, which makes a business case for such shuttles when provided by supermarkets. D. Cassady and V. Mohan, “Doing Well by Doing Good? A Supermarket Shuttle Feasibility Study,” Journal of Nutrition Education Behavior 36 (2004): 67–70.

74 Dedicated or special bus routes to connect low-income consumers have been provided by Austin, TX, and Hartford, CT. See Vallianatos et al., Transportation and Food (see endnote 73).

75 For example, Belo Horizonte’s (Brazil) municipal food programs include vans that act as mobile grocery stores. Together, these programs—along with special stores that sell foods in bulk, farm stands, and popular restaurants in low-income neighborhoods— cost less than one percent of the city’s budget. C. Rocha, “Urban Food Security Policy: The Case of Belo Horizonte, Brazil,” Journal for the Study of Food and Society 5 (2001): 36–47.

76 Research on nonemergency medical transportation shows cost savings as well as increased welfare as a result of transportation subsidies. R. Wallace et al., “Access to Health Care and Non-emergency Medical Transportation: Two Missing Links,” Transportation Research Record 1924 (2005): 76–84; and P. Hughes-Cromwick and R. Wallace, Executive Summary: Cost- benefit Analysis of Providing Nonemergency Medical Transportation (Washington, DC:

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 7 9

<

<

N o

te s

Notes

Transit Cooperative Research Program, Transportation Research Board, January 2006). Such a preventive health approach should be adopted in integrating transportation into federal nutrition programs.

77 An innovative example of farm worker transportation is demonstrated by Agricultural Industries Transportation Services, which provides vanpools to qualified farm workers in Kings, Tulare, and Fresno counties (CA), http://www.kartaits.com/ aitshome.htm (accessed January 19, 2009).

78 In addition to connecting rural food production with urban consumers, some cities are linking transportation and food production within the urban setting. In Tennessee, ISTEA funded a program that constructs community gardens along recreational corridors such as bike and walking trails. In Madison, WI, low-income gardeners working with the Community Action Coalition set up food gardens in highway rights of way, within cloverleaf intersections, and by the side of roads. See Vallianatos et al., Transportation and Food (endnote 73).

79 USDA, Cooperative State Research, Education and Extension Services, http://www.csrees. usda.gov/fo/communityfoodprojects.cfm (accessed March 24, 2009).

80 USDA, Summer Food Service Program, http:// www.summerfood.usda.gov/Community/ transportation-grants.html (accessed March 24, 2009).

81 R. Wallace et al., “Access to Health Care and Non-emergency Medical Transportation,” and P. Hughes-Cromwick and R. Wallace, Executive Summary: Cost-benefit Analysis (see endnote 76 for both citations).

82 For more information about these coalitions and organizations see: http://www.

transportationequity.org/; http://www. transportationforamerica.org/; http://www.transact.org/; http://www. completestreets.org/; and http://www. smartgrowthamerica.org/transportation.html.

83 For more information about these coalitions and organizations see: http://www.foodsecurity.org; http:// sustainableagriculture.net/; http://www.frac. org/; http://www.nffc.net/; and http://www. farmland.org/.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 8 0

>

>

N o

te s

Notes

1 “Fatally Hurt by Automobile,” The New York Times, September 14, 1899.

2 U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), Motor Vehicle Traffic Crashes as a Leading Cause of Death in the United States, 2005, Research Note DOT HS 810 936 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2008).

3 Margie Peden et al., eds., World Report on Road Traffic Injury Prevention (Geneva, Switzerland: The World Health Organization, 2004).

4 Lawrence J. Blincoe et al., The Economic Impact of Motor Vehicle Crashes 2000, Report no. DOT HS-809-446 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2002).

5 Ibid.

6 David Sleet, T. Bella Dinh-Zarr, and Ann Dellinger, “Traffic Safety in the Context of Public Health and Medicine,” in Improving Traffic Safety Culture in the United States: The Journey Forward, ed. AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety (Washington, DC: AAA Foundation, 2007).

7 National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, CDC Injury Fact Book (Atlanta: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2006).

8 Larry Cohen and Susan Swift, “The Spectrum of Prevention: Developing a Comprehensive Approach to Injury Prevention,” Injury Prevention 5 (1999): 203–07.

9 Robert A. Caro, The Power Broker: Robert Moses and the Fall of New York (New York: Random House, Inc., 1975).

10 Reid Ewing et al., “Relationship between Urban Sprawl and Physical Activity, Obesity, and Morbidity,” American Journal of Health Promotion 18 (2003): 47–57.

11 Peter L. Jacobsen, “Safety in Numbers: More Walkers and Bicyclists, Safer Walking and Bicycling,” Injury Prevention 9 (2003): 205– 09.

12 Todd Litman, “Safe Travels: Evaluating Mobility Management Traffic Safety Benefits,” Victoria Transport Policy Institute, 2006, http://www.vtpi.org/safetr.pdf.

13 John Pucher and Lewis Dijkstra, “Promoting Safe Walking and Cycling to Improve Public Health: Lessons from the Netherlands and Germany,” American Journal of Public Health 93 (2003): 1509–16.

14 Fatality Analysis Reporting System, “National Statistics,” http://www-fars.nhtsa.dot.gov/ Main/index.aspx; and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), “Web-based Injury Statistics Query and Reporting System (WISQARS),” http://www.cdc.gov/injury/ wisqars/index.html.

15 U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2007 Traffic Safety Annual Assessment, a brief statistical summary, DOT HS 811 017 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2008).

16 NHTSA, Motor Vehicle Traffic Crashes (see endnote 2).

17 NHTSA, 2007 Traffic Safety Annual Assessment (see endnote 16).

18 Michelle Ernst, Mean Streets 2004: How Far Have We Come (Washington, DC: Surface Transportation Policy Partnership, 2004).

Chapter 8: Traffic Injury Prevention: A 21st-Century Approach

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 8 1

<

<

N o

te s

Notes

19 John Pucher and Lewis Dijkstra, “Promoting Safe Walking and Cycling” (see endnote 13).

20 Fatality Analysis Reporting System, “National Statistics” (see endnote 14).

21 John Pucher and John L. Renne, “Socioeconomics of Urban Travel: Evidence from the 2001 NHTS,” Transport Quarterly 57 (2003): 49–77.

22 Fatality Analysis Reporting System, “National Statistics” (see endnote 14); and U.S. Department of Transportation, NHTSA, Traffic Safety Facts: Pedestrians, Data DOT- HS-810-994, (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2007).

23 CDC, “Web-based Injury Statistics Query and Reporting System” (see endnote 14).

24 Kenneth G. Keppel et al., Trends in Racial and Ethnic-specific Rates for the Health Status Indicators: United States, 1990–98 (Hyattsville, MD: National Center for Health Statistics, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2002).

25 Satomi Imai and Christopher Mansfield, “Disparities in Motor Vehicle Crash Fatalities of Young Drivers in North Carolina,” North Carolina Medical Journal 69 (2008): 182–87.

26 John Pucher and John L. Renne, “Socioeconomics of urban travel” (see endnote 21).

27 CDC, “Pedestrian Fatalities—Cobb, DeKalb, Fulton, and Gwinnett Counties, Georgia, 1994–1998,” Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 48 (1999): 601–05.

28 Richard Marosi, “Pedestrian Deaths Reveal O.C.’s Car Culture Clash,” Los Angeles Times Orange County Edition, November 28, 1999.

29 Robert B. Voas, A. Scott Tippetts, and Deborah A. Fisher, Ethnicity and Alcohol-

Related Fatalities: 1990 to 1994 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2000).

30 David Shinar, “Demographic and Socioeconomic Correlates of Safety Belt Use,” Accident Analysis and Prevention 25 (1993): 745–55; Joann K. Wells, Allan F. Williams, and Charles M. Farmer, Seat Belt Use among African Americans, Hispanics, and Whites (Arlington, VA: Insurance Institute for Highway Safety, 2001); Robert B. Voas, A. Scott Tippetts, and Deborah A. Fisher, Ethnicity and Alcohol-Related Fatalities (see endnote 29); and U.S. Department of Transportation, NHTSA, N.C.f.S.a.A., Traffic Safety Facts 2001: Pedestrians (Washington, DC: U.S. Dept. of Transportation, 2001).

31 U.S. Department of Transportation, NHTSA, N.C.f.S.a.A., Traffic Safety Facts 2001: Overview (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, 2001).

32 U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), National Household Travel Survey. Older Drivers: Safety Implications (Washington, DC: Federal Highway Administration, 2006).

33 Ibid.

34 Ibid.

35 Catherine E. Staunton, Howard Frumkin, and Andrew L. Dannenberg, “Changing the Built Environment to Prevent Injury,” in Handbook of Injury and Violence Prevention, eds. L. Bonzo Doll et al. (New York: Springer, 2007)

36 The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990 is a civil rights law that protects against discrimination based on disability. Title III delineates how public accommodations, including transportation, should be accessible to disabled persons.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 8 2

>

>

N o

te s

Notes

37 Insurance Institute for Highway Safety, “Q&As: Speed and speed limits,” http:// www.iihs.org/research/qanda/speed_limits. html.

38 The National Committee for Injury Prevention and Control, Injury Prevention Meeting the Challenge (New York: Oxford University Press, 1989).

39 Ibid.

40 U.S. Department of Transportation, NHTSA, Traffic Safety Facts: Alcohol-Impaired Driving (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2008).

41 The National Committee for Injury Prevention and Control, Injury Prevention Meeting the Challenge (see endnote 38).

42 A blood alcohol content (BAC) of 0.08 percent means 0.08 grams of pure alcohol per 100 milliliters of a person’s blood. BAC laws with a 0.05 percent threshold are believed to be ideal and recommended by the American Medical Association because driving skills begin to deteriorate markedly at 0.05 percent BAC. Current political will, however, makes 0.08 percent BAC laws more politically feasible. Laws with a 0.08 BAC exist in all states and the District of Columbia; and Ruth A. Shults, Randy W. Elder, and David A. Sleet, “Reviews of Evidence Regarding Interventions to Reduce Alcohol-impaired Driving,” American Journal of Preventive Medicine 21 (2001): 66–88.

43 Ruth A. Shults et al., “Reviews of Evidence” (see endnote 42); and CDC, “Impaired Driving,” http://www.cdc.gov/ncipc/ factsheets/drving.htm.

44 Randy W. Elder et al., “Effectiveness of Sobriety Checkpoints for Reducing Alcohol- involved Crashes,” Traffic Injury Prevention 3 (2002): 266–74.

45 Vehicles with breathalyzers installed cannot start if the alcohol ignition interlock equipment determines that the driver is intoxicated. These mechanisms can be required in the automobile manufacturing process, but there is some controversy with regards to infringing on personal privacy; and U.S. Department of Transportation, NHTSA, Reducing Impaired-driving Recidivism Using Advanced Vehicle-based Alcohol Detection Systems, a report to Congress (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2007).

46 Ralph W. Hingson, Monica H. Swahn, and David A. Sleet, “Interventions to Prevent Alcohol-related Injuries,” in Handbook of Injury and Violence Prevention, eds. L. S. Doll et al. (New York: Springer, 2007).

47 David A. Sleet et al., “Interventions to Reduce Impaired Driving and Traffic Injury,” in Drugs, Driving and Traffic Safety, eds. J. C. Verster et al. (Basel, Switzerland: Birkhauser, 2009).

48 Maria L. Alaniz, “Alcohol Availability and Targeted Advertising in Racial/Ethnic Minority Communities,” Alcohol Health and Research World 22 (1998): 286–89; and Thomas A. LaVeist and John M. Wallace, Jr., “Health Risk and Inequitable Distribution of Liquor Stores in African American Neighborhood,” Social Science and Medicine 51 (2000): 613–17.

49 U.S. Department of Transportation, NHTSA, Overview Traffic Safety Facts 1996 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration 1996).

50 CDC, “Bicycle-related Injuries: Data from the National Electronic Injury Surveillance System,” Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 36 (1987): 269–71.

51 U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, “NEWS from CPSC: CPSC Issues New Safety Standard for Bike Helmets,” http://www.cpsc. gov/cpscpub/prerel/prhtml98/98062.html.

H e

a lt

h y,

E q

u it

a b

le T

ra n

s p

o rt

a ti

o n

P o

li c

y

p g

. 1 8 3

<

<

N o

te s

Notes

52 Ibid.

53 Insurance Institute for Highway Safety, “Helmet Use Laws: Current U.S. Motorcycle and Bicycle Helmet Laws, http://www.iihs. org/laws/HelmetUseOverview.aspx.

54 U.S. Department of Transportation, NHTSA, Seat Belt Use in 2008—Overall Results (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2008).

55 Advocates for Highway and Auto Safety, “2009 Roadmap to State Highway Safety Laws,” http://www.saferoads.org/2009- roadmap-state-highway-safety-laws

57 U.S. Department of Transportation, NHTSA, States with Primary Enforcement Laws Have Lower Fatality Rates, Research Note DOT HS 810 557 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2006).

58 U.S. Department of Transportation, NHTSA, Strengthening Safety Belt Use Laws— Increase Belt Use, Decrease Crash Fatalities and Injuries (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2004).

59 U.S. Department of Transportation, NHTSA, Traffic Safety Facts 2006: Motorcycles. (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2006).

60 NHTSA, Traffic Safety Facts 2006: Children (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2008).

61 Stephanie Zaza et al., Task Force on Community Preventive Services, “Reviews of Evidence Regarding Interventions to Increase the Use of Child Safety Seats,” American Journal of Preventive Medicine 21 (2001): 31–47.

62 U.S. Department of Transportation, 2009. Identifying Strategies to Reduce the Percentage of Unrestrained Young Children (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2009).

63 U.S. Department of Transportation, NHTSA, Announcement for Section 2003(b): Child Passenger Protection Education Grants (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2003).

64 Ibid.

65 National Safety Council, Special Issue: “Novice Teen Driving GDL and Beyond— Research Foundations for Policy and Practice Symposium,” Journal of Safety Research 38 (2007): 129–266.

66 Complete streets legislation was introduced in Congress by Rep. Doris Matsui (H.R. 1443) and Sen. Tom Harkin (S. 584) in 2008, but neither bill passed. Several states have passed their own complete streets bills, but broad federal recognition of the value and priority of complete streets in the next authorization of the surface transportation bill could encompass the versions in the Senate and the House of Representatives and signal a commitment to safe mobility among all travelers.

p

g . 1 8 4

>

>

Photo Credits: p.9 (left to right): Frances Twitty, www.pedbikeimages.org / Dan Burden p.21 (left to right): www.pedbikeimages.org / Dan Burden, www.pedbikeimages.org / Dan Burden p.22: Tim McCaig p.24: Jacom Stephens p.27 (left to right): D. Samuel Marsh Photography, Dave Huss p.33: D. Samuel Marsh Photography p.37: Todd Litman, Todd Litman p.57: Tomaz Levstek p.60: John Zellmer p.61: ©iStockphoto.com (ddoorly) p.63 (left to right): www.pedbikeimages.org / Dan Burden, David H. Lewis p.75: www.pedbikeimages.org / Dan Burden p.77: www.pedbikeimages.org / Dan Burden p.79 (left to right): www.pedbikeimages.org / Dan Burden, Atlanta Regional Commission p.82: PEDS.org p.83: Clevelandskyscrapers.com p.85: www.pedbikeimages.org / Dan Burden p.86: David Kolb (www.dkolb.org) p.88: www.pedbikeimages.org / Dan Burden p.89: www.pedbikeimages.org / Dan Burden p.99 (left to right): D. Samuel Marsh Photography, Jeffrey Zavitski p.103: ©iStockphoto.com (Rhoberazzi) p.105: Mario Savoia p.110: Lisa F. Young p.113 (left to right): Anna Bryukhanova, Claudia Dewald p.116: Lorie Slater p.122: Britta Kasholm-Tengve p.128: Bruce Block p.131 (left to right): Duncan Walker, www.pedbikeimages.org / Austin Brown p.140: Izabela Habur p.142: ©iStockphoto.com (tillsonburg)

221 Oak Street Oakland, CA 94607 t 510-444-7738 f 510-663-1280 www.preventioninstitute.org

Headquarters:

1438 Webster Street, Suite 303 Oakland, CA 94612 t 510 663-2333 f 510 663-9684 [email protected]

CommuniCations offiCe:

55 West 39th Street, 11th Floor New York, NY 10018 t 212 629-9570 f 212 629-7328 www.policylink.org

Commissioned by:

www.convergencepartnership.org

  • book_cover_final4_web
  • POL_book_interior_final7
  • POL_notes_final3_web.pdf

Readings, Transportation and health/individual and population health.pdf

S C I E N T I F I C C O N T R I B U T I O N

On the relationship between individual and population health

Onyebuchi A. Arah

Published online: 24 December 2008

� The Author(s) 2008. This article is published with open access at Springerlink.com

Abstract The relationship between individual and popu-

lation health is partially built on the broad dichotomization of

medicine into clinical medicine and public health. Potential

drawbacks of current views include seeing both individual

and population health as absolute and independent concepts.

I will argue that the relationship between individual and

population health is largely relative and dynamic. Their

interrelated dynamism derives from a causally defined life

course perspective on health determination starting from an

individual’s conception through growth, development and

participation in the collective till death, all seen within the

context of an adaptive society. Indeed, it will become clear

that neither individual nor population health is identifiable or

even definable without informative contextualization within

the other. For instance, a person’s health cannot be seen in

isolation but must be placed in the rich contextual web such

as the socioeconomic circumstances and other health deter-

minants of where they were conceived, born, bred, and how

they shaped and were shaped by their environment and

communities, especially given the prevailing population

health exposures over their lifetime. We cannot discuss the

‘‘what’’ and ‘‘how much’’ of individual and population health

until we know the cumulative trajectories of both, using

appropriate causal language.

Keywords Causality � Context � Ethics � Individual health � Life course � Population health � Theory of health

Introduction

‘‘Population health’’ is a relatively new, rather fashionable

term in the medical field. 1

From its probable origins in

Canada to its current use in the literature (Kindig and

Stoddart 2003; Arah and Westert 2005), population health

calls up images of non-individual health, at least in its

literal meaning. Unsurprisingly, there is also ‘‘individual

health’’ which is often seen as the complement of popu-

lation health. Is population health merely the opposite of

individual health? Do both represent core descriptions of

health with respect to the individuals and societies? Both

forms of health are, however, rarely analyzed together in

the same papers, 2

probably due to the prevailing dichotomy

of medicine into clinical medicine (with its personal or

O. A. Arah (&) Department of Social Medicine, Academic Medical Center,

University of Amsterdam, PO Box 22700, 1100 DE Amsterdam,

The Netherlands

e-mail: [email protected]; [email protected]

O. A. Arah

Department of Epidemiology, University of California,

Los Angeles, School of Public Health, Box 951772,

Los Angeles, CA 90095-1772, USA

1 A quick search of PubMed, the main literature indexing system in

medicine, reveals that the term ‘‘population health’’ was used in the

titles of 21, 27, 66, and 429 articles in the periods 1967–1976, 1977–

1986, 1987–1996, and 1997–2006, respectively. This represents a 20-

fold increase from the 1967–1976 to the 1997–2006 periods. In

contrast, the use of the term ‘‘individual health’’ or ‘‘personal health’’

in titles of article increased by only 9- or 3-fold, respectively, in the

same period. Likewise, the use of ‘‘public health’’ barely doubled in

that period. 2

This is, of course, only valid if we take both terms to refer to forms,

types or states of health. As we will see later, population health, for

instance, has been described as being more than just a summary term

for the health of populations. In fact, population health has been

called a field of study, perhaps to mirror the observation that the

rather well-developed sister field, clinical medicine, deals with

individual health (Kindig and Stoddart 2003; Coburn et al. 2003;

Mechanic 2003; Pana and Muzzi 2004; Friedman and Starfield 2003).

123

Med Health Care and Philos (2009) 12:235–244

DOI 10.1007/s11019-008-9173-8

individual health purview) and public health (with its cel-

ebrated public or collective, 3

and thus, population health

purview) (Jamrozik and Hobbs 2002; Arah 2005; Arah

et al. 2006). This binary approach to health and medicine

has also played an important role in differentiating public

health from personal medical care (Acheson 1988; Arah

2009; Arah et al. 2006; Verweij and Dawson 2007).

Arguably, the birth of public health ethics as distinguish-

able from clinical ethics also rests on this dichotomization

of medicine (see (Beauchamp 1975, 1983; Dawson and

Verweij 2007). This dichotomization could even be traced

back to the polarizing approaches of individualism and

collectivism in the social sciences (O’Neill 1973; Weale

1981; Ball 2001). This if-it’s-not-individual-it’s-collective

approach begs the question if that is all there is to a pos-

sible relationship between individual health and population

health. Is it possible to study the relationship between

individual and population health entirely in terms of the

individual or the collective? And if at all, could the same

concept of health be easily mapped onto the population

level as at the individual level?

This article will argue that neither individual nor pop-

ulation health is identifiable or even definable without

informative contextualization within the other. For

instance, a person’s health cannot be seen only in isolation

but must be placed in the rich contextual web such as the

socioeconomic circumstances and other health determi-

nants of where they were conceived, born, bred, and how

they shaped and were shaped by their environment and

communities, especially given the prevailing population

health exposures over their lifetime. We cannot discuss the

‘‘what’’ and ‘‘how much’’ of individual and population

health until we know the cumulative trajectories of both,

using appropriate causal language. Indeed, the comple-

mentary relationship between individual and population

health evokes important socially relevant causal inferences

about both having the duality of being determinants and

outcomes over time, and within and between places or

societies. The causal interpretations accorded both types of

health flow directly from and are foundational to their

definitional and measurement concerns.

Lonely lives: from the concept and collective context of

health to individual health

Health as a concept is the focus of heated debates in the

philosophy and medical literature. 4

This literature is

overwhelmingly concerned with the health of the individ-

ual and the medical or healthcare interpretations and

interventions at the level of the diseased individual. In

those instances, the term healthcare is often used to imply

both personal medical care and public health. 5

Currently,

there are at least two major schools of thought on the

concept of health, namely, the naturalist and the norma-

tivist theories of health (Boorse 1975, 1977, 1997;

Schramme 2007; Nordenfelt 1986, 1995, 2007). Within the

normativist theory, there are weak and strong normativist

views (Khushf 2007).

The naturalist theory of health, which claims to be

descriptive, value-free and consistent with evolutionary

theory, states that an individual is completely healthy if and

only if all her organs function normally, that is, given a

statistically normal environment, her organs make at least

their statistically normal contribution to her survival or to

the human species survival (Boorse 1977, 1997; Schramme

2007). Thus, a healthy person is easily identified through

objective medical investigation. According to normativist

criticisms (Nordenfelt 2007), the naturalist theory of health

lays too much emphasis on internal processes, biology and

the absence of disease, effectively excluding extrabiologi-

cal considerations such as ‘‘person,’’ ‘‘intentional action’’

and ‘‘cultural standards.’’ On the other hand, the norma-

tivist account, which espouses a value-laden evaluative

approach holds that an individual is completely healthy if

and only if she has the ability, given standard circum-

stances, to reach all her vital or essential goals in life

(Nordenfelt 2007). This latter theory depicts a continuum

where health accommodates disease, takes a holistic con-

textual approach, and instrumentalizes health in the larger

scheme of vital life goals.

Interestingly both theories of health, to some extent, see

disease in terms of relevant organ dysfunction. For

instance, according to the naturalist account, a person has a

disease if and only if at least one of her organs functions

subnormally, given a statistically normal environment,

3 I use ‘‘collective’’ to refer to a definable group of people who share

or are motivated by at least one common interest or work together to

achieve a common objective. ‘‘Collective’’ may give an objectionable

sense of an aggregation, yet it has a powerful way of reminding us

that every society or collective is made up of individuals who are

bound in a rich tapestry (Arah 2009).

4 See the March 2007 issue of the journal Medicine, Health Care and

Philosophy for illuminating discussions of the concept of health. 5

As argued elsewhere (Verweij and Dawson 2007; Arah 2005, 2009;

Arah et al. 2006), (personal) medical care is best used to connote the

more individually oriented healthcare services, usually involving one-

on-one patient–physician interactions, whereas public health—in

addition to its health of the public or population health meaning—is

perhaps best described as the organized efforts aimed at collective

mechanisms of ensuring the health of the collective or the healthful context for the interacting individuals within the collective.

236 O. A. Arah

123

while the normativist theory asserts that a disease is a state

or process in which the individual has at least one organ

involved in any state that tends to reduce the individual’s

health. Although engaging in a debate on the merits of each

theory of health is beyond the scope of this article, I want

to point out that both theories appear to take the context or

circumstances or environment of any health-disease con-

tinuum as merely observed or passive, not active,

interventional or causal. 6

Yet, we all know that many

diseases 7

arise from the complex interplay of the person

and her context, be it social, psychological, physical, eco-

nomic or not (Lalonde 1974; Evans and Stoddart 1990; van

Oers 2002; Arah et al. 2006). My argument is that any

concept of individual health must emphasize the role of the

person’s circumstances in health maintenance or even in

disease causation, fleshing out the imbalance between the

internal and external functionings. This imbalance is

reflected in a recent attempt to characterize the origins of

human disease (Mackenbach 2006):

In all its manifestations, human disease is a reaction

of organisms to, and/or a failure to cope with, one or

more unbalancing changes in their internal environ-

ments. These are caused by one or more unfavourable

exchanges with their external environments and/or

failures in the structural and functional design of

organisms. In the final analysis, human disease is

attributable to the dependence of organisms on a

fundamentally hostile external environment and to

unfortunate evolutionary legacies.

To be sure, there is more to health than mere absence of

disease. An emphasis on the notion of the context—or what

naturalists call the ‘‘statistically normal environment’’ or

the normativists call ‘‘standard circumstances’’—is needed

to understand how health is promoted in a positive sense,

maintained or disrupted, and to give meaning to the theory

of health as a continuum rather than as a binary concept of

health versus disease. Three important properties charac-

terize the context of health and disease. Firstly, this context

has to be seen in terms of internal–external balance

between the individual and her context or environment.

Secondly, the contextual balance must be causal in nature,

at least in the counterfactual sense of being capable of

leading to a different individual health if the balance were

altered (Lewis 1973; Greenland 2000; Maldonado and

Greenland 2002; Pearl 2000). Hume (1748, p. 115) defines

a cause to be ‘‘an object, followed by another …where, if the first object had not been, the second had never existed.’’

An important aspect of this view of causation is its coun-

terfactual concept: a certain outcome event (the ‘‘second

object,’’ or effect) would not have occurred if, contrary to

fact, an earlier event (the ‘‘first object,’’ or cause) had not

occurred (Maldonado and Greenland 2002; Greenland

2005). Thirdly, context is cumulative. Early life insults can

and have been known to persist into adult life (Kuh and

Ben-Shlomo 2004), and to curb the ability to pursue life’s

vital goals (Nordenfelt 1995) or what one may have reason

to value (Sen 1985, 1992). The foregoing properties re-

define the context of health as being not merely observed

but actually causative or determinant of the level, dynamics

and distribution of health. This is in line with the popular

use of the phrase ‘‘determinants of health’’ in the health

literature (Arah and Westert 2005). 8

As we will see later

on, the revitalization of the context part of the health

concept allows us to evaluate the health relationship

between individuals and across populations, in essence,

linking individual and population health.

Populations without individuals: from the concept of

health and context of interacting individuals to

population health

Health is a very individual affair. Or is it? When Tolu broke

her leg in a motor accident on a precariously narrow road in

her home town in south-west Nigeria, it seemed fair to say it

was Tolu’s health, not that of her community or any such

6 To my understanding, both the naturalist and normativist define

probability of health, Pr(H), in terms of ‘‘given the biostatistically normal environment’’ (Boorse 1997) or ‘‘given standard circum-

stances’’ (Nordenfelt 2007), what I will call the context C: thus, health

probability is, simply put, Pr(H = h | C = c). However, this Pr(H = h | C = c) is not the same thing as Pr(H = h | do{C = c}), that is, what health would be if the context were seen as an external

intervention or a causal one influenced by, say, active change of

environment, lifestyle, interactions, and policies. Thus, C is not merely observed in the definition for it to be relevant to health, it must

be causally relevant (hence, the ‘‘do{C = c}’’ calculus). The probability expression Pr(H = h | do{C = c}) is isomorphic to the potential outcomes or counterfactual framework of causality envis-

aged by Hume (1748) and Lewis (1973). For instance, allowing

context or ‘‘given standard circumstances’’ to take on a causal–

interventionist meaning is important for appreciating what Tolu’s

health would be if she moved from her deprived circumstances in the

developing Nigeria to the safer affluence of England: Tolu’s context

is thus not only observed but was done by her ‘‘changing’’ her context. This topic of causality as interventionist even in so-called

observed context versus mere description of observations as a substitute for causal inference using non-experimental data is the

subject of recently renewed technical and philosophical interests

(Spohn 1980; Pearl 1995, 2000; Greenland 2000; Maldonado and

Greenland 2002; Spirtes et al. 1993). 7

To the determinist, this might well include all diseases.

8 Unfortunately, the term ‘‘determinants of health’’ may leave an

unsavory feeling that the relationship between individual (or even

population) health and its context is rigidly deterministic. Although I personally see a role for determinism, I temper this to mean no more

than probabilistic determinism, within a counterfactual framework

(Hume 1739, 1748; Lewis 1973; Pearl 2000).

Individual versus population health 237

123

collective to which she belonged, that was primarily com-

promised. It turned out that Tolu, who was a publicly

employed physician, in her deprived town with few doctors,

was on her way to the hospital, to respond to an emergency

call from the local hospital to help out on a particularly busy

day. She was supposed to be enjoying her off-duty rest on

that day. Typically, she would attend to a lot of patients,

many of whom suffered from infectious diseases, were

malnourished, and had been victims of road traffic accidents,

and so on. Being incapacitated by her injury, she was unable

to attend to her patients who must now increase the workload

of other already over-stretched doctors. The infants among

the patients suffered disproportionately; they were more

vulnerable and had illnesses that rapidly consumed them

without prompt care. Unknown to most, the hospital was

unable to save a number of such vulnerable patients who

would have been seen by Tolu had she not been reduced to a

patient herself by a complex web of social and personal

circumstances. Her health was intricately linked to the health

of her fellow townspeople. Not only did they suffer as a result

of her inability to be a physician to them, but also they were

subject to what (dangerous roads, deprivation, and other

‘‘standard circumstances’’) shaped Tolu’s health and her

pursuit of her vital goals (which included being able to cycle,

being an attending physician to the needy, and so on).

Actually, she chose to become a physician as a result of the

telling experiences of growing up in the town’s squalor. So,

their lives, well-being and health, were co-dependent, at least

on some level. In a sense, it was difficult for Tolu to remain

healthy in a town full of so many suffering people. Indeed, it

would be difficult to conclude that this town’s population

health was ideal, full or complete. The interacting individ-

uals who made up the collective were often at risk of less-

than-full health, largely due to the collective ‘‘standard cir-

cumstances’’ they lived in, a context they sculptured or was

sculptured for them in some way, and which also sculptured

who and what they became.

Admittedly, the foregoing illustration is a little drama-

tized. It serves its purpose nonetheless: health is not

entirely individual; it is relative to the individual’s context,

which in turn is fashioned out of the interactions that exist

between members of any defined collective whose health

(read: population health) is defined by the health and

context of its members. The circularity of this concept and

argument is not lost on us. Many diseases such as allergic,

cardiovascular, and even genetic 9

disorders seem to have

contextual antecedents (Mackenbach 2006). And these

contextual causes, determinants or facilitators tend to

accumulate from, probably, before conception and birth

through adult life (Kuh et al. 2003; Kuh and Ben-Shlomo

2004). We will return to this issue of life course and causal

context of health in a population shortly.

First, I want to broach two implicit views of population

health: the simply-the-sum-of-the-parts and the greater-

than-the-sum-of-the-parts views. The former—hopefully

with a dwindling proponents base—sees population health

as no more than a summary of health, aggregated across

individuals within a population (see for instance, the debate

and work on designing summary measures of population:

(World Bank 1993; Murray and Lopez 1994; Murray et al.

1994, 2001, 2002; Murray and Evans 2003; Murray 1994;

Anand and Hanson 1997, 1998; Institute of Medicine 1998;

World Health Organization 2000; Williams 2000; Mathers

et al. 2003, 2004)). Under this view, summary measures of

population health (SMPH) represent aggregated, singular

indices of the quantity and sometimes distribution of health

in a given population. These measures combine data on

mortality and morbidity, including disability, obtained

from the population in question or extrapolated from

‘‘similar contemporary’’ populations. The idea is that both

the quantity and quality of life that an individual born into

such a population could expect to enjoy can be captured by

measures such as healthy life expectancy (HALE) and

disability-adjusted life years (DALY). These measures are

commonly used in global health and national health policy

circles. Critics have pointed that some of these metrics are

not necessarily equitable or particularly suitable for the

health policies they are purported to support:

[Disability-adjusted life years or] DALYs are an

inequitable measure of aggregate ill-health and an

inequitable criterion for resource allocation. Through

age-weighting and discounting, they place a different

value on years lived at different ages and at different

points in time. They value a year saved from illness

more for the able-bodied than the disabled, more for

those in middle age-groups than the young or the

elderly, and more for individuals who are ill today

compared with those who will be ill in the future. We

regard such valuations to be inequitable both for the

9 Take the example of the autosomal recessive hereditary/genetic

condition known as phenylketonuria (PKU), diagnosable in newborns.

It results from a gene mutation on chromosome 12, leading to absent

or reduced activity of the enzyme needed to process one of the

essential amino acids, phenylalanine (present in many cereals, cocoa

products, egg, fish). Theoretically, if a child with PKU were to be

born in a context where phenylalanine did not exist in staple foods—

Footnote 9 continued

instead a related amino acid, tyrosine, which replaces phenylalanine

in the metabolic pathway in the human body, were present—then it is

difficult for the disorder to be suspected in the absence of mandatory

testing. Therefore, this child could easily grow up without the PKU

disease label. Thanks to the child’s new extraordinary context, she

could remain healthy although her bodily functions are easily engaged

in a process that tends to reduce her health. Notice that her new

context is far from being standard, even relative to her human species.

238 O. A. Arah

123

exercises of measuring the quantity of ill-health and

for resource allocation. For resource allocation equity

requires giving priority to the claims of the disad-

vantaged, which cannot be achieved by using the

restricted information set of the DALY (Anand and

Hanson 1998).

The second implicit view of population health, the

greater-than-the-sum-of-the-parts account as pursued in

this article, would see population health as the indivisible

health experience of a collective of individuals, where this

collective is taken to be distinguishable from a mere col-

lection or summation of individuals. 10

The context would

be seen as so defining and powerful that simple aggrega-

tions of health into singular measures would miss the richer

information present in the context that shapes current and

future health of the collective and of its individual mem-

bers. At a minimum, population health should be measured

in multidimensional terms, rich in information for different

purposes and interpretations. Greenland recently under-

scored this requirement as follows:

My intention in raising these issues is not to offer a

solution to a specific summarization problem. Rather,

it is to remind those facing a choice among measures

that candidates need not (and, for policy purposes,

should not) be limited to unidimensional summaries.

While our ability to think in several dimensions is

limited, it can be improved with practice. That

practice has proven crucial in attacking problems in

physics and engineering, and there is no reason to

suppose it is less important in tackling more complex

social policy issues. In instances in which many dif-

ferent people must make informed choices based on

the same scientific data, but with different values,

multidimensional measures are essential if we are to

provide each person and each executive body with

sufficient information for rational choice (Greenland

2005).

It is clear that how population health is measured is

dependent on how it is conceptualized. If population health

were seen only as aggregate health of a group, then uni-

dimensional metrics such as HALE and DALYs might

suffice. If, however, population health were conceived as a

deeply contextual and causally charged notion, then met-

rics that went beyond the descriptive and dealt with the

predictive, explanatory and evaluative would be needed

(McDowell et al. 2004). Is this how population health is

conceived in the public health literature? Population health

as a concept of health has been defined as ‘‘the health

outcomes of a group of individuals, including the distri-

bution of such outcomes within the group’’ (Kindig and

Stoddart 2003). Additionally, as a field, population health

is said to address how and why some groups of people are

healthy and others are not (McDowell et al. 2004; Evans

and Stoddart 2003). The late Geoffrey Rose once described

the population [health] strategy as

‘‘… the attempt to control the determinants of inci- dence, to lower the mean level of risk factors, to shift

the whole distribution of exposure in a favourable

direction. In its traditional ‘public health’ form it has

involved mass environmental control methods; in its

modern form it is attempting (less successfully) to alter

some of society’s norms of behaviour’’ (Rose 1985).

Although the term population health could mean health

outcome or health determinants in relation to public health

outcomes or both, public health specialists mostly spend

their time trying to influence the determinants or the so-

called root causes of population health. This population

health approach is quite old although there is no definitive

history of this approach, with recent historic applications

seen in the works of Jerry Morris and Richard Titmuss

(Szreter 2003) and in the seminal Lalonde model (Lalonde

1974; Evans and Stoddart 1990).

At its simplest level, the health determinants or Lalonde

model states that health has four classes of determinants:

lifestyle, environment, human biology, and healthcare.

This rather simple model was rather well-received, with no

one seriously challenging the view that how we lived,

where we lived, who we were (born), and the care we used

all shaped our health. As Evans and Stoddart (1990) noted,

the policy response was not entirely clear given that one

possible policy interpretation could have been that health

was a personal choice. This is something that could be

heard echoing in the corridors of many North American

and European ministries, given the rise of consumerism,

performance disclosure, market mechanisms and the

information age in nearly all public policy areas. If any-

thing, public policy on health missed the point about the

health of populations being contextual, a reflection of the

complex interplay of lifestyle, environment, human biol-

ogy and even healthcare. Recently, a global Commission

on Social Determinants of Health was launched by the

World Health Organization to focus health policies on the

social context of health and inequalities (Lee 2005; Mar-

mot 2006; Irwin et al. 2006). I can only hope the renewed

interests will see the context of population health as both a

means and an end, not just another series of inputs

for attaining and subsequently aggregating health across

10 This indivisibility and inseparability of individuals and their

context must be seen in such a way that the same collective of

individuals could not be moved from their current context to a new

one without changing the identity, health, interactions, and well-being

of the collective.

Individual versus population health 239

123

members of a group. The context of population health

comprises so much diversity, meaning and information

which must be factored into any health evaluation exercise

or intervention that seeing context as only given circum-

stances is to render the very concept of health of a person

and of a group impotent.

The life course

A crucial prerequisite for defining individual health and

population health in terms of their context is that context

must be dynamic and causal. Dynamic implies that context

is not stationary. Even habitual lifestyles are rarely sta-

tionary; they are subject to the enabling environment and

resources that feed such habits. Human biology is subject

to numerous factors like micro-organisms, radiation, acci-

dents, and so on. Individuals are born; they develop from

childhood, adolescence through adulthood, learning the

language and ways of life of their parents, imbibing their

tastes, experiences, music, dance, art, and interacting with

other people. They fall ill, survive, marry, have their own

children, live with the marks of their experiential journey

through life, and are continuously molded by their context

as they search for and define who and what they become.

Social epidemiologists only recently discovered this life

course interpretation of the health, well-being and over-all

context of human beings, something that was already

known for many years to psychologists, sociologists,

anthropologists, biologists, and demographers (Kuh and

Ben-Shlomo 2004). Life course

…epidemiology studies long term effects on later health or disease risk of physical or social exposures

during gestation, childhood, adolescence, young

adulthood and later adult life. It aims to elucidate

biological, behavioural, and psychosocial processes

that operate across an individual’s life course, or

across generations, to influence the development of

disease risk (Kuh and Ben-Shlomo 2004).

Parents’ social class, behaviors, wealth, education, and

other childhood factors like cognitive and psychosocial

developments have all been shown to determine who stays

healthy, falls ill or dies prematurely in adult life (Kuh and

Ben-Shlomo 2004; Case et al. 2005). If lifetime circum-

stances so evidently mold health and well-being and also

subsequent social and other life circumstances in such

cumulative ways, why must the health of persons and

groups be seen as individual or concerted organ function-

ing given normal environment or circumstances? What is

normal? Which environment? The currently observed one?

Or the one that has accumulated over the life course and

may remain a harbinger of well-being in years to come?

Neither individuals nor collectives can be understood in

only cross-sectional, one-time views. All through their

lifetimes, individuals become the collective just as the

collective becomes them. And collectives age across gen-

erations of its members, evolving and defining and being

defined through cumulative and adaptive experiences,

events, and history. In all these, an individual still retains

her individual, distinctive identities that evolve over time.

This individualism within a collective should not be mis-

taken with the ordinary usage of individualism that seems

to suggest a whiff of unsociability, but should be taken as

the sort that forms the basis for an extensive concern for

others (Appiah 2005). This concern is the type needed

throughout life to build a context worthy of individuality,

freedom and collective well-being and health.

Healthy individuals, healthy populations

So far, I have argued that neither individual nor population

health is easily separable from the other. Even when they

are considered separable, as approaches to health, rather

than health concepts, Geoffrey Rose would seem to choose

the population approach because he was a strong believer

in the context and distribution of health and its causes (not

that he would sacrifice individuals to achieve his objec-

tives) (Rose 1985, 1992). One might ask if the link between

individual and population health could then be construed to

imply that unhealthy individuals could not be found in

healthy populations and vice versa. Instances of incon-

gruity between individual and population health may be

best understood by considering a possible categorization of

the individual-versus-population health relationship.

Therefore, borrowing terminology from epidemiologic

methodology (Copas 1973; Greenland and Robins 1986), I

can classify the individual-versus-population health rela-

tionship into four categories:

1. Immune: individual health remains good irrespective

of the population health or context

2. Causative: individual health is boosted in favorable

population health or context

3. Preventive: individual health is compromised when

population health or context is unfavorable

4. Doomed: individual health is compromised irrespec-

tive of the population health or context.

Categories 1 and 4 would be rare under our consider-

ations and in real life. They would include genetic diseases

(category 4) which progress irrespective what is done or

experienced in the collective or medicine. The two middle

categories would be far more realistic and common. A

category 2 illustration: If along with the growing physician

emigration (Arah et al. 2008), Tolu were to move from her

240 O. A. Arah

123

impoverished circumstances in Nigeria to a safer suburb

somewhere in England, her health would no longer be what

it was or would have been back in her hometown. She and

her family might not only enjoy the healthful experiences

of their new context, they might also acquire other non-

health experiences and tastes which might subsequently

redefine their immediate and long-term well-being. She,

and in particular her children, would have escaped from a

context where their life expectancies might have been the

odd forty-something years to a place where they could live

well into their seventh decade or longer. This would con-

trast with a category 3 scenario where Jane, a Brit, who

might have lived to be an octogenarian in England, would

end up cutting her life short in her thirties by moving to a

mosquito-infested Nigeria without proper anti-malarial

prophylaxis or by being involved in a rather common road

traffic accident there. Similarly, it is very difficult to

imagine populations that could be called healthy if the

context for health is heavily compromised and individual

members of the collective are at constant risk of dangerous

exposures and events. It then seems to me that the rela-

tionship between individual and population health is a

matter of ubi mel ibi apes—where there is honey there are

bees.

To be sure, health is not entirely relative. It will be self-

defeatist to assume a rigidly relativist view. Such a view

would excuse the unfortunate morbidity and mortality

suffered by millions of children in deprivation in Africa.

After all, their ‘‘fate’’ could be dismissed as their context.

However, this would imply denying a partial absolutist

notion of health (for instance, for these children not to be

malnourished, to enjoy good health, and not be stricken

dead before age five). In a purely relativist view, we could

easily miss a widespread compromise of health in a context

where health was already poor because we might errone-

ously infer that the relative distribution of health remained

unchanged. The absolutist core of health implies that

whenever health is compromised to the extent that func-

tioning is obstructed that there is ill-health, no matter what

the relative picture looks like. It is on this absolutist core of

health that a relativist layer of the enabling context of

health should be built. The relationship between individual

and population health resides mostly in this relativist layer,

although it requires the absolutist notion of health to exist

in the first instance.

Without the informative contextual characterization of

health at the individual or population level, there is little

insight being gained by saying a person or a community is

healthy. A possible criticism here is that this contextual re-

interpretation of individual and population health includes

almost every well-being oriented activity under the rubric

of health. True, but this fear of all-inclusiveness that has

already been leveled against the normativist school is not

embarrassing. If anything, it is refreshingly bold to attempt

to elevate the concept of health to the level of human well-

being. If health is so integral to the notion of well-being

and to the ability to conduct the life one may have reason to

value (including achieving one’s vital goals) (Nussbaum

and Sen 1993; Nordenfelt 1995, 2007), then it is not sur-

prising that the boundaries of health can easily encroach on

the boundaries of well-being and life as a whole. After all,

health represents both functioning (the achieved) and

capability (the achievable): a means to life’s other vital

goals or capabilities as well as an end in itself (Sen 1985;

Nussbaum and Sen 1993).

I suspect that when some philosophers reject such

ambitious notions of health, they are merely concerned

with the overuse or abuse of possible responses or inter-

ventions to deal with not being in ‘‘full health’’: a fear of

medicalization. However, I think such criticisms miss the

subtle but important distinctions between the boundaries of

health (and thus, health need) and the boundaries of

healthcare (and thus, healthcare need). 11

Health need

depicts the shortfall in ideal health (in some sense, a

gradual progression from the completely healthy end of the

health spectrum to the disease end), whereby the shortfall

and context combine to hinder the ability to flourish to a

degree important to the individual. Healthcare need, on the

other hand, alludes to a shortfall in health which inhibits a

person’s ability to flourish and which is only amenable to

healthcare or organized medicine. Not every health need

would become a healthcare need. In this sense, health need

subsumes healthcare need, not the other way around. Suf-

fice it to say that while it is necessary to avoid

medicalization, there is little reason for a concept of health

to be bounded mainly by this medicalization avoidance or

by any narrowly defined interpretation of what medicine is.

Medicine is largely a socially constructed response and

therefore secondary, whereas health is more fundamental

11 From an economic societal perspective, healthcare need has been

defined ‘‘as the minimum amount of resources required to exhaust a person’s capacity to benefit’’ (Culyer 1995). Culyer proposed the following conditions for recognizing healthcare need: (i) that its

value-content be up-front and easily interpretable; (ii) that it be

directly derived from the objective(s) of the health care system; (iii)

that it be capable of empirical application in issues of horizontal and

vertical distribution; (iv) that it should be service and person specific;

(v) that it should enable a straightforward link to be made to

resources; (vi) that it should not, if acted upon as a distributional

principle, produce manifestly inequitable results. Culyer’s definition

has all the good elements of the capacity to benefit notion, an

observation that should please those who object to ‘‘medicalization’’

on safety and effectiveness grounds. It also quantifies the resources

that are needed, a feature that ought to please those who fear

‘‘medicalization’’ on inefficiency grounds. Tolu and Jane, say, might

have equal health needs and yet different healthcare needs, or

different health needs but the same healthcare needs. If at equal health

needs, Tolu required more resource-intensive healthcare, Culyer

would say that Tolu had higher healthcare need than Jane.

Individual versus population health 241

123

and therefore prior. Nordenfelt has discussed some of the

notions of medicine as health enhancement in both narrow

and broad senses (Nordenfelt 1998, 2001).

For now, I will submit that the prevailing dichotomi-

zation of medicine—and its associated fields including

(bio)ethics—into clinical medicine and public health

aspects is erroneous, inefficient, and outdated, if not

unethical. This criticism can also be leveled against the

duality I have been discussing, namely, individual versus

population health. Such binary views which seem to per-

vade almost all of public policy on health fail to use the

rich information and interpretations that stem from a more

comprehensive approach to health over the life course (i) of

the individual within the collective and (ii) of the collective

of interacting individuals.

Many questions remain unanswered. I invite the reader

to consider them: If the concepts of individual versus

population health are so intimately interwoven, why do

bioethicists see the need to separate public health ethics

from main stream bioethics? Is it to give ethical consid-

erations to, say, distributional issues that would otherwise

be difficult at the individual or clinical level? Or are we

young public health ethicists just busy building a parallel

dichotomy similar to that seen between clinical medicine

and public health, by way of argumentum ad verecundiam?

Further, given the mounting evidence that health is com-

promised early in life and that the insults are borne forward

into adult life and beyond and ultimately lead to expensive

healthcare, why do health policies still concentrate over-

whelmingly on healthcare in adulthood? While we are at it,

must healthcare represent the standard policy response to

health problems, in effect being what Norman Daniels once

called the ambulance at the bottom of the cliff after the free

fall through life?

Conclusions

This article has argued that the relationship between indi-

vidual and population health is one that is entrenched in the

contextual definition of health and its life course causes. I

have made an attempt to derive this relationship based on

the concept of health (if we were to continue pursuing such

a concept anyway) by including a population perspective on

health. I emphasized the role of the ‘‘context’’ component of

any notion of health, that is, the role of the ‘‘standard

circumstances’’ or the so-called ‘‘statistically normal envi-

ronment.’’ I then argued that this context is both individual

and collective in nature, in largely inseparable ways, and

that context must be causally seen across the life of an

individual and the life of the collective. The meanings of

both individual and population health lie in this revitalized

life course and causally defined context, and have

implications for how we measure and analyze health at all

levels. Armed with the reasoned scrutiny and the unresolved

complexity of the concepts, I invite philosophers and other

scientists to revisit the definitions of individual health and

population health if the notions are to carry any more weight

in ongoing discourses in public health, healthcare, and

bioethics. I can only hope that this article will stimulate

further debates on individual and population health concepts

and on their associated policy-relevant fields. One conclu-

sion of this article, for now, is that health, be it individual or

population health, can be very context-dependent. After all,

prior to the accident, Tolu may have been absolutely healthy

from her personal experiential point of view, but she was still

contextually unhealthy, relatively speaking.

Acknowledgments I thank the following for their helpful com- ments: Julia van Ooststroom, Thomas Plochg, Ines Rupp, Karlijn

Overeem, J. Lennert Veerman, and the participants of the Special

ESPMH/InterPHEN Symposium at the XXIst conference of the

European Society for Philosophy of Medicine and Health Care (ES-

PMH), at Cardiff, Wales. I am grateful to Angus Dawson and Søren

Holm for inviting me to be a panelist and to give a talk on ‘‘The

Definition of Public Health’’ at that symposium. I am indebted to the

ESPMH for sponsoring me through their 2007 Young Scholars’ first

prize award to present this paper at their annual conference. This

work was originally funded through a Rubicon fellowship (grant

825.06.026) awarded by the Board of the Council for Earth and Life

Sciences (ALW) of the Netherlands Organisation for Scientific

Research (NWO). The funder had no influence on the design, anal-

ysis, and interpretation of (and the decision to submit) this work.

Open Access This article is distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution Noncommercial License which per-

mits any noncommercial use, distribution, and reproduction in any

medium, provided the original author(s) and source are credited.

References

Acheson, D. 1988. Public health in England. The Report of the Committee of Inquiry into the Future Development of the Public Health Function. Cmnd 289. London: HMSO.

Anand, S., and K. Hanson. 1997. Disability-adjusted life years: A

critical review. Journal of Health Economics 16: 685–702. Anand, S., and K. Hanson. 1998. DALYs: Efficiency versus equity.

World Development 26: 307–310. Appiah, K.A. 2005. The ethics of identity. Princeton: Princeton

University Press.

Arah, O.A. 2005. Performance reexamined. Concepts, content and practice of measuring health system performance. Amsterdam: Buijten and Schipperheijn Publishing, and Academic Medical

Center, University of Amsterdam.

Arah, O.A. 2009. On the evaluative space for measuring public health

performance. In The philosophy of public health, ed. A. Dawson. Aldershot: Ashgate Publishing Ltd (in press).

Arah, O.A., U.C. Ogbu, and C.E. Okeke. 2008. Too poor to leave, too

rich to stay? Developmental and global health correlates of

physician migration to the United States, Canada, Australia, and

the United Kingdom. American Journal of Public Health 98: 148–154.

242 O. A. Arah

123

Arah, O.A., and G.P. Westert. 2005. Correlates of health and

healthcare performance: Applying the Canadian health indica-

tors framework at the provincial-territorial level. BMC Health Services Research 5: 76.

Arah, O.A., G.P. Westert, J. Hurst, and N.S. Klazinga. 2006. A

conceptual framework for the OECD Health Care Quality

Indicators Project. International Journal for Quality in Health Care 18(Suppl 1): 5–13.

Ball, R. 2001. Individualism, collectivism and economic develop-

ment. Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 573: 57–84.

Beauchamp, D.E. 1975. Public health: Alien ethic in a strange land?

American Journal of Public Health 65: 1338–1339. Beauchamp, D.E. 1983. What is public about public health? Health

Affairs 2: 76–87. Boorse, C. 1975. On the distinction between disease and illness.

Philosophy and Public Affairs 5: 49–68. Boorse, C. 1977. Health as a theoretical concept. Philosophy of

Science 44: 542–573. Boorse, C. 1997. A rebuttal on health. In What is disease?

(Biomedical ethics reviews), ed. J.M. Humber and R.F. Almeder. Totowa, New Jersey: Humana Press.

Case, A., A. Fertig, and C. Paxson. 2005. The lasting impact of

childhood health and circumstance. Journal of Health Econom- ics 24: 365–389.

Coburn, D., K. Denny, E. Mykhalovskiy, P. McDonough, A.

Robertson, and R. Love. 2003. Population health in Canada: A

brief critique. American Journal of Public Health 93: 392–396. Copas, J.B. 1973. Randomization models for the matched and

unmatched 2 9 2 tables. Biometrika 60: 476. Culyer, A.J. 1995. Need: The idea won’t do—but we still need it.

Social Science and Medicine 40: 727–730. Dawson, A., and M. Verweij (ed.). 2007. Ethics, prevention and

public health. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Evans, R.G., and G.L. Stoddart. 1990. Producing health, consuming

health care. Social Science and Medicine 31: 1347–1363. Evans, R.G., and G.L. Stoddart. 2003. Consuming research, produc-

ing policy? American Journal of Public Health 93: 371–379. Friedman, D.J., and B. Starfield. 2003. Models of Population Health:

Their Value for US Public Health Practice, Policy, and Research.

American Journal of Public Health 93: 366–369. Greenland, S. 2000. Causal analysis in the health sciences. Journal of

the American Statistical Association 95: 286–289. Greenland, S. 2005. Epidemiologic measures and policy formulation:

Lessons from potential outcomes. Emerging Themes in Epide- miology 2: 5.

Greenland, S., and J.M. Robins. 1986. Identifiability, exchangeability,

and epidemiological confounding. International Journal of Epidemiology 15: 413–419.

Hume, D. 1739. A treatise of human nature (Reprint 1988 ed.). Oxford: Claredon Press.

Hume, D. 1748. An enquiry concerning human understanding (Reprint 1988 ed.). LaSalle, IL: Open Court Press.

Institute of Medicine. 1998. Summarizing population health: Direc- tions for the development and application of population metrics. Washington, DC: National Academies Press.

Irwin, A., N. Valentine, C. Brown, R. Loewenson, O. Solar, H.

Brown, T. Koller, and J. Vega. 2006. The commission on social

determinants of health: Tackling the social roots of health

inequities. PLoS Medicine 3: e106. Jamrozik, K., and M. Hobbs. 2002. Medical care and public health. In

Oxford textbook of public health, ed. R. Detels, J. McEwen, R. Beaglehole, and H. Tanaka. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Khushf, G. 2007. An agenda for future debate on concepts of health

and disease. Medicine, Health Care and Philosophy 10: 19–27.

Kindig, D., and G. Stoddart. 2003. What is population health?

American Journal of Public Health 93: 380–383. Kuh, D., and Y. Ben-Shlomo (ed.). 2004. A life course approach to

chronic disease epidemiology, 2nd ed. Oxford: Oxford Univer- sity Press.

Kuh, D., Y. Ben-Shlomo, J. Lynch, J. Hallqvist, and C. Power. 2003.

Life course epidemiology. Journal of Epidemiology and Com- munity Health 57: 778–783.

Lalonde, M. 1974. A new perspective on the health of Canadians. Ottawa: Office of the Canadian Minister of National Health and

Welfare.

Lee, J.W. 2005. Public health is a social issue. Lancet 365: 1005– 1006.

Lewis, D. 1973. Causation. Journal of Philosophy 70: 556–567. Mackenbach, J.P. 2006. The origins of human disease: A short story

on ‘‘where diseases come from’’. Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health 60: 81–86.

Maldonado, G., and S. Greenland. 2002. Estimating causal effects (with

discussion). International Journal of Epidemiology 31: 422–429. Marmot, M. 2006. Health in an unequal world. Lancet 368: 2081–2094. Mathers, C.D., K.M. Iburg, J.A. Salomon, A. Tandon, S. Chatterji, B.

Ustun, and C.J.L. Murray. 2004. Global patterns of healthy life

expectancy in the year 2002. BMC Public Health 4: 66. Mathers, C.D., C.J. Murray, M. Ezzati, E. Gakidou, J.A. Salomon, and

C. Stein. 2003. Population health metrics: Crucial inputs to the

development of evidence for health policy. Population Health Metrics 1: 6.

McDowell, I., R.A. Spasoff, and B. Kristjansson. 2004. On the

classification of population health measurements. American Journal of Public Health 94: 388–393.

Mechanic, D. 2003. Who shall lead: Is there a future for population

health? Journal of Health Politics, Policy and Law 28: 421–442. Murray, C.J. 1994. Quantifying the burden of disease: The technical

basis for disability-adjusted life years. Bulletin of the World Health Organization 72: 429–445.

Murray, C.J., and D.B. Evans (ed.). 2003. Health system performance assessment: Debates, methods, and empiricism. Geneva: World Health Organization.

Murray, C.J., J. Frenk, D. Evans, K. Kawabata, A. Lopez, and O.

Adams. 2001. Science or marketing at WHO? A response to

Williams. Health Economics 10: 277–282. Murray, C.J., and A.D. Lopez. 1994. Quantifying disability: Data,

methods and results. Bulletin of the World Health Organization 72: 481–494.

Murray, C.J., A.D. Lopez, and D.T. Jamison. 1994. The global burden

of disease in 1990: Summary results, sensitivity analysis and

future directions. Bulletin of the World Health Organization 72: 495–509.

Murray, C.J.L., J.A. Salomon, C.D. Mathers, and A.D. Lopez (ed.).

2002. Summary measures of population health: Concepts, ethics and applications. Geneva: World Health Organization.

Nordenfelt, L. 1986. Health and disease: Two philosophical perspec-

tives. Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health 40: 281– 284.

Nordenfelt, L. 1995. On the nature of health: An action-theoretic approach. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Nordenfelt, L. 1998. On medicine and health enhancement—towards

a conceptual framework. Medicine, Health Care and Philosophy 1: 5–12.

Nordenfelt, L. 2001. On the goals of medicine, health enhancement

and social welfare. Health Care Analysis 9: 15–23. Nordenfelt, L. 2007. The concepts of health and illness revisited.

Medicine, Health Care and Philosophy 10: 5–10. Nussbaum, M.C., and A.K. Sen (ed.). 1993. The quality of life. New

York: Oxford University Press.

Individual versus population health 243

123

O’Neill, J. (ed.). 1973. Modes of individualism and collectivism. New York: St. Martin’s Press.

Pana, A., and A. Muzzi. 2004. Population health and individual

health. Igiene Sanità Pubblica 60: 291–298. Pearl, J. 1995. Causal diagrams for empirical research. Biometrika 82:

669–710.

Pearl, J. 2000. Causality: Models, reasoning and inference. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Rose, G. 1985. Sick individuals and sick populations. International Journal of Epidemiology 14: 32–38.

Rose, G. 1992. The strategy of preventive medicine. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Schramme, T. 2007. A qualified defence of a naturalist theory of

health. Medicine, Health Care and Philosophy 10: 11–17. Sen, A.K. 1985. Commodities and capabilities. Amsterdam: North-

Holland.

Sen, A.K. 1992. Inequality reexamined. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Spirtes, P., C. Glymour, and R. Scheines. 1993. Causation, predic- tion, and search. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Spohn, W. 1980. Stochastic independence, causal independence, and

shieldability. Journal of Philosophical Logic 9: 73–79. Szreter, S. 2003. The population health approach in historical

perspective. American Journal of Public Health 93: 421–431. van Oers, J.A.M. (ed.) 2002. Health on course? The 2002 Dutch

Public Health Status and Forecasts Report. Houten: Bohn Stafleu Van Loghum.

Verweij, M., and A. Dawson. 2007. The meaning of ‘‘public’’ in

public health. In Ethics, prevention and public health, ed. A. Dawson and M. Verweij. Oxford University Press: Oxford.

Weale, A.P. 1981. Representation, individualism and collectivism.

Ethics 91: 457–465. Williams, A. 2000. Science or marketing at WHO? A commentary on

‘‘World Health Report 2000’’. Health Economics 10: 93–100. World Bank. 1993. World Development Report 1993: Investing in

health. Washington, DC: The World Bank. World Health Organization. 2000. The World Health Report 2000.

Health systems: Improving performance. Geneva: WHO.

244 O. A. Arah

123

  • On the relationship between individual and population health
    • Abstract
    • Introduction
    • Lonely lives: from the concept and collective context of health to individual health
    • Populations without individuals: from the concept of health and context of interacting individuals to population health
    • The life course
    • Healthy individuals, healthy populations
    • Conclusions
    • Acknowledgments
    • References

<< /ASCII85EncodePages false /AllowTransparency false /AutoPositionEPSFiles true /AutoRotatePages /None /Binding /Left /CalGrayProfile (None) /CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-2.1) /CalCMYKProfile (ISO Coated v2 300% \050ECI\051) /sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-2.1) /CannotEmbedFontPolicy /Error /CompatibilityLevel 1.3 /CompressObjects /Off /CompressPages true /ConvertImagesToIndexed true /PassThroughJPEGImages true /CreateJDFFile false /CreateJobTicket false /DefaultRenderingIntent /Perceptual /DetectBlends true /ColorConversionStrategy /sRGB /DoThumbnails true /EmbedAllFonts true /EmbedJobOptions true /DSCReportingLevel 0 /SyntheticBoldness 1.00 /EmitDSCWarnings false /EndPage -1 /ImageMemory 524288 /LockDistillerParams true /MaxSubsetPct 100 /Optimize true /OPM 1 /ParseDSCComments true /ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo true /PreserveCopyPage true /PreserveEPSInfo true /PreserveHalftoneInfo false /PreserveOPIComments false /PreserveOverprintSettings true /StartPage 1 /SubsetFonts false /TransferFunctionInfo /Apply /UCRandBGInfo /Preserve /UsePrologue false /ColorSettingsFile () /AlwaysEmbed [ true ] /NeverEmbed [ true ] /AntiAliasColorImages false /DownsampleColorImages true /ColorImageDownsampleType /Bicubic /ColorImageResolution 150 /ColorImageDepth -1 /ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 1.50000 /EncodeColorImages true /ColorImageFilter /DCTEncode /AutoFilterColorImages false /ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy /JPEG /ColorACSImageDict << /QFactor 0.76 /HSamples [2 1 1 2] /VSamples [2 1 1 2] >> /ColorImageDict << /QFactor 0.76 /HSamples [2 1 1 2] /VSamples [2 1 1 2] >> /JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict << /TileWidth 256 /TileHeight 256 /Quality 30 >> /JPEG2000ColorImageDict << /TileWidth 256 /TileHeight 256 /Quality 30 >> /AntiAliasGrayImages false /DownsampleGrayImages true /GrayImageDownsampleType /Bicubic /GrayImageResolution 150 /GrayImageDepth -1 /GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 1.50000 /EncodeGrayImages true /GrayImageFilter /DCTEncode /AutoFilterGrayImages true /GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy /JPEG /GrayACSImageDict << /QFactor 0.76 /HSamples [2 1 1 2] /VSamples [2 1 1 2] >> /GrayImageDict << /QFactor 0.15 /HSamples [1 1 1 1] /VSamples [1 1 1 1] >> /JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict << /TileWidth 256 /TileHeight 256 /Quality 30 >> /JPEG2000GrayImageDict << /TileWidth 256 /TileHeight 256 /Quality 30 >> /AntiAliasMonoImages false /DownsampleMonoImages true /MonoImageDownsampleType /Bicubic /MonoImageResolution 600 /MonoImageDepth -1 /MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 1.50000 /EncodeMonoImages true /MonoImageFilter /CCITTFaxEncode /MonoImageDict << /K -1 >> /AllowPSXObjects false /PDFX1aCheck false /PDFX3Check false /PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false /PDFXNoTrimBoxError true /PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true /PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) /PDFXOutputCondition () /PDFXRegistryName (http://www.color.org?) /PDFXTrapped /False /Description << /ENU <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> /DEU <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> >> >> setdistillerparams << /HWResolution [2400 2400] /PageSize [5952.756 8418.897] >> setpagedevice

Readings, Transportation and health/LifeCycleApproachBenSchlomoKuh.pdf

International Journal of Epidemiology 2002;31:285–293

What is a Life Course Approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology? Over the last few years there has been increasing interest in conceptualizing disease aetiology within a life course frame- work.1,2 This approach is not new to Public Health or unique to epidemiology (see below). However, its current resonance and interest within epidemiology reflects the challenging theoretical framework this approach provides. This issue of the International Journal of Epidemiology has several papers with a ‘life course theme’. This accompanying editorial is intended to highlight what we believe are the key conceptual issues around life course epidemiology. We have chosen to use examples from chronic disease epidemiology, but this approach is also applicable within the context of infectious diseases3 and wider notions of health and wellbeing.4

We have defined a life course approach to chronic disease epidemiology1 as the study of long-term effects on chronic dis- ease risk of physical and social exposures during gestation, childhood, adolescence, young adulthood and later adult life. It includes studies of the biological, behavioural and psychosocial pathways that operate across an individual’s life course, as well as across generations, to influence the development of chronic diseases.

Conceptual Models in Life Course Epidemiology Conventionally, chronic disease cohort studies recruit subjects in mid-life and follow them up for future disease end-points. The risk of developing disease is then related to baseline expos- ures or changes in exposure measures ascertained at further follow-ups. Even when baseline measures include early life exposures, such as birthweight and childhood socioeconomic position, these would usually be entered into a multivariable model without much attention to the temporal relationship between variables. Merely the collection of exposure data across the life course is not synonymous with a life course model of

disease causation. Surprisingly few epidemiological publications explicitly state the temporal ordering of exposure variables and their inter-relationships, both directly or through intermediary variables, with the outcome measure. One example, where this approach was explicitly undertaken was a study testing the influence of early and later life factors on carotid intima thick- ness.5 This diagramatically ordered classes of variables across the life course. Such an approach is commonplace in structural equation modelling, path analysis and graphical models where prior conceptual representations, before statistical modelling, are standard practice.6,7

Figure 1 illustrates such a conceptualization with respect to adult respiratory disease and/or impaired respiratory function. This figure illustrates many potential pathways between intrauterine growth and adult disease. Such a life course model enables the researcher to explicitly test not only early life course exposures with later disease, but possible pathways with potential intermediaries or confounding factors. Path (a) would represent a predominantly biological pathway whereby im- paired fetal development of the lung architecture is associated with future respiratory insults from infectious agents and greater susceptibility to impaired lung function in adulthood and/or chronic obstructive airways disease. Path (b) would be a predom- inantly social pathway whereby adverse childhood socioeco- nomic position influences adverse childhood exposures as well as adult socioeconomic position and smoking behaviour. Path (c) reflects a socio-biological pathway whereby adverse child- hood socioeconomic position is associated with post-natal lung function and subsequently with poor adult lung function through its effects on immune function and the likelihood of exposure to infectious agents. Path (d) is a bio-social pathway so that repeated childhood infections results in adverse educational attainment and lower adult socioeconomic position. Even such a crude model highlights the complex inter-relationships and rather arbitrary differentiation between biological and social mechanisms. As Krieger8 asserts a ‘simplistic division of the social and biological will not suffice’. Even such a simplified model (see Strachan9 for detailed discussion) is daunting but importantly challenges both clinical epidemiologists and social scientists to operationalize exposures and conceptualize their inter-relationships across the life course.

As well as integrating biological and psychosocial pathways, a life course approach essentially requires some understanding of the natural history and physiological trajectory of normal biological systems (Figure 2). As can be seen for lung function,

© International Epidemiological Association 2002 Printed in Great Britain

a Department of Social Medicine, Canynge Hall, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, UK.

b Medical Research Council National Survey of Health and Development, Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, University College London Medical School, 1–19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, UK.

Correspondence: Yoav Ben-Shlomo.

285

EDITORIAL

A life course approach to chronic disease epidemiology: conceptual models, empirical challenges and interdisciplinary perspectives Yoav Ben-Shlomoa and Diana Kuhb

285_C01-121 8/4/2002 3:34 pm Page 285 (Black plate)

(but it applies to many other continuous physiological measures e.g. muscle strength, cognitive function), different periods across the life course influence phases of biological development, stabil- ity or decline. This alternative diagrammatic representation of disease aetiology is important for understanding how exposures may differentially act in critical and/or sensitive periods (see below). For example, an exposure acting in early life may adversely affect lung function during the development period (line B) resulting in a diminished physiological reserve without having any appreciable effect on the rate of decline (line C)

Given the wide range of potential exposures and the import- ance of the timing of an exposure, it is unsurprising that ex- posures may affect disease risk in more than one way. We have previously proposed a simple classification (Table 1) of potential life course models of health.10 Some have misinterpreted a life course approach as precluding a critical period model and only encompassing accumulation of risk.11

The ‘critical period model’ is when an exposure acting during a specific period has lasting or lifelong effects on the structure or function of organs, tissues and body systems which are not modified in any dramatic way by later experience. This is also known as ‘biological programming’ or it is sometimes referred to as a ‘latency model’12 and is the basis of the ‘fetal origins of adult disease’ hypothesis.13 For example, evidence suggests that poor growth in utero leads to a variety of chronic disorders such as cardiovascular disease, non-insulin dependent diabetes, and

hypertension. Exposures acting in later life may still influence disease risk in a simple additive way but it is argued that fetal exposures permanently alter anatomical structures and a variety of metabolic systems.14

How ‘Critical’ is a Critical Period? In its purest form, this model advocates that an exposure in a critical period results in permanent and irreversible damage or disease. A stark example of such an exposure would be maternal exposure to thalidomide in pregnancy and limb development. However, within the context of chronic disease, it is important to distinguish the effects of exposure on structure from those on function. Poor intrauterine development may have an adverse effect on the number of muscle cells that develop in the fetus so that at birth a small growth retarded fetus may have a permanent reduction in the number of muscle cells (structure). Such a child, however, may still compensate by muscle hyper- trophy so that in functional terms there may be no evident difference. Such an adaptive facility would make evolutionary sense and may only be unmasked at older ages when the underlying structural deficits may become more important as adaptive processes begin to fail.14 The same is likely to apply to metabolic and hormonal systems, which may be up or down regulated during fetal life but are still capable of modification by many adult exposures.

286 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF EPIDEMIOLOGY

Figure 1 Schematic representation of biological and psychosocial exposures acting across the life course that may influence lung function and/or respiratory disease

285_C01-121 8/4/2002 3:34 pm Page 286 (Black plate)

The second model extends the ‘critical period’ concept as it recognizes the importance of later life effect modifiers. For example, studies have shown that the relationships of coronary heart disease, high blood pressure and insulin resistance with low birthweight are particularly strong or sometimes only observed for subjects who become obese in childhood, adult- hood or both.11,15–17 Such subtle differentiation is important as the critical period may again only be critical for those individuals who experience some other exposure. Whilst statistical inter- action is not the same as biological interaction, it is plausible to envisage that a biologically compromised system may only result in pathology with the subsequent addition of other physiological or metabolic stressors.

In contrast, factors that raise disease risk or promote good health may accumulate gradually over the life course, although there may be developmental periods when their effects have greater impact on later health than factors operating at other times (see below). This idea is complementary to the notion of allostatic load18 so that as the number and/or duration of exposures increase, there is increasing cumulative damage to

biological systems. Environmental or behavioural insults may cause long-term, gradual damage to health in separate and independent ways, or they may cluster together in socially patterned ways. For example, a subject may experience a variety of independent exposures (such as a road traffic accident, subsequent unemployment and finally the death of a spouse), where each event was unrelated to the proceeding one. How- ever, it is far more common for adverse exposures to be clustered. For example, children living in adverse social circumstances are more likely to be of low birthweight, be exposed to poor diets, experience passive smoke exposure, and have worse educa- tional opportunities. In this case, understanding the effects of childhood social class by identifying specific aspects of the early physical or psychosocial environment (such exposure to air pollution or family conflict) or possible mechanisms (such as nutrition, infection or stress) that are associated with adult disease will provide further aetiological insights. Risk factors at different life stages may also accumulate over time because of ‘chains of risk’ where one adverse (beneficial) exposure or experience tends to lead to another, and so on. For example, unemployment will lead to financial insecurity, which in turn will increase the likelihood of marital conflict and possibly physical abuse leading to marital separation and divorce. These links are probabilistic rather than deterministic but are likely to be sequential. In this scenario it is possible to conceive that each exposure increases the risk of separation in a simply cumulative fashion (‘additive effect‘). Alternatively, it may be only the final link in the chain, physical abuse, which results in separation (‘trigger effect‘). From a preventive point of view, these chains of events help to identify points of intervention where chains of risk may be broken and a new life course trajectory established. Stopping the additive effect will have health benefits but residual damage will remain. Preventing a trigger effect will more

A LIFE COURSE APPROACH TO CHRONIC DISEASE EPIDEMIOLOGY 287

Figure 2 Relative importance of exposures acting across different life course time windows in terms of the natural history of lung function

Table 1 Conceptual life course models

Critical period model

with or with out later life risk factors

with later life effect modifiers

Accumulation of risk

with independent and uncorrelated insults

with correlated insults

‘risk clustering’

‘chains of risk’ with additive or trigger effects

285_C01-121 8/4/2002 3:34 pm Page 287 (Black plate)

dramatically abolish any adverse risk associated with exposures experienced earlier in the chain.

Critical Versus Sensitive Periods The terms critical and sensitive periods are often used loosely in epidemiology without much distinction. In the natural sciences a critical period of development refers to a time window when change in the organization of living systems or subsystems towards increasing complexity, greater adaptivity and more efficient functioning is occurring rapidly and may be most easily modifiable by a variety of factors in a favourable or unfavourable direction.19 The intrinsic changes that occur in critical develop- mental periods are wholly or partially irreversible; sensitive developmental periods are also times of rapid change but there is more scope to modify or even reverse those changes outside the time window. We suggest the following distinctions for the use of these terms in life course chronic disease epidemiology. In this context, the relevance of changes during a critical period is in respect of their long-term effects on intermediate markers of disease risk or manifestation of disease, usually many years after the critical period. A critical period is defined as a limited time window in which an exposure can have adverse or pro- tective effects on development and subsequent disease out- come. Outside this window, this developmental mechanism for mediating exposure and disease risk is no longer available. A sensitive period is a time period when an exposure has a stronger effect on development and hence disease risk than it would at other times; in other words the same exposure outside this time period may still be associated with increased risk but this association is weaker than during the sensitive period. In epidemiological terms both critical and sensitive periods may be understood as qualitatively different exposure-time interactions. For critical periods, there is no excess disease risk associated with exposure outside this time window, whilst for sensitive periods it is merely weaker. Whilst critical period exposures appear obvious if they act during fetal development, they are not limited in this way. For example, the elevated risk of multiple sclerosis amongst European migrants to South Africa is only observed if migration occurred after the age of 15 years.20

Sensitive period effects for chronic diseases are far harder to demonstrate empirically. Hall et al. discuss how clinical disease severity seen with infectious agents varies with age at exposure.3 Critical periods may be more evident for chronic disease risk associated with developmental mechanisms in biological subsystems whereas sensitive periods are likely to be more common in behavioural development. Most of us are familiar with the ease by which children learn a second language and the difficulties encountered in adulthood.

From Individual to Inter-generational and Population Determinants of Health Most existing life course studies have limited their scope in examining exposures within a single cohort. Whilst studies in the past have examined disease and/or risk factor concordance rates or correlations across generations, it is only more recently that investigators have started to test inter-generational exposure disease associations. Several studies have now shown that both maternal and paternal cardiovascular mortality are associated

with offspring birthweight.21–23 Such associations are complex and may reflect long-term adverse socioeconomic circumstances, maternal health, determined by mother’s own birthweight and childhood growth, lifestyle factors such as smoking, and genomic or epigenetic processes.22

Recently the potential for a life course approach to aid under- standing of variations in the health and disease of populations over time, across countries and between social groups has been given more attention.24–27 Davey Smith and his colleagues25

suggest that explanations for social inequalities in cause-specific adult mortality lie in socially patterned exposures at different stages of the life course. A life course perspective is being in- creasingly used in developing the ‘social inequalities in health’ debate.28–31 More broadly, Keating and Hertzman26 argue that the fundamental processes such as neural sculpting that affect brain and behavioural development interact with the growing chaos in the lives of children and adolescents with long-term effects on human capital and hence the wealth of nations. Leon24 suggests that a life course perspective may help understand the underlying geographical patterns of mortality, particularly East-West differences. He states ‘the assumption that inequalities in health today, whether between or within countries are caused by contemporaneous differences in circumstances of life is not sustainable for a range of important diseases that appear to be driven instead by poor socioeconomic circumstances in early life and childhood’.24

Other Epidemiological Paradigms The end of the 20th century has seen much debate around the need for epidemiological theory, particularly in relation to health inequalities.32,33 Alongside the development of life course epidemiology with its focus on time, has been a growing interest in eco-social or multi-level models that concurrently view risk factors operating at a variety of hierarchical levels from the macroeconomic to the molecular.33–35 Like life course models, they emphasize the need to have an integrative ap- proach between biological and social factors; the ‘embodiment’ of social phenomena into the biological.8,36 To differing degrees, they also acknowledge the temporal relationship between exposures. The distinction between life course and eco-social approaches has been highlighted by others. Krieger, in her review,8 categorizes a life course approach under the broader banner of psychosocial theory. Whilst a life course approach incorporates psychosocial theories it is far broader than this. Hertzman and colleagues attempt to integrate life course with macro, meso and micro level measures of contemporary society into a ‘unified framework’. We have previously written that a life course approach should attempt to integrate eco-social influ- ences on health.37 In this respect we predict that both models may be increasingly used together. We do not believe that life course poses a ‘rival’ conceptual approach but rather that both temporal and hierarchical approaches are complementary and mutually inclusive. We would also argue that a life course approach is not limited to individuals within a single generation but should intertwine biological and social transmission of risk across generations. It must contextualize any exposure both within a hierarchical structure as well as in relation to geo- graphical and secular differences, which may be unique to that cohort of individuals. We have extended the diagram put

288 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF EPIDEMIOLOGY

285_C01-121 8/4/2002 3:34 pm Page 288 (Black plate)

forward by Hertzman and colleagues12 to illustrate these points (Figure 3). Grandparents, parents and children are linked across generations both by common genetic and/or social influences. The potential role of household, neighbourhood and national influences are illustrated acting across time and across indi- viduals. For example, adverse neighbourhood conditions could affect a mother and her child (A). Similarly national exposures (e.g. war time rationing) may be specific to a single population cohort (B) or period effects may be experienced by all individuals (C).

Putting Life Course in a Historical and Inter-disciplinary Context Epidemiology

The idea that childhood is important for adult health is not new in epidemiology or public health but was the prevailing model of health in the first half of the 20th century.38,39 The idea that

sources of risk to adult health lay in early life was given serious consideration during the years following the Second World War. The childhood origins of adult chronic bronchitis were discussed40 and investigated using data from maturing longitudinal studies.41 Investigating the prenatal origins of adult cancer42 was a natural extension of cancer epidemiology where cohort effects43 and long-term latent effects of early reproductive44 or occupational exposures were already recognized in adult cancers, and birth characteristics had been linked to childhood cancers.45 The investigation of the effects of the famine during the Dutch Hunger Winter of 1944–1945 on subsequent human development, particularly mental per- formance, remains a classic life course study.46 Stein and her colleagues46 succinctly expressed the rationale for life course epidemiology when they wrote that ‘the constitution of each cohort at conception follows from the pattern of fertility at the time, and interacts with the succeeding pattern of prenatal and postnatal experience. The surviving adult population carries

A LIFE COURSE APPROACH TO CHRONIC DISEASE EPIDEMIOLOGY 289

Figure 3 Multi-generational schema illustrating the possible influences of hierarchical and life course exposures on disease risk across three related individuals

285_C01-121 8/4/2002 3:34 pm Page 289 (Black plate)

the imprint of these favourable and unfavourable experiences during development; morbidity has marked them, and mor- tality has thinned their ranks, in a way specific to each cohort.’ Similarly, Jerry Morris in his classic Uses of Epidemiology also considered the importance of inter-generational influences, programming and childhood precursors of adult disease (see discussion by Davey Smith47). In cardiovascular epidemiology, the adult lifestyle model dominated the post-war era (with some notable exceptions48,49) but interest in early life factors was rejuvenated from the late 1970s with natural history studies of adult risk factors (such as hypertension, smoking, fatty diets and obesity) in cohorts of children.50,51 This was then followed by research that linked poor childhood living conditions (see ac- companying article by Forsdahl52 and accompanying comment- aries in this issue53,54) and impaired early development13,55 to adult cardiovascular disease.

Other scientific disciplines

The most pervasive Western model of human development has been the idea that ‘the first few years of life necessarily have crucial effects upon later development and adult character- istics’.56 The dominant theories of development at the begin- ning of the 20th century saw development as an invariant sequence of developmental stages, where change was cumu- lative and usually irreversible. The role of the environment was to provide the initial stimuli and appropriate opportunities for growth and maturation to unfold.57 Environmental insults or lack of appropriate stimuli during critical periods at the em- bryonic stage58–60 or during infancy,61–65or during childhood more generally39,66,67 could have long-term effects on physical or intellectual development. Once maturity was reached, systems were less able to be manipulated.

From the late 1960s, this early life paradigm was increasingly questioned.56,68 It was suggested that continuity of the environ- ment, rather than early experiences per se lay behind evidence of long-term effects on adult characteristics.69 Nearly every demonstration of a critical period in behavioural development (whether avian imprinting, social behaviour or language acqui- sition) was followed by a demonstration of some behavioural recovery from the effects of critical period exposure or depriva- tion.70 Evidence for irreversible biological changes during critical periods of growth was stronger. Partly as a response to this controversy, a life span perspective in developmental psychology emerged in the 1970s,71,72 where psychological development was seen as a lifelong process. The consequences of early developmental experiences could be transformed again and again by later experiences, and the course of development remained malleable into old age. In the UK, Rutter73 argued that ‘simplistic concepts of immutable effects need to be put aside and replaced by more dynamic notions of the continuing interplay over time …’ but acknowledged substan- tial continuities between early experiences and adult psycho- social functioning. Chain reactions (what we have called ‘chains of risk’) provide an explanation for these continuities, whereby one ‘bad’ thing leads to another, or, conversely, a good experience makes it more likely that another one will be encountered.73,74

Demography and sociologists have investigated how the individual’s life course is shaped by institutions and culture, historical and social change, and changes in individual ageing

processes (such as the increase in life expectancy).75 At the population level cohort effects occur because people of different ages and those who occupy different roles are differentially exposed to and influenced by particular social and economic changes, such as the economic depression of the 1930s.76

The life course perspective in sociology has encouraged life span psychologists to consider how the individual life course is embedded in the sociohistorical and biocultural context.77

Changing individuals must be studied in a changing world. The emerging life course perspective in human biology,78,79

linking development to ageing, has focused on the ways in which early environmental factors can have influences on human form and function across the life span. This approach has been fostered by biological anthropologists and epidemiologists with their traditional focus on variability, its extent, causes and functional or disease consequences,80 and by those searching for lifelong precursors of ageing.81 Selection, optimization and adaptation in the face of adversity may promote survival and reproductive success, but at the expense of later disease.

Thus, there is a different emphasis in interdisciplinary develop- mental science today82,83 compared with the pre-war era.57

There has been a shift from homogenity, continuity and univer- sality of developmental processes to heterogeneity, discontinuity and context specific development. The search is for the range of plasticity and its age-associated changes and constraints.84

This research holds the promise of linking epidemiological observations to underlying mechanisms.

Empirical Challenges in Undertaking Life Course Analyses Adopting a life course approach presents major challenges for both the design and analysis of epidemiological studies.85

Few researchers are fortunate enough to have access to a birth cohort study with repeat measures of both psychosocial and biological exposures.86–88 Such studies can examine common disease outcomes or continuous measures of function, but may be restricted with less common diseases. Frequently such studies will have either no data, especially for biological mechanisms, or missing data in subsets of participants. They clearly remain one of the most powerful ways to test life course models. In addition, cohorts from the same population but different time periods can directly measure secular trends89–91 and can provide invaluable insights into whether exposure-disease associations differ across time.

Historical cohort11,92 and record linkage studies23 provide an efficient method to test early life exposures. However, they are limited to usually one or two exposures acting in a very specific time window and frequently have limited or no data on other periods of the life course. This means that possible periods of aetiological importance may be identified but interactions between early and later life exposures or accumulation models cannot be tested. Case-control studies are also possible93 and can either use proxy measures for early life exposures or retro- spectively recalled exposures. Much work remains to be done to quantify the validity of early life exposures reported in adult- hood.94 Occasionally, natural experiments, such as war-time malnutrition, can be used to test extreme time-limited exposure acting during specific time windows.46,95 Similarly, randomized controlled trials, usually designed for different purposes, remain

290 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF EPIDEMIOLOGY

285_C01-121 8/4/2002 3:34 pm Page 290 (Black plate)

powerful tools to test specific mechanisms or pathways both for biological exposures or social interventions.96–98

Whilst obtaining adequate exposure measures across the life course may be problematic, so is the analysis of such large and complex datasets. We anticipate that as interest in life course methods increases, newer techniques will evolve to help us empirically test some of the theoretical models proposed above. Similarly, techniques already in existence but perhaps currently under-utilized in conventional epidemiological analyses, for ex- ample structural equation modelling, path analysis, G-estimation99

and multi-level modelling, will become more widespread.

Conclusions Life course epidemiology has challenged the complacency of the adult lifestyle model of chronic disease risk. It has particularly acted as a catalyst for new research in the area of social in- equalities in health and has helped bridge biological, psycho- logical and social models of disease causation. A life course approach is paradoxical as on the one hand it is intuitively obvi- ous (do we really need research to demonstrate risk accumu- lation?), and yet on the other hand is empirically complex (do we actually have much evidence in support of these models?). It remains to be seen whether as researchers we can cope with all this complexity. The future value of a life course approach will depend for its success on elucidating new mechanisms and disease pathways as well as its ability to explain social, geo- graphical and temporal patterns of disease distribution.

Acknowledgements The authors would like to thank the organizers of the Pisa conference in 1999 where some of these ideas were first presented and Hilary Graham, Johan Hallqvist, Clyde Hertman, John Lynch, Chris Power for useful discussions at the ESF Summer School Life course workshop, Coimbra, Portugal 2001.

References 1 Kuh DL, Ben-Shlomo Y. A Life Course Approach to Chronic Disease

Epidemiology; Tracing the Origins of Ill-health from Early to Adult Life. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997.

2 Hertzman C. The biological embedding of early experience and its effects on health in adulthood. Ann NY Acad Sci 1995;896:85–95.

3 Hall AJ, Yee LJ, Thomas SL. Life course epidemiology and infectious diseases. Int J Epidemiol 2002;31:300–01.

4 Kuh D, Hardy R. A Life Course Approach to Women’s Health. Oxford: Oxford University Press, in Press.

5 Lamont D, Parker L, White M et al. Risk of cardiovascular disease measured by carotid intima-media thickness at age 49–51: lifecourse study. BMJ 2000;320:273–78.

6 Cox DR, Wermuth N. Multivariate dependencies models, analysis and interpretation. Monographs on Statistics and Applied Probablility. London: Chapman & Hall, 1996.

7 Kaplan D. Structural Equation Modelling: Foundations and Extensions. Sage Publications, 2000.

8 Krieger N. Themes for social epidemiology in the 21st century: an ecosocial perspective. Int J Epidemiol 2001;30:668–77.

9 Strachan DP. Respiratory and allergic diseases. In: Kuh D, Ben- Shlomo Y (eds). A Life Course Approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997, pp.101–20.

10 World Health Organization and International Longevity Centre-UK. The Implications for Training of Embracing a Life Course Approach to Health. Geneva: World Health Organization, 2000.

11 Eriksson JG, Forsen T, Tuomilehto J, Osmond C, Barker DJP. Early growth and coronary heart disease in later life: longitudinal study. BMJ 2001;322:949–53.

12 Hertzman C, Power C, Matthews S, Manor O. Using an interactive framework of society and lifecourse to explain self-rated health in early adulthood. Soc Sci Med 2001;53:1575–85.

13 Barker DJP. Mothers, Babies and Health in Later Life. Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone, 1998.

14 Bassey EJ, Aihie Sayer A, Cooper C. Musculoskeletal ageing: muscle strength, osteoporosis and osteoarthritis. In: Kuh D, Hardy R (eds). A Life Course Approach to Women’s Health. Oxford: Oxford University Press, in Press.

15 Frankel S, Elwood P, Sweetnam P, Yarnell J, Davey Smith G. Birthweight, body mass index in middle age and incident coronary heart disease. Lancet 1996;248:1478–80.

16 Lithell HO, McKeigue PM, Berglund L, Mohsen R, Lithell U, Leon DA. Relationship of size at birth to non-insulin-dependent diabetes and insulin levels in men aged 50–60 years. BMJ 1996;312:406–10.

17 Leon DA, Koupilova I, Lithell HO et al. Failure to realise growth potential in utero and adult obesity in relation to blood pressure in 50 year old Swedish men. BMJ 1996;312:401–06.

18 McEwen BS. Protective and damaging effects of stress mediators. N Engl J Med 1998;338:171–79.

19 Scott JP. Critical periods in organisational processes. In: Falkner F, Tanner JM (eds). Human Growth. Vol. I. New York: Plenum Press, 1986, pp.181–96.

20 Dean G, Kurtzke JF. On the risk of MS according to age at immigra- tion to South Africa. BMJ 1971;3:725–29.

21 Davey Smith G, Hart C, Ferrell C. Birthweight of offspring and mor- tality in the Renfrew and Paisley Study: prospective observational study. BMJ 1997;315:1189–93.

22 Davey Smith G, Harding S, Rosato M. Relation between infants’ birthweight and mothers’ mortality: prospective observational study. BMJ 2000;320:839–40.

23 Davey Smith G, Whitley E, Gissler M, Hemminki E. Birth dimensions of offspring, premature births, and the mortality of mothers. Lancet 2000;356:2066–67.

24 Leon DA. Common threads: underlying components of inequalities in mortality between and within countries. In: Leon D, Walt G (eds). Poverty, Inequality and Health: An International Perspective. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000, pp.58–87.

25 Davey Smith G, Gunnell D, Ben-Shlomo Y. Life-course approaches to socio-economic differentials in cause specific adult mortality. In: Leon D, Walt G (eds). Poverty, Inequality and Health: An International Perspective. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000, pp.88–124.

26 Keating D, Hertzman C. Developmental Health and the Wealth of Nations: Social, Biological and Educational Dynamics. New York: The Guilford Press, 1999.

27 Rutter M, Smith DJ. Psychosocial Disorders in Young People: Time Trends and Their Causes. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 1995.

28 Davey Smith G. Socioeconomic differentials. In: Kuh D, Ben-Shlomo Y (eds). A Life Course Approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997, pp.242–73.

29 Power C, Manor O, Fox AJ. Health and Class: the Early Years. London: Chapman Hall, 1991.

30 Independent Inquiry into Inequalities in Health. Report of the Independent Inquiry into Inequalities in Health. London: The Stationery Office, 1997.

31 Graham H. Building an inter-disciplinary science of health inequal- ities: the example of lifecourse research. Soc Sci Med 2002;(in press).

A LIFE COURSE APPROACH TO CHRONIC DISEASE EPIDEMIOLOGY 291

285_C01-121 8/4/2002 3:34 pm Page 291 (Black plate)

32 Susser M, Susser E. Choosing a future for epidemiology: 1 Eras and paradigms. Am J Public Health 1996;86:668–73.

33 Krieger N, Zierler S. What explains the public’s health? A call for epidemiologic theory. Epidemiology 1996;7:107–09.

34 Susser M, Susser E. Choosing a future for epidemiology: II. From black box to Chinese boxes and eco-epidemiology. Am J Public Health 1996;86:674–77.

35 MacMichael AJ. Prisoners of the proximate: loosening the constraints on epidemiology in an age of change. Am J Epidemiol 1999;149:887–97.

36 Krieger N. A glossary for social epidemiology. J Epidemiol Community Health 2001;55:693–700.

37 Ben-Shlomo Y, Kuh D. Conclusions. In: Kuh D, Ben-Shlomo Y (eds). A Life Course Approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997, pp.296–307.

38 Kuh D, Davey Smith G. When is mortality risk determined? Historical insights into a current debate. Social History of Medicine 1993;6:101–23.

39 Davey Smith G, Kuh D. William Ogilvy Kermack and the childhood origins of adult health and disease. Int J Epidemiol 2001;30:696–703.

40 Reid DD. The beginnings of bronchitis. Proc R Soc Med 1969;62:311–16. 41 Colley JRT, Douglas JWB, Reid DD. Respiratory disease in young

adults; influence of early childhood lower respiratory tract illness, social class, air pollution, and smoking. BMJ 1973;2:195–98.

42 Trichopoulos D. Hypothesis: does breast cancer originate in utero? Lancet 1990;335:939–40.

43 MacMahon B. Breast cancer at menopausal ages: an explanation of observed incidence changes. Cancer 1957;10:1037–44.

44 Cole P, MacMahon B. Oestrogen fractions during early reproductive life in the aetiology of breast cancer. Lancet 1969;March 22:604–06.

45 MacMahon B, Newill VA. Birth characteristics of children dying of malignant neoplasms. J Natl Cancer Inst 1962;28:231–44.

46 Stein Z, Susser M, Saenger G, Marolla F. Famine and Human Develop- ment. The Dutch Hunger Winter of 1944–45. New York: Oxford University Press, 1975.

47 Davey Smith G. The uses of ‘Uses of Epidemiology’. Int J Epidemiol 2001;30:1146–55.

48 Abraham S, Collins G, Nordsieck M. Relationship of childhood weight status to morbidity in adults. HSMHA Health Reports 1971;86:273–84.

49 Osborn GR. Stages in development of coronary disease observed from 1,500 young subjects. Relationship of hypotension and infant feeding to aetiology. Colloques Internationaux du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique 1967;169:93–139.

50 Berenson GS, MacMahan CA, Voors AW et al. Cardiovascular Risk Factors in Children: The Early Natural History of Atherosclerosis and Essential Hypertension. New York: Oxford University Press, 1980.

51 Lauer RM, Lee J, Clarke WR. Factors affecting the relationship between childhood and adult cholesterol levels: the Muscatine Study. J Pediatr 1975;86:697–706.

52 Forsdahl A. Are poor living conditions in childhood and adolescence an important risk factor for arteriosclerotic heart disease? Br J Prev Soc Med 1977;31:91–95.

53 Forsdahl A. Commentary: Childhood deprivation and adult mortality. Int J Epidemiol 2002;31:308.

54 Barker DJP. Commentary: Components in the interpretation of the high mortality in the county of Finnmark. Int J Epidemiol 2002;31: 309–10.

55 Williams DRR, Roberts SJ, Davies TW. Deaths from ischaemic heart disease and infant mortality in England and Wales. J Epidemiol Community Health 1979;33:199–202.

56 Clarke AM, Clarke ADB. The formative years? In: Clarke AM, Clarke ADB (eds). Early Experience: Myth and Evidence. New York: The Free Press, 1976.

57 Cravens H. Behaviorism revisited: developmental science, the maturation theory, and the biological basis of the human mind,

1920s-1950s. In: Benson KR, Maienschein J, Rainger R (eds). The Expansion of American Biology. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 1991, pp.133–63.

58 Stockard CR. Developmental rate and structural expression: an experimental study of twins, ‘double monsters’ and single deformities and their interaction among embryonic organs during their origins and development. Am J Anat 1921;28:115–225.

59 Stockard CR. Hormones and Structural Development. The Beaumont Foundation Lecture. Series No. 6. Detroit, Michigan: Wayne County Medical Society, 1927.

60 Speman H. Embryonic Development and Induction. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1938.

61 Lorenz K. The establishment of the instinct concept. In: Lorenz K (ed.). Studies in Animal and Human Behaviour. Vol. I. (R Martin trans.). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1971.

62 Hess EH. Imprinting: Early Experience and the Developmental Psychology of Attachments. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1973.

63 Bowlby J. Maternal care and mental health. World Health Organization Monograph Series No.2. Geneva: World Health Organization, 1951.

64 Bowlby J. Child Care and the Growth of Love. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1953.

65 Freud S. The claims of psycho-analysis to scientific interest: the interest of psycho-analysis from a developmental point of view (1913). In: Strachey J (ed.). The Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, Vol. XIII. London: The Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-analysis, 1955.

66 Wingard DL, Criqui MH, Edelstein SL et al. Is breast-feeding in infancy associated with adult longevity? Am J Public Health 1994;84:1458–62.

67 Leitch I. Growth and health. Br J Nutr 1951;5:142–51. 68 Brim OG, Kagan J. Constancy and Change in Human Development.

Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1980. 69 Cairns RB, Hood KE. Continuity in social development: a comparative

perspective on individual difference prediction. In: Baltes PB, Brim OG Jr (eds). Life Span Development and Behaviour. New York: Academic Press, 1983, pp.302–59.

70 Colombo J. The critical period concept: research, methodology, and theoretical issues. Psychol Bull 1982;91:260–75.

71 Featherman DL. Life-span perspectives in social science research. In: Baltes PB, Brim OG Jr (eds). Life-span Development and Behaviour. New York: Academic Press, 1983, pp.1–57.

72 Baltes PB, Lindenberger U, Staudinger UM. Life-span theory in developmental psychology. In: Damon W, Lerner RM (eds). Handbook of Child Psychology. Vol. 1: Theoretical Models of Human Development. New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1998, pp.1029–143.

73 Rutter M. Pathways from childhood to adult life. J Child Psychol Psychiatry 1989;30:25–51.

74 Robins L, Rutter M. Straight and Devious Pathways from Childhood to Adulthood. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1990.

75 Giele JZ, Elder GH Jr. Life course research: development of a field. In: Giele JZ, Elder GH Jr (eds). Methods of Life Course Research: Qualitiative and Quantitative Approaches. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, Inc., 1998, pp.5–27.

76 Elder GH Jr. The life course and human development. In: Damon W, Lerner RM (eds). Handbook of Child Psychology. Vol. 1: Theoretical Models of Human Development. New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1998, pp.939–91.

77 Riley MW. Overview and highlights of a sociological perspective. In: Sorenson A, Weinert F, Sherrod L (eds). Human Development and the Life Course: Multidisciplinary Perspectives, Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 1986, pp.153–75.

78 Henry CJK, Ulijaszek SJ (eds). Long-term Consequences of Early Environment: Growth, Development and the Lifespan Perspective. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1996.

292 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF EPIDEMIOLOGY

285_C01-121 8/4/2002 3:34 pm Page 292 (Black plate)

79 Leidy LE. Lifespan approach to the study of human biology: an introductory overview. Am J Hum Biol 1996;8:699–702.

80 Panter-Brick C, Worthman CM (eds). Hormones, Health and Behavior. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1999.

81 Finch CE, Kirkwood TBL. Chance, Development and Aging. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000.

82 Cairns RB, Elder GH, Costello EJ (eds). Developmental Science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996.

83 Magnusson D (ed). The Lifespan Development of Individuals: Behavioral, Neurobiological and Psychosocial Perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996.

84 Sherrod LR, Brim OG Jr. Epilogue: Retrospective and prospective views of life-course research on human development. In: Sorensen AB, Weinert FE, Sherrod LR (eds). Human Development and the Life Course: Multidisciplinary Perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 1986, pp.557–80.

85 Kuh D, Hardy R. Conclusions: linking the past, present and future. In: Kuh D, Hardy R (eds). A Life Course Approach to Women’s Health. Oxford: Oxford University Press (in Press).

86 Wadsworth MEJ, Kuh DJL. Childhood influences on adult health: a review of recent work in the British 1946 national birth cohort study, the MRC National Survey of Health and Development. Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol 1997;11:2–20.

87 Power C. A review of child health in the 1958 cohort: National Child Development Study. Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol 1992;6:91–110.

88 Golding J, Pembrey M, Jones R. ALSPAC—the Avon Longitudinal Study of Parents and Children. I Study methodology. Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol 2001;15:74–87.

89 Kuh DL, Power C, Rodgers B. Secular trends in social class and sex differences in adult height. Int J Epidemiol 1991;20:1001–09.

89 Upton MN, McConnachie MA, McSharry C et al. Intergenerational 20 year trends in the prevalence of asthma and hay fever in adults: the

Midspan family study surveys of parents and offspring. BMJ 2000; 321:88–92.

91 Taylor B, Wadsworth J, Wadsworth MEJ, Peckham C. Changes in the reported prevalence of childhood eczema since the 1939–45 War. Lancet 1984;ii:1255–57.

92 Fall CHD, Vijayakumar M, Barker DJP, Osmond C, Duggleby S. Weight in infancy and prevalence of coronary heart disease in adult life. BMJ 1995;310:17–19.

93 Maheswaran R, Strachan DP, Dodgeon B, Best NG. A population- based case-control study for examining early life influences on geographical variation in adult mortality in England and Wales using stomach cancer and stroke as examples. Int J Epidemiol 2002;31: 375–82.

94 Berney LR, Blane DB. Collecting retrospective data: accuracy of recall after 50 years judged against historical records. Soc Sci Med 1997;45: 1519–25.

95 Stanner SA, Bulmer K, Andres C et al. Does malnutrition in utero determine diabetes and coronary heart disease in adulthood? Results from the Leningrad siege study, a cross sectional study. BMJ 1997; 315:1342–48.

96 Singhal A, Cole TJ, Lucas A. Early nutrition in preterm infants and later blood pressure: two cohorts after randomised trials. Lancet 2001; 357:413–19.

97 Belizan JM, Villar J, Bergel E et al. Long-term effect of calcium supplementation during pregnancy on the blood pressure of off- spring: follow up of a randomised controlled trial. BMJ 1997; 315:281–85.

98 Schweinhart LJ, Barnes HV, Weikart DP. Significant benefits. The High/Scope Perry Preschool Study through age 27. Monographs of the High/Scope Educational Research Foundation 10. 1993.

99 Robins JM, Greenland S. Identifiability and exchangeability for direct and indirect effects. Epidemiology 1992;3:143–55.

A LIFE COURSE APPROACH TO CHRONIC DISEASE EPIDEMIOLOGY 293

285_C01-121 8/4/2002 3:34 pm Page 293 (Black plate)

Readings, Transportation and health/Northridge_et_al_2003.pdf

Journal of Urban Health: Bulletin of the New York Academy of Medicine Vol. 80, No. 4, December 2003  2003 The New York Academy of Medicine

Sorting Out the Connections Between the Built Environment and Health: A Conceptual Framework for Navigating Pathways and Planning Healthy Cities

Mary E. Northridge, Elliott D. Sclar, and Padmini Biswas

ABSTRACT The overarching goal of this article is to make explicit the multiple path- ways through which the built environment may potentially affect health and well- being. The loss of close collaboration between urban planning and public health pro- fessionals that characterized the post–World War II era has limited the design and implementation of effective interventions and policies that might translate into im- proved health for urban populations. First, we present a conceptual model that devel- oped out of previous research called Social Determinants of Health and Environmental Health Promotion. Second, we review empirical research from both the urban plan- ning and public health literature regarding the health effects of housing and housing interventions. And third, we wrestle with key challenges in conducting sound scientific research on connections between the built environment and health, namely: (1) the necessity of dealing with the possible health consequences of myriad public and private sector activities; (2) the lack of valid and reliable indicators of the built environment to monitor the health effects of urban planning and policy decisions, especially with regard to land use mix; and (3) the growth of the “megalopolis” or “super urban region” that requires analysis of health effects across state lines and in circumscribed areas within multiple states. We contend that to plan for healthy cities, we need to reinvigorate the historic link between urban planning and public health, and thereby conduct informed science to better guide effective public policy.

KEYWORDS Urban planning, Public health, Population health, Urban health, Built en- vironment, Land use, Transportation.

While it has been stated before, it nonetheless bears repeating that the connections between urban planning and public health are not new.1 What has changed is the magnitude of the population health crisis that we presently face in both the devel- oped and less developed areas of the world. The United Nations Human Settlements Programme (UN-HABITAT) estimates that approximately 1 billion people out of a global population of close to 6 billion people are presently living in slumlike condi- tions.2 By 2030, the global population is expected to increase by about 2 billion people; the slum-dwelling population is expected to account for half of this in- crease.2 The squalid living conditions of industrialized cities in the middle of the 19th century that gave rise to both the urban planning and public health professions

Dr. Northridge is with the Department of Sociomedical Sciences, Mailman School of Public Health, Columbia University, New York, NY; Dr. Sclar and Ms. Biswas are with the Urban Planning Program, Graduate School of Architecture, Planning, and Preservation, Columbia University, New York, NY; Dr. Sclar is also with the School of International and Public Affairs, Columbia University, New York, NY.

556

THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT AND HEALTH 557

are again fully manifest at the beginning of the 21st century,3 as large segments of the world’s population lack basic shelter and sanitation, especially in developing countries.2

Unfortunately, the loss of close collaboration between urban planning and pub- lic health professionals that characterized the post–World War II era has limited the design and implementation of effective interventions and policies that might trans- late into improved health for urban populations. While the theory that connects the built environment to health and well-being is intuitively plausible, we still have a long way to go in collecting sufficient empirical data to make convincing appeals for planning and policy changes by the weight of the evidence.

In the interest of reviving strategic collaborations between urban planning and public health professionals, next we outline three major aims for this article. First, we present a conceptual model that developed out of previous research conducted separately by colleagues at the University of Michigan4 and our group at Columbia University,3 which we then connected and built upon to construct a framework for “Social Determinants of Health and Environmental Health Promotion.”5 Unlike other approaches in which the built environment is considered as background or context, our conceptual model specifically focuses on urban morphology and responds to Hebbert’s conjectures about where the streets and buildings belong in the “new public health.”6(p446)

Second, we review empirical research from both the urban planning and public health literature regarding the health effects of housing and housing interventions, both to illustrate how connections between the built environment and health and well-being have been investigated to date, and to recommend strategies that may be useful in future scientific inquiry. An earlier article by Greenberg et al. found only minor overlap in a review of all articles and book reviews published between 1978 and 1990 in the Journal of the American Planning Association and the American Journal of Public Health.7 Since that time, the “new urbanism” has devoted rather more attention to the new public health than vice versa,6 but recent campaigns spear- headed by the National Center for Environmental Health of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention8 and the National Institute of Environmental Health Sci- ences of the National Institutes of Health9 are helping to redirect the attention of public health researchers toward investigating the health outcomes of urban design choices and community revitalization projects. In September 2003, the American Journal of Public Health10 and the American Journal of Health Promotion11 both published theme issues devoted to the built environment and health. The current issue of the Journal of Urban Health provides additional scientific and policy focus on these connections, with particular emphasis on the urban context.

Finally, we wrestle with key challenges in conducting sound scientific research on connections between the built environment and health, namely: (1) the necessity of dealing with the possible health consequences of myriad public and private sector activities, including those primarily concerned with commerce, housing, transporta- tion, labor, energy, and education;12 (2) the lack of valid and reliable indicators of the built environment to monitor the health effects of urban planning and policy decisions, especially with regard to land use mix;13 and (3) the growth of the “mega- lopolis” or “super urban region” that requires analysis of health effects across state lines and in circumscribed areas within multiple states.14 While they are by no means panaceas, we suggest strategies for addressing each of these challenges, in order to advance the science of connections between the built environment and health, and better plan for healthy cities.

558 NORTHRIDGE ET AL.

FOCUS ON URBAN ENVIRONMENTS AND POPULATIONS

More of us are urban dwellers than ever before. According to the 2000 census, nearly 80% of the approximately 280 million people counted in the United States live in metropolitan areas or, more correctly, metropolitan statistical areas, defined as urban agglomerations of 50,000 people or more.15 The largest of these is the New York consolidated metropolitan statistical area, which spreads out over four states (New York, New Jersey, Connecticut, and Pennsylvania) and contains over 21 mil- lion people. The US Bureau of the Census defines a consolidated metropolitan sta- tistical area as an agglomeration of over 1 million people living in adjacent primary metropolitan statistical areas or metropolitan statistical areas that by local common agreement are effectively aggregated into one region.15

The importance of this observation rests upon its implications for the relevant spatial unit for analyzing data, as well as the “level” for intervention to improve population health. For instance, most of the environmental interventions conducted to date, such as ameliorating lead paint, have occurred at the neighborhood, site, and building levels. Increasingly, however, the most important environmental and population health interventions, such as decreasing emissions of greenhouse gases, will require collaboration at the national, regional, and even global levels.

A CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK FOR UNDERSTANDING THE CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT AND HEALTH

Our joint urban planning and public health framework is centrally concerned with the social, political, economic, and historical processes that generate the urban built environment.3 By the built environment, we mean that part of the physical environ- ment made by people for people, including buildings, transportation systems, and open spaces. The remainder of the physical environment is the natural environment. None of the natural environment per se remains in cities, since even the parks and waterways have been created—or at least significantly modified—by people, and are therefore part of the built environment.16 Nonetheless, the natural environment is essential to all life, including urban dwellers. Thus, while we consider the natural environment to be a fundamental determinant of health and well-being (see Figure), in the context of our joint urban planning and public health framework it is back- ground, while the built environment is foreground.

Mary Northridge recently collaborated with Amy Schulz, a University of Mich- igan sociologist, to delineate the various mechanisms and pathways through which social, political, and economic processes interface with the physical configurations of cities to affect the health and well-being of urban populations.5 The conceptual model we jointly devised is presented in Figure 1.

Figure 1 was adapted from a conceptual model for understanding racial dispar- ities in health that was developed by Dr. Schulz and her colleagues at the University of Michigan,4 and draws upon a joint urban planning and public health framework for use in health impact assessment that our group at Columbia University pre- viously introduced.3 The model posits that three domains—the natural environment (including topography, climate, and water supply), macrosocial factors (including historical conditions, political and economic orders, and human rights doctrines), and inequalities (including those related to the distribution of wealth, employment

FIGURE 1. Social determinants of health and environmental health promotion. The model was developed for an article by AJ Schultz and ME Northridge.5

5 5 9

560 NORTHRIDGE ET AL.

and educational opportunities, and political influence)—contain the fundamental factors that underlie and influence health and well-being via multiple pathways through differential access to power, information, and resources.17

Fundamental factors, in turn, influence two domains of intermediate factors: the built environment (including land use, transportation systems, and buildings) and the social context (including community investment, public and fiscal policies, and civic participation). Structurally, our model posits a set of simultaneous and dy- namic relationships among four of the five domains that comprise the first two levels of our model. For analytic purposes, the natural environment is treated as an exogenous domain. It is important to note, however, that this last assumption does not hold over extended time frames. In the longer term, anthropomorphic choices about transportation systems and energy sources do, in fact, change the natural en- vironment. Nonetheless, for our purposes, holding the natural environment rela- tively constant does little damage to more sophisticated models in which it, too, becomes an endogenous domain.

In terms of the synthesis we seek between the urban built environment and population health and well-being, it is the intermediate factors that we choose to emphasize, in particular. Whether purposefully or inadvertently, it is here that the impact of the built environment is especially subject to policy manipulation. A cor- ollary is that these types of interventions may have the greatest potential benefit for improved population health and well-being. Intermediate factor interventions in- clude the development of land use strategies based upon densification, land use mixing, and microscale design considerations. Because urban planners work at the interface between the built environment and social context applying the knowledge of social science and urban design to generate the physical configurations of cities, we believe that stronger collaborations between urban planners and public health practitioners may prove effective in designing and planning for healthy cities.

Moving from the intermediate factors to the proximate factors in Figure 1, we shift from the familiar territory of the urban planner to the familiar territory of the public health practitioner. The proximate factors influencing health and well-being are dominated by two domains: stressors (including violent crime, financial insecu- rity, and environmental toxins) and social integration and social support (including the shape of social networks and the resources available within networks). A some- what transitional domain is depicted for health behaviors, as they are conceptually separate and distinct from the other two proximate domains, and yet are impossible to practically disentangle from them. Interactive and dynamic relationships among the various domains, between the fundamental and intermediate factors as well as between the intermediate and proximate factors, are depicted by the arrows in Figure 1.

In the past several decades, public health research and practice has focused on understanding and influencing health behaviors, such as smoking cessation, mam- mography screening, and consumption of more fruits and vegetables. As early as the 1970s and 1980s, however, economic insecurity—unemployment in particu- lar—was implicated in the creation of both physical and mental illness.18,19 More recently, a broader set of proximate factors, including the effects of racism on health20

and social support on longevity,21 have been given greater scientific attention. Finally, the last column in Figure 1, Health and Well-Being, contains two do-

mains: health outcomes include obesity, injury and violence, respiratory health, and others; well-being effects include hope/despair, life satisfaction, and happiness, to name but a few. As these in turn clearly influence civic life, Figure 1 illustrates the

THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT AND HEALTH 561

interactive and dynamic nature of the proximate factors and health and well-being domains through the use of arrows between these levels.

Increased interest in the life course approach to chronic disease epidemiology has helped inform population health theory and practice over the past several years, even as this approach is not new to public health or unique to epidemiology.22 As defined by Ben-Shlomo and Kuh, the life course approach to chronic disease epide- miology is “the study of long-term effects on chronic disease risk of physical and social exposures during gestation, childhood, adolescence, young adulthood, and later adult life.”22(p285) This perspective includes studies of the biological, behavioral, and psychosocial pathways that operate across an individual’s life course as well as across generations to influence the development of chronic diseases and is clearly consonant with the conceptual model presented in Figure 1.

EVIDENCE BASE FOR CONNECTIONS BETWEEN HOUSING AND HOUSING INTERVENTIONS AND HEALTH AND WELL-BEING

On October 25, 1967, at the engineering and sanitation section program at the 95th annual meeting of the American Public Health Association in Miami Beach, Florida, M. Allen Pond, Assistant Surgeon General for Special Projects of the Public Health Service, presented a paper on the role of the public health service in housing and urban life:

Health problems associated with housing—and the neighborhood that the housing services—are too important to be dealt with on a strictly categorical basis. The problems of the slums and the ghettos in America demand the broad- est possible attention, and health officials at all levels must give the highest pri- ority to their solution. The job to be done is simply too big to be handled in a unified, sharply delineated way. Indeed, much of what the Public Health Service does in support of research and development, preparation of standards, training of manpower, provision of technical assistance, and sharing in the costs of pro- gram development and operation bears significantly on our national efforts to improve the quality of housing and urban living.23(p101)

Our interest in housing interventions is both long-standing24 and contempo- rary,25 renewed in part from ongoing efforts to address the childhood asthma epi- demic in Harlem, New York City.26 Presently, the shortage of affordable housing is so severe in New York City that the homeless population is larger than it has ever been at 38,200 people, including 17,000 children. Fully 85% of the homeless population in New York City is composed of families; 40% of these homeless chil- dren have asthma, and lack a regular physician or health care worker to oversee their medical care.27

In searching the public health literature for research linking housing and health, we came across a comprehensive review of evidence related to the health and social effects of housing improvements.28 Upon turning to the urban planning literature, we found an equally thoughtful review on both links between housing and health, and the effects of urban regeneration on health.29 The following discussion draws heavily on these two current reviews.

Thomson et al. reviewed studies from the observational public health literature on hazards in domestic buildings and identified hygrothermal conditions, radon,

562 NORTHRIDGE ET AL.

falls, house dust mites, environmental tobacco smoke, and fires as the major health risks.28 Meanwhile, Curtis et al. reviewed studies from the urban planning literature and concluded that poor housing may affect physical health through greater risks of injury and violence, increased levels of respiratory disease and gastrointestinal problems associated with cold, damp conditions and mold growth, and increased rates of infection because of crowded living conditions, especially in temporary accommodations.29

Nonetheless, Thomson et al.’s comprehensive review of the health effects of housing improvements concluded that there was insufficient evidence to support improved housing as a means to improved health.28 In terms of general physical health and illness episodes, 10 of the studies reviewed found some health improve- ments, 5 studies found no differences on certain measures, and some studies found mixed effects. A more consistent pattern was found for mental health, suggesting that improved housing generates mental health gains. The findings on respiratory health were more equivocal, although one study found children’s respiratory symp- toms improved and fewer days were missed from school due to asthma 3 months after installation of central heating.30

In terms of well-being, the intervention results were more positive. On the basis of four studies that assessed social outcomes, the overall findings were that, after relocation, residents reported a reduced sense of isolation, a reduced fear of crime, an increased sense of belonging and feelings of safety, increased involvement in community affairs, greater recognition of neighbors, and improved outlook on the area as a good place to live.28 Conversely, two of the reviewed studies on rehousing and area regeneration highlighted the potential for unintended adverse effects be- cause of increased rents. One older study reported increases in standardized mortal- ity rates in the rehoused residents, which was attributed to a doubling in rents, and the household members’ consequent inability to afford adequate food.31

Curtis et al.29 concluded that it is difficult to disentangle the health effects of housing renewal from other factors. Housing improvements to windows and bath- rooms, fencing of semiprivate spaces, closing alleyways, calming traffic, and im- proving children’s play spaces in an English town estate resulted in reduced anxiety and depression, improved self-esteem, reduced fear of crime, and greater perceived “friendliness” of the area.32 In an area of Sweden that had undergone improvements to local services and facilities, the population showed reduced levels of mental illness and increased levels of social support.33 Finally, Collard recorded the experi- ences of Bangladeshi families in temporary accommodations, who reported that financial assistance in moving, and redecorating and furnishing the home would have been helpful.34 Not surprisingly, high levels of mobility had detrimental effects on the families’ access to primary health care and education.

Saegert et al.35 have reviewed and evaluated the key characteristics, methods, and results of housing interventions designed to improve health. Of the 64 interven- tions reviewed from 12 electronic databases, 90% addressed a single condition (most often lead, injury, or asthma), 59% were targeted to children, and 13% were designed for older adults. The message is that current interventions linking housing and health are woefully limited in both scope and scale. The lack of an evidence base relating improved housing to improved health may be due in part to the failure of public health researchers and practitioners to engage in meaningful housing de- velopment projects from the initial planning stages and to evaluate them longitudi- nally and across the life course using valid and reliable measures of health and well- being.

THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT AND HEALTH 563

Calls for broad-based studies of the health impacts of the built environment and needed planning and policy interventions at the intermediate level in our con- ceptual model have historic precedent. On November 16, 1967, Richard A. Prindle, Assistant Surgeon General and director of the Bureau of Disease Prevention and Environmental Control, Public Health Service, gave a speech titled, "The City as Environment: Biological and Social Implications," at a centennial symposium at Wayne State University in Detroit, Michigan. He concluded:

We public health workers must begin to concern ourselves with land use policy in the broadest sense. We must develop criteria of effective use of resources, and in order to develop these criteria we must relate them to standards concerning the health and well-being of people.

We in the health professions also have a specific job of collecting the kind of information on which public planning and policy can be based and of trans- lating these data for the decision makers—-which ultimately is the general pub- lic. Finally, we in public health, in concert with others, must move from the ivory tower into the community to observe and work with situations as they exist. Epidemiology may not be the full answer, but it certainly is the beginning. We need measurements and plans based on those measurements. We need ac- tions to correct the problems as those affected see them if our solutions are to be accepted, put in practice, and have lasting benefits.36

This is not to say it will be easy. We turn our attention next to two key hurdles we have identified in conducting sound scientific research on connections between the built environment and health, and our proposed strategies for surmounting them.

CHALLENGES IN CONDUCTING SOUND SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH ON THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT AND HEALTH

Rather than compiling an exhaustive list of the challenges likely to be encountered in conducting research on connections between the built environment and health, we have elected instead to discuss two key areas and how we have sought to address each of the difficulties we faced. The first is the lack of valid and reliable indicators of the built environment to monitor effects of urban planning and policy decisions, especially with regard to land use mix. For instance, current land use policies not only facilitate automobile use and dependence but also actually hinder the ability to safely access even nearby urban destinations on foot or bike, or by mass transit. Prior to the establishment of a precedent for exclusionary zoning in 1926 (Euclid, Ohio v Ambler Realty), land uses were most often intermixed. Afterward, euclidean emerged as a euphemism to convey homogeneous zoning, which predominates in the United States today.13

Mixed use or heterogeneous zoning allows compatible but different land uses to locate in close proximity to one another and thereby decreases the travel dis- tances between activities.37 The effects of land use mix on travel choices vary as distances between complementary land uses increase. Thus, one strategy for miti- gating air quality and traffic problems and encouraging walking, biking, and transit is to improve accessibility to work sites, services, and transit stations within existing urban settings.38

Empirical research regarding the relationship between land use mix and travel behavior has been limited by the relative complexity of measurement, thereby ham-

564 NORTHRIDGE ET AL.

pering investigations of proposed theoretical ideas involving population health ef- fects.13 For instance, if a zone is more than half a mile across, then the benefit of mixing uses at a scale in which residents may choose to walk for shopping or a meal may not be captured. For this reason, measuring land use mix at the census block group level rather than at the census tract level may be more meaningful. In addition, when measured at a zonal level, land use mix also needs to take into account the effects of complementary land uses located in adjacent zones, since people do not recognize census borders when selecting destinations. If services are located within a convenient and pleasurable walk, that is, a safe and comfortable one, more people will access these services on foot rather than in automobiles.

Other methodological complications arise in examining the effects of land use mix on transportation modes. For instance, to reduce automobile use, there needs to be pedestrian connectivity between nearby, complementary land uses. Handy notes that access is a function of both travel times and the number and quality of nearby destinations, which need to be accounted for in empirical investigations.39

As important as land use mix is to urban planning, there is a dearth of empirical evidence in the public health literature regarding the effects of zoning and land use policies that may potentially affect population health and well-being. An exception is Maantay’s longitudinal case study of New York City over the period 1961 to 1998, in which she found that noxious industrial uses are increasingly concentrated within poor communities of color.40 Employing geographical information systems along with block-by-block canvassing for walkability and verification of service locations, it may be possible to generate improved measures of land use mix across a range of urban and suburban communities that may be usefully employed in future investigations of connections between land use mix and population health.

A second major challenge in conducting sound research on the built environ- ment and health relates to the growth of the megalopolis or super urban region, which requires the analysis of health effects across state lines and in circumscribed areas within multiple states.14 Not only is the United States a metropolitan nation, it is highly skewed in its distribution of residents. The 10 largest consolidated met- ropolitan statistical areas account for one third of the entire population. Hence, to effectively plan for urban design and health services, regional analyses are required.

The methodologies for conducting the necessary empirical investigations far surpass the cooperative arrangements that would be needed to implement meaning- ful policy interventions such as interstate compacts in state and local taxing and land use policy. For example, Rodwin and Gusmano, as part of their World Cities Project, first defined an urban core for New York City, London, Paris, and Tokyo, and then examined the similarities and differences among them.41 Their current studies illuminate inequalities in health care use and health status, the importance of neighborhoods in protecting population health, and the quality of life in diverse urban communities. Nelson et al., using data from the Behavioral Risk Factor Sur- veillance System, found significant intrastate differences for binge drinking among metropolitan areas in New York, Tennessee, and Utah.42 They concluded that met- ropolitan area estimates might be useful in guiding local efforts to reduce binge drinking. Such methods could be extended to investigate, for example, injury, dia- betes, and obesity estimates by metropolitan area, and might then be related to transportation systems, land use policies, and other features of the built environ- ment that have been calculated for these metropolitan statistical areas.14

Given sufficient resources, it may even be possible to conduct public health surveillance by city and “megacity,” in addition to the current monitoring con- ducted by states. Certainly the methodological capabilities exist, including using

THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT AND HEALTH 565

census blocks, census block groups, and census tracts, to construct meaningful ag- glomerations of the areas of interest.43

EFFECTING MEANINGFUL CHANGE

When asked if he ever gets discouraged in his efforts to address urban poverty, Robert M. Coard, the president of Action for Boston Community Development, replied: “[Y]ou know that there’s a need. But the need changes. And the face of poverty changes. And what we do changes.”44(p4)

The needs of the world’s poor are profound. The 21st century began with almost 2 billion people living in urbanized regions of the developing world, three quarters of whom live in wretched poverty. Over the next 30 years, the number of city dwellers will double to 4 billion, in a global population that by then will total 8 billion.3

According to de la Barra, “Cities are the physical expression of the societies that build them, and the political, social, and economic interactions of their inhabi- tants.45(p7) If we are to collectively revive a passion for “urbanism as a way of life”46

in the 21st century, it is essential to pay careful attention to the physical definitions of streets and buildings, and ensure that public spaces are places of shared use.

One method of translating research into action on the built environment and health may be through some form of health impact assessment, which is expressly designed to deal with the population health effects of myriad public and private activities, including those primarily concerned with commerce, housing, transporta- tion, labor, energy, and education.12 In August 2002, Mary Northridge and Elliott Sclar attended a small working meeting of 25 scholars and practitioners from over eight disciplines and 10 countries at the Harvard School of Public Health in Boston, Massachusetts. The aim was to foster a critical exchange about the promises, pro- cess, and pitfalls of health impact assessment. In recognition of the fact that public health is strongly influenced by nonmedical health determinants, recent government policies in the United Kingdom and Canada, especially, have provided the impetus for conducting health impact assessments on policies that have not been tradition- ally viewed as the responsibility of the health sector.47

While considerable caution was voiced at the meeting about institutionalizing health impact assessment in the United States, much was learned from the informed and engaged dialogue and debate. A greater appreciation on the part of urban planners and public health professionals of the political processes (from local to federal) that ultimately determine what policies are enacted and what projects are constructed is a first step toward ensuring that research on the built environment and health is more usefully directed toward planning for healthy cities. Yet scientific and profes- sional input is not sufficient to promote healthy living conditions at increasingly high levels of density—the essence of urban life.3 Only by including the views of the people who bear the brunt of enacted policies and programs will any devised strate- gies prove acceptable and thus capable of improving population health and well- being. Methodologically, health impact assessment has the potential to improve diverse approaches to developing, testing, validating, implementing, and dissemi- nating research on policies that affect population health, including but not limited to community-based participatory action research.12,48

Ultimately, rather than institutionalize health impact assessment in the United States, it may eventually be possible to revamp the environmental impact statement process,49 which has not been amended in 30 years. Concerns on the part of both environmentalists and developers regarding either erosions of current requirements

566 NORTHRIDGE ET AL.

or further impediments to building projects have hampered efforts to restore it as a meaningful tool of land use decision making.1 Such improvements might include stronger consideration of environmental health impacts on human populations, consequential public input from the start rather than only at the end of the process via litigation, and follow-up assessments of the predictions of environmental impact statements which rarely, if ever, are conducted.12

CONCLUSION

The conceptual model presented here, Social Determinants of Health and Environ- mental Health Promotion, includes both the built environment and the social con- text as intermediate determinants of health and well-being. We seek to integrate this model with other multilevel frameworks, notably the ecosocial perspective,50 in ad- dition to various complementary and reinforcing frameworks, including the life course approach,22 health and human rights,51 the precautionary principle,52 and sustainable production.53 In order to meaningfully sort out the connections between the built environment and health, however, we need to do more than be explicit about the hypothesized pathways. We also need to test our theories empirically and use these data to refine our models.

The current public health literature lacks concrete measures of the physical dimensions of the neighborhoods and communities it purports to study. The current urban planning literature fails to take into account the distribution of health deter- minants within and across social groups defined by age, gender, race/ethnicity, class, and sexuality. We contend that in order to plan effectively for healthy cities, we need to reinvigorate the historic collaborative link between urban planning and public health professionals, and together conduct informed science. Perhaps then we can amass sufficient empirical data to make convincing “weight of the evidence” appeals for essential planning and policy changes to improve the health and lives of urban populations.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The authors thank Amy Schulz for her joyful collaboration on the model of Social Determinants of Health and Environmental Health Promotion used in this article, and Nancy Krieger for her valued conversations and related references on the his- tory of public health and the life course perspective. We also thank two anonymous reviewers for their critical comments on an earlier draft of this paper, as well as the members of our Urbanism and Public Health university seminar and the students in our Urban Environmental Planning classes at Columbia University for informing our approach and allowing us to talk out loud about our ideas. Partial support for Dr. Northridge is provided by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention through core funding for the Harlem Health Promotion Center, and the Robin Hood Foundation through major funding for the Harlem Children’s Zone Asthma Initiative.

REFERENCES

1. Sclar E, Northridge ME. Property, politics, and public health. Am J Public Health. 2001; 91:1013–1015.

2. United Nations Human Settlements Programme (UN-HABITAT). Available at: http:// www.unhabitat.org/about/challenge.asp. Accessed June 1, 2003.

THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT AND HEALTH 567

3. Northridge ME, Sclar E. A joint urban planning and public health framework: contribu- tions to health impact assessment. Am J Public Health. 2003;93:118–121.

4. Schulz AJ, Williams DR, Israel BA, Lembert LB. Racial and spatial relations as funda- mental determinants of health in Detroit. Milbank Q. 2002;20(4):677–707.

5. Schulz A, Northridge ME. Social determinants of health and environmental health pro- motion. Health Educ Behav. In press.

6. Hebbert M. A city in good shape: town planning and public health. Town Planning Rev. 1999:70;433–453.

7. Greenberg M, Popper F, West B, Krueckeberg D. Linking city planning and public health in the United States. J Plann Lit. 1994;8:235–239.

8. Dannenberg AL, Jackson RJ, Frumkin H, et al. The impact of community design on public health: a scientific research agenda. Am J Public Health. 2003;93:1500–1508.

9. Srinivasan S, O’Fallon LR, Dearry A. Creating healthy communities, healthy homes, healthy people: initiating a research agenda on the built environment and public health. Am J Public Health. 2003;93:1446–1450.

10. Jackson RJ. The impact of the built environment on health: An emerging field. Am J Public Health. 2003;93:1382–1384.

11. Killingsworth R, Earp J, Moore R. Supporting health through design: Challenges and opportunities. Am J Health Promotion. 2003;18:1–2.

12. Krieger N, Northridge ME, Gruskin S, et al. Assessing health impact assessment: multidisci- plinary and international perspectives. J Epidemiol Community Health. 2003;57:659–662.

13. Frank LD. Land use and transportation interaction: implications on public health and quality of life. J Plann Educ Res. 2000;20:6–22.

14. Sclar E. A metropolitan nation. Am J Public Health. In press. 15. US Bureau of the Census. Available at: http://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/GCT

Table?ds_name=DEC_2000_SF1_U&geo_id=01000US&_box_head_nbr=GCT-PH1- R&format=US-10S. Accessed December 21, 2002.

16. Health and Environment: Partners for Life. Ottawa, Ontario: Health Canada; 1997. Report available at http://www.atl.ec.gc/community/resources.html.

17. Link BG, Phelan J. Social conditions as fundamental causes of disease. J Health Soc Behav. 1995;spec no:80–94.

18. Brenner MH. Fetal, infant, and maternal mortality during periods of economic instabil- ity. Int J Health Serv. 1973;3:145–159.

19. Sclar ED. Community economic structure and individual well-being: a look behind the statistics. Int J Health Serv. 1980;10:563–579.

20. Krieger N. Does racism harm health? Did child abuse exist before 1962? On explicit questions, critical science, and current controversies: an ecosocial perspective. Am J Pub- lic Health. 2003;93:194–199.

21. Glass TA, Dym B, Greenberg S, Rintell D, Roesch C, Berkman LK. Psychosocial inter- vention in stroke: Families in Recovery from Stroke Trial (FIRST). Am J Orthopsychia- try. 2000;70:169–181.

22. Ben-Shlomo Y, Kuh D. A life course approach to chronic disease epidemiology: concep- tual models, empirical challenges, and interdisciplinary perspectives. Int J Epidemiol. 2002;31:285–293.

23. Pond MA. Role of the public health service in housing and urban life. Public Health Reports. 1968;83:101–107.

24. Sclar ED. Homelessness and housing policy: a game of musical chairs. Am J Public Health. 1990;80:1039–1040.

25. Northridge ME, Sclar ED. Housing and health. Am J Public Health. 2002;92:701. 26. Northridge ME, Jean-Louis B, Shoemaker K, Nicholas S. Advancing population health

in the Harlem Children Zone Project. Soz Praventiv Med. 2002;47:201–204. 27. Newfield J. How the other half still lives: in the shadow of wealth, New York’s poor

increase. The Nation. March 17, 2003:11–17. 28. Thomson H, Pettricrew M, Douglas M. Health impact assessment of housing improve-

ments: incorporating research evidence. J Epidemiol Community Health. 2003;57:11–16.

568 NORTHRIDGE ET AL.

29. Curtis C, Cave B, Coutts A. Is urban regeneration good for health? Perceptions and theories of the health impacts of urban change. Environ Plann C: Gov Policy. 2002;20:517–534.

30. Somerville M, Mackenzie I, Owen P, et al. Housing and health: does installing heating in the home improve the health of children with asthma? Public Health. 2000;114: 434–440.

31. McGonigle G, Kirby J. Poverty and Public Health. London, England: Gillencz, 1936. 32. Halpern D. Mental Health and the Built Environment: More Than Bricks and Mortar.

London, England: Taylor and Francis, 1995. 33. Dalgard O, Tambs K. Urban environment and mental health: a longitudinal study. J

Psychiatry. 1997;171:530–536. 34. Collard A. Settling Up: Towards a Strategy for Resettling Homeless Families. London,

England: Homeless Forum, 1997. 35. Saegert SC, Klitzman S, Freudenberg N, Cooperman J, Nassar S. Healthy housing: a

structured review of published evaluations of U.S. interventions to improve health by modifying housing in the United States, 1990–2001. Am J Public Health. 2003;93: 1471–1477.

36. Prindle RA. Health aspects of the urban environment. Public Health Rep. 1968;83: 617–621.

37. Parker T. The Land Use Air Quality Linkage: How Land Use and Transportation Af- fect Air Quality. Sacramento: California Air Resources Board, 1994.

38. Handy S. Understanding the link between urban form and network travel behavior. J Plann Educ Res. 1996;15:183–198.

39. Handy S. Regional versus local accessibility: neo-traditional development and its impli- cations for non-work travel. Built Environ. 1992;18:253–267.

40. Maantay, J. Zoning, equity and public health. Am J Public Health. 2001; 91:1033–1041. 41. Rodwin VG, Gusmano MK. The World Cities Project: rationale, organization, and de-

sign for comparison of megacity health systems. J Urban Health. 2002;79:445–463. 42. Nelson DE, Naimi TS, Brewer RD, Bolen J, Wells HE. Metropolitan area estimates of

binge drinking in the United States. Am J Public Health. In press. 43. Krieger N, Chen JT, Waterman PD, Soobader MJ, Subramanian SV, Carson R. Geocod-

ing and monitoring of US socioeconomic inequalities in mortality and cancer incidence: does the choice of area-based measure and geographic level matter? The Public Health Disparities Geocoding Project. Am J Epidemiol. 2002;156:471–482.

44. Weiss J. Boston Globe Magazine. October 27, 2002:4. 45. de la Barra X. Fear of epidemics: the engine of urban planning. Plann Pract Res. 2000;

15:7–16. 46. Wirth L. Urbanism as a way of life. In: LeGates RT, Stout F, eds. The City Reader. 2nd

ed. London, England: Routledge; 2000:97–105. 47. Department of Health. Independent Inquiry Into Inequalities in Health: Report. Chair-

man Sir Richard Acheson. London, England: Stationery Office; 1998. 48. Israel BA, Schulz AJ, Parker A, Becker AB. Review of community-based research: assess-

ing partnership approaches to improve public health. Annu Rev Public Health. 1998; 19:173–202.

49. Gilpin A. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA): Cutting Edge for the Twenty-First Century. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press; 1995.

50. Krieger N. Theories for social epidemiology in the 21st century: an ecosocial perspec- tive. Int J Epidemiol. 2001;30:668–677.

51. Gruskin S, Tarantola D. Health and human rights. In: Detels R, McEwen J, Beaglehole R, Tanaka K, eds. The Oxford Textbook of Public Health. 4th ed. New Yok, NY: Oxford University Press; 2001:311–335.

52. Kriebel D, Tickner J, Epstein P, et al. The precautionary principle in environmental health. Environ Health Perspect. 2001;109:871–876.

53. Quinn MM, Kriebel D, Geiser K, Moure-Eraso R. Sustainable production: a proposed strategy for the work environment. Am J Ind Med. 1998;34:297–304.

Readings, Transportation and health/Personal and social responsibility.pdf

Readings, Transportation and health/PrecautionaryPrincipleKriebeletal.pdf

Environmental Health Perspectives • VOLUME 109 | NUMBER 9 | September 2001 871

The Precautionary Principle in Environmental Science

David Kriebel,1 Joel Tickner,1 Paul Epstein,2 John Lemons,3 Richard Levins,4 Edward L. Loechler,5

Margaret Quinn,1 Ruthann Rudel,6 Ted Schettler,7 and Michael Stoto8

1Lowell Center for Sustainable Production, Department of Work Environment, University of Massachusetts-Lowell, Lowell, Massachusetts, USA; 2Center for Health and the Global Environment, Harvard University Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts, USA; 3Department of Life Sciences, University of New England, Biddeford, Maine, USA; 4Department of Population and International Health, Harvard University School of Public Health, Boston, Massachusetts, USA; 5Department of Biology, Boston University, Boston, Massachusetts, USA; 6Silent Spring Institute, Newton, Massachusetts, USA; 7Science and Environmental Health Network, Boston, Massachusetts, USA; 8Department of Biostatistics, George Washington University School of Medicine, Washington, D.C., USA

There are few pressing social issues that depend as heavily on scientific information as do environmental problems. Most scientists and policy makers agree on the importance of science in environmental policy debates, even when they can agree on almost nothing else about the health of the ecosphere. Thus, envi- ronmental scientists play a key role in society’s responses to environmental problems, and many of the studies performed by environ- mental scientists are intended ultimately to affect policy. The precautionary principle has been proposed as a new guideline in making environmental policy (1,2). In this paper we examine the implications of the precautionary principle for environmental scientists. Specific objectives are to define the precautionary prin- ciple and illustrate it through three brief exam- ples; identify aspects of conventional science that may inhibit precautionary policies; iden- tify new directions for scientific research that would better inform precautionary policies; and promote dialogue among environmental scientists about the usefulness and potential applications of the precautionary principle.

Definition of the Precautionary Principle A 1998 consensus statement characterized the precautionary principle this way: “when

an activity raises threats of harm to human health or the environment, precautionary measures should be taken even if some cause and effect relationships are not fully estab- lished scientifically” (3). The statement went on to list four central components of the principle: taking preventive action in the face of uncertainty; shifting the burden of proof to the proponents of an activity; exploring a wide range of alternatives to pos- sibly harmful actions; and increasing public participation in decision making.

The term “precautionary principle” came into English as a translation of the German word Vorsorgeprinzip. An alterna- tive translation might have been “foresight principle,” which has the advantage of emphasizing anticipatory action—a posi- tive, active idea rather than precaution, which to many sounds reactive and even negative. Although the principle has its roots in German environmental policy, over the past 20 years it has served as a central element in international environmental treaties addressing North Sea pollution, ozone-depleting chemicals, fisheries, climate change, and sustainable development (3). Precaution is one of the guiding principles of environmental laws in the European Union.

The Precautionary Principle in Practice

Historical Links

The precautionary principle encourages poli- cies that protect human health and the envi- ronment in the face of uncertain risks. In this broad sense it is not a new concept, and some may object to giving it a new name, when similar ideas go by different names in other disciplines. For example, public health practi- tioners use the term primary prevention to mean much the same thing. The physician’s obligation to first do no harm is a precaution- ary approach to treating a sick person. The governments of several Scandinavian coun- tries have made regulatory decisions about electromagnetic fields and other hazards using a concept called prudent avoidance, which is also similar (4,5). The term precautionary principle has the advantage that it provides an overarching framework that links environ- mental sciences and public health.

Motivating Factors The precautionary principle has arisen because of the perception that the pace of efforts to combat problems such as climate change, ecosystem degradation, and resource depletion is too slow and that environmental and health problems continue to grow more rapidly than society’s ability to identify and correct them. In addition, the potential for catastrophic effects on global ecologic sys- tems has weakened confidence in the abili- ties of environmental science and policy to identify and control hazards. There are also the apparent contradictions of our regulatory process: if the laws governing toxic chemical

Address correspondence to D. Kriebel, Lowell Center for Sustainable Production, University of Massachusetts Lowell, 1 University Avenue, Lowell, MA 01854 USA. Telephone: (978) 934-3250. Fax: (978) 452-5711. E-mail: [email protected]

We thank C. Crumbley for her assistance with this project.

This work was supported in part by grants from the John Merck Fund, the Jessie B. Cox Charitable Trust, the New York Community Trust, the V. Kann Rasmussen Foundation, and the Mitchell Kapor Foundation.

Received 12 February 2001; accepted 28 February 2001.

Environmental scientists play a key role in society’s responses to environmental problems, and many of the studies they perform are intended ultimately to affect policy. The precautionary principle, pro- posed as a new guideline in environmental decision making, has four central components: taking pre- ventive action in the face of uncertainty; shifting the burden of proof to the proponents of an activity; exploring a wide range of alternatives to possibly harmful actions; and increasing public participation in decision making. In this paper we examine the implications of the precautionary principle for envi- ronmental scientists, whose work often involves studying highly complex, poorly understood systems, while at the same time facing conflicting pressures from those who seek to balance economic growth and environmental protection. In this complicated and contested terrain, it is useful to examine the methodologies of science and to consider ways that, without compromising integrity and objectivity, research can be more or less helpful to those who would act with precaution. We argue that a shift to more precautionary policies creates opportunities and challenges for scientists to think differently about the ways they conduct studies and communicate results. There is a complicated feedback rela- tion between the discoveries of science and the setting of policy. While maintaining their objectivity and focus on understanding the world, environmental scientists should be aware of the policy uses of their work and of their social responsibility to do science that protects human health and the environ- ment. The precautionary principle highlights this tight, challenging linkage between science and pol- icy. Key words: environmental science, foresight, planning, precaution, risk assessment, science policy. Environ Health Perspect 109:871–876 (2001). [Online 15 August 2001] http://ehpnet1.niehs.nih.gov/docs/2001/109p871-876kriebel/abstract.html

Commentaries

release are effective, then why are mercury levels in freshwater fish so high that pregnant women should not eat them (6,7)? How is it possible that human breast milk may not meet U.S. Food and Drug Administration contaminant limits for baby food (8,9)?

The great complexity, uncertainty, and potential for catastrophe from global climate change are among the strongest motivators for those urging precaution in environmental policy. The earth warmed over the twentieth century by an estimated 0.6°C (10). The trend was not uniform, though, and warming is occurring faster during the winter and at night (11), and the winter warming is occur- ring faster at high latitudes than near the tropics (12). For human populations, the rates of change and wide swings in weather are of chief concern, as ice core records indi- cate that increased climatic variability may be associated with rapid climate change events and changes in the ocean thermohaline circu- lation (13). Together, warming and more extreme weather have begun to alter marine life and the weather patterns that affect infec- tious diseases, their vectors, and hosts. The unprecedented scale of this hazard justifies reexamination of environmental monitoring systems and paradigms (14).

Frustration with policy concerning toxic chemicals has also stimulated interest in the precautionary principle. The risk assessment process is perceived by a growing segment of the population as antagonistic to strong envi- ronmental protection and as excessively com- plex and full of hidden assumptions that have the effect of disenfranchising all but the experts from the decision-making process. Current U.S. environmental policy often seems to be more reactionary than precau- tionary, requiring a high degree of certainty of harm before preventive action is taken, and emphasizing the management of risks rather than their prevention. The precautionary principle, by calling for preventive action even when there is uncertainty, by placing the onus on those who create the hazard, and by emphasizing alternatives and democracy, is viewed by environmentalists as a way to shift the terms of the debate and stimulate change.

Points of opposition. A lively debate is now underway about the usefulness of the precautionary principle (15–20). Perhaps the most frequently voiced criticisms are a) cur- rent regulatory procedures are already precau- tionary; for example, the safety factors used in risk assessments insure precaution; b) the pre- cautionary principle is not scientifically sound because it advocates making decisions without adequate scientific justification; and c) if it were implemented, the precautionary principle would stifle innovation by requiring proof of safety before new technologies could be introduced. Each of these concerns has

been addressed by proponents of the principle (21–23), and this article is not intended as a comprehensive response to critics. The objec- tive instead is to discuss the implications of the precautionary principle for the work of environmental scientists.

Case Illustrations Cellular telephones in airplanes. When the flight attendant explains the safety proce- dures before takeoff, there is an instruction not to use various electronic devices during takeoff and landing and not to use cellular telephones any time during flight. There is some very limited (anecdotal) evidence that these devices may interfere with the essential navigational and control systems of the air- craft. In 1999, in response to inquiries about the necessity of this ban, the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) commis- sioned a study to gather stronger evidence for or against the hypothesis that consumer elec- tronic devices interfere with aircraft functions (24). The study failed to find any evidence of this interference. Nevertheless, the FAA ruled that, in the absence of strong evidence of safety, the ban would continue in effect. Most people agree that the inconvenience of not being able to talk on the phone in flight is offset by even a small risk of an airplane crash. This illustrates the first component of the principle: taking action in the face of uncertainty. The second aspect of precaution deals with burdens of proof, and here, too, there would probably be little controversy. Most would agree that those who would change the rule on cellular telephone use in flight should have the responsibility to show that the change will not cause unreasonable risk. But suppose concerns about portable electronic devices in airplanes had not been raised initially, and so airline passengers were currently using their cellular telephones in flight. Now suppose that a few isolated mal- functions occurred in the navigational systems of a small number of aircraft while cellular telephones were in use, and concerns were raised. Should cell phone use be banned? At that point there would be a quantifiable eco- nomic loss from ending the practice. It seems quite likely that implicitly or explicitly a cost–benefit analysis would be run, and to do this, it would be necessary to estimate the risk—something that would be, and is, very hard to do with any confidence. Some might call this approach more “science based,” but it would be a highly uncertain process, and one in which the risks being evaluated might be very small, but the consequences potentially catastrophic. Fortunately, the way events have actually unfolded, it is not necessary to esti- mate the risk—precautionary action was taken. The availability of an economically viable alternative (in-flight telephones) may

have made it easier to act in the absence of strong evidence, which highlights the poten- tial for the precautionary principle to stimu- late the search for safer technologies.

Pesticides in schools. Recently the Los Angeles Unified School District, the largest public school system in the United States, announced a new policy on the use of pesti- cides in schools (25). The policy states unam- biguously that pesticides pose risks to the health of children and the environment, that they shall be used only after nonchemical methods have been considered, and that if there is a choice among pest control meth- ods, the least harmful one shall be chosen. There is no mention of balancing risks and benefits, nor a list of banned substances. The precautionary principle is a long-term objec- tive of the policy, according to its authors. Critics worry that the precautionary principle will encourage technology choices based on fear and emotions, rather than on science. But another interpretation would be that the Los Angeles Unified School District is saying that all pesticides should be assumed to be hazardous, while acknowledging a great deal of uncertainty about exactly how hazardous. The intention to prefer nonchemical meth- ods and to choose the least toxic method encourages a search for alternatives, while at the same time not preventing the use of a toxic chemical if it is found to be necessary and irreplaceable. The new policy also requires consideration of the service or func- tion that a pesticide provides. For example, a pesticide being used for aesthetic purposes may be determined to be less important than one that serves a hygienic function. The for- mer may be more readily eliminated than the latter, if no alternative can be found.

Polyvinyl chloride toys. Polyvinyl chlo- ride (PVC) is an extremely versatile material, made into thousands of products. By adding varying amounts of a chemical called a plas- ticizer, the pliability of PVC can be modified from hard and brittle to soft and almost spongy. There is evidence that several of the plasticizers, members of the phthalate chem- ical family, are reproductive toxicants in ani- mals. They may also cause reproductive toxicity in humans, although this evidence is quite limited (26–28). Until 1999, many PVC plastic toys specifically designed to be sucked and chewed contained the plasticizer diisononyl phthalate. Many of the manufac- turers of toys that formerly contained this chemical have now voluntarily stopped using this plasticizer, or in some instances completely phased out PVC in these toys, in response to consumer and government concerns about toy safety. But the evidence for human health risks is weak and uncer- tain. Producers of PVC products have argued that there is no evidence of harm

Commentaries • Kriebel et al.

872 VOLUME 109 | NUMBER 9 | September 2001 • Environmental Health Perspectives

Commentaries • Precautionary principle in environmental science

from use of their products, given 40 years of use without apparent ill effects.

There is a flaw in this reasoning, how- ever, because the absence of evidence of harm is not the same thing as evidence of the absence of harm. Of course, absolute safety can never be proven. But a lengthy and costly risk assessment, followed by an equally lengthy and acrimonious risk management process would be the likely outcome of the present one-substance-at-a-time approach to chemicals policy.

The precautionary principle seeks to min- imize the limitations of a risk assessment- based regulatory policy by encouraging a search for alternatives whenever a potentially hazardous chemical is identified. If a clearly safer alternative exists, why accept even a small, highly uncertain risk? The Danish Environment Agency used just this logic in taking action to eliminate phthalates from toys (29). They said, in essence, that there is exposure to these compounds, there is animal toxicity data, the exposure is to children who by definition are particularly susceptible to many toxic substances, there are alternatives, and the product serves no necessary function. Considering all these factors, they concluded that the plasticizer should not be used in toys.

Limitations of Conventional Scientific Methods Environmental scientists study highly com- plex, poorly understood systems. Often the most informative experiments cannot be conducted for logistical or ethical reasons (there is only one Atlantic Ocean to study; potential carcinogens cannot be adminis- tered to humans in double-blind trials). At the same time, this work is of great interest to those who seek to balance economic growth and environmental protection. In this complicated and contested terrain, it is useful to examine the methodologies of sci- ence and to consider ways that, without compromising integrity and objectivity, research can be more or less helpful to those who would act with precaution. It would, for example, be useful to policy makers if sci- entists were more explicit about the limits of knowledge and about the nature and amount of uncertainty in research findings.

Presented below are examples of the ways that science is currently conducted that may make it more difficult to set precaution- ary policies. There may be alternatives to these methods, well within the bounds of good practice, that would be more helpful to policy makers faced with high-stakes deci- sions and great scientific uncertainty.

Hypothesis Formulation Einstein said that the theory decides what can be observed, and at the more practical

level, the formulation of specific research hypotheses determines to a large degree the sorts of results that can be found. Where does the particular formulation of a hypothesis come from? Often the hypothesis is formu- lated in a way that is feasible to test with the time and resources available. There is also a tendency for researchers to refine understand- ing of old problems rather than risk investi- gating new ones (30). Greater and greater levels of detail are sought about well-defined problems, rather than the higher stakes enter- prise of searching for entirely new phenom- ena. For example, we refine understanding of the mechanisms of toxicity of asbestos, lead, and polychlorinated biphenyls, rather than evaluating effects of other, less well-studied toxicants. Funding agencies and skeptical peer reviewers reinforce this tendency by favoring tightly focused proposals that repeat or incrementally build upon work in well- established areas.

Emphasis on Independent Effects, Not Interactions There is a tendency to assume that the mechanisms underlying the phenomena being studied are driven primarily by the independent actions of a few causal factors. If they interact, this is assumed to be of sec- ondary importance. This implicitly assumes that things are not connected and leads to an atomized worldview. In reality, complex bio- logical systems such as ecosystems, human populations, or individual physiology are composed of feedback loops and other inter- actions which make cause–effect relation- ships far from direct or linear. But many times the effects of hypothesized causal fac- tors are considered in research to be decom- posable into additive components that are measured individually. For example, when studying a mixture of pollutants, the empha- sis is on identifying which component of the mixture is problematic. Interactions are diffi- cult to study, but this should be seen as a challenge to develop more sensitive and complex methods, rather than as an inherent limitation of science.

Narrow Definition of Uncertainty The formal evaluation of error or uncertainty in many environmental science papers is lim- ited to a presentation of p-values or confi- dence intervals for the main results. Beyond this, there may be a qualitative examination of limitations of the findings, which is relegated to the discussion section at the end of the paper. The standard p-values and confidence intervals indicate the magnitude of potential error in the statistical parameter estimates due strictly to sampling variability. But in observa- tional studies of complex, poorly understood systems, this may be the least important

source of uncertainty. Potentially more important are errors in the independent vari- ables, errors arising from choice of the wrong form for the model(s) used to analyze and interpret the data, and biases from problems in the conduct of the study.

For example, a study of the effects of an environmental contaminant on reproductive success in fish would typically report the amount of sampling error around the final estimate of the degree of association found between the contaminant and the measure of reproductive behavior. But this would typi- cally not take into consideration the error in measuring the levels of the contaminant in the fish or in the environment and would not investigate the sensitivity of the findings to the choice of statistical models used to link exposure with reproductive outcome.

It is sometimes argued that scientists are trained to read papers critically and that they are able to factor in these other sources of uncertainty in their evaluation of a study. But applied scientists are also communicating to nonscientists who may mistakenly take the limited characterization of sampling error as the best estimate of all the uncertainty.

Setting Type I and Type II Error Rates Errors due to sampling variability are rou- tinely quantified. However, standard practice has led to a conservatism that perhaps hinders precautionary action. When a scientific inves- tigation is designed to test a hypothesis, there are two kinds of errors that one seeks to mini- mize. A Type I error is the mistake of con- cluding that a phenomenon or association exists when in truth it does not. (Technically, the Type I error is rejecting the null hypothe- sis when it is really true. The paraphrasing above, while valiantly railed against by statis- tics teachers everywhere, is the way it is thought of in everyday practice.) By conven- tion, Type I (or alpha) errors are guarded against by setting that error rate low, usually at 5%. In other words, the finding must be so strong that there is less than a 5% probability that this result would have been seen by chance alone in a world in which no such phenomenon actually exists. In this case the result is called statistically significant (with the clear implication that one is supposed to believe it). The Type II error, failing to detect something that actually does exist, is, by con- vention, often set at 20% (although practical limitations of sample size often result in a substantially higher or lower Type II error). Twenty percent of the time, a real phenome- non will be missed because the data were not strong enough to convincingly demonstrate its existence. There is an implicit bias here: the test is set up to be more cautious about falsely detecting something than about failing to detect something. Should Type I and Type

Environmental Health Perspectives • VOLUME 109 | NUMBER 9 | September 2001 873

Commentaries • Kriebel et al.

874 VOLUME 109 | NUMBER 9 | September 2001 • Environmental Health Perspectives

II error rates be set explicitly and a priori, depending on the purposes that the study is meant to serve? Bayesian statistical methods promise a way out of these conundrums by shifting the focus from formal testing to cal- culating the weight of evidence provided by a particular study and the degree to which this study should shift a priori beliefs. At present, Bayesian methods are little used in practice, but research to make them more accessible and practical is now under way (31–33).

Type III Errors A Type III error occurs when one provides an accurate answer to the wrong problem (34). The cliche about looking under the street light for the keys lost down the block (because the light is better there) comes to mind to illustrate this common problem. To some degree, this is another aspect of hypoth- esis formulation discussed above. Citizen groups who ask a scientist for help with a particular environmental concern frequently experience the consequence of Type III errors. The citizens have a broad concern about, for example, potential health effects of a power plant in the neighborhood. The sci- entist hears the concern, and translates it into a problem that he or she is able to solve with the tools at hand, such as, do the power plant emissions exceed current health standards? This translation almost inevitably narrows the focus to something manageable and solv- able. But often the citizens are frustrated with the results because scientitsts did not ade- quately address the initial concerns. On the other hand, the scientist is puzzled or, worse, concludes that the citizens are “antiscience.”

Disciplinary Divisions The citizens group’s concerns about the power plant would probably be better addressed by an interdisciplinary investiga- tion, using a wide variety of different methods and looking for an integrated understanding of the facility’s impacts. Traditional bound- aries between academic disciplines make it difficult to bring together the broadest possi- ble set of research tools; combining for exam- ple quantitative and qualitative methods.

Scientific Methods to Inform Precautionary Policy As noted at the beginning of this paper, sci- ence plays a critical role in environmental pol- icy by providing insights into the normal functioning of natural systems and the ways they are disrupted by technologies and other human activities. Environmental scientists use a wide variety of methods, and these are to a large degree determined by the problem at hand. In some fields, prediction is an essential part of scientific proof. In others, it is useless or impractical. The simple accumulation of

confirming cases is of no use in fields that hold to a high standard of mathematical proof, and in some disciplines controlled experiments are essential. But in many envi- ronmental sciences where observational stud- ies are the rule, experiments are often infeasible or unethical, and it is impractical to wait to see if predictions are borne out. Other types of evidence are used, and usually sufficient proof for action comes from the accumulation of plausible inference from independent lines of work. For instance, environmental causes of cancer may be iden- tified from the geographic distributions of cancers; time trends in cancer frequency; the occurrence of cancers in highly exposed working populations; animal experiments; and experimental knowledge of chemical pathways of cancer induction. And once it is demonstrated that a particular molecule is carcinogenic, similar molecules are at least suspect. Any one line of argument is imper- fect, and fault can be found with the details of most separate methods. It is the prepon- derance of evidence that finally prevails. It is never easy to determine the moment in this process when there is sufficient evidence to act as if a causal connection exists, but scien- tists can and should play an important role in this decision, as they are the ones who know the data and the methods best.

A shift to more precautionary policies cre- ates opportunities and challenges for scientists to think differently about the way they con- duct studies and communicate results. The following paragraphs briefly summarize some of the positive implications that such a policy shift might have for the conduct of science.

What Is Studied There is a great need for better methods to study whole systems and the interactions of various causal factors. The cumulative and interactive effects of multiple insults on an organism or ecosystem are very difficult to study. There are often many levels of a system (individuals, families, communities, nations), and hazards often exert effects at multiple lev- els. Current methods in many disciplines are not well suited to such investigations.

As noted above, multidisciplinary teams will be more likely to find new ways to frame hypotheses that lead to insights not possible from narrow disciplinary viewpoints. The recent recognition of the problem of endocrine disruption provides an example. A review of many different types of evidence on the effects of persistent pollutants on wildlife in the Great Lakes led to the hypothesis that a common mechanism of action might be causing a variety of reproductive and developmental effects (35,36). Because of the fragmentation of scientific disciplines, no sin- gle researcher was able to develop a coherent

hypothesis. An interdisciplinary conference (35) provided the opportunity for many dif- ferent fields to meet and share insights. The conference organizers summarized the out- come (35):

so shocking was this revelation [about the wide- spread observation of endocrine disruption in wildlife] that no scientist could have expressed the idea using only the data from his or her disci- pline alone without losing the respect of his or her peers.

Research Methods

Uncertainty is a positive aspect of knowledge because it clarifies what is known and unknown and thus stimulates further inves- tigation. But there is also a strong desire on the part of scientists to be precise. This may result from a confusion of uncertainty of information with quality of information; but the two concepts are distinct (37). It is possi- ble to produce high-quality information about greatly uncertain phenomena. Most scientists are aware that their p-values and confidence intervals do not fully capture all of the likely error in their results, but stan- dard methods do not exist for characterizing other aspects of uncertainty. There is a great need for research to find ways to character- ize, express, and communicate uncertainty. Scientists develop intuition or professional judgment about the strength of a particular result. The Bayesian view of statistical infer- ence, an increasingly popular alternative to standard frequentist methods, acknowledges that we have beliefs about the phenomena under study and seeks to formalize the role these play in the way we view our data (32). The role of data, according to this perspec- tive, is to shift our a priori beliefs about the phenomena under study. Strong results may shift beliefs a lot, producing a posterior probability that may be far from the prior probability that the researcher had assigned to the hypothesis before conducting the research. But weak data will have little impact, leaving posteriors close to priors. There is increasing awareness that Bayesian statistical methods correspond more closely to common approaches to logical inference in everyday life. Methods development work is still needed in most fields, however, before Bayesian statistics can be routinely applied.

Uncertainties that derive from the choice of research methods and mathematical mod- els should also be more fully investigated and discussed. Formal sensitivity analyses in which the investigator assesses the degree to which results are changed by using different assumptions or analytic methods should become standard practice (38).

Current methods seldom encourage a search for patterns within noisy data and “clusters of clusters” of similar effects in

different species. Conservation medicine is a new academic initiative that links human and animal health with ecosystem health and global change (39). It begins from the premise that the health of ecosystems is directly related to the health of species, including humans. The initiative arose from a growing understanding that human impacts on ecosystems were multiple and integrated. Conservation medicine uses inter- disciplinary teams of veterinary and medical health professionals to develop a greater understanding of the ecological context of health and advance biodiversity conservation and ecosystem health.

If society chooses to act with incomplete information, it must be acknowledged that one kind of risk is being accepted to avoid another. One risk being accepted is that the policy choice may have been wrong. Fortunately, the effects of a policy can often be evaluated for beneficial or detrimental unin- tended consequences. Thus a strong environ- mental monitoring program and formal evaluations of the interventions or controls are essential parts of a policy of precaution (40).

Despite the need for more and better sys- tems research, it remains true that much use- ful information is learned by taking a system apart and testing its components. The devel- opment of new approaches should supple- ment current scientific methods, not replace them. There is also an important role for those who can synthesize the results of the work of many disparate disciplines to reach insights not possible by the individual researchers. This has been called “joining edge” research (as opposed to “cutting edge”).

Conclusions and Recommendations It is important to clearly distinguish between the development of scientific infor- mation about an issue and the setting of policy, but in practice, there is not always an unambiguous demarcation. Policy makers set agendas that determine the questions asked of scientists; scientists formulate hypotheses in ways limited by their tools and their imaginations; thus, the informa- tion they provide to the policy makers is limited and to a degree socially determined. There is a complicated feedback relation between the discoveries of science and the setting of policy. While maintaining their objectivity and focus on understanding the world, environmental scientists should be aware of the policy uses of their work and of their social responsibility to do science that protects human health and the environment (14). The precautionary principle highlights this tight, problematic linkage between sci- ence and policy, which can be summarized in the following seven points:

1. Scientific studies can tell us something about the costs, risks, and benefits of a pro- posed action, but there will always be value judgments that require political decisions.

2. The scientific data used for making policy will nearly always be limited by uncer- tainty. Even the best theory and data will leave much that is not known about esti- mates of risks, benefits, or costs.

3. In conducting their research, scientists must make assumptions, choices, and inferences based on professional judgment and standard practices, that if not known by the public or policy makers, may make scientific results appear to be more certain and less value laden than is warranted.

4. Although there are some situations in which risks clearly exceed benefits no mat- ter whose values are being considered, there is usually a large gray area in which science alone cannot (and should not) be used to decide policy.

5. In these gray areas, status quo activities that potentially threaten human and envi- ronmental health are often allowed to con- tinue because the norms of traditional science demand high confidence in order to reject null hypotheses, and so detect harmful effects.

6. This scientific conservatism is often inter- preted as favoring the promoters of a potentially harmful technology or activity when the science does not produce over- whelming evidence of harm.

7. The precautionary principle, then, is meant to ensure that the public good is represented in all decisions made under sci- entific uncertainty. When there is substan- tial scientific uncertainty about the risks and benefits of a proposed activity, policy decisions should be made in a way that errs on the side of caution with respect to the environment and the health of the public.

REFERENCES AND NOTES

1. O’Riordan T, Cameron J, eds. Interpreting the Precautionary Principle. London:Earthscan, 1994.

2. Freestone D, Hey E, eds. The Precautionary Principle and International Law. Boston:Kluwer Law International, 1996.

3. Raffensperger C, Tickner J, eds. Protecting Public Health and the Environment: Implementing the Precautionary Principle. Washington, DC:Island Press, 1999.

4. W H O . E l e c t r o m a g n e t i c F i e l d s a n d P u b l i c H e a l t h Cautionary Policies. Geneva:World Health Organization. Available: http://www.who.int/peh-emf/publications/ facts_press/EMF-Precaution.htm [cited 5 July 2001].

5. Aasen S, Johnsson A, Bratlid D, Christensen T. Fifty-Hertz magnetic field exposures of premature infants in a neona- tal intensive care unit. Biol Neonate 70:249–264 (1996).

6. U.S. EPA. Mercury Study Report to Congress. EPA 452/R- 97-003. Washington, DC:U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1997.

7. Schettler T. In Harm’s Way: Toxic Threats to Child Development. Boston:Greater Boston Physicians for Social Responsibility, 1997.

8. Abadin HG, Hibbs BF, Pohl HR. Breast-feeding exposure of infants to cadmium, lead and mercury: a public health viewpoint. Toxicol Ind Health 13:495–517 (1997).

9. Pohl HR, Hibbs BF. Breast-feeding exposure of infants to environmental contaminants—a public health risk assessment viewpoint: chlorinated dibenzodioxins and c h l o r i n a t e d d e b e n z o f u r a n s . T o x i c o l I n d H e a l t h 12:593–611 (1996).

10. Albritton D, Allen M, Baede A, Church JA, Cubasch U, Xiaosu D, Yihui D, Ehhalt DH, Folland CK, Giorgi F, et al. Summary for Policymakers: A Report of Working Group 1 of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Geneva:Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, 2001. Available: http://www.ipcc.ch/pub/spm22-01.pdf [cited 19 July 2001].

11. Easterling DR, Horton B, Jones PD, Peterson TC, Karl TR, Parker DE, Salinger MJ, Razuvayev V, Plummer N, Jamason P, Folland CK. Maximum and minimum temper- ature trends for the globe. Science 277:363–367 (1997).

12. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Climate Change ‘95: The Science of Climate Change. Contribution of Working Group I to the Second Assessment Report of the IPCC. (Houghton JT, Meiro Filho LG, Callander BA, Harris N, Kattenberg A, Maskell K, eds). Cambridge:Cambridge University Press, 1996.

13. Paul Meyewski. Personal communication. 14. Lubchenco J. Entering the century of the environment: a

new social contract for science. Science 279:491–497 (1998).

15. Bishop W. Risk assessment vs. the precautionary principle: is it really either/or? Risk Policy Report (20 March):35–38 (2000).

16. C E C . C o m m u n i c a t i o n f r o m t h e C o m m i s s i o n o n t h e P r e c a u t i o n a r y P r i n c i p l e . C O M ( 2 0 0 0 ) 1 . B r u s s e l s : Commission of the European Community, 2000.

17. Holm S, Harris J. Precautionary principle stifles discov- ery [Letter]. Nature 400:398 (1999).

18. Stirling A. On Science and Precaution in the Management of Technological Risk. EUR 19056 EN. Sevilla, Spain:European Commission Institute for Prospective Technological Studies, 2000. Available: http://www.jrc.es/ cfapp/reports/details.cfm?ID=289 [cited 2 July 2001].

19. D a n i s h E n v i r o n m e n t a l P r o t e c t i o n A g e n c y . T h e Precautionary Principle: Extracts and Summary from the Danish Environmental Protection Agency’s Conference on the Precautionary Principle. Environment News No. 3 5 . C o p e n h a g e n : D a n i s h E n v i r o n m e n t a l P r o t e c t i o n Agency, 1998.

20. Applegate J. The precautionary preference: an American perspective on the precautionary principle. Hum Ecol Risk Assess 6:413–443 (2000).

21. Wynne B, Mayer S. How science fails the environment. New Scientist 138:33–35 (1993).

22. Ashford N. A conceptual framework for the use of the precautionary principle in law. In: Protecting Public H e a l t h a n d t h e E n v i r o n m e n t : I m p l e m e n t i n g t h e Precautionary Principle (Raffensperger C, Tickner J, eds). Washington, DC:Island Press, 1999;198–206.

23. Myers N. Debating the Precautionary Principle. Windsor, ND:Science and Environmental Health Network, 2000. Available: http://www.sehn.org/ppdebate.html [cited 2 July 2001].

24. Portable Electronic Devices: Hearings before the U.S. House of Representatives Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure, Subcommittee on Aviation, 106th Congress, 2nd Session, 20 July 2000, (statement of Captain P. McCarthy, T.E. McSweeny, and D.S. Watrous).

25. Preferring the Least Harmful Way. Rachel’s Environment a n d H e a l t h W e e k l y 6 8 4 ( 2 0 0 0 ) . A v a i l a b l e : h t t p : / / www.rachel.org/bulletin/index.cfm?issue_ID=1687 [cited 3 July 2001].

26. NTP-CERHR. NTP-CERHR Expert Panel Report on Di(2- ethylhexyl)phthalate. NTP-CERHR-DEHP-00. Research Triangle Park, NC:National Toxicology Program, Center for the Evaluation of Risks to Human Reproduction, 2000. Available: http://cerhr.niehs.nih.gov/news/DEHP-final.pdf [cited 19 July 2001].

27. European Scientific Committee on Toxicity, Ecotoxicity, and the Environment. Opinion on Phthalate Migration from Soft PVC Toys and Childcare Articles. Available: http://europa.eu.int/comm/food/fs/sc/sct/out19_en.html [cited 3 July 2001].

28. Tickner J, Schettler T, Guidotti T, McCally M, Rossi M. Health risks posed by the use of di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate in PVC medical devices: a critical review. Am J Ind Med 39:100–111 (2001).

Commentaries • Precautionary principle in environmental science

Environmental Health Perspectives • VOLUME 109 | NUMBER 9 | September 2001 875

29. Seedorf L. Personal communication. 30. Kuller L. Invited commentary: circular epidemiology. Am

J Epidemiol 150:897–903 (1999). 31. Malakoff D. Bayes offers a new way to make sense of

numbers. Science 286:1460–1464 (1999). 32. Carlin B, Louis T. Bayes and Empirical Bayes Methods

for Data Analysis. New York:Chapman and Hall, 1996. 33. Greenland S, Poole C. Empirical Bayes and semi-Bayes

approaches to occupational and environmental hazard surveillance. Arch Environ Health 49:9–16 (1994).

34. Schwartz S, Carpenter K. The right answer for the wrong

question: consequences of type III error for public health research. Am J Public Health 89:1175–1180 (1999).

35. Colborn T, Clement C, eds. Chemically-Induced Alterations in Sexual and Functional Development: The Wildlife/ Human Connection. Princeton, NJ:Princeton Scientific Publishing Co., 1992.

36. Krimsky S. Hormonal Chaos. Baltimore, MD:Johns Hopkins University Press, 1999.

37. F u n t o w i c z S , R a v e t z J . U n c e r t a i n t y a n d Q u a l i t y i n Science for Policy. Dordrecht, Netherlands:Kluwer Academic,1990.

38. Greenland S. Basic methods for sensitivity analysis of biases. Int J Epidemiol 25:1107–1116 (1996).

39. Tufts Center for Conservation Medicine. Introducing the Center for Conservation Medicine. North Grafton, MA: Tufts University Veterinary School, 1999. Available: http://www.tufts.edu/vet/ccm/introtccm.html [cited 3 July 2001].

40. Goldstein B. The precautionary principle and scientific research are not antithetical [Editorial]. Environ Health Perspect 107:A594–595 (1999).

Commentaries • Kriebel et al.

876 VOLUME 109 | NUMBER 9 | September 2001 • Environmental Health Perspectives

Readings, Transportation and health/ThreeDomains.pdf

Article

The Three Domains of Urban Planning for Health and Well-being

Jennifer L. Kent 1

and Susan Thompson 1

Abstract Urban planning has an important role to play in supporting human health. While this is increasingly recognized in a burgeoning interdisciplinary body of literature, there remains an ongoing need to clarify and conceptualize the relationship between planning and health. This is especially the case from the perspective of built environment professionals, as they increasingly focus on health and well-being issues. The key contribution of this article is such a conceptualization—a framework to group and review the literature in this rapidly expanding area of research. We suggest three domains where urban planning can most effectively focus support for health and well-being. These domains address the principle risk factors for contemporary chronic disease—physical inactivity, obesity, and social isolation. Our framework is then used to review an evidence base that supports the development, prioritization, and implementation of healthy built environment practice. This article concludes with a critical discussion of theoretical and practical tensions identified as potential impediments to the progression of this new and exciting interdisciplinary area of research.

Keywords health, planning practice, quality of life, recreation and open space, methods

Introduction

There is global concern about rising rates of serious physical

and psychological conditions, particularly cancer, heart disease,

diabetes, asthma, and depression in urban populations. 1

Many of

these noncommunicable diseases have reached epidemic pro-

portions (Rydin et al. 2012) affecting ‘‘ . . . people of all ages, nationalities and classes’’ (Daar et al. 2007, 494). In addition

to placing a burden on public health care systems, these often-

preventable diseases result in considerable loss of quality of life

to the individual and place stress on families and communities.

Concurrent to changes in the epidemiology of disease has

been a shift in conceptualizations of health, from the treat-

ment of illness in the individual, to disease prevention and

health promotion in populations. This has included increased

focus on the impact of environments on collective well-being

(McLeroy et al. 1988; Stokols 1996) and on the interdependence

of environments and individual behavior (McLeroy et al. 1988;

McLeroy et al. 1992; Anderson and O’Donnell 1994; Macintyre,

Ellaway, and Cummins 2002; Sallis et al. 2006). There is now

widespread appreciation of the importance of place, scale, and

context in the promotion of societal health and well-being.

This approach has been used to demonstrate links between

the modern epidemics of chronic noncommunicable diseases

and the way we live in cities. Car-dominated transport, reduced

opportunities for physical activity, increased fast-food availabil-

ity, and lack of social connection are all implicated. As a result,

health professionals increasingly recognize the importance of

the built environment in directly affecting people’s health. Fur-

ther, and most importantly, there is growing appreciation of the

central role that urban planners play in providing environments

which support healthy behavior (e.g., Australian National Pre-

ventative Health Task Force: http://preventativehealth.org.au/;

National Health Service London Urban Development Unit:

http://www.healthyurbandevelopment.nhs.uk/; Oxford Alliance

for Health: http://www.oxha.org; World Health Organization:

http://www.who.int/healthy_settings/types/cities/en/index.html).

Built environment professionals are responding to this recogni-

tion, arguing for health and the planning of the built environment

to be closely aligned (see, e.g., special issues: American Plan-

ning Association Journal 2006; Australian Planner 2007).

While the relationship between health and the built envi-

ronment is now an established research focus, there remains

an ongoing need to conceptualize this relationship. This is

especially the case from the perspective of built environment

professionals as they increasingly focus on health and well-

being issues. The key contribution of this article is such a con-

ceptualization. We present a way to group the literature in this

rapidly expanding area of scholarship and provide a compre-

hensive review of the literature on ways the built environment

can be modified to promote good health.

1 The University of New South Wales, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia

Corresponding Author:

Jennifer L. Kent, The University of New South Wales, Sydney, New South

Wales, Australia.

Email: [email protected]

Journal of Planning Literature 2014, Vol. 29(3) 239-256 ª The Author(s) 2014 Reprints and permission: sagepub.com/journalsPermissions.nav DOI: 10.1177/0885412214520712 jpl.sagepub.com

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

Our framework is based on three ‘‘domains’’ through which

the built environment supports health:

� physical activity; � community interaction; and � healthy eating.

The first part of our article describes these three domains,

provides a rationale for their specific recognition, and outlines

the methods used to identify and collate the literature for its ini-

tial application. The second section of the article puts the three

domains to work and presents a narrative review of existing

research on the specific ways that the built environment influ-

ences each domain. Reference is made to key studies that have

been chosen because of the strength of their findings and rele-

vance to the urban context. We have also chosen to refer to

studies that may not be the most well known or widely cited,

yet are effective in describing the themes emerging from our

review. Having used the three domains as a frame to review

the literature, the final part of our article is dedicated to a

discussion of areas of theoretical and practical asynchrony

permeating across each domain and emerging between the tra-

ditions of urban planning and health. These critical reflections

are informed by our review of the literature which identified a

number of key methodological and theoretical debates. In con-

clusion, we discuss ideas for how these areas of practical and

theoretical discord can be addressed as health and built envi-

ronment practitioners and researchers seek to establish mutual

understanding and respect.

Part 1: Introducing the Three Domains of Healthy Built Environments

The material presented here is a synthesis of a larger body of

research examining the relationship between the built environ-

ment and health (Kent, Thompson, and Jalaludin 2011). This

original project was undertaken to inform the research and

policy directions of a newly established partnership between

a university-built environment faculty and a state government

department of health (the Healthy Built Environments Program;

see Thompson, Kent, and Lyons 2013). This work resulted not

only in the synthesis of an increasingly diverse body of research

but also development of a concise and effective way to concep-

tualize links between the built environment and health—the

three domains of healthy built environments. We outline them

subsequently:

1. The built environment and physical activity: The built

environment can support physical activity in different

ways, including integrating land use and public trans-

port to promote walking and cycling for transport;

preserving a variety of open spaces for recreational

use; designing street networks and providing infra-

structure for walking and cycling for both recreation

and transport.

2. The built environment and connecting and strengthening

communities: The built environment can support com-

munity connection in different ways, including provid-

ing streets and public spaces that are safe, clean, and

attractive; encouraging residential development that is

connected to the street, yet private; enabling community

empowerment through meaningful participation in land

use decisions.

3. The built environment and equitable access to healthy

food: The built environment can support healthy food

access by reducing fast-food exposure in the vicinity

of school environments; retaining peri-urban agricul-

tural lands as a source of easily accessed healthy food;

encouraging the establishment of farmers markets and

community gardens.

While the built environment has the capacity to influence

health in many ways, the domains we propose warrant direct

attention for a number of reasons. First, these domains address

some of the major risk factors for the escalating chronic non-

communicable diseases burdening urban populations across

the globe. These risk factors are decreased physical activity

in daily life, increased stress and social isolation, and less and

less access to the foods comprising a healthy diet.

Second, the domains are broad areas where better planning

of the built environment has potential to effect substantial

health improvements specific to chronic noncommunicable

diseases. They are areas where the built environment can most

effectively and efficiently focus its support for human health.

The domains provide a framework for targeted primary preven-

tion measures that can be used explicitly by built environment

professionals to develop, prioritize, and implement healthy

built environment policy.

Third, these domains give coherency to a burgeoning base

of ‘‘healthy built environment’’ literature. We found this rel-

atively simple conceptualization invaluable in the unpacking

and ordering of a vast and increasingly unwieldy body of rel-

evant research in a way that can be readily applied to policy

development and areas of evidence paucity. By incorporating

both built and behavioral elements, we propose that our

domains framework speaks to health as well as built environ-

ment professionals. Accordingly, it advances our ability to

better collaborate in the creation of a built environment that

supports the health and well-being of all communities.

In the next section, we outline the research methodology as a

prelude to presenting a synthesis of findings under each domain.

Literature Review Methodology

The methodology employed for this project was tailored to the

aims of the review, particularly the need to establish an evi-

dence base that supports healthy built environment policy

making and prioritization. Initially, a number of parameters

for the review were established to enable a targeted synthesis

of this vast body of scholarship. These parameters related pri-

marily to the review’s focus on ‘‘chronic’’ noncommunicable

240 Journal of Planning Literature 29(3)

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

disease—for example, a key parameter was that the review

would not consider the ‘‘acute’’ health impacts of transport acci-

dents. These parameters were subsequently used to develop var-

ious key word and term combinations. These key words and

combinations were then used to search economic, health, medi-

cal, transport, and environmental research databases (as recom-

mended in Weaver et al. 2002; Egan, Petticrew, and Ogilvie

2005). Experts working in healthy built environments were also

questioned about relevant literature. The databases and key word

and term combinations, together with a more detailed descrip-

tion and justification of the parameters for the review, can be

found in Kent, Thompson, and Jalaludin (2011, 128–32).

The search results were then screened using article title and

abstract, with duplications and obviously irrelevant studies

removed. This led to the compilation of 1,615 references rele-

vant to the built environment and health. The next step was to

assess these references for inclusion in the review. This was

done using the established parameters and the three domains

of healthy built environments outlined previously. Each refer-

ence was allocated a code based on its ‘‘Health-Built Environ-

ment Domain’’ and the peer reviewed status checked against

the criteria of Ulrich’s Periodicals Directory.

In total, 1,080 references remained for inclusion. There was

a dominance of literature related to the way the built environ-

ment shapes opportunities for physical activity—the Physical

Activity domain—with 769 references located. It was subse-

quently decided to use a ‘‘review of reviews’’ methodology

to examine this work. Thirty-seven reviews focusing on the

built environment and physical activity were identified. Selec-

tion of reviews was based on the knowledge of the authors,

experts in the field, together with a search of the physical activ-

ity references for the word ‘‘review’’ in the key words or title.

In relation to the Connecting and Strengthening Communities

domain, we found 224 references. For the Providing Equitable

Access to Healthy Food domain, a total of 138 references was

located. For these latter two domains, we used the primary

references rather than the ‘‘review of reviews’’ method to

examine the research evidence.

Having identified the latest research, we undertook an anal-

ysis of all sources. Key themes emerged through our reading of

the literature. In the process of theme development, we were

constantly guided by the review parameters. In particular, we

were mindful of the need to ensure that the evidence could

assist in establishing a dialogue between health and built envi-

ronment professionals. These emerging themes were compared

to those used in existing reviews, and subsequently clarified by

a working party of experts from the field convened for the

review. We now discuss these findings.

Part 2: The Built Environment and Health, A Review of the Literature

The Built Environment and Physical Activity

Setting the Scene: How can the built environment support physical activity? The built environment can be modified to facilitate or

constrain physical activity. It can be structured in ways that

increase opportunities for and reduce barriers to physical activ-

ity. Characteristics of the built environment that influence

physical activity differ depending on population groups (e.g.,

children, youth, seniors, socially and economically disadvan-

taged, and differently abled), for varying purposes of physical

activity (e.g., utilitarian activities such as cycling for transport

or recreational activities, such as walking the dog), and in

diverse contexts (e.g., inner city, suburban, regional, and rural).

The form of the built environment, incorporating residential

and commercial density, land use mix, connectivity, and acc-

essibility, influences the way we move and what we do within

that environment. In particular, the built environment can shape

travel behavior, including the ability and desirability to walk and

cycle, together with opportunities to drive. The time we spend

on travel is also linked to the amount of leisure time available

for other healthy pursuits. In addition, the built environment can

facilitate opportunities for recreational physical activity, by pro-

viding well-maintained and useful open spaces, as well as safe

and amenable streets for recreational walking and cycling.

The themes that follow selectively unpack a number of key

elements regarding the relationship between the built environ-

ment and physical activity, starting with an analysis of the links

between accessibility, land-use density, and the way we move

in urban areas.

Accessibility and the importance of distance: Accessibility is gen- erally measured as the distance between origin and destination.

In the majority of the literature, distance is significantly corre-

lated with the use of active transport (usually defined to include

walking, cycling, and public transport use). Shorter distances

represent increased convenience and reduced cost to

the individual through time and effort required to be ‘‘actively

mobile.’’ The importance of distance is strongly emphasized in

reviews of the uptake of active transport. Heinen, Van Wee,

and Maat’s (2010) review of commuting by bicycle, for exam-

ple, cites at least eleven studies which conclude that an increase

in trip distance results in cycling having a much lower share

in mode choice. The same conclusion is confirmed by a review

of Australian ‘‘Journey to Work’’ census data which indicate

that bike commuters tend to live closer to their work than those

commuting by other modes (Rissel and Garrard 2006). Dis-

tance is also a regularly cited variable that encourages utilitar-

ian walking. Wen, Kite, and Rissel (2010) conclude that the

inconvenience of distance is a major barrier to walking to work.

Bauman and Bull (2007) cite proximity and walkable distance

as often associated with both utilitarian and recreational walk-

ing. Further, Feng et al. (2010) found significant associations

between geographically dispersed residential suburban devel-

opment and the uptake of active transport.

Our review of the literature consistently found the relationship

between health and the built environment to be characterized

by complexity. Although the relationship between distance and

the use of active transport modes is well researched, this relation-

ship is by no means linear. As an example, research suggests

both perceived and actual distance between destinations are

Kent and Thompson 241

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

significantly and positively correlated with the use of active trans-

port modes (Transportation Research Board [TRB] Report 2005;

Bauman and Bull 2007). One of the most complicated relation-

ships is between health and residential population density. We

now progress to discuss this complex connection.

Residential population density: Higher residential densities essen- tially lead to shorter distances between origins and destina-

tions. As established previously, shorter distances generally

encourage the use of active transport modes. Indeed, land-use

concepts, such as new urbanism (Katz, Scully, and Bressi 1994)

link higher residential density levels with increased shares of

nonmotorized travel. This suggests that in denser urban areas,

distances between locations are shorter, and consequently can

be bridged more easily on foot or by bicycle. The research evi-

dence, however, is not straightforward.

In 2006, Leck assessed the way several travel variables inter-

act with different urban form characteristics related to residential

density. It was found that residential density was the most impor-

tant built environment element that influenced active transport

modes. Heinen, van Wee, and Maat’s (2010) review also con-

cluded that higher residential densities lead to a greater cycling

share. Litman (2007) established that higher residential densities

are related to lower levels of car ownership and car use. In turn,

this has positive effects on walking and cycling environments.

Witlox and Tindemans (2004) found that inhabitants of higher

density city centers choose the bicycle as a mode of transport

more often than residents in the suburbs. Finally, Bauman and

Bull (2007) rate population density as significantly associated

with physical activity. The research generally shows, therefore,

that aggregate physical activity levels, particularly active trans-

port share, will increase with residential density. It remains to be

seen, however, whether we can confidently say just how much

density will be enough to encourage active transport options.

The idea of ‘‘proper city densities’’ (Jacobs 1961, 221) has

been the subject of debate in planning theory and practice for

quite some time, although its relationship with physical activity

is a more recent topic of discussion and theorization. The TRB

Report (2005) cites a US study by Dunphy and Fisher (1996),

which indicates that the total number of trips does decline

(slightly) with density, while there is an increase in trips

by public transport, walking, cycling, and taxi. This study

showed trip share by walking and cycling increased markedly

above densities of 7,500 people per square mile (original

author’s units). Conversely, more recent evidence reviewed

by Feng et al. (2010) suggests that walking begins to increase

at densities between 1,000 and 3,999 people per square mile.

A population density of 3,000 people per square mile was

found to be required to decrease distances travelled by car

(reviewing author’s units). These conflicting propositions of

‘‘proper’’ densities to encourage walking and cycling infer

that the relationship between density and active travel is one

of correlation rather than cause. As articulated by Feng

et al. (2010), the variable of density might simply be a ‘‘sur-

rogate for an unobserved . . . latent construct’’ (Feng et al. 2010, 185).

The research on the relationships between physical activity

and urban form concurs with the notion well established in the

built environment literature that residential density is a proxy

for other variables (TRB Report 2005). This leads many of the

reviews in this area to conclude that density is less significant

in the uptake of physical activity than other built form variables

that often accompany density. A higher density neighborhood

will typically have less parking, a greater variety of land use,

more people out and about, houses and shops that abut the

street, and the presence of footpaths (also termed sidewalks),

straight roads, small blocks, and better public transport ser-

vices. The review by Ewing and Dumbaugh (2009) also sug-

gests higher density areas are safer in terms of incidence of

traffic accidents. Nevertheless, the impact of any one of these

factors is very difficult to isolate. This complexity is com-

pounded by the undeniable importance of socioeconomic,

demographic, and attitudinal factors in influencing travel pat-

terns (Steg 2005) and physical activity in general (Loukaitou-

Sideris 2006). Accordingly, increasing levels of residential

density alone will not serve to promote more active transport

(Buys and Miller 2011). It has to be done in tangent with mix-

ing and connecting land uses to bring services and other desti-

nations closer to where people live and work (TRB Report

2005). As a result, density, mixed use, and micro-design ele-

ments in some combination are most likely to influence levels

of physical activity.

Destinations and mixed uses: Mixed land uses, such as breaking up the uniformity of residential development with commercial uses,

can result in shorter distances between origins and destinations.

As established earlier, shorter distances generally encourage peo-

ple to be more physically active. Further, positive associations

between mixed-use development and active travel behavior are

consistently reported in the literature. Leck (2006) and Gebel

et al. (2005) found mixed-land use and the provision of destina-

tions to be an overwhelmingly significant built environment ele-

ment influencing active travel behavior. Ewing and Cervero

(2010) report that walking is most strongly related to measures

of land use diversity, intersection density, and the number of des-

tinations within walking distance.

Both residential density and land use mix are significantly

and positively related to mode share by public transport and

walking for work trips. They are negatively related to work trips

by car (Frank and Pivo 1994, cited in TRB Report 2005). Fur-

ther, propensity to walk for transport is most elastic (i.e. sensi-

tive) to employment-housing balance and distance to shopping

and services (Ewing and Cervero 2010). These are both features

of an urban landscape characterized by mixed use.

Urban form, safety, and building qualities: A wide range of detailed design features in the built environment allow people to feel

safe, confident, and comfortable when walking or cycling. Our

review confirmed a strong evidence base that such feelings

increase people’s propensity to walk and cycle as a form of

travel (see, e.g., Saelens and Handy 2008; Krizek, Barnes, and

Thompson 2009; Pucher, Dill, and Handy 2010; Heinen, van

242 Journal of Planning Literature 29(3)

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

Wee, and Maat 2010). For cyclists, secure bicycle parking, end

of trip facilities including showers and lockers, together with

a supportive culture of cycling acceptance, are all positive

enhancements. For walkers, the research indicates that well-

maintained footpaths are a significant and positive correlate

to walking. Safety, both perceived and real, is of paramount

importance to all forms of active travel, as well as recreational

physical activity (Galvez et al. 2009).

Legible (i.e., easy to find one’s way) and direct street net-

works are particularly important in encouraging active trans-

port in more vulnerable demographic groups such as children

and seniors (Kerr et al. 2006; McMillan 2007; Hall and McAuley

2010). Grid-like street network patterns with high intersection

densities create better street connectivity and decrease distances

between origins and destinations. Such street patterns are also

easier to navigate. These characteristics welcome and encourage

walkers and cyclists (Wendel-Vos et al. 2007; Ewing and

Cervero 2010).

Building design can also provide people with easy-to-access

opportunities to be physically active as part of everyday mobi-

lity. For example, point-of-decision prompts can effectively

encourage stair use as a substitute for taking escalators or ele-

vators within buildings (Nocon et al. 2010). Point-of-choice

prompts in this study were posters and banners at public trans-

port stops, shopping malls, and office buildings advocating the

benefits of stair use. A study by Eves et al. (2009) demonstrated

that people are generally willing to use the stairs instead of an

escalator in peak periods if the width of the stair well is suffi-

cient to cater for demand.

The built environment provides opportunities for people to

be active in public parks, walking trails, and on streets.

Through land use zoning and regulation, the built environ-

ment can also support opportunities for recreation provided

by indoor facilities, including publicly operated leisure cen-

ters, and privately owned health clubs. People who live close

to a variety of recreation facilities are more physically active

than those who do not enjoy such proximity (Wendel-Vos

et al. 2007). Access to physical activity facilities is consis-

tently correlated with physical activity levels in multiple pop-

ulation groups (Bauman and Bull 2007; Black and Macinko

2008). However, environments that encourage utilitarian

walking and cycling are not necessarily conducive to walking

and cycling for recreation. Perceived and actual safety remain

of primary importance (Spangler-Murphy et al. 2005), as does

the provision of street networks that are legible and well

maintained, with footpaths, shade, and lighting (Saelens and

Handy 2008). Aesthetics, however, replace destinations and

network density, with recreational walkers not particularly

interested in taking the most direct route (Agrawal, Schloss-

berg, and Irvin 2008).

This discussion of the scholarly literature clarifies that the

built environment has a critical role in supporting physical

activity as a key component of human health and well-being.

While the evidence for strong policy interventions is mounting,

to be effective, built environment interventions will need to be

supported by a mix of social, economic, and political policies.

We now consider the situation in relation to our second domain

of the built environment and health—that of community sup-

port and connection.

The Built Environment and Connecting and Strengthening Communities

Setting the scene: How can the built environment connect and strengthen communities? A sense of community and belonging within the places where people live, work, and travel, is an

influential determinant of mental and physical health (Hawe

and Shiell 2000; Baum and Ziersch 2003; Ogunseitan 2005;

Warr et al. 2007; Poortinga, Dunstan, and Fone 2007; Cohen,

Inagami, and Finch 2008; Echeverrı́a et al. 2008; Beard et al.

2009; Dahl and Malmberg-Heimonen 2010). Belonging fosters

perceptions of security, confidence, and comfort that encour-

age people to be physically active in their neighborhoods,

as well as socially connected to others (Berry 2007). Being

‘‘out and about’’ provides opportunities for incidental interac-

tions—the day-to-day meeting and greeting of people who live,

work, and travel in the same spaces during the same times

(Putnam 2000; Miles and Song 2009). Incidental interaction

augments connection and caring, increases perceptions of

safety and decreases feelings of loneliness and isolation, all

of which have proven links to positive mental health (Berry and

Welsh 2010). The research shows that the built environment

can foster a sense of community through enabling day-to-day

interaction with people, nature, and other environments. This

interaction occurs on streets and in public spaces that are safe,

accessible to all, responsive to local cultural context, and

aesthetically pleasing. Opportunities to promote community

connectedness also apply well beyond the neighborhood to the

work environment, commercial centers, recreational facilities,

and spaces of mobility such as roads and footpaths, and while

traveling on public transport. Fostering a sense of belonging,

caring, and commitment, for example, among commuting

cyclists or public transport users, increases the perception that

these activities are safe (Daley, Rissel, and Lloyd 2007).

Of the three domains, the relationship between the built

environment and community connection is potentially the most

complex. Our review of key themes in this area therefore starts

with acknowledgment of the undeniable role context plays in

shaping community connections and their subsequent ability

to support human health and well-being.

The contextuality of community: Literature discussing the role of the built environment in developing communities and promot-

ing social interaction often highlights the contextual nature of

these health determinants. What works to promote community

in one locality or within a particular social group will not

necessarily work elsewhere. Any attempt to examine, or even

build community, needs to consider the ‘‘subtleties of diver-

sity’’ (Evans 2009, 199). These subtleties apply across place

and time. Social interactions, and the way built environments

can facilitate them, will vary as neighborhoods develop and

change. For example, social interaction and cohesion are more

Kent and Thompson 243

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

easily encouraged in contexts of relative homogeneity and sta-

bility (Bridge 2006; Chaskin and Joseph 2010). Interactions in

neighborhoods will also vary throughout the seasons (Hess

2008) and from morning to night (Kim, Ulfarsson, and Todd

Hennessy 2007).

Engaging young people in positive neighborhood opportuni-

ties is worth special consideration, as they have the potential to

either bridge or exacerbate social divisions (Chaskin and Joseph

2010). The elderly also interact with environments and each

other in different ways (Patterson and Chapman 2004) as do peo-

ple from varying socioeconomic groups (Burke et al. 2009),

ethnicities (Tinsley, Tinsley, and Croskeys 2002; Sugiyama and

Ward Thompson 2008), and genders (Burke et al. 2009).

Adding to the complexity of planning and building for com-

munity is that many contemporary urban dwellers are comforta-

ble thinking about local community in essentially functional

ways (Crang 2000). There is no longer social or popular pressure

to seek and maintain community connections—often member-

ship to community relies on convenience (Putnam 2000). In this

sense, local relationships are still enjoyed but are largely casual

and flexible (Paay and Kjeldskov 2008; Chaskin and Joseph

2010; Williams and Pocock 2010).

Finally, there is literature that questions whether the built

environment has a role in shaping social capital and interaction.

To measure the extent to which perceptions of social capital are

contextual, Araya et al. (2006) compared results of factor anal-

ysis on individual questionnaire responses with results from

analysis at household and postcode scales. They found little

correlation between neighborhood and individual factors and

concluded that there is a stronger individual determination of

social capital rather than a contextual or neighborhood effect.

Nevertheless, the vast majority of literature concurs that

there is a relationship between the built environment, social

interaction, and social capital. Echoing research on the built envi-

ronment and physical activity, however, this relationship is com-

plicated and difficult to define. Allowing for the complexity

inherent to any built environment context, the themes discussed

in the following section have been identified to frame some of

the ways the built environment can connect and strengthen com-

munities to address contemporary health issues associated with

disconnection from both social and natural environments.

Green open spaces and connected communities: The presence of green, natural settings is important in facilitating good mental

health and community connection, as well as promoting phys-

ical activity. This is supported by a raft of research studies (see,

e.g., Booth et al. 2000; Humpel et al. 2004; Frank, Andresen,

and Schmid 2004; Ellaway, Macintyre, and Bonnefoy 2005;

McNeill, Kreuter, and Subramanian 2006; Mobley et al. 2006;

Roemmich et al. 2006; Bauman and Bull 2007; Neuvonen

et al. 2007; Sugiyama and Ward Thompson 2008; Wendel-Vos

et al. 2007; Bell, Wilson, and Liu 2008; Black and Macinko

2008; Kemperman and Timmermans 2009; Sallis and Glanz

2009; Galvez, Pearl, and Yen 2010). With foundations in the

biophilia hypothesis (Wilson and Kelling 1984), this research

highlights the instinctive bond between human beings and

other living systems. An environment devoid of nature (includ-

ing both views over, and direct experience of natural areas) has

negative effects on health and quality of life. This is demon-

strated in a number of different international studies (as

reviewed by Grinde and Patil 2009). Health benefits include

the promotion of mental well-being through stress reduction,

social engagement, reducing feelings of loneliness, and enhan-

cing participation in a community (Berry 2007).

Contact with nature is particularly important in highly urba-

nized environments (Hartig 2008; Maller, Henderson-Wilson,

and Townsend 2010) where small-scale encounters with natu-

ral settings are equally as significant to health as access to large

areas of open space (Townsend and Weerasuriya 2010). As

cities densify, urban green space will be more important than

ever to alleviate the stresses often associated with higher den-

sity living, including noise and lack of privacy. Interviewees in

an Australian study focusing on public open space in dense

urban environments said they preferred trees, parks, or bodies

of water in such spaces (Maller, Henderson-Wilson, and Town-

send 2010). They expressed that simply having a view of nat-

ural elements induced feelings of relaxation. Some residents

had access to rooftop gardens that were described as important

in providing a range of nutritional, physical, social, and psy-

chological benefits. Not the least was an opportunity to better

accommodate companion animals—a consistently cited cata-

lyst for social capital and mental and physical health (see Cutt

et al. 2007). These findings are supported by other researchers

(see Beer, Delshammar, and Schildwacht 2003; Guite, Clark,

and Ackrill 2006; Gidlöf-Gunnarsson and Öhrström 2007).

Interaction in community gardens and farms: Community gardens and farms exemplify the way that community spaces foster inter-

action. In a comprehensive study of the community garden move-

ment in the United Kingdom, Holland (2004) used quantitative

(surveys) and qualitative (in-depth interviews) methods to con-

clude that while some gardens played a strategic role in food pro-

duction, all gardens were ‘‘based in a sense of community, with

participation and involvement being particularly strong features’’

(Holland 2004, 1). Wakefield et al. (2007) researched the health

impacts of community gardens in Toronto, Canada. Using a com-

bination of participant observation, focus groups, and in-depth

interviews, their study concludes that gardens encourage physical

and psychological health. They attribute the latter to contact with

nature as well as a general sense of community inherent to the

opportunity to garden together.

The research also highlights many of the challenges faced

in establishing community gardens in urban settings, including

a general lack of understanding from both decision makers and

community members, of the benefits of community gardens.

Bartolomei et al. (2003) examined the social and health-

promoting role of a community garden scheme in a high-rise

public housing estate in Sydney, Australia. The findings of this

study confirm the contributory role of community gardens in

strengthening social interaction. The scheme was associated

with increased opportunities for local residents to socialize and

develop vital cross-cultural ties in a very diverse environment.

244 Journal of Planning Literature 29(3)

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

The authors note: ‘‘there were many stories of how participat-

ing in the Gardens has helped to diminish cultural boundaries

and negative racial stereotypes’’ (Bartolomei et al. 2003, 5).

Kingsley, Townsend, and Henderson-Wilson (2009) also stud-

ied community gardens in Australia. This Melbourne-based

research describes gardens as places of refuge and social

support, where knowledge is shared. These conclusions are

generally echoed by other studies finding that the health benefits

of community gardens extend well beyond physical activity and

access to healthy food and include decreased likelihood of con-

tracting mental illness (Hynes and Howe 2004; Wakefield et al.

2007; Thompson, Corkery, and Judd 2007; Macias 2008; Teig

et al. 2009).

Interaction in neighbourhood spaces: Our review has already dis- cussed the complex relationship between urban densities and

health outcomes, highlighting a considerable body of research

linking ‘‘urban sprawl’’ with poor health (see, e.g., Garden

and Jalaudin 2009). As discussed under the first domain, the

low density, uniform uses, and car dependency associated with

sprawl can restrict opportunities for physical activity. This

typology of urban development can also undermine social cap-

ital by reducing opportunities for social interaction. However,

the research outcomes on the impact of sprawl on social inter-

action as a health determinant are mixed.

Nguyen (2010), for example, found that social interaction

was more common in lower density, ‘‘sprawling’’ suburban

areas. More compact, higher density areas displayed particu-

larly low scores on different social interaction variables. The

link between traditional neighborhood design (as distinguished

from suburban sprawl) and social capital has been explored in

other research. Residents from a small mining town in the

United Kingdom forcibly relocated from a neighborhood with

a consolidated street layout to a lower density area character-

ized by a curvilinear street pattern, experienced unwanted iso-

lation, deterioration in collective identity, and weakened social

support (Speller and Twigger-Ross 2009). Lund (2003), who

examined new urbanist neighborhoods in California, also

found empirical support for the idea that neighborhoods with

consolidated grid like streets, nearby access to shopping, and

good pedestrian environments, exhibit increased casual social

interaction compared to more suburban cul-de-sac designs.

Cozens and Hillier (2008) undertook a detailed examination

of street layouts and their impact on social interaction in

European and Australian contexts. They found that while some

research shows social interaction is higher in communities with

grid-like street layouts, other studies dispute this finding. From

this work, it can be concluded that using design of street layouts

to encourage social interaction is complex and requires a holis-

tic approach that encompasses nuanced understandings of local

and cultural conditions.

Nguyen’s review cited previously draws on a substantial lit-

erature, which has examined the relationship between urban

densities and opportunities for community connection (see,

e.g., Friedrichs, Galster, and Musterd 2003). However, this liter-

ature gives less attention to the more direct link between suburban

areas and health outcomes. Overall, the research suggests that

there is a threshold to be found between high and low densities

for the formation of social networks and social interaction gener-

ally. People need to be able to retreat to their private space, but

they also require opportunities to randomly interact—whether

that be in shared driveways, corridors, or at the mail box.

This finding is consistent with the previous discussion on

the relationship between physical activity and density, where

it was concluded that increasing density alone will not necessa-

rily bring about the intended consequences for healthy built

environments.

Interaction on streets: There is research suggesting that streets designed for walking and cycling are health promoting not only

because they encourage physical activity but also because they

promote the social interactions that support positive mental and

physical health. This relates to the fact that both utilitarian and

recreational walking and cycling increase the chance of inci-

dental social encounters. This relationship has been the subject

of various studies (see, e.g., Lund 2002; Brown et al. 2007).

Richard et al. (2009) found regular walking to be a strong pre-

dictor of social participation by the elderly living in Montreal,

Canada. Mehta (2007) observed commercial streets to examine

their influence on social interaction. It was concluded that there

is popular demand for high-quality commercial streets as social

spaces for strolling and meeting, rather than simply channels of

movement. Seating, places to meet in the foyer of buildings,

and street furniture in town centers were all found to be par-

ticularly important in creating social and convivial streets.

Highlighting the complexity of the link between walkable

streets and social and psychological aspects of health, du Toit

et al. (2007) used data from an Australian sample to explore

the proposition that more walkable neighborhoods encourage

local social interaction, a sense of community, informal social

control, and social cohesion. They concluded that the relation-

ship was weak and that sociability in general is impacted by

more than urban form.

Third Places and Health: Studies have also explored the impor- tance of ‘‘third places’’—places that provide for informal and

unorganized social interaction. They can be public, such as a

children’s playground or park bench, or private, such as a pub,

cafe, or shopping mall. They can be large, such as a town

square or train station, or smaller, such as a stairwell or com-

mon entry to a building. Third places are distinguished from

other areas where social interaction might occur in that there

is no sense of having to perform a ‘‘role’’—third places are

therefore not specifically at ‘‘home,’’ ‘‘work,’’ or ‘‘school.’’

Williams and Pocock (2010) argue that third places encour-

age connected networks of community. The more opportunities

available, the greater the chance of developing tangible, last-

ing, and caring connections. These researchers go on to empha-

size that third places are socially and generationally subjective,

reinforcing the notion of community as complex. A place that

might connect a group of teenagers will not necessarily work

for a group of older residents.

Kent and Thompson 245

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

Provision of a third place does not, by itself, guarantee a

remedy to strengthen a weak community. Ganapati (2008)

explored the impact of privately owned third places—an

increasingly common arrangement where regulatory conces-

sions can be granted to developers to provide places such as

town squares, pedestrian malls, or pocket parks. Third places

are often deeply political and contentious. Rules and regula-

tions, as well as design, can be used to both intentionally and

unintentionally exclude some users. The exclusion of homeless

persons from parks by designing benches, so that they are

impossible to sleep on is one such example (Davis 1990). Plan-

ning for public places therefore needs to go beyond simply allo-

cating space and consider design and long-term management.

Regarding design, Zhang and Lawson (2009) surveyed

activities in informal public and common places outside three

high-density residential communities in Brisbane, the capital

city of the state of Queensland in Australia. The study authors

concluded that such places are important in facilitating day-to-

day interactions. They recommend welcoming designs such as

promoting common entries and inviting stairwells.

Rear laneways, or alleys, are a key element of new urbanist

design which can act as a third place for social interaction.

Laneways facilitate off street car parking, allow houses to have

front doors and verandahs not dominated by driveways and gar-

ages, as well as front gardens that address public streets. The

laneway importantly allows more pedestrian-oriented and soci-

able streets and can in itself act as a place for casual social

interaction. In a survey of four San Diego neighborhoods with

alleys, Ford (2001) discovered residents used these places for

many purposes, including informal socializing with neighbors.

More recently, Hess (2008) established that alleys in new urba-

nist developments create a secondary shared place that both sup-

ports causal interaction, yet competes with space in the formal

street. Hess uncovered more interaction at the rear of properties

than in the front and concluded that street presentation is sub-

sequently neglected. In this sense, the provision of rear laneways

can impact on the ability for new urbanist developments to

provide Jane Jacobs’ (1961) ‘‘eyes on the street’’ required for

safety, as well as social interaction. Hess concludes that pat-

terns of resident use of the front and back of their properties,

and their impact on the sociability of neighbors, are complex.

Community interaction and governance: Healthy built environ- ments in cities are often new and unfamiliar and urban planning

has a role to play in educating communities about appropriate

etiquette in these spaces. Opportunities for physical activity on

pathways shared by pedestrians and cyclists, and for interaction

in newly established community gardens and innovative outdoor

town centers, are often novel opportunities. Consolidated resi-

dential areas and mixed-use neighborhoods are also unfamiliar

living spaces for many. When people know how to behave in

a space, the chance for friction between users is minimized and

opportunities for positive, natural interaction enhanced. This

community knowledge can be developed through proper place-

ment of signage, facilitation of educational campaigns, and the

provision of legible design (Gatersleben and Appleton 2007).

A sense of community ownership and engagement can also

be integral to both the development and the maintenance of

healthy built environment projects. Participation in the built

environment fosters a sense of stewardship and empowerment.

This is linked to community interaction (Baum et al. 2000;

Shutkin 2001; Brand 2003) and mental and physical health

(Baum et al. 2006). Baum et al. (2006), for example, examined

the factors enabling the continuation of the ‘‘Healthy Cities

Noarlunga’’ program over eighteen years (1987–2005). They

concluded that the initiative being accorded value by the com-

munity, facilitated by genuine community engagement, was a

major factor emerging in sustaining the initiative.

This section has reviewed contemporary literature on the

way the built environment can be modified to promote different

types of social interaction, positioning such interaction as key

to positive mental and physical health. Safe, clean, and wel-

coming environments that provide an array of opportunities for

interaction provide the foundations for community connectiv-

ity which in turn supports positive mental and physical health

outcomes. Of course, physical activity and community interac-

tion need to sit within a broader framework of healthy prac-

tices. Nutrition derived from fresh and healthy food plays a

major role in this framework. We now turn to this final domain

to explore the way built environments can provide equitable

access to healthy food.

The Built Environment and Healthy Food Options

Setting the scene: How can the built environment support healthy eating? Although food is a fundamental human need, the way food is consumed in many developed countries contributes to

alarmingly high levels of preventable disease (Jeffery and Utter

2003). Zoning and land use regulation can be used to create

environments that support or inhibit healthy eating options.

These all potentially impact on a community’s access to

healthy food. Our review of this area starts with some general

commentary on the relationship between the built environment

and healthy food accessibility and progresses to acknowledge

the particularly strong link between food access and the socio-

economic gradient. We conclude with a discussion of the role

of less obvious factors such as preservation of land for agri-

cultural production and the importance of farmers’ markets

and community gardens.

Food accessibility: Echoing the direction of healthy built environ- ment research, study of food environments has shifted to an

examination of contextual, structural, and environmental fac-

tors influencing food choices. This includes geographical

accessibility to supermarkets and fresh food stores, as well

as the variety and price of foods within these stores (White

2007; Coveney and O’Dwyer 2009). The accessibility of

healthy food is at the heart of this issue. A number of studies

indicate convenience of food access as a determinant of food

choice (Jilcott et al. 2009; Powell and Bao 2009). Various stud-

ies in the United States have convincingly linked exposure to

energy dense foods, often featured in fast-food outlets, and

246 Journal of Planning Literature 29(3)

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

exposure to healthier choices offered by supermarkets, with

weight status. This research positively associates neighbor-

hoods with a high density of fast-food outlets with higher body

weights. Similarly, the proximity of fresh fruit and vegetable

outlets is often identified as important in encouraging healthy

eating (White 2007; Bodor et al. 2008; Coveney and O’Dwyer

2009; Dengel et al. 2009; Galvez et al. 2009; Hosler 2009;

Li et al. 2009; Zenk, Schulz, and Odoms-Young 2009; Dunn

2010; Fraser et al. 2010).

Indeed, there are ongoing debates about this relationship,

particularly in relation to the influence of sociodemographic

factors (Oreskovic, Kuhlthau, et al. 2009). Good access to

chain supermarkets has, for example, been related to a higher

weight status for women (Wang et al. 2007). Another study

found that residents in New Zealand neighborhoods with the

furthest access to a multinational fast-food outlet were more

likely to eat the recommended intake of vegetables, but also

be overweight (Pearce et al. 2009). The results of this study are

reinforced by research in Australia examining the relationship

between density of, and proximity to fast-food outlets (Craw-

ford, Timperio, Giles-Corti, et al. 2008).

Various methods and measures have been used to calculate

the dietary and health impacts of exposure to healthy versus

unhealthy foods, with an array of conclusions the only tangible

result. Many studies rely on quantitative methods that map the

density of fast-food outlets against health data. Clearly, how-

ever, exposure to fast-food is not the only issue. As proposed

by Mehta and Chang (2008, 127), ‘‘it is the availability of

fast-food relative to other away from-home choices that

appears salient for unhealthy weight outcomes.’’ Crawford,

Timperio, Salmon, et al. (2008) concur, explaining that the

inverse relationship between fast-food exposure and averages

of body mass index (BMI) is a product of the fact that ‘‘neigh-

bourhoods, which have many fast-food outlets, also have many

other types of food outlets where ‘healthier’ foods are avail-

able, thus diluting the exposure to fast-foods’’ (Crawford,

Timperio, Salmon, et al. 2008, 253). It is therefore important

to understand the nature of what food is available in all food

outlets, rather than to simply quantify the number of fast-food

outlets in a neighborhood. This analysis is required before the

relationship between exposure to fast-food outlets and obesity

can be dismissed.

Food accessibility and socioeconomic status (SES): Measures of the impact of food accessibility on health often rely on the socio-

economic stratification of the prevalence of overweight and

obesity. The socioeconomic gradient to poor health is likely just

as embedded in the relationships explored in our previous two

domains. Our literature search, however, revealed a raft of stud-

ies that explore the hypothesis that the socioeconomic gradient

to poor health is partly a result of healthy food being more

expensive and more difficult to purchase in socioeconomically

deprived neighborhoods (Inagami et al. 2006; Jetter and Cas-

sady 2006; Kamphuis et al. 2006; Wang et al. 2007; Hemphill

et al. 2008; Franco et al. 2009). The debate linking SES and

accessibility to healthy food has subsequently informed the

development of the concept of ‘‘food deserts’’—defined as

places where ‘‘cheap and varied food is only accessible to those

who have private transport or are able to pay the costs of public

transport if this is available’’ (Acheson 1998, 65, cited in Wrig-

ley 2002). Although the actual existence of food deserts contin-

ues to be debated, research has attempted to quantify and

qualify the relationship between the location of food outlets,

SES, and poor health. This research consistently finds that res-

idents of lower SES neighborhoods have the poorest access to

supermarkets. Research further indicates that inequalities in

this access have increased over time (Morland, Wing, and Roux

2002; Reidpath et al. 2002; Block, Scribner, and DeSalvo 2004;

Rose and Richards 2004; Winkler, Turrell, and Patterson 2006;

Boyle, Stone-Francisco, and Samuels 2007; Hackett et al. 2008;

Hemphill et al. 2008; Lovasi et al. 2007; Lovasi et al. 2009;

Moore et al. 2008; Franco et al. 2009; Hurvitz et al. 2009; Lar-

sen and Gilliland 2009; Oreskovic, Winickoff, et al. 2009;

Powell and Bao 2009; Sharkey et al. 2009; Zick et al. 2009;

Stafford et al. 2010).

Land use around schools: The socioeconomic gradient to the obe- sity epidemic also applies to children (Maziak, Ward, and

Stockton 2008). Our review suggests that one reason for this

relates to differential exposure to food sources in school envir-

onments (Davis and Carpenter 2009). ‘‘School food environ-

ments’’ are conceived as the food provided within the school,

as well as outlets serving foods within the vicinity. While the

built environment has little sway over the interior food environ-

ment of schools, planning processes can, through land use zon-

ing and regulation, influence the types of uses near educational

establishments, including the density of fast-food outlets. Not-

ing the policy-driven focus of our review, we found this rela-

tionship particularly interesting in the context of one specific

way urban planning can facilitate positive health outcomes.

As mentioned previously, research has concentrated on quan-

tifying the relationship between density of fast-food outlets

around schools and obesity in children. Higher accessibility to

fast-food outlets for schools in lower SES suburbs is consistently

found to be associated with childhood obesity and unhealthy

eating (consuming fewer servings of fruits and vegetables and

drinking more soft drinks) in the research (Austin et al. 2005;

Simon et al. 2008; Daniel et al. 2009; Kestens and Daniel

2010). Research on school environments, however, needs to be

viewed in the context of the proven influence of parental food

intake, which is a very strong determinant of childhood obesity

(Withall, Jago, and Cross 2009). Once again, the message is that

simply changing a single element of the built environment will

not necessarily result in the desired health outcome.

Farmers’ markets and community gardens: The community-based promotion and marketing of local agriculture is steadily gain-

ing popular attention as demonstrated by the increasing num-

bers of farmers’ markets and community gardens across

Australia and abroad. Urban agriculture provides many health

benefits including opportunities for physical activity and

social connections (as discussed earlier in this article).

Kent and Thompson 247

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

Importantly, farmers’ markets and community gardens pro-

vide healthy food options as well. Our review demonstrates

that they increase the availability of fresh vegetables and fruit,

thereby resulting in more of these healthy foods being con-

sumed (see, e.g., McCormack et al. 2010). Further, attitudes to

buying, preparing, and eating healthy food are positively influ-

enced. Farmers’ markets and community gardens can also

increase competition for nearby food stores, decreasing the price

of fresh produce (Larsen and Gilliland 2009).

The built environment and larger scale food production: The impor- tance of preserving urban agriculture, including market gardens

and farming, on the peri-urban lands around large cities is

increasingly recognized in the developed world, including Aus-

tralia (Mason and Knowd 2010; Brinkley 2012). As well as

supplying fresh quality produce to cities, local food production

is an integral component of community building (Paster 2004).

Farmers’ markets also rely on local food production. The use of

viable agricultural land around cities in Australia and

the United States for low-density urban development has been

the focus of recent attention. There is growing concern about

how suburban development is destroying viable agricultural

lands close to cities (Sinclair 2009). However, utilizing the

urban fringe for agriculture poses particular difficulties for

planners (Merson et al. 2010). In an effort to accommodate an

ever-increasing population, areas of arable land are being re-

zoned for residential purposes, often at the expense of food pro-

duction (Mason and Knowd 2010). The pressures of climate

change, particularly the impact on oil-based transportation sys-

tems, make the preservation of productive lands in close proxim-

ity to consumers an imperative for the creation of a healthy planet

able to support healthy people (Knight and Riggs 2010; Pearson,

Pearson, and Pearson 2010). Land use zoning and regulation can

be used to influence food production systems by protecting peri-

urban agricultural lands capable of producing accessible healthy

food.

The link between food accessibility, exposure, choice, SES,

and health is generally accepted. However, research results are

mixed and fail to indicate an enduringly consistent or quantifi-

able relationship. This is particularly so for environments out-

side the United States, as discussed in detail in Cummins and

Macintyre (2006). The mixed results prompt consideration of

the possibility that there is a particularly strong cultural attach-

ment to the way food is purchased and consumed. The built

environment’s ability to provide healthy food options is poten-

tially very sensitive to the specificities of cultural and social

norms within place. Accordingly, reliance on an evidence base

collated across geographical, legislative, and social boundaries

is especially unhelpful and potentially misleading. This sug-

gests the need for qualitative, culturally relevant research that

is more attuned to the idiosyncrasies that define our complex

relationship with food—both its purchase and consumption.

The lack of such studies is a major weakness in this domain.

This concludes the second part of our article which has applied

the framework of three domains established in the first section

to undertake a comprehensive review of the burgeoning research

literature on healthy built environments. This section has selec-

tively detailed some of the policy-relevant evidence to support

a key role for built environment professionals in health promo-

tion. Despite the vast amount of research to date, there are a num-

ber of theoretical and practical tensions emerging as health and

built environment practitioners and researchers seek new interdis-

ciplinary ways of working. These areas of asynchrony have the

potential to inhibit the translation of the three domains into prac-

tical policy (Kent and Thompson 2012). The final part of our arti-

cle is dedicated to an exploration of these sticking points in the

context of the research reviewed previously.

Part 3: Acknowledging Tensions

Progression of the healthy built environments agenda requires

formation of strong interdisciplinary relationships. This process

will inevitably encounter practical and theoretical discord that

needs to be acknowledged and addressed. Our review of the

literature identified a number of key methodological and theore-

tical debates running throughout the research. They generally

relate to different understandings of the complexity of context,

different ways of thinking about the nature of evidence required

to justify policy change, together with more general miscon-

structions about ways to mix policies and disciplines. These

identified areas of friction highlight some of the practical impe-

diments to planning for healthy built environments.

Context

The need for consistent and objective measurement of built

environment and physical activity variables is a commonly

cited weakness in research on the built environment and

health. As an example, Kirk, Penney, and McHugh (2010)

recommend standardization of measurement in seeking to

characterize ‘‘obesogenic’’ environments. This comprehen-

sive review of 146 primary studies concludes that the ‘‘envi-

ronment may play a critical role in obesity development,

prevention and management, but we have yet to determine the

best method for measuring that effect accurately and consis-

tently, or develop an appropriate theory to encompass this very

complex and dynamic system’’ (Kirk, Penney, and McHugh

2010, 116). There are other studies recommending consistency

in measurement of built environment variables. These include

Cunningham and Michael (2004) measuring the impact of the

built environment on older people’s physical activity, Davison

and Lawson (2006) and Davison, Werder, and Lawson (2008)

measuring environmental characteristics associated with chil-

dren’s physical activity, and Pucher, Dill, and Handy (2010) and

Heinen, van Wee, and Maat (2010) analyzing the built environ-

ment’s impact on cycling.

Policy responses will differ according to context. This

includes spatial context and extends to embrace the diversity

inherent within demographic and cultural character, environ-

mental quality, and temporality. Recommendations for stan-

dardized measurements risk underestimating the diversity of

people and place, particularly when attempts are made to

248 Journal of Planning Literature 29(3)

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

compare results between and across populations and loca-

tions. And while there is a role for standardizing some vari-

ables, standardized measures should not be viewed as a

prerequisite to ‘‘prove’’ the relationship between the built

environment and health.

Acknowledging contextuality in research on the health

determinants of place must not be viewed as an impediment

to the search for elements of commonality. Context needs to

be taken seriously in both the application of research to policy

and the design of future research agendas. Various studies

reviewed previously discuss ways to avoid the ‘‘excuse’’ of

context, with the strongest recommendation being that methods

should be transparent and at least situated within, but not neces-

sarily echoing, the existing research agenda. This implies that

future research should build on the findings of previous work

and comprehensively detail all measures and methods used.

Evidence of Causality

Linked to the common call for standardization is an identified

need to establish that the relationship between the built environ-

ment and health is a causal relationship. Studies have consis-

tently found a significant association between health and the

built environment, generally through cross-sectional research;

however, associations are insufficient to establish causality.

Establishing nonspuriousness by removing confounding vari-

ables (such as residential self-selection) is often cited as a major

weakness in research on the health-built environment relation-

ship (see, e.g., Tzoulas et al. 2007; Reynolds et al. 2009; Story

et al. 2009; Ewing and Cervero 2010). The lack of longitudinal

research required to prove time precedence is also identified as

another missing element of causal proof (Humpel, Owen, and

Leslie 2002; Owen et al. 2004; Gebel et al. 2005; Brownson,

Haire-Joshu, and Luke 2006; Davison and Lawson 2006; Heath

et al. 2006; van der Horst et al. 2007; Wendel-Vos et al. 2007;

Black and Macinko 2008; Saelens and Handy 2008; Cao,

Mokhtarian, and Handy 2009; Faulkner et al. 2009; Handy, Cao,

and Mokhtarian 2009; Reynolds et al. 2009; Feng et al. 2010;

Heinen, van Wee, and Maat 2010; Renalds, Smith, and Hale

2010). Juxtaposed to the call for causality is research accepting

that the kind of experimental evidence used to demonstrate a

high standard of causal proof is simply not practical for studies

on the built environment and health (Brownson, Haire-Joshu,

and Luke 2006; Bauman and Bull 2007). These calls accept that

inability of the research agenda to date to establish causality,

rather than mere association, is a product of the intricate com-

plexities of the relationship between people and place.

The question about evidence cuts to a core division between

the health and urban planning traditions. In the past, the nature

of evidence planners use to develop policy has differed from

that used by public health officials. Australian urban planning’s

early to mid-twentieth-Century focus on greenbelt cities, for

example, was based on a historical appreciation of the health

benefits of open space for overcrowded and dirty cities (Cul-

lingworth and Nadin 2006). Schemes such as Sydney’s County

of Cumberland Plan and Perth’s Endowment Lands project

reflect this appreciation. Basing policy change on an ‘‘appre-

ciation,’’ rather than hard evidence, is unusual for a public

health based intervention. While urban planners are increas-

ingly acknowledging the need to base planning decisions on

a robust evidence base, there remains a need to generate better

understandings of the type of evidence required to justify

healthy built environment interventions. Research must obvi-

ously continue in the spirit of establishing a stronger evidence

base on the relationship between the built environment and

health. Attention also needs to be directed, however, toward the

acceptance of a practical standard of proof acceptable to justify

and subsequently defend policy change (Ogilvie et al. 2006;

Cavill et al. 2008; Story et al. 2009).

Mixing Policies and Disciplines

Research on the links between health and the built environ-

ment often concludes with the acknowledgment that structural

modifications to the built environment need to be part of a

policy mix if they are to be successful. For example, Ewing

and Cervero (2010) use the concept of ‘‘elasticity’’ to give

quantifiable justification that active transport behavior is

shaped by an integrated range of built environment modifica-

tions, educational programs, incentives, and restrictions. The-

oretically, this conceptualization reflects the increasingly

ecological orientation of the health promotion field (McLeroy

et al. 1988; Stokols 1996; Cerin et al. 2010; Langille and

Rodgers 2010). Ecological models of health promotion are

underpinned by the understanding that an individual’s health

is shaped by multiple factors and contexts. Translating this

understanding into policy requires consistent and meaningful

interdisciplinary collaboration. Successful healthy built envi-

ronment partnerships rest on deliberative interdisciplinary

engagement. Researchers and practitioners from the built

environment and health need to recognize that their accepted

wisdoms and assumptions are not necessarily shared, nor

understood, beyond their own disciplinary boundaries. We

will both benefit from a preparedness to listen and learn about

the new ways of collecting, interpreting and presenting evi-

dence and enacting policy.

Conclusion

Our article has presented a framework that can be used to group

and review the literature on the links between health and the

built environment. We have used this conceptualization to pres-

ent a narrative review of existing research and subsequently dis-

cussed areas of theoretical and practical asynchrony commonly

identified in the literature. We acknowledge that our review has

a number of limitations. In particular, its policy-relevant focus

limits our ability to delve deeply into the intricacies inherent

to the relationship between the built environment and health.

Nevertheless, the research evidence reviewed here demon-

strates a strong relationship between people’s health and the built

environment. This relationship is complex and contextual. Con-

ceptualization of this relationship through frameworks such as

Kent and Thompson 249

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

the three domains enables built environment professionals to

unpick this complexity and more effectively promote health and

well-being in their practice. Translating this framework into

action, however, requires the development of genuinely interdis-

ciplinary working relationships that must be based on mutual

understanding and respect. The final section of this article has out-

lined some very real differences in the research and practical tra-

ditions unique to health and built environment professionals.

While these disparities are not insurmountable, they reveal that

this is a disciplinary area in its infancy. Our hope is that the fledg-

ling discipline develops to create built environments that effec-

tively promote the health and well-being of all communities.

Acknowledgment

Thank you to our anonymous referees who provided insightful com-

ments which helped us to further refine and clarify this article.

Declaration of Conflicting Interests

The author(s) declared no potential conflicts of interest with respect to

the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article.

Funding

The author(s) received no financial support for the research, authorship,

and/or publication of this article.

Note

1. We note that rural populations are increasingly affected (see, e.g.,

Hosler 2009; Frost et al. 2010; Maley, Warren, and Devine 2010).

The focus of our article, however, is on urban populations.

References

Acheson, D. 1998. Independent Inquiry into Inequalities in Health.

London, UK: The Stationery Office.

Agrawal, A. W., M. Schlossberg, and K. Irvin. 2008. ‘‘How Far, by

Which Route and Why? A Spatial Analysis of Pedestrian Prefer-

ence.’’ Journal of Urban Design 13:81–98.

American Planning Association. 2006. ‘‘Planning’s Role in Building

Healthy Cities.’’ In press, Journal of the American Planning Asso-

ciation 72:1–125.

Anderson, D. R., and M. P. O’Donnell. 1994. ‘‘Toward a Health

Promotion Research Agenda: ‘‘State of the Science’’ Reviews.’’

American Journal of Health Promotion 8:462–5.

Araya, R., F. Dunstan, R. Playle, H. Thomas, S. Palmer, and G. Lewis.

2006. ‘‘Perceptions of Social Capital and the Built Environment

and Mental Health.’’ Social Science and Medicine 62:3072–83.

Austin, S. B., S. J. Melly, B. N. Sanchez, A. Patel, S. Buka, and S. L.

Gortmaker. 2005. ‘‘Clustering of Fast-food Restaurants around

Schools: A Novel Application of Spatial Statistics to the Study

of Food Environments.’’ American Journal of Public Health 95:

1575–81.

Australian Planner. 2007. ‘‘Planning for Health.’’ In press, Journal

of the Planning Institute of Australia 44:1–56.

Bartolomei, L., L. Corkery, B. Judd, and S. M. Thompson. 2003.

A Bountiful Harvest: Community Gardens and Neighbourhood

Renewal in Waterloo. Sydney: NSW Department of Housing and

University of NSW.

Baum, F. E., R. A. Bush, C. C. Modra, C. J. Murray, E. M. Cox, K. M.

Alexander, and R. C. Potter. 2000. ‘‘Epidemiology of Participa-

tion: An Australian Community Study.’’ Journal of Epidemiology

and Community Health 54:414–23.

Baum, F., G. Jolley, R. Hicks, K. Saint, and S. Parker. 2006. ‘‘What

Makes for Sustainable Healthy Cities Initiatives?- A Review of the

Evidence from Noarlunga, Australia after 18 Years.’’ Health Pro-

motion International 21:259–65.

Baum, F. E., and A. M. Ziersch. 2003. ‘‘Social Capital.’’ Journal of

Epidemiology and Community Health 57:320–3.

Bauman, A., and F. Bull. 2007. Environmental Correlates of Physi-

cal Activity and Walking in Adults and Children: A Review of

Reviews. London, UK: National Institute of Health and Clinical

Excellence.

Beard, J. R., M. Cerdá, S. Blaney, J. Ahern, D. Vlahov, and S. Galea.

2009. ‘‘Neighborhood Characteristics and Change in Depressive

Symptoms among Older Residents of New York City.’’ American

Journal of Public Health 99:1308–14.

Beer, A. R., T. Delshammar, and P. Schildwacht. 2003. ‘‘A Changing

Understanding of the Role of Greenspace in High-density Housing:

A European Perspective.’’ Built Environment 29:132–43.

Bell, J. F., J. S. Wilson, and G. C. Liu. 2008. ‘‘Neighborhood Green-

ness and 2-year Changes in Body Mass Index of Children and

Youth.’’ American Journal of Preventive Medicine 35:547–53.

Berry, H. 2007. ‘‘‘Crowded Suburbs’ and ‘Killer Cities’: A Brief

Review of the Relationship between Urban Environments and

Mental Health.’’ NSW Public Health Bulletin 18:222–7.

Berry, H. L., and J. A. Welsh. 2010. ‘‘Social Capital and Health in

Australia: An Overview from the Household, Income and Labour

Dynamics in Australia Survey.’’ Social Science and Medicine

70:588–96.

Black, J. L., and J. Macinko. 2008. ‘‘Neighborhoods and Obesity.’’

Nutrition Reviews 66:2–20.

Block, J. P., R. A. Scribner, and K. B. DeSalvo. 2004. ‘‘Fast Food,

Race/Ethnicity, and Income - A Geographic Analysis.’’ American

Journal of Preventive Medicine 27:211–7.

Bodor, J. N., D. Rose, T. A. Farley, C. Swalm, and S. K. Scott. 2008.

‘‘Neighbourhood Fruit and Vegetable Availability and Consump-

tion: The Role of Small Food Stores in an Urban Environment.’’

Public Health Nutrition 11:413–20.

Booth, F. W., S. E. Gordon, C. J. Carlson, and M. T. Hamilton. 2000.

‘‘Waging War on Modern Chronic Diseases: Primary Prevention

through Exercise Biology.’’ Journal of Applied Physiology 88:

774–87.

Boyle, M., S. Stone-Francisco, and S. E. Samuels. 2007. ‘‘Environ-

mental Strategies and Policies to Support Healthy Eating and Phys-

ical Activity in Low-income Communities.’’ Journal of Hunger

and Environmental Nutrition 1:3–25.

Brand, M. 2003. ‘‘Consensus Building and ‘Smart Growth’.’’ Conflict

Resolution Quarterly 21:189–209.

Bridge, G. 2006. ‘‘Perspectives on Cultural Capital and the Neigh-

bourhood.’’ Urban Studies 43:719–30.

Brinkley, C. 2012. ‘‘Evaluating the Benefits of Peri-urban Agriculture.’’

Journal of Planning Literature 27:259–69.

Brown, B. B., C. M. Werner, J. W. Amburgey, and C. Szalay. 2007.

‘‘Walkable Route Perceptions and Physical Features: Converging

250 Journal of Planning Literature 29(3)

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

Evidence for en Route Walking Experiences.’’ Environment and

Behavior 39:34–61.

Brownson, R. C., D. Haire-Joshu, and D. A. Luke. 2006. ‘‘Shaping the

Context of Health: A Review of Environmental and Policy

Approaches in the Prevention of Chronic Diseases.’’ Annual

Review of Public Health 27:341–370.

Burke, J., P. O’Campo, C. Salmon, and R. Walker. 2009. ‘‘Pathways

Connecting Neighborhood Influences and Mental Well-being:

Socioeconomic Position and Gender Differences.’’ Social Science

and Medicine 68:1294–304.

Buys, L., and E. Miller. 2011. ‘‘Conceptualising Convenience:

Transportation Practices and Perceptions of Inner-urban High

Density Residents in Brisbane, Australia.’’ Transport Policy 18:

289–97.

Cao, X. Y., P. L. Mokhtarian, and S. L. Handy. 2009. ‘‘Examining

the Impacts of Residential Self-selection on Travel Behaviour:

A Focus on Empirical Findings.’’ Transport Reviews 29:

359–95.

Cavill, N., S. Kahlmeier, H. Rutter, F. Racioppi, and P. Oja. 2008.

‘‘Economic Analyses of Transport Infrastructure and Policies

Including Health Effects Related to Cycling and Walking: A Sys-

tematic Review.’’ Transport Policy 16:46.

Cerin, E., E. Leslie, T. Sugiyama, and N. Owen. 2010. ‘‘Perceived

Barriers to Leisure-time Physical Activity in Adults: An Ecolo-

gical Perspective.’’ Journal of Physical Activity and Health 7:

451–9.

Chaskin, R. J., and M. L. Joseph. 2010. ‘‘Building ‘‘Community’’ in

Mixed-income Developments: Assumptions, Approaches, and

Early Experiences.’’ Urban Affairs Review 45:299–335.

Cohen, D. A., S. Inagami, and B. Finch. 2008. ‘‘The Built Environ-

ment and Collective Efficacy.’’ Health and Place 14:198–208.

Coveney, J., and L. A. O’Dwyer. 2009. ‘‘Effects of Mobility and

Location on Food Access.’’ Health and Place 15:45–55.

Cozens, P., and D. Hillier. 2008. ‘‘The Shape of Things to Come: New

Urbanism, the Grid and the Cul-De-Sac.’’ International Planning

Studies 13:51–73.

Crang, M. 2000. ‘‘Public Space, Urban Space and Electronic Space:

Would the Real City Please Stand Up?’’ Urban Studies 37:301–17.

Crawford, D., A. Timperio, B. Giles-Corti, K. Ball, C. Hume, R.

Roberts, N. Andrianopoulos, and J. Salmon. 2008. ‘‘Do Features

of Public Open Spaces Vary According to Neighbourhood Socio-

economic Status?’’ Health and Place 14:889–93.

Crawford, D. A., A. F. Timperio, J. A. Salmon, L. Baur, B. Giles-Corti,

R. J. Roberts, M. L. Jackson, N. Andrianopoulos, and K. Ball.

2008b. ‘‘Neighbourhood Fast Food Outlets and Obesity in Children

and Adults: The CLAN Study.’’ International Journal of Pediatric

Obesity 3:249–56.

Cullingworth, B., and V. Nadin. 2006. Town and Country Planning in

the UK. London, UK: Routledge.

Cummins, S., and S. Macintyre. 2006. ‘‘Food Environments and

Obesity—Neighbourhood or Nation?’’ International Journal of

Epidemiology 35:100–4.

Cunningham, G. O., and Y. L. Michael. 2004. ‘‘Concepts Guiding the

Study of the Impact of the Built Environment on Physical Activity

for Older Adults: A Review of the Literature.’’ American Journal

of Health Promotion 18:435–43.

Cutt, H., B. Giles-Corti, M. Knuiman, and V. Burke. 2007. ‘‘Dog

Ownership, Health and Physical Activity: A Critical Review of the

Literature.’’ Health and Place 13:261–72.

Daar, A. S., P. A. Singer, D. L. Persad, S. K. Pramming, D. R. Matthews,

R. Beaglehole, A. Bernstein, L. K. Borysiewicz, S. Colagiuri, N.

Ganguly, R. I. Glass, D. T. Finegood, J. Koplan, E. G. Nabel, G.

Sarna, N. Sarrafzadegan, R. Smith, D. Yach, and J. Bell. 2007.

‘‘Grand Challenges in Chronic Non-communicable Diseases.’’

Nature 450:494–96.

Dahl, E., and I. Malmberg-Heimonen. 2010. ‘‘Social Inequality and

Health: The Role of Social Capital.’’ Sociology of Health and Ill-

ness 32:1102–19.

Daley, M., C. Rissel, and B. Lloyd. 2007. ‘‘All Dressed up and

Nowhere to Go? A Qualitative Research Study of the Barriers and

Enablers to Cycling in Inner Sydney.’’ Road and Transport

Research 16:42–52.

Daniel, M., C. Paquet, L. Gauvin, Y. Kestens, and L. Dube. 2009.

‘‘Psychosocial Effect Modification of Relationships between

Fast-food Residential Environment and Behavioural and Cardio-

metabolic Risk Factors.’’ Annals of Nutrition and Metabolism

55:39.

Davis, B., and C. Carpenter. 2009. ‘‘Proximity of Fast-food Restau-

rants to Schools and Adolescent Obesity.’’ American Journal of

Public Health 99:505–10.

Davis, M., 1990. City of Quartz: Excavating the Future in Los

Angeles. London, UK: Verso.

Davison, K. K., and C. T. Lawson. 2006. ‘‘Do Attributes in the Physical

Environment Influence Children’s Physical Activity? A Review of

the Literature.’’ International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and

Physical Activity 3:19.

Davison, K. K., J. L. Werder, and C. T. Lawson. 2008. ‘‘Children’s

Active Commuting to School: Current Knowledge and Future

Directions.’’ Preventing Chronic Disease 5:A100.

Dengel, D. R., M. O. Hearst, J. H. Harmon, A. Forsyth, and L. A.

Lytle. 2009. ‘‘Does the Built Environment Relate to the Metabolic

Syndrome in Adolescents?’’ Health and Place 15:946–51.

Dunn, R. A. 2010. ‘‘The Effect of Fast-food Availability on Obesity: An

Analysis by Gender, Race, and Residential Location.’’ American

Journal of Agricultural Economics 92:1149–64.

Dunphy, R. T., and K. Fisher. 1996. ‘‘Transportation, Congestion, and

Density: New Insights.’’ Transportation Research Record 1552:

89–96.

du Toit, L., E. Cerin, E. Leslie, and N. Owen. 2007. ‘‘Does Walking in

the Neighbourhood Enhance Local Sociability?’’ Urban Studies

44:1677–95.

Echeverrı́a, S., A. V. Diez-Roux, S. Shea, L. N. Borrell, and S. Jackson.

2008. ‘‘Associations of Neighborhood Problems and Neighborhood

Social Cohesion with Mental Health and Health Behaviors: The

Multi-ethnic Study of Atherosclerosis.’’ Health and Place 14:

851–63.

Egan, M., M. Petticrew, and D. Ogilvie. 2005. ‘‘Informing Healthy

Transport Policies: Systematic Reviews and Research Synthesis.’’

Transportation Research Record 1908:214–20.

Ellaway, A., S. Macintyre, and X. Bonnefoy. 2005. ‘‘Graffiti, Green-

ery, and Obesity in Adults: Secondary Analysis of European Cross

Sectional Survey.’’ British Medical Journal 331:611–2.

Kent and Thompson 251

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

Evans, G. 2009. ‘‘Accessibility, Urban Design and the Whole Journey

Environment.’’ Built Environment 35:366–85.

Eves, F. F., E. K. Olander, G. Nicoll, A. Puig-Ribera, and C. Griffin.

2009. ‘‘Increasing Stair Climbing in a Train Station: The Effects of

Contextual Variables and Visibility.’’ Journal of Environmental

Psychology 29:300–3.

Ewing, R., and R. Cervero. 2010. ‘‘Travel and the Built Environment:

A Meta Analysis.’’ Journal of the American Planning Association

76:265–94.

Ewing, R., and E. Dumbaugh. 2009. ‘‘The Built Environment and

Traffic Safety: A Review of Empirical Evidence.’’ Journal of

Planning Literature 23:347–67.

Faulkner, G. E. J., R. N. Buliung, P. K. Flora, and C. Fusco. 2009.

‘‘Active School Transport, Physical Activity Levels and Body

Weight of Children and Youth: A Systematic Review.’’ Preventive

Medicine 48:3–8.

Feng, J., T. A. Glass, F. C. Curriero, W. F. Stewart, and B. S. Schwartz.

2010. ‘‘The Built Environment and Obesity: A Systematic Review

of the Epidemiologic Evidence.’’ Health and Place 16:175–90.

Ford, L. R. 2001. ‘‘Alleys and Urban Form: Testing the Tenets of

New Urbanism.’’ Urban Geography 22:268–86.

Franco, M., A. V. Diez-Roux, J. A. Nettleton, M. Lazo, F. Brancati, B.

Caballero, T. Glass, and L. V. Moore. 2009. ‘‘Availability of

Healthy Foods and Dietary Patterns: The Multi-ethnic Study of

Atherosclerosis.’’ American Journal of Clinical Nutrition 89:

897–904.

Frank, L. D., and G. Pivo. 1994. ‘‘Impacts of Mixed Use and Density

on Utilization of Three Modes of Travel: Single-occupant Vehicle,

Transit, and Walking.’’ Transportation Research Record 1466:

44–52.

Frank, L. D., M. A. Andresen, and T. L. Schmid. 2004. ‘‘Obesity Rela-

tionships with Community Design, Physical Activity, and Time

Spent in Cars.’’ American Journal of Preventive Medicine 27:87–96.

Fraser, L. K., K. L. Edwards, J. Cade, and G. P. Clarke. 2010. ‘‘The

Geography of Fast Food Outlets: A Review.’’ International Jour-

nal of Environmental Research and Public Health 7:2290–308.

Friedrichs, J. R., G. Galster, and S. Musterd. 2003. ‘‘Neighbourhood

Effects on Social Opportunities: The European and American

Research and Policy Context.’’ Housing Studies 18:797–806.

Frost, S. S., R. T. Goins, R. H. Hunter, S. P. Hooker, L. L. Bryant, J.

Kruger, and D. Pluto. 2010. ‘‘Effects of the Built Environment on

Physical Activity of Adults Living in Rural Settings.’’ American

Journal of Health Promotion 24:267–83.

Galvez, M. P., L. Hong, E. Choi, L. Liao, J. Godbold, and B. Brenner.

2009. ‘‘Childhood Obesity and Neighborhood Food-store Avail-

ability in an Inner-city Community.’’ Academic Pediatrics 9:

339–43.

Galvez, M. P., M. Pearl, and I. H. Yen. 2010. ‘‘Childhood Obesity and

the Built Environment.’’ Current Opinion in Pediatrics 22:202–7.

Ganapati, S. 2008. ‘‘Critical Appraisal of Three Ideas for Community

Development in the United States.’’ Journal of Planning Educa-

tion and Research 27:382–99.

Garden, F. L., and B. B. Jalaludin. 2009. ‘‘Impact of Urban Sprawl on

Overweight, Obesity, and Physical Activity in Sydney, Australia.’’

Journal of Urban Health-bulletin of the New York Academy of

Medicine 86:19–30.

Gatersleben, B., and K. M. Appleton. 2007. ‘‘Contemplating

Cycling to Work: Attitudes and Perceptions in Different Stages

of Change.’’ Transportation Research Part A: Policy and Practice

41:302–12.

Gebel, K., L. King, A. Bauman, P. Vita, T. Gill, A. Rigby, and A.

Capon. 2005. Creating Healthy Environments: A Review of Links

Between the Physical Environment, Physical Activity and Obesity.

Sydney: NSW Health Department and NSW Centre for Over-

weight and Obesity.

Gidlöf-Gunnarsson, A., and E. Öhrström. 2007. ‘‘Noise and Well-

being in Urban Residential Environments: The Potential Role of

Perceived Availability to Nearby Green Areas.’’ Landscape and

Urban Planning 83:115–26.

Grinde, B., and G. G. Patil. 2009. ‘‘Biophilia: Does Visual Contact

with Nature Impact on Health and Well-being?’’ International

Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 6:2332–43.

Guite, H. F., C. Clark, and G. Ackrill. 2006. ‘‘The Impact of the Phys-

ical and Urban Environment on Mental Well-being.’’ Public Health

120:1117–26.

Hackett, A. F., L. Boddy, J. Boothby, T. J. B. Dummer, B. Johnson,

and G. Stratton. 2008. ‘‘Mapping Dietary Habits May Provide

Clues about the Factors that Determine Food Choice.’’ Journal

of Human Nutrition and Dietetics 21:428–37.

Hall, K. S., and E. McAuley. 2010. ‘‘Individual, Social Environmen-

tal and Physical Environmental Barriers to Achieving 10 000

Steps per day among Older Women.’’ Health Education Research

25:478–88.

Handy, S., X. Cao, and P. Mokhtarian. 2009. Active Travel: The Role

of Self-selection in Explaining the Effect of Built Environment on

Active Travel. San Diego, CA: Active Living Research, Robert

Wood Johnson Foundation.

Hartig, T. 2008. ‘‘Green Space, Psychological Restoration, and Health

Inequality.’’ The Lancet 372:1614–15.

Hawe, P., and A. Shiell. 2000. ‘‘Social Capital and Health Promotion:

A Review.’’ Social Science and Medicine 51:871–85.

Heath, G., R. C. Brownson, D. J. Kruger, R. Miles, K. E. Powell, and

L. T. Ramsey. 2006. ‘‘The Effectiveness of Urban Design and

Land Use and Transport Policies and Practices to Increase Physical

Activity: A Systematic Review.’’ Journal of Physical Activity and

Health 3:S55–S76.

Heinen, E., B. van Wee, and K. Maat. 2010. ‘‘Commuting by Bicycle:

An Overview of the Literature.’’ Transport Reviews 30:59–96.

Hemphill, E., K. Raine, J. C. Spence, and K. E. Smoyer-Tomic. 2008.

‘‘Exploring Obesogenic Food Environments in Edmonton,

Canada: The Association between Socioeconomic Factors and

Fast-food Outlet Access.’’ American Journal of Health Promotion

22:426–32.

Hess, P. M. 2008. ‘‘Fronts and Backs: The Use of Streets, Yards, and

Alleys in Toronto-area New Urbanist Neighborhoods.’’ Journal of

Planning Education and Research 28:196–212.

Holland, L. 2004. ‘‘Diversity and Connections in Community Gar-

dens: A Contribution to Local Sustainability.’’ Local Environment

9:285–305.

Hosler, A. S. 2009. ‘‘Retail Food Availability, Obesity, and Cigarette

Smoking in Rural Communities.’’ Journal of Rural Health 25:

203–10.

252 Journal of Planning Literature 29(3)

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

Humpel, N., N. Owen, and E. Leslie. 2002. ‘‘Environmental Factors

Associated with Adults’ Participation in Physical Activity—A

Review.’’ American Journal of Preventive Medicine 22:188–99.

Humpel, N., N. Owen, E. Leslie, A. L. Marshall, A. E. Bauman, and J.

F. Sallis. 2004. ‘‘Associations of Location and Perceived Environ-

mental Attributes with Walking in Neighborhoods.’’ American

Journal of Health Promotion 18:239–42.

Hurvitz, P. M., A. V. Moudon, C. D. Rehm, L. C. Streichert, and A.

Drewnowski. 2009. ‘‘Arterial Roads and Area Socioeconomic Sta-

tus are Predictors of Fast Food Restaurant Density in King County,

WA.’’ International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical

Activity 6:46.

Hynes, H. P., and G. Howe. 2004. ‘‘Urban Horticulture in the Contem-

porary United States: Personal and Community Benefits.’’ In Pro-

ceedings of the International Conference on Urban Horticulture,

edited by R. JungeBerberovic, J. B. Bachtiger, and W. J. Simpson,

171–81. Leuven, Belgium: International Society for Horticultural

Science.

Inagami, S., D. A. Cohen, B. K. Finch, and S. M. Asch. 2006. ‘‘You Are

Where You Shop—Grocery Store Locations, Weight, and Neigh-

borhoods.’’ American Journal of Preventive Medicine 31:10–17.

Jacobs, J. 1961. The Death and Life of Great American Cities - The

Failure of Town Planning. Middlesex, England: Penguin Books.

Jeffery, R. W., and J. Utter. 2003. ‘‘The Changing Environment, and Pop-

ulation Obesity in the United States.’’ Obesity Research 11:12S–22S.

Jetter, K. M., and D. L. Cassady. 2006. ‘‘The Availability and Cost of

Healthier Food Alternatives.’’ American Journal of Preventive

Medicine 30:38–44.

Jilcott, S. B., B. A. Laraia, K. R. Evenson, and A. S. Ammerman.

2009. ‘‘Perceptions of the Community Food Environment and

Related Influences on Food Choice among Midlife Women Resid-

ing in Rural and Urban Areas: A Qualitative Analysis.’’ Women

and Health 49:164–80.

Kamphuis, C. B. M., K. Giskes, G. J. de Bruijn, W. Wendel-Vos, J.

Brug, and F. J. van Lenthe. 2006. ‘‘Environmental Determinants

of Fruit and Vegetable Consumption among Adults: A Systematic

Review.’’ British Journal of Nutrition 96:620–35.

Katz, P., V. J. Scully, and T. W. Bressi. 1994. The New Urbanism:

Toward an Architecture of Community. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Kemperman, A., and H. Timmermans. 2009. ‘‘Influences of Built

Environment on Walking and Cycling by Latent Segments of

Aging Population.’’ Transportation Research Record 2134:1–9.

Kent, J. K., and S. M. Thompson. 2012. ‘‘Health and the Built

Environment: Exploring Foundations for a New Interdisciplin-

ary Profession.’’ Journal of Environmental and Public Health

958175:1–10.

Kent, J., S. M. Thompson, and B. B. Jalaludin. 2011. Healthy Built

Environments: A Review of the Literature. Sydney: Healthy Built

Environments Program, City Futures Research Centre, UNSW.

Kerr, J., D. Rosenberg, J. F. Sallis, B. E. Saelens, L. D. Frank, and T.

L. Conway. 2006. ‘‘Active Commuting to School: Associations

with Environment and Parental Concerns.’’ Medicine and Science

in Sports and Exercise 38:787–94.

Kestens, Y., and M. Daniel. 2010. ‘‘Social Inequalities in Food Expo-

sure around Schools in an Urban Area.’’ American Journal of Pre-

ventive Medicine 39:33–40.

Kim, S., G. F. Ulfarsson, and J. Todd Hennessy. 2007. ‘‘Analysis of

Light Rail Rider Travel Behavior: Impacts of Individual, Built

Environment, and Crime Characteristics on Transit Access.’’

Transportation Research Part A: Policy and Practice 41:511–22.

Kingsley, J., M. Townsend, and C. Henderson-Wilson. 2009. ‘‘Culti-

vating Health and Wellbeing: Members’ Perceptions of the Health

Benefits of a Port Melbourne Community Garden.’’ Leisure Stud-

ies 28:207–19.

Kirk, S. F. L., T. L. Penney, and T. L. F. McHugh. 2010. ‘‘Character-

izing the Obesogenic Environment: The State of the Evidence with

Directions for Future Research.’’ Obesity Reviews 11:109–17.

Knight, L., and W. Riggs. 2010. ‘‘Nourishing Urbanism: A Case for a

New Urban Paradigm.’’ International Journal of Agricultural Sus-

tainability 8:116–26.

Krizek, K. J., G. Barnes, and K. Thompson. 2009. ‘‘Analyzing the

Effect of Bicycle Facilities on Commute Mode Share over Time.’’

Journal of Urban Planning and Development-ASCE 135:66–73.

Langille, J. L. D., and W. M. Rodgers. 2010. ‘‘Exploring the Influence

of a Social Ecological Model on School-based Physical Activity.’’

Health Education and Behavior 37:879–94.

Larsen, K., and J. Gilliland. 2009. ‘‘A Farmers’ Market in a Food Des-

ert: Evaluating Impacts on the Price and Availability of Healthy

Food.’’ Health and Place 15:1158–62.

Leck, E. 2006. ‘‘The Impact of Urban Form on Travel Behavior:

A Meta-analysis.’’ Berkeley Planning Journal 19:37–58.

Li, F., P. Harmer, B. J. Cardinal, M. Bosworth, and D. Johnson-Shel-

ton. 2009. ‘‘Obesity and the Built Environment: Does the Density

of Neighborhood Fast-food Outlets Matter?’’ American Journal of

Health Promotion 23:203–9.

Litman, T. 2007. ‘‘Quantifying the Benefits of Nonmotorized Trans-

portation for Achieving Mobility Management Objectives.’’ In

International Conference on Walking and Liveable Communities,

8th, 2007, Toronto, Ontario, Canada. Tewkesbury, United King-

dom: Access Associates.

Loukaitou-Sideris, A. 2006. ‘‘Is it Safe to Walk? Neighborhood Safety

and Security Considerations and their Effects on Walking.’’ Jour-

nal of Planning Literature 20:219–32.

Lovasi, G. S., A. V. Moudon, N. L. Smith, T. Lumley, E. B. Larson,

D. W. Sohn, D. S. Siscovick, and B. M. Psaty. 2007. ‘‘Neighbor-

hood Socioeconomic Characteristics and Risk of Myocardial

Infarction.’’ Circulation 115:E279–E279.

Lovasi, G. S., K. M. Neckerman, J. W. Quinn, C. C. Weiss, and A.

Rundle. 2009. ‘‘Effect of Individual or Neighborhood Disadvan-

tage on the Association between Neighborhood Walkability and

Body Mass Index.’’ American Journal of Public Health 99:279–84.

Lund, H. 2002. ‘‘Pedestrian Environments and Sense of Community.’’

Journal of Planning Education and Research 21:301–12.

Lund, H. 2003. ‘‘Testing the Claims of New Urbanism - Local Access,

Pedestrian Travel, and Neighboring Behaviors.’’ Journal of the

American Planning Association 69:414–29.

Macias, T. 2008. ‘‘Working toward a Just, Equitable, and Local Food

System: The Social Impact of Community-based Agriculture.’’

Social Science Quarterly 89:1086–101.

Macintyre, S., A. Ellaway, and S. Cummins. 2002. ‘‘Place Effects on

Health: How Can We Conceptualise, Operationalise and Measure

Them?’’ Social Science and Medicine 55:125–39.

Kent and Thompson 253

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

Maley, M., B. S. Warren, and C. M. Devine. 2010. ‘‘Perceptions of the

Environment for Eating and Exercise in a Rural Community.’’

Journal of Nutrition Education and Behavior 42:185–91.

Maller, C. J., C. Henderson-Wilson, and M. Townsend. 2010.

‘‘Rediscovering Nature in Everyday Settings: or How to Create

Healthy Environments and Healthy People.’’ EcoHealth 6:

553–56.

Mason, D., and I. Knowd. 2010. ‘‘The Emergence of Urban Agricul-

ture: Sydney, Australia.’’ International Journal of Agricultural

Sustainability 8:62–71.

Maziak, W., K. D. Ward, and M. B. Stockton. 2008. ‘‘Childhood

Obesity: Are We Missing the Big Picture?’’ Obesity Reviews 9:

35–42.

McCormack, L. A., M. N. Laska, N. I. Larson, and M. Story. 2010.

‘‘Review of the Nutritional Implications of Farmers’ Markets

and Community Gardens: A Call for Evaluation and Research

Efforts.’’ Journal of the American Dietetic Association 110:

399–408.

McLeroy, K. R., D. Bibeau, A. Steckler, and K. Glanz. 1988. ‘‘An

Ecological Perspective on Health Promotion Programs.’’ Health

Education Quarterly 15:351–77.

McLeroy, K., K. Tones, A. B. Steckler, R. M. Goodman, and J. N.

Burdine. 1992. ‘‘Health Education Research—Theory and

Practice—Future Directions.’’ Health Education Research 7:1–8.

McMillan, T. E. 2007. ‘‘The Relative Influence of Urban Form on a

Child’s Travel Mode to School.’’ Transportation Research Part

a-Policy and Practice 41:69–79.

McNeill, L. H., M. W. Kreuter, and S. V. Subramanian. 2006. ‘‘Social

Environment and Physical Activity: A Review of Concepts and

Evidence.’’ Social Science and Medicine 63:1011–22.

Mehta, V. 2007. ‘‘Lively Streets: Determining Environmental Charac-

teristics to Support Social Behavior.’’ Journal of Planning Educa-

tion and Research 27:165–87.

Mehta, N. K., and V. W. Chang. 2008. ‘‘Weight Status and Restaurant

Availability - A Multilevel Analysis.’’ American Journal of Pre-

ventive Medicine 34:127–33.

Merson, J., R. Attwater, P. Ampt, H. Wildman, and R. Chapple. 2010.

‘‘The Challenges to Urban Agriculture in the Sydney Basin and

Lower Blue Mountains Region of Australia.’’ International Jour-

nal of Agricultural Sustainability 8:72.

Miles, R., and Y. Song. 2009. ‘‘‘Good’ Neighborhoods in Portland,

Oregon: Focus on both Social and Physical Environments.’’ Jour-

nal of Urban Affairs 31:491–509.

Mobley, L. R., E. D. Root, E. A. Finkelstein, O. Khavjou, R. P. Farris,

and J. C. Will. 2006. ‘‘Environment, Obesity, and Cardiovascular

Disease Risk in Low-income Women.’’ American Journal of Pre-

ventive Medicine 30:327–32.

Moore, L. V., A. V. D. Roux, J. A. Nettleton, and D. R. Jacobs. 2008.

‘‘Associations of the Local Food Environment with Diet Quality—

A Comparison of Assessments based on Surveys and Geographic

Information Systems.’’ American Journal of Epidemiology 167:

917–24.

Morland, K., S. Wing, and A. D. Roux. 2002. ‘‘The Contextual Effect

of the Local Food Environment on Residents’ Diets: The Athero-

sclerosis Risk in Communities Study.’’ American Journal of Public

Health 92:1761–7.

Neuvonen, M., T. Sievänen, S. Tönnes, and T. Koskela. 2007. ‘‘Access

to Green Areas and the Frequency of Visits - A Case Study in

Helsinki.’’ Urban Forestry and Urban Greening 6:235–47.

Nguyen, D. 2010. ‘‘Evidence of the Impacts of Urban Sprawl on Social

Capital.’’ Environment and Planning B: Planning and Design 37:

610–27.

Nocon, M., F. Mueller-Riemenschneider, K. Nitzschke, and S. N.

Willich. 2010. ‘‘Increasing Physical Activity with Point-of-

choice Prompts—A Systematic Review.’’ Scandinavian Journal

of Public Health 38:633–8.

Ogilvie, D., R. Mitchell, N. Mutrie, M. Petticrew, and S. Platt. 2006.

‘‘Evaluating Health Effects of Transport Interventions—Methodologic

Case Study.’’ American Journal of Preventive Medicine 31:118–26.

Ogunseitan, O. A. 2005. ‘‘Topophilia and the Quality of Life.’’ Envi-

ronmental Health Perspectives 113:143–8.

Oreskovic, N. M., K. A. Kuhlthau, D. Romm, and J. M. Perrin.

2009a. ‘‘Built Environment and Weight Disparities among Chil-

dren in High- and Low-income Towns.’’ Academic Pediatrics 9:

315–21.

Oreskovic, N. M., J. P. Winickoff, K. A. Kuhlthau, D. Romm, and J.

M. Perrin. 2009b. ‘‘Obesity and the Built Environment among

Massachusetts Children.’’ Clinical Pediatrics 48:904–12.

Owen, N., N. Humpel, E. Leslie, A. Bauman, and J. F. Sallis. 2004.

‘‘Understanding Environmental Influences on Walking—Review

and Research Agenda.’’ American Journal of Preventive Medicine

27:67–76.

Paay, J., and J. Kjeldskov. 2008. ‘‘Understanding Situated Social

Interactions: A Case Study of Public Places in the City.’’ Computer

Supported Cooperative Work: CSCW: An International Journal

17:275–90.

Paster, E. 2004. ‘‘Preservation of Agricultural Lands through Land

Use Planning Tools and Techniques.’’ Natural Resources Journal

44:283–318.

Patterson, P. K., and N. J. Chapman. 2004. ‘‘Urban Form and Older

Residents’ Service Use, Walking, Driving, Quality of Life, and

Neighborhood Satisfaction.’’ American Journal of Health Promo-

tion 19:45–52.

Pearce, J., R. Hiscock, T. Blakely, and K. Witten. 2009. ‘‘A National

Study of the Association between Neighbourhood Access to Fast-

food Outlets and the Diet and Weight of Local Residents.’’ Health

and Place 15:193–7.

Pearson, L. J., L. Pearson, and C. J. Pearson. 2010. ‘‘Sustainable

Urban Agriculture: Stocktake and Opportunities.’’ International

Journal of Agricultural Sustainability 8:7–19.

Poortinga, W., F. D. Dunstan, and D. L. Fone. 2007. ‘‘Perceptions of

the Neighbourhood Environment and Self Rated Health: A Multi-

level Analysis of the Caerphilly Health and Social Needs Study.’’

BMC Public Health 9:285.

Powell, L. M., and Y. J. Bao. 2009. ‘‘Food Prices, Access to Food

Outlets and Child Weight.’’ Economics & Human Biology 7:

64–72.

Pucher, J., J. Dill, and S. Handy. 2010. ‘‘Infrastructure, Programs, and

Policies to Increase Bicycling: An International Review.’’ Preven-

tive Medicine 50:S106–25.

Putnam, R. 2000. Bowling alone: The Collapse and Revival of

American Community. New York: Simon and Schuster.

254 Journal of Planning Literature 29(3)

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

Reidpath, D. D., C. Burns, J. Garrard, M. Mahoney, and M. Townsend.

2002. ‘‘An Ecological Study of the Relationship between Social

and Environmental Determinants of Obesity.’’ Health and Place

8:141–5.

Renalds, A., T. H. Smith, and P. J. Hale. 2010. ‘‘A Systematic Review

of Built Environment and Health.’’ Family and Community Health

33:68–78.

Reynolds, C. C. O., M. A. Harris, K. Teschke, P. A. Cripton, and M.

Winters. 2009. ‘‘The Impact of Transportation Infrastructure on

Bicycling Injuries and Crashes: A Review of the Literature.’’ Envi-

ronmental Health 8:47–57.

Richard, L., L. Gauvin, C. Gosselin, and S. Laforest. 2009. ‘‘Staying

Connected: Neighbourhood Correlates of Social Participation

among Older Adults Living in an Urban Environment in Montreal,

Quebec.’’ Health Promotion International 24:46–57.

Rissel, C., and J. Garrard. 2006. ‘‘Cycling for Active Transport and

Recreation in Australia: Status Review and Future Directions.’’

World Transport Policy and Practice 13. 1:49–63.

Roemmich, J. N., L. H. Epstein, S. Raja, L. Yin, J. Robinson, and D.

Winiewicz. 2006. ‘‘Association of Access to Parks and Recrea-

tional Facilities with the Physical Activity of Young Children.’’

Preventive Medicine 43:437–41.

Rose, D., and R. Richards. 2004. ‘‘Food Store Access and Household

Fruit and Vegetable Use among Participants in the US Food Stamp

Program.’’ Public Health Nutrition 7:1081–8.

Rydin, Y., A. Bleahu, M. Davies, J. D. Dávila, S. Friel, G. De Grandis,

N. Grace, P. C. Hallal, I. Hamilton, P. Howden-Chapman, K.-M.

Lai, C. J. Lim, J. Martins, D. Osrin, I. Ridley, I. Scott, M. Taylor,

P. Wilkinson, and J. Wilson. 2012. ‘‘Shaping Cities for Health:

Complexity and the Planning of Urban Environments in the 21st

Century.’’ The Lancet 379:2079–108.

Saelens, B. E., and S. L. Handy. 2008. ‘‘Built Environment Correlates

of Walking: A Review.’’ Medicine and Science in Sports and Exer-

cise 40:S550–66.

Sallis, J. E., R. B. Cervero, W. Ascher, K. A. Henderson, M. K. Kraft,

and J. Kerr. 2006. ‘‘An Ecological Approach to Creating Active Liv-

ing Communities.’’ Annual Review of Public Health 27:297–322.

Sallis, J. F., and K. Glanz. 2009. ‘‘Physical Activity and Food Envir-

onments: Solutions to the Obesity Epidemic.’’ Milbank Quarterly

87:123–54.

Sharkey, J. R., S. Horel, D. Han, and J. C. Huber. 2009. ‘‘Association

between Neighborhood Need and Spatial Access to Food Stores

and Fast Food Restaurants in Neighborhoods of Colonias.’’ Inter-

national Journal of Health Geographics 8:9–16.

Shutkin, W. 2001. The Land that Could Be. Cambridge, MA: MIT

Press.

Simon, P. A., D. Kwan, A. Angelescu, M. Shih, and J. E. Fielding.

2008. ‘‘Proximity of Fast Food Restaurants to Schools: Do Neigh-

borhood Income and Type of School Matter?’’ Preventive Medi-

cine 47:284–8.

Sinclair, I. 2009. ‘‘A View from the Edge: Issues in Rural and Metro-

politan Fringe Planning.’’ New Planner 81:21–22.

Spangler-Murphy, E., D. A. Krummel, N. Morrison, and P. M.

Gordon. 2005. ‘‘Environmental Perceptions Related to Physical

Activity in High- and Low-risk Counties.’’ Health Promotion

Practice 6:57–63.

Speller, G. M., and C. L. Twigger-Ross. 2009. ‘‘Cultural and Social

Disconnection in the Context of a Changed Physical Environment.

’’ Geografiska Annaler, Series B: Human Geography 91:355–69.

Stafford, M., E. J. Brunner, J. Head, and N. A. Ross. 2010. ‘‘Deprivation

and the Development of Obesity A Multilevel, Longitudinal Study

in England.’’ American Journal of Preventive Medicine 39:130–9.

Steg, L. 2005. ‘‘Car Use: Lust and Must. Instrumental, Symbolic and

Affective Motives for Car Use.’’ Transportation Research Part A:

Policy and Practice 39:147–62.

Stokols, D. 1996. ‘‘Translating Social Ecological Theory into Guide-

lines for Community Health Promotion.’’ American Journal of

Health Promotion 10:282–98.

Story, M., B. Giles-Corti, A. L. Yaroch, S. Cummins, L. D. Frank, T.

T. Huang, and L. B. Lewis. 2009. ‘‘Work Group IV: Future Direc-

tions for Measures of the Food and Physical Activity Environ-

ments.’’ American Journal of Preventive Medicine 36:S182–S188.

Sugiyama, T., and C. Ward Thompson. 2008. ‘‘Associations

between Characteristics of Neighbourhood Open Space and

Older People’s Walking.’’ Urban Forestry and Urban Greening

7:41–51.

Teig, E., J. Amulya, L. Bardwell, M. Buchenau, J. A. Marshall, and J.

S. Litt. 2009. ‘‘Collective Efficacy in Denver, Colorado: Strength-

ening Neighborhoods and Health through Community Gardens.’’

Health and Place 15:1115–22.

Thompson, S., L. Corkery, and B. Judd. 2007. ‘‘The Role of Commu-

nity Gardens in Sustaining Healthy Communities.’’ In Proceedings

of the State of Australian Cities National Conference. Adelaide:

University of South Australia.

Thompson, S., J. L. Kent, and C. Lyons. 2013. ‘‘Planning and

Health: Forging New Alliances in Building Healthy and Resili-

ent Cities.’’ Congress of Association of European Schools of

Planning and Association of Collegiate Schools of Planning,

Dublin, July 2013.

Tinsley, H., D. J. Tinsley, and C. E. Croskeys. 2002. ‘‘Park Usage,

Social Milieu, and Psychosocial Benefits of Park Use Reported

by Older Urban Park Users from Four Ethnic Groups.’’ Leisure

Sciences 24:199–218.

Townsend, M., and R. Weerasuriya. 2010. Beyond Blue to Green: The

Benefits of Contact with Nature for Mental Health and Well-being.

Melbourne, Australia: Beyond Blue.

TRB (Transportation Research Board). 2005. Does the Built Environ-

ment Influence Physical Activity? Examining the Evidence.

Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board.

Tzoulas, K., K. Korpela, S. Venn, V. Yli-Pelkonen, A. Kaźmierczak, J.

Niemela, and P. James. 2007. ‘‘Promoting Ecosystem and Human

Health in Urban Areas Using Green Infrastructure: A Literature

Review.’’ Landscape and Urban Planning 81:167–78.

van der Horst, K., A. Oenema, I. Ferreira, W. Wendel-Vos, K. Giskes,

F. van Lenthe, and J. Brug. 2007. ‘‘A Systematic Review of Envi-

ronmental Correlates of Obesity-related Dietary Behaviors in

Youth.’’ Health Education Research 22:203–26.

Wakefield, S., F. Yeudall, C. Taron, J. Reynolds, and A. Skinner.

2007. ‘‘Growing Urban Health: Community Gardening in South-

East Toronto.’’ Health Promotion International 22:92–101.

Wang, M. C., S. Kim, A. A. Gonzalez, K. E. MacLeod, and M. A.

Winkleby. 2007. ‘‘Socioeconomic and Food-related Physical

Kent and Thompson 255

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

Characteristics of the Neighbourhood Environment are Associated

with Body Mass Index.’’ Journal of Epidemiology and Community

Health 61:491–8.

Warr, D. J., T. Tacticos, M. Kelaher, and H. Klein. 2007. ‘‘‘Money,

Stress, Jobs’: Residents’ Perceptions of Health-impairing Factors

in ‘Poor’ Neighbourhoods.’’ Health and Place 13:743–56.

Weaver, N., J. L. Williams, A. L. Weightman, H. N. Kitcher, J. M.

F. Temple, P. Jones, and S. Palmer. 2002. ‘‘Taking STOX:

Developing a Cross Disciplinary Methodology for Systematic

Reviews of Research on the Built Environment and the Health

of the Public.’’ Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health

56:48–55.

Wen, L. M., J. Kite, and C. Rissel. 2010. ‘‘Is there a Role for Work-

places in Reducing Employees’ Driving to Work? Findings from

a Cross-sectional Survey from Inner-west Sydney, Australia.’’

BMC Public Health 10:50–56.

Wendel-Vos, W., M. Droomers, S. Kremers, J. Brug, and F. van Lenthe.

2007. ‘‘Potential Environmental Determinants of Physical Activity

in Adults: A Systematic Review.’’ Obesity Reviews 8:425–40.

White, M. 2007. ‘‘Food Access and Obesity.’’ Obesity Reviews 8:

99–107.

Williams, P., and B. Pocock. 2010. ‘‘Building ‘Community’ for Dif-

ferent Stages of Life: Physical and Social Infrastructure in Master

Planned Communities.’’ Community, Work and Family 13:71–87.

Wilson, J., and G. Kelling. 1984. ‘‘Broken Windows.’’ The Atlantic

Online, March, 1–9.

Winkler, E., G. Turrell, and C. Patterson. 2006. ‘‘Does Living in a Dis-

advantaged Area Mean Fewer Opportunities to Purchase Fresh

Fruit and Vegetables in the Area? Findings from the Brisbane Food

Study.’’ Health and Place 12:306–19.

Withall, J., R. Jago, and J. Cross. 2009. ‘‘Families’ and Health Pro-

fessionals’ Perceptions of Influences on Diet, Activity and Obe-

sity in a Low-income Community.’’ Health and Place 15:

1078–85.

Witlox, F., and H. Tindemans. 2004. ‘‘The Application of Rough Sets

Analysis in Activity-based Modelling. Opportunities and Con-

straints.’’ Expert Systems with Applications 27:585–92.

Wrigley, N. 2002. ‘‘‘Food Deserts’ in British Cities: Policy Context

and Research Priorities.’’ Urban Studies 39:2029–40.

Zenk, S. N., A. J. Schulz, and A. M. Odoms-Young. 2009. ‘‘How

Neighborhood Environments Contribute to Obesity.’’ American

Journal of Nursing 109:61–64.

Zhang, W., and G. Lawson. 2009. ‘‘Meeting and Greeting: Activities

in Public Outdoor Spaces Outside High-density Urban Residential

Communities.’’ Urban Design International 14:207–14.

Zick, C. D., K. R. Smith, J. X. Fan, B. B. Brown, I. Yamada, and L.

Kowaleski-Jones. 2009. ‘‘Running to the Store? The Relationship

between Neighborhood Environments and the Risk of Obesity.’’

Social Science and Medicine 69:1493–500.

Author Biographies

Jennifer L. Kent is an urban planner and geographer with profes-

sional interests in the intersections between health and the built

environment.

Susan Thompson is an urban planner. She is Associate Director

(Healthy Built Environments) City Futures Research Centre, and

Associate Professor in the Planning and Urban Development Pro-

gram, Faculty of the Built Environment at UNSW Australia.

256 Journal of Planning Literature 29(3)

at PORTLAND STATE UNIV on March 9, 2015jpl.sagepub.comDownloaded from

<< /ASCII85EncodePages false /AllowTransparency false /AutoPositionEPSFiles true /AutoRotatePages /None /Binding /Left /CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 2.2) /CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-2.1) /CalCMYKProfile (U.S. Web Coated \050SWOP\051 v2) /sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-2.1) /CannotEmbedFontPolicy /Warning /CompatibilityLevel 1.3 /CompressObjects /Off /CompressPages true /ConvertImagesToIndexed true /PassThroughJPEGImages false /CreateJDFFile false /CreateJobTicket false /DefaultRenderingIntent /Default /DetectBlends true /DetectCurves 0.1000 /ColorConversionStrategy /LeaveColorUnchanged /DoThumbnails false /EmbedAllFonts true /EmbedOpenType false /ParseICCProfilesInComments true /EmbedJobOptions true /DSCReportingLevel 0 /EmitDSCWarnings false /EndPage -1 /ImageMemory 1048576 /LockDistillerParams true /MaxSubsetPct 100 /Optimize true /OPM 1 /ParseDSCComments true /ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo true /PreserveCopyPage true /PreserveDICMYKValues true /PreserveEPSInfo true /PreserveFlatness false /PreserveHalftoneInfo false /PreserveOPIComments false /PreserveOverprintSettings true /StartPage 1 /SubsetFonts true /TransferFunctionInfo /Apply /UCRandBGInfo /Remove /UsePrologue false /ColorSettingsFile () /AlwaysEmbed [ true ] /NeverEmbed [ true ] /AntiAliasColorImages false /CropColorImages false /ColorImageMinResolution 266 /ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy /OK /DownsampleColorImages true /ColorImageDownsampleType /Bicubic /ColorImageResolution 200 /ColorImageDepth -1 /ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 /ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 1.00000 /EncodeColorImages true /ColorImageFilter /DCTEncode /AutoFilterColorImages false /ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy /JPEG /ColorACSImageDict << /QFactor 0.15 /HSamples [1 1 1 1] /VSamples [1 1 1 1] >> /ColorImageDict << /QFactor 0.76 /HSamples [2 1 1 2] /VSamples [2 1 1 2] >> /JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict << /TileWidth 256 /TileHeight 256 /Quality 30 >> /JPEG2000ColorImageDict << /TileWidth 256 /TileHeight 256 /Quality 30 >> /AntiAliasGrayImages false /CropGrayImages false /GrayImageMinResolution 266 /GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy /OK /DownsampleGrayImages true /GrayImageDownsampleType /Bicubic /GrayImageResolution 200 /GrayImageDepth -1 /GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 /GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 1.00000 /EncodeGrayImages true /GrayImageFilter /DCTEncode /AutoFilterGrayImages false /GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy /JPEG /GrayACSImageDict << /QFactor 0.15 /HSamples [1 1 1 1] /VSamples [1 1 1 1] >> /GrayImageDict << /QFactor 0.76 /HSamples [2 1 1 2] /VSamples [2 1 1 2] >> /JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict << /TileWidth 256 /TileHeight 256 /Quality 30 >> /JPEG2000GrayImageDict << /TileWidth 256 /TileHeight 256 /Quality 30 >> /AntiAliasMonoImages false /CropMonoImages false /MonoImageMinResolution 900 /MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy /OK /DownsampleMonoImages true /MonoImageDownsampleType /Average /MonoImageResolution 600 /MonoImageDepth -1 /MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 1.00000 /EncodeMonoImages true /MonoImageFilter /CCITTFaxEncode /MonoImageDict << /K -1 >> /AllowPSXObjects false /CheckCompliance [ /None ] /PDFX1aCheck false /PDFX3Check false /PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false /PDFXNoTrimBoxError true /PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox false /PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /PDFXOutputIntentProfile (U.S. Web Coated \050SWOP\051 v2) /PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier (CGATS TR 001) /PDFXOutputCondition () /PDFXRegistryName (http://www.color.org) /PDFXTrapped /Unknown /Description << /ENU <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> >> /Namespace [ (Adobe) (Common) (1.0) ] /OtherNamespaces [ << /AsReaderSpreads false /CropImagesToFrames true /ErrorControl /WarnAndContinue /FlattenerIgnoreSpreadOverrides false /IncludeGuidesGrids false /IncludeNonPrinting false /IncludeSlug false /Namespace [ (Adobe) (InDesign) (4.0) ] /OmitPlacedBitmaps false /OmitPlacedEPS false /OmitPlacedPDF false /SimulateOverprint /Legacy >> << /AllowImageBreaks true /AllowTableBreaks true /ExpandPage false /HonorBaseURL true /HonorRolloverEffect false /IgnoreHTMLPageBreaks false /IncludeHeaderFooter false /MarginOffset [ 0 0 0 0 ] /MetadataAuthor () /MetadataKeywords () /MetadataSubject () /MetadataTitle () /MetricPageSize [ 0 0 ] /MetricUnit /inch /MobileCompatible 0 /Namespace [ (Adobe) (GoLive) (8.0) ] /OpenZoomToHTMLFontSize false /PageOrientation /Portrait /RemoveBackground false /ShrinkContent true /TreatColorsAs /MainMonitorColors /UseEmbeddedProfiles false /UseHTMLTitleAsMetadata true >> << /AddBleedMarks false /AddColorBars false /AddCropMarks false /AddPageInfo false /AddRegMarks false /BleedOffset [ 9 9 9 9 ] /ConvertColors /ConvertToRGB /DestinationProfileName (sRGB IEC61966-2.1) /DestinationProfileSelector /UseName /Downsample16BitImages true /FlattenerPreset << /ClipComplexRegions true /ConvertStrokesToOutlines false /ConvertTextToOutlines false /GradientResolution 300 /LineArtTextResolution 1200 /PresetName ([High Resolution]) /PresetSelector /HighResolution /RasterVectorBalance 1 >> /FormElements true /GenerateStructure false /IncludeBookmarks false /IncludeHyperlinks false /IncludeInteractive false /IncludeLayers false /IncludeProfiles true /MarksOffset 9 /MarksWeight 0.125000 /MultimediaHandling /UseObjectSettings /Namespace [ (Adobe) (CreativeSuite) (2.0) ] /PDFXOutputIntentProfileSelector /DocumentCMYK /PageMarksFile /RomanDefault /PreserveEditing true /UntaggedCMYKHandling /UseDocumentProfile /UntaggedRGBHandling /UseDocumentProfile /UseDocumentBleed false >> ] /SyntheticBoldness 1.000000 >> setdistillerparams << /HWResolution [288 288] /PageSize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice